Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout2021/06/02 - ADMIN - Agenda Packets - Planning Commission - Regular Planning commission meeting June 2, 2021 6:00 p.m. If you need special accommodations or have questions about the meeting, please call Sean Walther at 952.924.2574 or the administration department at 952.924.2525. Planning commission All m eetings of St. Louis Park boards and commissions will be conducted by telephone or other electronic means starting March 30, 2020, and until further notice. This is in accordance with a local emergency declaration issued by the city council, in response to the coronavirus (COVID- 19) pandemic and Governor Walz's “Stay Safe MN” executive order 20-056. The chief administrator has determined that in-person council or commission/committee meetings are not feasible at this time due to the pandemic. All board members/commissioners will participate in th is meeting by electronic device or telephone rather than by being personally present at the regular meeting place of 5005 Minnetonka Boulevard, St. Louis Park, MN 55416. Members of the public can monitor the meeting by “listen only ” audio by calling +1.312.535.8110 meeting number (access code ): 372 106 61. Cisco Webex will be used to conduct videoconference meetings of the city , with board members/commissioners and staff participating from multiple locations. Agenda 1.Call to order – roll call 2.Approval of minutes – May 19, 2021 3.Hearings 3a. Development proposal for 3440 Beltline Blvd. Applicant: Opus Group Case No.: 21-19-S, 21-20-PUD Public hearing phone number: 952.562.288 6 3b. Parkway Residences planned unit development major amendment Applicant: Sela Investments, Ltd. Case No.: 21-22-PUD Public hearing phone number: 952.562.288 7 3c. Zoning ordinance amendment pertaining to the animal handling land use category Applicant: John Kohler, representing Paster Properties Case No.: 21-23-ZA Public hearing phone number: 952.562.288 8 4.Other Business 4a. Rise on 7 – preliminary and final planned unit development 5.Communications Appointment/introductions of new commissioners 6.Adjournment 1 Planning commission meeting June 2, 2021 Future meeting/event dates: June 16, 2021 – planning commission regular meeting July 7, 2021 – planning commission regular meeting July 21, 2021 – planning commission regular meeting August 4, 2021 – planning commission regular meeting 2 Planning commission May 19, 2021 6:00 p.m. If you need special accommodations or have questions about the meeting, please call Sean Walther or the administration department at 952.924.2525. Planning commission Members present: Jim Beneke, Imran Dagane, Matt Eckholm, Courtney Erwin, Jessica Kraft, Tom Weber Members absent: none Staf f present: Jacquelyn Kramer, Sean Walther Guests: Jim Vos, Sara Riegle, Asher Michels -Allen, Ryan DuPuis 1.Call to order – roll call 2.Approval of minutes – May 5, 2021 Commissioner Beneke noted he was listed as both absent and present in the minutes. Mr. Walther stated a correction will be made to note his time of arrival to the meeting under the list of people present and delete his name from the absent list. Commissioner Kraft made a motion, seconded by Commissioner Kraft, to approve the minutes as amended. The motion passed unanimously. 3.Hearings 3a. Rise on 7 Applicant: CommonBond Communities Case No: 21-16-CP, 21-17-5, 21-18-PUD Ms. Kramer presented the report. Commissioner Weber asked if on the north side the entrance is off the frontage road vs. Highway 7, and turns could be made right or left . Ms. Kramer stated yes, that is correct. Commissioner Weber asked if the reason there is no access off Division Street is related to increased traffic on the quieter road. Ms. Kramer stated yes, adding the site grading and access to the level of structured parking also contributed to the proposed driveway location s. Commissioner Weber asked how pedestrians would walk to Knollwood and if there is a way to make it safer to walk across Highway 7 at this intersection. Mr. Walther pedestrians should cross at Texas Ave nue or Blake Road signaled intersections. He stated there are no plans for additional upgrades at those intersection s. There have been improvements at the Blake Road and Texas Avenue intersection s in the past few 3 years and the city successfully advocated for preserving the existing pedestrian crossings, while M innesota Department of Transportation has considered closing some crosswalks. Commissioner Weber stated he does have a concern about this intersection, especially if the city wants to be a walkable city . He also wanted to be sure there is a way to get to the bus stop and there are sidewalks available for pedestrians to access. Chair Eckholm agreed adding it is important to have sidewalks to the light rail station for pedestrians. He encouraged the city to add Division Street to the Connect the Park plan as soon as possible so there is access for folks living in this new development and for safety purposes as well. Commissioner Kraft agree d as well and stated it is important these connections are made . She also asked about the daycare and how the shared parking and drive -up lanes would work for pick up and drop off. Ms. Kramer stated several spaces would be signed for daycare pick up and drop off. Commissioner Dagane asked how many units are affordable. Ms. Kramer stated all the units will be affordable to people ranging in income from 30% of the area median income (AMI) up to 70% AMI and there would be a mix of affordability for all the different types of apartment units. Chair Eckholm opened the public hearing. Cale b Rollins, 4003 Wooddale Ave nue, stated his support for the project. He n oted two congregations came together to do this project and wanted to make sure this development was affordable and also had the daycare component. He stated the congregation supports this and hoped the commission will do what needs to be done to get the project through. Donna Christiansen, 1422 Division St reet, asked about parking on Division Street. The caller noted that Division Street is a snow emergency road. Mr. Walther stated he is not sure who is handling snow removal on Division Street since it is on the border of Hopkins and St. Louis Park. He stated St. Louis Park has exceptions to snow emergencies when there is on-street parking adjacent to multi-family residential uses , and plows pass through later and coordinate with property managers. He added those parking stalls might not be needed. Ms. Christiansen stated current residents do park there. She asked about the daycare and apartment play areas and if they are fenced in to protect children from going onto Division Street. She has concerns about traffic coming in and out of the complex and how the city will handle this. She stated there will be more traffic in that area. She asked what percentages are for the AMI, and she asked if this is section 8 housing, which will impact the neighborhood. Ms. Kramer stated both playground areas are fenced in. Mr. Michels -Allen, the applicant representative, stated currently the breakdown of AMI is 19 units at 30%, 35 units at 4 40%, 15 units at 50%, 30 units at 60% and 21 units at 70%, however he said th at is likely to change a bit. Bill Milanko, stated his family has owned the property at 8215 Highway 7 since 1971, noting it is currently occupied by Yardbird Furniture . He stated he is concerned about shadowing, which is more than allowed by city code . He asked for reduction of the height of the building or revisions to the building location . He stated he also has concerns about parking and noted the on-street overflow parking will run 600 feet along the frontage road and is twice the frontage allowed and will overwhelm the area with traffic concerns. He also stated his other concerns are related to visibility of his property, due to increased parking and landscaping. He stated his property relies heavily of highway traffic, noting they already lost 50% of access when Blake Road intersection was redeveloped and now will lose another 50% from landscaping. He asked the commission to please consider this. Barry Wong, 1424 Division St reet, stated he has concerns about on-street parking on Division St reet alo ng with concerns about traffic and turning left, going northbound. His parking concerns also involve pedestrian safety, and this has not been properly addressed. He stated it is a lot of cars and traffic to add and the conditions of those living there now has not been taken into consideration. William Bigley, 1821 Highway 7, has similar concerns . He is the owner of the building here and is in favor of affordable housing. He noted the eastbound traffic here will be a problem, on Highway 7 and Texas, which is already a clogged intersection. He added pedestrians have no sidewalk on Division that goes to Blake Road. He noted he is in favor of a pedestrian and traffic study here also, which is not being pursued by city staff . He stated this is a good development, but with traffic, access and stacking will make it difficult for his business. Chair Eckholm closed the public hearing. Commissioner Weber stated he does take the callers concerns to heart. He noted the concerns about shadows and trees, and the consideration of where trees are planted should be noted as well as sidewalk placement in the future . He stated the concerns about traffic and cars could be addressed by adding sidewalks to make it a m ore accessible area and noted the city can encourage less cars parking if sidewalks are added and more pedestrian access created. He encouraged the commission and staff to look further at these issues. Commissioner Kraft stated she had concerns about the shadowing also and has not heard the applicant discuss changing the massing of the building. She stated this is a valid concern from the owner and in the report and should be addressed. Commissioner Beneke agreed with the commissioners and stated the lack of access to Blake Road is also concerning, especially since it is so close to the LRT. He stated this should be addressed with Hopkins as well and could be discussed with council. 5 Chair Eckholm stated he agrees with the recommendations and that there are still some items to iron out. He stated he is supportive of the development and wants to be sure they are a good neighbor. He recommended there be sidewalks added in this area and that they be included in the Connect the Park program soon. He noted the caller that mentioned landscaping and he asked if the type of landscaping could be reviewed further in order to minimize blocking the visibility of the business here . He encouraged staff to look into this with the applicant. Commissioner Weber made a motion, and Commissioner Kraft seconded, to recommend approval of the comprehensive plan amendment and preliminary and final plat, with conditions recommended by staff. The motion passed unanimously. Commissioner Weber made a motion, and Commissioner Beneke seconded, to table action on the preliminary and final PUD pending hearing back from the applicant on the items noted above . The motion passed unanimously. 4. Other Business - none 5. Communications Mr. Walther noted the June 2 meeting will have a development proposal, a PUD amendment, and an application from a business owner to amend zoning code text, and potentially the item tabled this evening. He thanked Commissioner Erwin for her years on the commission, noting she will be moving away. Commission Erwin complimented staff on their good work and wished everyone well in the future. Mr. Walther congratulated Commissioner Eckholm and Kraft for their reappointments and added two new commissioners were appointed to cover two vacancies. He noted they will join at the June 2 meeting. He stated the commission will begin meeting in person again in July. 6. Adjournment - 7:07 p.m. ______________________________________ ______________________________________ Sean Walther, liaison Matt Eckholm, chair member 6 Planning commission: Regular meeting Meeting date: June 2, 2021 Agenda item: 3a 3a Development proposal for 3440 Beltline Blvd. Location: 3440 Beltline Boulevard Case Number: 21-19-S, 21-20-PUD Applicant: Opus Group Owner: Beltline Properties, Inc. Review Deadline: 60 days: June 18, 2021 120 days: August 17, 2021 Recommended motions: Chair to open the public hearing, take testimony and close the hearing. Motion to recommend approval of the preliminary and final plat, and the preliminary and final planned unit development (PUD) subject to the conditions recommended by staff. Summary of request: Opus Group proposes a new development at 3440 Beltline Blvd. The proposal includes a five -story, 250-unit mixed -use building with 7,450 square feet of commercial space and six live/work units on the ground floor fronting Beltline Boulevard. Due to high ground water and floodplain, parking will be provided in a three -story above ground ramp and in a 28-stall surface parking lot. The housing will be mixed -income with 10% of the units affordable at 50% area median income (AMI), meeting the city’s inclusionary housing policy requirements. Several three -bedroom units are included in the proposal to assist in city council’s goals for family -sized housing. The applicant submitted applications for a preliminary and final plat to create one developable lot and a preliminary and final planned unit development (PUD), which is a zoning map and zoning text amendment to create a new PUD zoning district specific to the property and proposed uses. 7 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 3a) Title: Development proposal for 3440 Beltline Blvd. Site information: Site area (acres): 3.94 acres Current use: Business park uses Surrounding land uses: former Kenwood Gymnastics site North: Business park uses East: Bass Lake Preserve South: Busines park uses – Comcast offices and fitness studios West: Business park uses – including Steel Toe Brewery Current 2040 land use guidance Current zoning TOD - transit oriented development MX-1 vertical mixed use Floodplain Proposed zoning PUD planned unit development Floodplain 8 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 3a) Title: Development proposal for 3440 Beltline Blvd. Background: This site has long been held by the McCain family. During their ownership tenure, this area has undergone many changes from heavy industrial, to a business park, and then in 2019 this site’s land use was reguided to transit-oriented development and the site was rezoned to MX-1 vertical mixed-use. The McCain family has anticipated these changes, and all tenants’ leases expire on or before June 30, 2021. The McCain family has decided to sell this property and has entered into a purchase agreement with Opus Group who wishes to redevelop the site into a mixed-use, mixed-income, transit- oriented development, which achieves the city’s goals and vision for the site based on city plans for the area. In 2012, the city created the Beltline Station area framework and design guidelines which identified Beltline Boulevard as a transit-oriented street since it is the primary north-south link for all transportation to the Beltline LRT Station. The plan states that development along Beltline Boulevard should “…focus on higher density buildings that bring more people, residents and employees, to live and work within walking distance of the Beltline Transit Station. Taller buildings for office, residential, and mixed -use (residential or office above retail) are appropriate along Beltline Boulevard/Ottawa [Avenue South]. All buildings on properties adjacent to Beltline Boulevard should be street-oriented with minimal building setbacks, entry doors and windows along the street.” Present considerations: The applicant requests the city: 1. Approve a preliminary and final plat to create one developable lot and dedicate additional right-of-way along Beltline Boulevard and alley right-of-way on the west side of the lot. 2. Amend the zoning map and zoning ordinance to rezone the subject properties from MX- 1 vertical mixed -use to PUD - planned unit development. Preliminary and final plat analysis: Opus Group seeks preliminary and final plat approval for the proposed redevelopment of a 250-unit, mixed -use building at 3440 Beltline Blvd. Lots: Lot 1, Block 1, Beltline Industrial Park 4th Addition will have a lot area of 162,289 square feet or 3.73 acres. The proposed residential density for the site is 67 units per acre. Right-of-way dedication: The city is installing a multi-use trail along the west side of Beltline Boulevard in summer 2021. The property line will be relocated to 1 foot away from the trail providing a clear demarcation between what is publicly and privately owned. 5,219 square feet (0.12 acres) of right -of-way will be dedicated along Beltline Boulevard. The 2040 Comprehensive Plan identified a future alley connection along the west side of the property from 35th Street West to Park Glen Road. Seven feet measured from the alley centerline , which is half of the required alley right-of-way width , will be dedicated as part of the plat. The alley dedication is 4,224 square feet or 0.097 acres. Total right -of-way dedication is 9,443 square feet or 0.217 acres. Easements: Drainage and utility easements are provided along all property lines as per the requirements of the city’s subdivision ordinance. A four-foot drainage and utility easement is provided along Beltline Boulevard. A five -foot easement is provided along the dedicated alley 9 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 3a) Title: Development proposal for 3440 Beltline Blvd. along the west property line. All other easements abutting city right-of-way are ten feet in width . Staff finds the preliminary and final plat meet city requirements. PUD analysis: Description: The developer requests approval of a preliminary and final planned unit development (PUD). A PUD is a rezoning and zoning text amendment that establishes the regulations for a specific property. The site is currently zoned MX-1 vertical mixed-use. Building and site design analysis: 3440 Beltline Blvd. meets the PUD ordinance goals for building and site design. The ordinance requires the city to find that the quality of building and site design proposed will substantially enhance aesthetics of the site and implement relevant goals and policies of the Comprehensive Plan. In addition, the following criteria shall be satisfied: (1) The design shall consider the project as a whole and shall create a unified environment within project boundaries by ensuring architectural compatibility of all structures, efficient vehicular and pedestrian circulation, aesthetically pleasing landscape and site features, and design and efficient use of utilities. Staff finds the plan meets this requirement. 10 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 3a) Title: Development proposal for 3440 Beltline Blvd. (2) The design of a PUD shall achieve compatibility of the project with surrounding land uses, both existing and proposed, and shall minimize the potential adverse impacts of the PUD on surrounding land uses and the potential adverse effects of the surrounding land uses on the PUD. Staff finds these criteria will be met. (3) A PUD shall comply with the City’s Green Building Policy. This criterion will be met. The development intends to use either LEED or B3 criteria and use the Energy Design Assistance program to meet the requirements of the policy. (4) The use of green roofs or white roofs and on-site renewable energy is encouraged. The building includes rooftop solar energy installation. This criterion will be met. (5) A PUD shall comply with the city’s Inclusionary Housing Policy. The development will include 10 percent of the units available at 50 percent area median income. This criterion will be met. Zoning analysis: The following table provides the development metrics. The property is proposed to be rezoned to a Planned Unit Development (PUD). The proposed performance and development standards, as indicated in the development plans, establish the development requirements for this property if approved. Zoning Compliance Table. Factor Required Propos ed Met? Use Mixed-use Mixed-use Yes Lot Area 2.0 acres required for a PUD 3.73 acres. Yes Height There is no minimum or maximum height adjacent to other uses. 5 stories 56 feet Yes Building Materials Minimum 60% Class I materials on all facades. East: 87% West: 60% South: 76% North: 65% Yes Dwelling Units No requirement. Affordable housing: 10% of the units affordable at 50% area median income Proposed 250 units 10% of the units affordable at 50% area median income Yes Density (units per acre Transit oriented development Max allowed: 125 per acre 67 units per acre Yes Floor Area Ratio None with PUD 1.66 Yes 11 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 3a) Title: Development proposal for 3440 Beltline Blvd. Off-Street Parking 1 space per bedroom = 290 1 per 60sf restaurant = 79 1 per 250sf retail = 11 20% reduction due to LRT/bus transit and shared parking Total required: 304 Surface: 32 Parking garage: 320 On-Street: 0 Total provided: 352 Yes EV charging Stations Level 1 = 33 Level 2 = 3 Conduit level 2 = 35 Total required = 71 Level 1 = 28 Level 2 = 7 Conduit level 2 = 36 Total provided= 71 Yes Bicycle Parking 1 per dwelling unit plus 1 per 10 automobile spaces. Total required: 286 Outside: 16 Inside: 270 Total Provided: 286 Yes Open Area/ DORA No specific percentage with PUD 23% Yes Landscaping See Landscaping section Replacement diameter: 191.7 caliper inches New required: Trees: 250 Shrubs: 1,500 Replacement provided: 40 caliper inches plus fee payment to city tree fund. Provided: Trees: 23 Shrubs: 327 Alternative landscaping will be pursued, such as public art to satisfy this requirement. Yes Setbacks No minimum required front, rear, or side setbacks. East: 4’ West: 11’ South: 30’ North: 32’ Yes Mechanical Equipment Full screening required Yes Sidewalks Required along all street frontages Yes Refuse handling Full screening required Yes Transit service None required. The site is near the future Beltline LRT Station. Route 17F stops at 35th Street and Beltline Blvd. Yes Stormwater Management Meet state and city requirements Yes Uses: 3440 Beltline is a single -phased mixed -use, multi-family rental development. The units include a combination of studio, 1-bedroom, 2-bedroom, 3-bedroom, and live/work units. The breakdown of unit type by building is as follows: 12 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 3a) Title: Development proposal for 3440 Beltline Blvd. Unit Type Summary Building Studio 1-bed 2-bed 3-bed Live/work TOTALS Market rate 48 139 30 2 5 224 Affordable 5 16 3 1 1 26 Total 53 155 33 3 6 250 Inclusionary housing policy: The inclusionary housing policy to requires any residential development that requires a planned unit development rezoning adhere to the city’s inclusionary housing policy. The required breakdown is 20 percent of units at 60 percent area median income (AMI), 10 percent of units at 50 percent AMI, or 5 percent of units at 30 percent AMI. The developer can choose what percentage of affordability they would like to provide. unit. The developer is proposing 10 percent of the units at 50 percent AMI. Per the Metropolitan Council, 50 percent AMI for a family of four is $51,700. Monthly rental rates at 50 percent AMI are presently $970 for a one -bedroom unit and $1,163 for a two-bedroom Floodplain and wetlands: Portions of the site are located within the 100-year floodplain designation AE, per FEMA Flood Map No. 27053C0354. The building meets the requirements of the Department of Natural Resources (DNR) and the city’s floodplain ordinance to have the finished floor elevation at least two feet above the base flood elevation. The base flood elevation on site is 879 feet above sea level and the finished floor elevation for the parking garage and the building is located at 882 feet above sea level. An elevation certificate will be required to verify the building’s grade above the flood elevation. Additionally, all portions of the building located within the floodplain will be required to be floodproofed. There is an existing wetland and a natural area with large trees on the north side of the site. These areas are being preserved and will be utilized for designed outdoor recreation area. Utilities and easements: There is an existing 106-inch storm sewer pipe running along the southern property line and parallel to 35th Street West. This pipe requires a 30-foot easement for operations and maintenance of the utility line . No buildings and minimal improvements can be constructed on top of this line. On the northern half of the site , adjacent to Park Glen Road, there is an existing 20-foot railroad easement as well as a 20-foot drainage easement. The developer is working with the city and Xcel Energy to relocate some above ground utility lines from the west side of the site. These lines will be relocated underground and will run along Beltline Boulevard within the newly established drainage and utility easement. All additional new utility services to the building will be placed underground. Utility service structures, such as generators or transformers, will be screened completely from off-site with materials consistent with the main building façade . Per the development agreement, buildings will provide the necessary infrastructure to take advantage of fiber-optic service lines in the vicinity of the develo pment. Setbacks: There are no required minimum setbacks for a PUD in a commercial/industrial area. The building is 30 feet from the southern property line to accommodate the 106-inch storm sewer pipe easement. The building is set back significantly from the northern property line to preserve the existing wetland and natural area. The east façade of the building is situated along 13 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 3a) Title: Development proposal for 3440 Beltline Blvd. a curved portion of Beltline Boulevard and the setback ranges from four feet to 14 feet from the property line . The west façade is 11 feet from the new alley right -of-way. Height: The mixed -use building is five stories high (56 feet) and surrounds a three -story parking garage. Some portions of the building are only two stories high reducing the mass of the building and allowing air and light into the building’s interior courtyard. The northern half of the site is at grade with the surrounding street network while the site drops slightly in elevation to the south. Due to the floodplain, the live -work units and southern retail space are higher than the surrounding street network by several feet and each have stairway s. Façade: The building is comprised primarily of glass, brick and architectural wall cladding, all of which are considered class I materials. Class II materials include metal and fiber cement panels. The west side of the building includes the parking garage which utilize s integrally colored concrete spandrels. Portions of garage will be screened by a metal panel art installation to provide visual interest to the adjacent business park sites. The final art design will be chosen through a public process led by the city and developer. The commercial uses meet the transparency requirements on all ground floor street facing facades. Transparency levels on the ground floor retail space s on the north and south elevation exceed the city’s minimum requirements of 50%. The building is 54% transparent on the ground floor fronting Beltline Boulevard , however the amount of windows and doors that fall within the pedestrian zone is slightly less on the south end of the site due to the building’s elevation to accommodate the floodplain requirements. Patios and individual entrances have been added to the six -ground floor live/work units to increase the active exterior spaces on the ground floor. Traffic study: The developer hired Kimley-Horn to complete a traffic study for the development. S.E.H., a third-party expert, was then hired by the city to review the traffic study. The study analyzed existing conditions and opening day (2023) no build and build scenarios. The study looked at four intersections including Park Glen Road and Beltline Boulevard, 35th Street West and Beltline Boulevard, 35th Street and the alley/driveway, and Raleigh Avenue and 36th Street West. In the 2023 no build scenario, the traffic study showed that all intersection movements are anticipated to operate at an acceptable level of service, except for the eastbound approach and westbound left-turn and through movements at Beltline Boulevard and Park Glen Road, and the eastbound left-turn at Beltline Boulevard , and 35th Street West during the afternoon (PM) peak hour. These finding are consistent with the Beltline Boulevard Multimodal Feasibility Study completed for the city in 2019 by SRF. The 2023 build scenario shows similar conditions as the 2023 no build scenario, though operations at Beltline Boulevard , and 35th Street West are anticipate d to have an increased delay during the PM peak hour. The traffic study suggested some network improvements to facilitate improved operations and access to the development. These improvements include: • Install a traffic signal at Beltline Boulevard and Park Glen Road. 14 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 3a) Title: Development proposal for 3440 Beltline Blvd. • Restripe eastbound 35th Street West to create a separate left-turn and right-turn lane. • Consider connecting the alley to Park Glen Road after a traffic signal is installed at Beltline Bou levard and Park Glen Road. The city ’s comprehensive plan anticipated that a traffic signal will be installed at Park Glen Road and Beltline Boulevard eventually and before 2040. It is expected that the signal will need to be installed when the Hennepin County’s site at 4600 Park Glen Road is redeveloped. This site is currently being utilized for SWLRT construction and will likely be redeveloped once LRT construction is complete. Because this intersection operates poorly even in the 2023 no build scenario and the site will not yet have direct access to Park Glen Road and contribute to delays on that side street it is not appropriate to require Opus Group to pay for this improvement. However, the city will explore options to fund this signal prior to the redevelopment of 4600 Park Glen Road. Access: All vehicular access is provided off 35th Street West. The proposed redevelopment removes a large curb cut along Beltline Boulevard . A curb cut will be in approximately the same location as an existing driveway along 35th Street West to access the parking garage and the surface parking located on the north site of the site . This curb cut would move slightly east to better align with the dedicated alley right-of-way. There is an additional circular driveway along 35th Street West servicing the smaller of the two retail space s. This circular driveway is also the primary drop off /entrance for the residential units. All loading and utility access is provided from the alley and the surface parking lot on the north end of the site, where areas are designated for trash loading and residential move -in/outs. There is an existing shared private access easement with the adjacent property. The adjacent property is zoned business park and several light manufacturing uses operate nearby, including Steel Toe Brewery. The alley right-of-way / driveway on the west side of the property, including the surface parking lot, are designed for large truck movements to accommodate the operation of the brewery and other light manufacturing uses. No access is provided to Park Glen Road. As noted above, the traffic study looked at whether an access should be made to Park Glen Road. Based on the existing operations of the intersection at Park Glen Road and Beltline Boulevard, it is not recommended that a connection to Park Glen Road be constructed as part of this development, but that the connection be made at some point in the future, after the intersection is signalized. Pedestrian access is provided via 6-foot-wide sidewalks along 35th Street West, with a 6-foot- wide boulevard between the curb and the sidewalk. The city is installing a 10-foot wide multi- use trail along Beltline Boulevard in summer 2021. The building will utilize this trail as pedestrian and bicycle access for the site. Numerous connections are made to the trail along the length of the building, including two connections on the northern half of the site near the commercial space, a connection to the interior courtyard, individual connections to the live- work units along the ground floor and a pedestrian connection to the southern retail space. 15 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 3a) Title: Development proposal for 3440 Beltline Blvd. Parking: The developer proposes 352 onsite parking spaces. 32 stalls will be in surface lots and 320 stalls will be located in an above ground structured garage. City code requires 290 parking spaces for residential uses based on one parking space per bedroom, and 90 parking spaces for commercial uses if the northern retail space is restaurant and the southern space is utilized for retail. The zoning ordinance allows a 10 percent reduction on commercial requirement when located near a frequent bus route , making the total required parking on site 381. This site is located approximately 600 feet from the future Beltline Boulevard LRT Station. Staff recommends allowing up to a 20 percent reduction for required parking for all uses with the inclusion of a parking management plan. This allows flexibility for shared parking between the residential and commercial uses and allows for flexibility for various uses within the co mmercial spaces. The development will also adhere to the city’s readiness ordinance, which requires 800 mhz radios and security cameras in the parking garage. Electric vehicle parking: The development meets the city’s electric vehicle parking ordinance . A total of 28 level 1 spaces and 7 level 2 spaces will be provided. Additional conduit will be provided for 36 future level 2 spaces. When fully installed, 20 percent of the parking will accommodate electric vehicles. Bicycle parking: 286 bicycle parking spaces are required, and 286 spaces are provided. Bicycle parking is located near the building entrances for the commercial uses and in bicycle storage rooms within the structured parking. Lighting: Lighting around the site is minimal an d is focused toward the main entrances of the buildings and the surface parking lots. The lighting in the parking garage will utilize screening and shields to minimize off -site views of the lighting fixtures. All lighting will meet the requirements of the zoning ordinance. Landscaping: A total of 191.7 caliper inches of significant trees are being removed from the site. 40 caliper inches will be replanted as part of the development. The developer will be required to pay the difference of 151.7 caliper inches into the city’s tree fund at a rate of $140 per caliper inch ($21,238). The landscape plan indicates 7 new canopy trees, 2 new ornamental trees, 7 new evergreen trees, 315 new shrubs, and 641 new perennials throughout the site. The project does not meet the city’s planting and tree replacement requirements. Code allows for alternative landscaping measures in order to meet the intent of the landscape ordinance including but not limited to outdoor fireplaces, outdoor space located on the roof and public art. Staff will work with the developer to ensure the development meets the intent of the ordinance as the outdoor spaces are further refined. Designed outdoor recreation area (DORA): There is no minimum DORA requirement for planned 16 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 3a) Title: Development proposal for 3440 Beltline Blvd. unit developments, but 23% of the site is designed as DORA. This includes outdoor gathering spots, an internal courtyard with a bocce court, a dog run, yards located in front of the live/work units, and rooftop amenity space. The city requires 12% in other districts. Signs: A sign plan was not submitted for review. The site will be required to adhere to the sign requirements for the mixed -use zoning districts. Pylon signs will be prohibited. Green building policy: The development will be required to meet the city’s green building policy. The developer proposes a photovoltaic array on the building’s roof and will be installing electric vehicle charging stations. The developer is exploring LEED and B3 options for their sustainability program , which may include the following: LED lighting, low VOC materials, construction waste recycling, higher efficiency HVAC systems, low flow fixtures and recycled content materials. In addition, the site is near the southwest light rail Beltline Boulevard station. Beltline station area framework and design guidelines: The Beltline Station area framework and design guidelines written in 2012, established a vision for the area as a transit-oriented community hub for jobs, neighborhoods, and recreation. The vision was supported by 10 guiding principles including: 1. Create a unique sense of identity for the Beltline area 2. Weave together the district Beltline districts 3. Increase street connectivity and mobility 4. Assure superior walking and biking accessibility 5. Foster the Beltline area as a growing regional employment center 6. Capture the value of transit 7. Promote transit-oriented development 8. Create a network of great public spaces 9. Advocate for a convenient, safe, and pleasant transit station 10. Manage parking effectively. The properties fronting Beltline Boulevard were identified as being mixed -use with a pedestrian oriented street environment with buildings 3 to 5 stories high. The plan says buildings along Beltline should be sited to front the street and create a continuous, comfortable, and attractive pedestrian-oriented streetscape. Along Beltline Boulevard, which is identified as a transit street, a complementary mixed of uses should be allowed including retail/se rvice and residential buildings, and the building should be designed to include street level uses that promote pedestrian activity and inte rest. The plan also provides guidance for off-street parking, and encourages structured parking be located behind the primary building when feasible with entrances located off secondary streets. Surface parking lots are discouraged, but where necessary, they should be located behind the primary buildings that front Beltline Boulevard. Staff finds the proposed development meets the vision, principals, and design guidelines of the Beltline area framework and design guideline plan. 17 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 3a) Title: Development proposal for 3440 Beltline Blvd. Neighborhood meeting: A virtual neighborhood meeting was held on May 4, 2021. Approximately four members of the public attended the meeting, not including staff, councilmembers, and representatives from the development team. There were no questions from residents in attendance. Councilmembers had some questions about the exterior materials of the parking garage, encouraged a heated outdoor space, and inquired about vacancy rates and building management. Next steps: City council will consider the requested preliminary and final plat and preliminary and final planned unit development on June 21, 2021. Recommendations: Staff recommends approval of the Beltline Industrial Park 4th Addition subject to the following conditions: 1. The site shall be developed, used and maintained in accordance with the conditions of this ordinance, approved official e xhibits , and city code. 2. All utility service structures shall be buried. If any utility service structure cannot be buried (i.e. electric transformer), it shall be integrated into the building design and 100% screened from off-site with materials consistent with the primary façade materials. 3. Prior to the city signing and releasing the final plat to the developer for filing with Hennepin County: a. A financial security in the form of a cash escrow or letter of credit in the amount of $1,000 shall be submitted to the city to ensure that a signed Mylar copy of the final plat is provided to the city. b. A planning development contract shall be executed between the city and developer that addresses, at a minimum: i. The installation of all public improvements including, but not limited to, sidewalks, boulevards, and the execution of necessary easements related to such improvements. ii. A performance guarantee in the form of cash escrow or irrevocable letter of credit shall be provided to the City of St. Louis Park in the amount of 1.25 times th e estimated costs for the installation of all public improvements (sidewalks and boulevards), placement of iron monuments at property corners, and the private site stormwater management system and landscaping. iii. The applicant shall reimburse city attorney’s fees in drafting/reviewing such documents as required in the final plat approval. iv. The mayor and city manager are authorized to execute the planning development contract. c. Assent f orm and official e xhibits shall be signed by the applicant and property owner. 4. Prior to starting any land disturbing activities, the following conditions shall be met: a. The developer shall pay to the city the park dedication fee of $375,000 and trail dedication fee of $56,250 for residential uses . 18 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 3a) Title: Development proposal for 3440 Beltline Blvd. b. Proof of recording the final plat shall be submitted to the City. c. Assent f orm and official exhibits shall be signed by the applicant and property owner. d. A preconstruction meeting shall be held with the appropriate development, construction, private utility, and city representatives. e. All necessary permits shall be obtained. f. A performance guarantee in the form of cash escrow or irrevocable letter of credit shall be provided to the City of St. Louis Park for all public improvements (street, sidewalks, boulevards, utility, stree tlights, landscaping, etc.) and landscaping. 5. The on -site underground storm water management systems shall be privately-owned and privately maintained. Access to the system shall be provided to the city for clean-out and inspection purposes when warranted. Access points shall be covered by a drainage and utility easement, as provided on the final plat. Staff recommends approval of the preliminary and f inal planned unit development for 3440 Beltline Blvd. subject to the following conditions: 1. The site shall be developed, used and maintained in accordance with the conditions of this ordinance, approved official exhibits , and city code. 2. All utility service structures shall be buried. If any utility service structure cannot be buried (i.e. electric transformer), it shall be integrated into the building design and 100% screened from off-site with materials consistent with the primary façade materials. 3. Prior to starting any land disturbing activities, the following conditions shall be met: a. Assent form and official e xhibits shall be signed by the applicant and property owner. b. A preconstruction meeting shall be held with the appropriate development, construction, private utility, and city representatives. c. All necessary permits shall be obtained. 4. Prio r to issuance of building permits, the following conditions shall be met: a. The developer shall sign the city's assent f orm and the official exhibits . b. A planning development contract shall be executed between the developer and city that addresses, at a minimum: i. The conditions of PUD approval as applicable or appropriate. ii. Alternative landscaping requirements and tree replacement fees. iii. The installation of all public improvements including, but not limited to, sidewalks, trails, boulevards and the execution of necessary easements related to such improvements. iv. Easements related to electronic communication and fiber infrastructure. v. A performance guarantee in the form of cash escrow or irrevocable letter of credit shall be provided to the City of St. Louis Park in the amount of 1.25 times of the costs of all public improvements (sidewalks and boulevards), and the private site stormwater management system and landscaping. 19 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 3a) Title: Development proposal for 3440 Beltline Blvd. vi. The developer shall reimburse city attorney’s fees in drafting/reviewing such documents as required in the final PUD approval. i. The mayor and city manager are authorized to execute said planning development contract. c. Final construction plans for all public improvements and private stormwater system shall be signed by a registered engineer and submitted to the city e ngineer for review and approval. d. Building material samples and colors shall be submitted to the city for review and approval. 5. The developer shall comply with the following conditions during construction: a. All City noise ordinances shall be complied with, including that there be no construction activity between the hours of 10 p.m. and 7 a.m. Monday through Friday, and between 10 p.m. and 9 a.m. on weekends and holidays. b. The site shall be kept free of dust and debris that could blow onto neighboring properties. c. Public streets shall be maintained free of dirt and shall be cleaned as necessary. d. The city shall be contacted a minimum of 72 hours prior to any work in a public street. e. Work in a public street shall take place only upon the determination by the city e ngineer (or designee) that appropriate safety measures have been taken to ensure motorist and pedestrian safety. f. The developer shall install and maintain chain link security fencing that is at least six feet tall along the perimeter of the site. All gates and access points shall be locked during non-working hours. g. Temporary electric power connections shall not adversely impact surrounding neighborhood service. 6. Prior to the issuance of any permanent certificate of occupancy permit the following shall be completed: a. Public improvements, private utilities, site landscaping and irrigation, and storm water management system shall be installed in accordance with the official e xhibits . 7. All mechanical equipment shall be fully screened. Rooftop equipment may be located as indicated in the official exhibits so as not to be visible from off-site. 8. The materials used in, and placement of, all signs shall be integrated with the building design and architecture. Supporting documents: zoning map amendment exhibit; draft PUD ordinance; official exhibits; site renderings; traffic study; Beltline Station area framework and design guidelines Prepared by: Jennifer Monson, senior planner Reviewed by: Sean Walther, planning and zoning supervisor 20 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 3a) Title: Development proposal for 3440 Beltline Blvd. Zoning map amendment exhibit 21 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 3a) Title: Development proposal for 3440 Beltline Blvd. Ordinance No. ___-21 Ordinance amending the St. Louis Park City Code relating to zoning by creating Section 36-268-PUD 20 as a Planned Unit Development Zoning District f or the property located at 3440 Beltline Boulevard . The City of St. Louis Park does ordain: Section 1. The city council has considered the advice and recommendation of the planning commission (Case No. 21-20-PUD) for amending the Zoning Ordinance Section 36-268-PUD 20. Section 2. The Zoning Map shall be amended by reclassifying the following described lands from MX-1 vertical mixed -use to PUD 20: Lot 1, Block 1, Beltline Industrial Park 4th Addition , Hennepin County, Minnesota Section 3. The St. Louis Park Ordinance Code Section 26-268 is hereby amended to add the following Planned Unit Development Zoning District: Section 26-268-PUD 20 (a) Development Plans The site located on property legally described as Lot 1, Block 1, Beltline Industrial Park 4th Addition, Hennepin County, Minnesota, shall be developed, used and maintained in conformance with the following Final PUD signed Official Exhibits: 1. Preliminary Plat 2. Final Plat 3. C000 Cover sheet 4. Existing conditions survey 5. C100 General notes 6. C101 Tree inventory and preservation plan 7. C200 Existing conditions and removal plan 8. C300 Erosion and sediment control plan – phase 1 9. C301 Erosion and sediment control plan – phase 2 10. C302 Erosion and sediment control details 11. C303 SWPPP 12. C400 Site plan 13. C401 Fire access plan 14. C500 Grading plan 15. C501 Stormwater management plan 16. C502 Stormwater details 17. C503 Stormwater details 18. C600 Utility plan 19. C700 Construction details 20. C701 Construction details 21. C702 Construction details 22. C703 Construction details 22 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 3a) Title: Development proposal for 3440 Beltline Blvd. 23. L100 Landscape plan 24. L101 Landscape schedule 25. L102 Landscape details 26. L103 DORA plan 27. A.00 Cove r sheet 28. A.01 Concept Level 1 29. A.02 Concept Level 2 30. A.03 Concept Level 3 31. A.04 Concept Level 4 32. A.05 Concept Level 5 33. A.06 Concept Roof Plan 34. A.07 Concept Elevations 35. A.08 Concept Elevations 36. A.09 Concept Elevations and Diagrams 37. A.10 Project Information and Details 38. A.11 Project Images 39. Sun Studies 40. E060 Site Photometric Plan 41. E061 Site Photometric Fixture Cut Sheet The Site shall also conform to the following requirements: 1. The property shall be developed with 250 residential units and a minimum of 7,400 square feet of ground floor commercial. 2. At least 352 off street -parking spaces shall be constructed. Up to a 20 percent reduction of required parking may be permitted for residential and non- residential uses under the terms of a parking management plan approved by the zoning administrator. 3. The maximum building height shall be 56 feet and five stories. 4. The site shall contain a minimum of 12 percent designed outdoor recreation area based on private developable land area. (b) Uses 1. Permitted uses. The following uses are permitted in PUD 20: a. Multiple-family dwellings. Uses associated with the multiple -family dwellings, including but not limited to, the residential office, fitness facility, mail room, assembly room or general amenity space. 2. Permitted with Conditions. The following uses are permitted with conditions in PUD 20: a. Live/work units. i. Live -work uses as defined by Sec. 36-142 of city code are permitted on the first floor. ii. A Registration of Land Use (RLU) shall be approved by the city when there is a change in commercial tenant. b. Commercial uses. Commercial uses are only permitted on the first floor, and are limited to the following: restaurants, coffee shops, office, private entertainment (indoor), retail shops, service, showrooms and studios. i. All parking requirements must be met for each use. 23 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 3a) Title: Development proposal for 3440 Beltline Blvd. ii. Hours of operation for commercial uses shall be limited to 6 a.m. to 12 a.m. iii. In vehicle sales is prohibited. 3. Accessory uses: Accessory uses are as follows: a. Home occupations complying with all of the conditions in the R-C district. b. Gardens. c. Parking lot s. d. Public transit stops/shelters. e. Outdoor seating. f. Public address (PA) systems are prohibited. g. Outdoor uses and outdoor storage are prohibited. h. Accessory utility structures including: i. Small wind energy conversion system as defined in 36-4 Definitions. ii. Solar energy systems. A solar energy system with a supporting framework that is either place on, or anchored in, the ground and that is independent of any building or other structure; or that is affixed to or an integral part of a principal or accessory building, including but not limited to photovoltaic or hot water solar energy systems which are contained within roofing materials, windows, skylights, and awnings. iii. Cisterns and rainwater collection systems. (c) Special Performance Standards 1. All general zoning requirements not specifically addressed in this ordinance shall be met, including but not limited to: outdoor lighting, architectural design, landscaping, parking, and screening requirements. 2. All trash, garbage, waste materials, trash containers, and recycling containers shall be kept in the manner required by this Code. All trash handling and loading areas shall be screened from view within a waste enclosure. 3. Signage shall be allowed in conformance with the MX Zoning District s and shall comply with the following: a. Pylon signs shall be prohibited. 4. Awnings. a. Awnings shall be constructed of heavy canvas fabric, metal and/or glass. Plastic and vinyl awnings are prohibited. b. Backlit awnings shall be prohibited. Section 4. The contents of Planning Case File 21-19-S, 21-20-PUD, 21-21-VAC are hereby entered into and made part of the public hearing record and the record of decision for this case. Section 5. This ordinance shall take effect fifteen days after its publication (July 30, 2021) First reading June 21, 2021 Second reading July 6, 2021 24 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 3a) Title: Development proposal for 3440 Beltline Blvd. Reviewed for administration: Adopted by the City Council (July 6, 2021) Thomas K. Harmening, city manager Jake Spano, mayor Attest: Approved as to form and execution: Melissa Kennedy, city clerk Soren Mattick, city attorney Date of publication July 15, 2021 Date ordinance takes effect July 30, 2021 25 26 27 28 29 PREPARED FORCOVER SHEETC0003440 BELTLINEBLVDOPUS DEVELOPMENTST. LOUIS PARKMNDATE:I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN,SPECIFICATION OR REPORT WAS PREPARED BYME OR UNDER MY DIRECT SUPERVISION ANDTHAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONALENGINEER UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OFMINNESOTA.MNLIC. NO.LAURA E. CLARENS, P.E.05/24/202158852DATECHECKED BYSCALEDESIGNED BYDRAWN BYKHA PROJECT16056101405/24/2021AS SHOWNAKAAKALECNORTH VICINITY N.T.S. SITE ST. LOUIS PARK, HENNEPIN COUNTY, MN 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFIRM THAT THE EXISTING CONDITIONS FOR THE SITE MATCH WHAT IS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS INCLUDED PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 2. IF REPRODUCED, THE SCALES SHOWN ON THESE PLANS ARE BASED ON A 22x34 SHEET. 3. ALL NECESSARY INSPECTIONS AND/OR CERTIFICATIONS REQUIRED BY CODES AND/OR UTILITY SERVICES COMPANIES SHALL BE PERFORMED PRIOR TO ANNOUNCED BUILDING POSSESSION AND THE FINAL CONNECTION OF SERVICES. 4. ALL GENERAL CONTRACTOR WORK TO BE COMPLETED (EARTHWORK, FINAL UTILITIES, AND FINAL GRADING) BY THE MILESTONE DATE IN PROJECT DOCUMENTS. NOTES: LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT KIMLEY-HORN AND ASSOCIATES, INC. PREPARED BY: MITCHELL G. COOKAS, P.L.A. 767 EUSTIS STREET, SUITE 100 ST. PAUL, MN 55114 TELEPHONE (651) 645-4197 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER BRAUN INTERTEC COMPANY 11001 HAMPSHIRE AVENUE S MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55438 TELEPHONE: (952) 995 2000 FAX: (952) 995 2020 CONTACT: CHRISTOPHER KEHL, P.E. PROJECT TEAM: SURVEYOR EGAN, FIELD & NOWAK, INC. 1229 TYLER ST NE, SUITE 100 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55413 TELEPHONE: (612) 466-3300 FAX: (612) 466-3383 CONTACT: ERIC ROESER, P.L.S. ENGINEER KIMLEY-HORN AND ASSOCIATES, INC. PREPARED BY: LAURA E. CLARENS, P.E. 767 EUSTIS STREET, SUITE 100 ST. PAUL, MN 55114 TELEPHONE (651) 645-4197 OWNER / DEVELOPER OPUS DEVELOPMENT 10350 BREN ROAD WEST MINNETONKA, MN 55343 TELEPHONE (952) 656-4444 3440 BELTLINE BLVD SECTION 6, TOWNSHIP 28N, RANGE 24W FOR SITE DEVELOPMENT PLANS Know what'sbelow. before you dig.Call ARCHITECT OPUS AE GROUP, LLC 10350 BREN ROAD WEST MINNETONKA, MN 55343 TELEPHONE: (952) 656-4444 SITE BENCHMARKS: (LOCATIONS SHOWN ON SURVEY) SBM #1 TOP OF MNDOT GEODETIC MONUMENT "2734 J" GSID STATION #95553 ELEVATION= 880.64 FT (NAVD88) SBM #2 TOP NUT OF HYDRANT LOCATED AT THE SOUTHWEST QUADRANT OF 35TH STREET WEST AND BELTLINE BOULEVARD ELEVATION= 880.64 FT (NAVD88) BENCHMARKS This document, together with the concepts and designs presented herein, as an instrument of service, is intended only for the specific purpose and client for which it was prepared. Reuse of and improper reliance on this document without written authorization and adaptation by Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc. shall be without liability to Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc.SHEET NUMBER2021 KIMLEY-HORN AND ASSOCIATES, INC.767 EUSTIS STREET, SUITE 100, ST. PAUL, MN 55114PHONE: 651-645-4197WWW.KIMLEY-HORN.COMK:\TWC_LDEV\OPUS\Beltline - St Louis Park\3 Design\CAD\PlanSheets\C0-COVER SHEET.dwg May 24, 2021 - 10:40amBYREVISIONSNo.DATEPRELIMINARY - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTIONBASS LAKE BELT LINE BLVDMIDTOW N G R E E N W A Y HWY-7 HWY-100W 36TH ST EXCELSIOR BLVDW 35TH ST RALEIGH AVE SPARK GLE N R D DRAWING INDEX Sheet Number Sheet Title C000 COVER SHEET V000 EXISTING CONDITIONS SURVEY C100 GENERAL NOTES C101 TREE INVENTORY AND PRESERVATION PLAN C200 EXISTING CONDITIONS AND REMOVAL PLAN C300 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN - PHASE 1 C301 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN - PHASE 2 C302 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL DETAILS C303 SWPPP C400 SITE PLAN C401 FIRE ACCESS PLAN C500 GRADING PLAN C501 STORMWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN C502 STORMWATER DETAILS C503 STORMWATER DETAILS C600 UTILITY PLAN C700 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS C701 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS C702 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS C703 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS L100 LANDSCAPE PLAN L101 LANDSCAPE SCHEDULE L102 LANDSCAPE DETAILS L103 DORA PLAN 30 NOT TO SCALE 31 This document, together with the concepts and designs presented herein, as an instrument of service, is intended only for the specific purpose and client for which it was prepared. Reuse of and improper reliance on this document without written authorization and adaptation by Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc. shall be without liability to Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc.SHEET NUMBER2021 KIMLEY-HORN AND ASSOCIATES, INC.767 EUSTIS STREET, SUITE 100, ST. PAUL, MN 55114PHONE: 651-645-4197WWW.KIMLEY-HORN.COMK:\TWC_LDEV\OPUS\Beltline - St Louis Park\3 Design\CAD\PlanSheets\C1-GENERAL NOTES.dwg May 24, 2021 - 10:41amBYREVISIONSNo.DATEPRELIMINARY - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTIONPREPARED FORGENERAL NOTESC1003440 BELTLINEBLVDOPUS DEVELOPMENTST. LOUIS PARKMNDATE:I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN,SPECIFICATION OR REPORT WAS PREPARED BYME OR UNDER MY DIRECT SUPERVISION ANDTHAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONALENGINEER UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OFMINNESOTA.MNLIC. NO.LAURA E. CLARENS, P.E.05/24/202158852DATECHECKED BYSCALEDESIGNED BYDRAWN BYKHA PROJECT16056101405/24/2021AS SHOWNAKAAKALECGENERAL CONSTRUCTION NOTES 1. THE CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL OBTAIN A COPY OF THE MN DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION "STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION" (LATEST EDITION) AND BECOME FAMILIAR WITH THE CONTENTS PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK, AND, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM AS APPLICABLE TO THESE STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FURNISHING ALL MATERIAL AND LABOR TO CONSTRUCT THE FACILITY AS SHOWN AND DESCRIBED IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPROPRIATE APPROVING AUTHORITIES, SPECIFICATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAR AND GRUB ALL AREAS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, REMOVING TREES, STUMPS, ROOTS, MUCK, EXISTING PAVEMENT AND ALL OTHER DELETERIOUS MATERIAL. 3. THE EXISTING SUBSURFACE UTILITY INFORMATION IN THIS PLAN IS QUALITY LEVEL "D" UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. THIS QUALITY LEVEL WAS DETERMINED ACCORDING TO THE GUIDELINES OF CI/ACSE 38/02, ENTITLED STANDARD GUIDELINES FOR THE COLLECTION AND DEPICTION OF SUBSURFACE QUALITY DATA BY THE FHA. EXISTING UTILITIES SHOWN ARE LOCATED ACCORDING TO THE INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO THE ENGINEER AT THE TIME OF THE TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY AND HAVE NOT BEEN INDEPENDENTLY VERIFIED BY THE OWNER OR THE ENGINEER. GUARANTEE IS NOT MADE THAT ALL EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES ARE SHOWN OR THAT THE LOCATION OF THOSE SHOWN ARE ENTIRELY ACCURATE. FINDING THE ACTUAL LOCATION OF ANY EXISTING UTILITIES IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY AND SHALL BE DONE BEFORE COMMENCING ANY WORK IN THE VICINITY. FURTHERMORE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE FULLY RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY AND ALL DAMAGES DUE TO THE CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO EXACTLY LOCATE AND PRESERVE ANY AND ALL UNDERGROUND UTILITIES. THE OWNER OR ENGINEER WILL ASSUME NO LIABILITY FOR ANY DAMAGES SUSTAINED OR COST INCURRED BECAUSE OF THE OPERATIONS IN THE VICINITY OF EXISTING UTILITIES OR STRUCTURES, NOR FOR TEMPORARY BRACING AND SHORING OF SAME. IF IT IS NECESSARY TO SHORE, BRACE, SWING OR RELOCATE A UTILITY, THE UTILITY COMPANY OR DEPARTMENT AFFECTED SHALL BE CONTACTED AND THEIR PERMISSION OBTAINED REGARDING THE METHOD TO USE FOR SUCH WORK. 4. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO CONTACT THE VARIOUS UTILITY COMPANIES WHICH MAY HAVE BURIED OR AERIAL UTILITIES WITHIN OR NEAR THE CONSTRUCTION AREA BEFORE COMMENCING WORK. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE 48 HOURS MINIMUM NOTICE TO ALL UTILITY COMPANIES PRIOR TO BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION. 5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING ALL REQUIRED CONSTRUCTION PERMITS AND BONDS IF REQUIRED PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE AVAILABLE AT THE JOB SITE AT ALL TIMES ONE COPY OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS INCLUDING PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, GEOTECHNICAL REPORT AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS AND COPIES OF ANY REQUIRED CONSTRUCTION PERMITS. 7. ANY DISCREPANCIES ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE OWNER AND ENGINEER BEFORE COMMENCING WORK. NO FIELD CHANGES OR DEVIATIONS FROM DESIGN ARE TO BE MADE WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL OF THE OWNER AND NOTIFICATION TO THE ENGINEER. 8. ALL COPIES OF COMPACTION, CONCRETE AND OTHER REQUIRED TEST RESULTS ARE TO BE SENT TO THE OWNER DIRECTLY FROM THE TESTING AGENCY. 9. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DOCUMENTING AND MAINTAINING AS-BUILT INFORMATION WHICH SHALL BE RECORDED AS CONSTRUCTION PROGRESSES OR AT THE COMPLETION OF APPROPRIATE CONSTRUCTION INTERVALS AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING AS-BUILT DRAWINGS TO THE OWNER FOR THE PURPOSE OF CERTIFICATION TO JURISDICTIONAL AGENCIES AS REQUIRED. ALL AS-BUILT DATA SHALL BE COLLECTED BY A STATE OF MN PROFESSIONAL LAND SURVEYOR WHOSE SERVICES ARE ENGAGED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 10. ANY WELLS DISCOVERED ON SITE THAT WILL HAVE NO USE MUST BE PLUGGED BY A LICENSED WELL DRILLING CONTRACTOR IN A MANNER APPROVED BY ALL JURISDICTIONAL AGENCIES. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING ANY WELL ABANDONMENT PERMITS REQUIRED. 11. ANY WELL DISCOVERED DURING EARTH MOVING OR EXCAVATION SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE APPROPRIATE JURISDICTIONAL AGENCIES WITHIN 24 HOURS AFTER DISCOVERY IS MADE. 12. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING THAT THE PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS SHOWN ON THE PLANS DO NOT CONFLICT WITH ANY KNOWN EXISTING OR OTHER PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS. IF ANY CONFLICTS ARE DISCOVERED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY PORTION OF THE SITE WORK THAT WOULD BE AFFECTED. FAILURE TO NOTIFY OWNER OF AN IDENTIFIABLE CONFLICT PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH INSTALLATION RELIEVES OWNER OF ANY OBLIGATION TO PAY FOR A RELATED CHANGE ORDER. 13. SHOULD CONTRACTOR ENCOUNTER ANY DEBRIS LADEN SOIL, STRUCTURES NOT IDENTIFIED IN THE DOCUMENTS, OR OTHER SOURCE OF POTENTIAL CONTAMINATION, THEY SHALL IMMEDIATELY CONTACT THE ENGINEER AND OWNER. TYPICAL OWNER/ENGINEER OBSERVATIONS CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY OWNER AND/OR ENGINEER 48 HOURS IN ADVANCE OF THE FOLLOWING ACTIVITIES: - PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING, SUBGRADE PREPARATION, BASE INSTALLATION ASPHALT INSTALLATION, UNDERGROUND PIPING AND UTILITIES INSTALLATION, INSTALLATION OF STRUCTURES, CHECK VALVES, HYDRANTS, METERS, ETC., SIDEWALK INSTALLATION, CONNECTIONS TO WATER AND SEWER MAINS, TESTS OF UTILITIES 3RD PARTY TEST REPORTS REQ'D TEST REPORTS REQUIRED FOR CLOSE OUT INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO: - DENSITY TEST REPORTS - BACTERIOLOGICAL TESTS OF WATER SYSTEM - PRESSURE TEST OF WATER/SEWER - LEAK TESTS ON SEWER SYSTEM AND GREASE TRAPS - ANY OTHER TESTING REQUIRED BY THE AGENCY/MUNICIPALITY WATER STORM SEWER & SANITARY SEWER NOTES 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONSTRUCT GRAVITY SEWER LATERALS, MANHOLES, GRAVITY SEWER LINES, AND DOMESTIC WATER AND FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM AS SHOWN ON THESE PLANS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL NECESSARY MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, MACHINERY, TOOLS, MEANS OF TRANSPORTATION AND LABOR NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE WORK IN FULL AND COMPLETE ACCORDANCE WITH THE SHOWN, DESCRIBED AND REASONABLY INTENDED REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND JURISDICTIONAL AGENCY REQUIREMENTS. IN THE EVENT THAT THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND THE JURISDICTIONAL AGENCY REQUIREMENTS ARE NOT IN AGREEMENT, THE MOST STRINGENT SHALL GOVERN. 2. ALL EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITY LOCATIONS SHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS FOR UTILITY LOCATION AND COORDINATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NOTES CONTAINED IN THE GENERAL CONSTRUCTION SECTION OF THIS SHEET. 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL RESTORE ALL DISTURBED VEGETATION IN KIND, UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE. 4. DEFLECTION OF PIPE JOINTS AND CURVATURE OF PIPE SHALL NOT EXCEED THE MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. SECURELY CLOSE ALL OPEN ENDS OF PIPE AND FITTINGS WITH A WATERTIGHT PLUG WHEN WORK IS NOT IN PROGRESS. THE INTERIOR OF ALL PIPES SHALL BE CLEAN AND JOINT SURFACES WIPED CLEAN AND DRY AFTER THE PIPE HAS BEEN LOWERED INTO THE TRENCH. VALVES SHALL BE PLUMB AND LOCATED ACCORDING TO THE PLANS. 5. ALL PIPE AND FITTINGS SHALL BE CAREFULLY STORED FOLLOWING MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. CARE SHALL BE TAKEN TO AVOID DAMAGE TO THE COATING OR LINING IN ANY D.I. PIPE FITTINGS. ANY PIPE OR FITTING WHICH IS DAMAGED OR WHICH HAS FLAWS OR IMPERFECTIONS WHICH, IN THE OPINION OF THE ENGINEER OR OWNER, RENDERS IT UNFIT FOR USE, SHALL NOT BE USED. ANY PIPE NOT SATISFACTORY FOR USE SHALL BE CLEARLY MARKED AND IMMEDIATELY REMOVED FROM THE JOB SITE, AND SHALL BE REPLACED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. 6. WATER FOR FIRE FIGHTING SHALL BE MADE AVAILABLE FOR USE BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO COMBUSTIBLES BEING BROUGHT ON SITE. 7. ALL UTILITY AND STORM DRAIN TRENCHES LOCATED UNDER AREAS TO RECEIVE PAVING SHALL BE COMPLETELY BACK FILLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GOVERNING JURISDICTIONAL AGENCY'S SPECIFICATIONS. IN THE EVENT THAT THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND THE JURISDICTIONAL AGENCY REQUIREMENTS ARE NOT IN AGREEMENT, THE MOST STRINGENT SHALL GOVERN. 8. UNDERGROUND LINES SHALL BE SURVEYED BY A STATE OF MN PROFESSIONAL LAND SURVEYOR PRIOR TO BACK FILLING. 9. CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM, AT HIS OWN EXPENSE, ANY AND ALL TESTS REQUIRED BY THE SPECIFICATIONS AND/OR ANY AGENCY HAVING JURISDICTION. THESE TESTS MAY INCLUDE, BUT MAY NOT BE LIMITED TO, INFILTRATION AND EXFILTRATION, TELEVISION INSPECTION AND A MANDREL TEST ON GRAVITY SEWER. A COPY OF THE TEST RESULTS SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE UTILITY PROVIDER, OWNER AND JURISDICTIONAL AGENCY AS REQUIRED. 10. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FOR A MINIMUM HORIZONTAL CLEARANCE OF 10' AND A VERTICAL CLEARANCE OF 18" BETWEEN WATER AND SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES AND LINES. 11. IF ANY EXISTING STRUCTURES TO REMAIN ARE DAMAGED DURING CONSTRUCTION IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO REPAIR AND/OR REPLACE THE EXISTING STRUCTURE AS NECESSARY TO RETURN IT TO EXISTING CONDITIONS OR BETTER. 12. ALL STORM PIPE ENTERING STRUCTURES SHALL BE GROUTED TO ASSURE CONNECTION AT STRUCTURE IS WATERTIGHT UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED BY CITY AND STATE DESIGN STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 13. UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED IN CITY AND STATE DESIGN STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS, ALL STORM SEWER MANHOLES IN PAVED AREAS SHALL BE FLUSH WITH PAVEMENT, AND SHALL HAVE TRAFFIC BEARING RING & COVERS. MANHOLES IN UNPAVED AREAS SHALL BE 6" ABOVE FINISH GRADE. LIDS SHALL BE LABELED "STORM SEWER". EXISTING CASTINGS AND STRUCTURES WITHIN PROJECT LIMITS SHALL BE ADJUSTED TO MEET THESE CONDITIONS AND THE PROPOSED FINISHED GRADE. 14. TOPOGRAPHIC INFORMATION IS TAKEN FROM A TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY BY LAND SURVEYORS. IF THE CONTRACTOR DOES NOT ACCEPT EXISTING TOPOGRAPHY AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS, WITHOUT EXCEPTION, THEN THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPPLY, AT THEIR EXPENSE, A TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY BY A REGISTERED LAND SURVEYOR TO THE OWNER FOR REVIEW. 15. CONSTRUCTION SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE GOVERNING CODES AND BE CONSTRUCTED TO SAME. 16. ALL STORM STRUCTURES SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH UNIFORM POURED MORTAR FROM INVERT IN TO INVERT OUT. 17. ROOF DRAINS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO STORM SEWER BY PREFABRICATED WYES OR AT STORM STRUCTURES. ROOF DRAINS AND TRUCK WELL DRAIN SHALL RUN AT A MINIMUM 1% SLOPE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, AND TIE IN AT THE CENTERLINE OF THE STORM MAIN. 18. ALL ROOF AND SANITARY SEWER DRAINS SHALL BE INSULATED IF 7' OF COVER CANNOT BE PROVIDED. 19. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES AND APPURTENANCES THAT ARE TO REMAIN FROM DAMAGE DURING CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. 20. THE LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES, STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES AND OTHER ABOVE AND BELOW-GRADE IMPROVEMENTS ARE APPROXIMATE AS SHOWN. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO DETERMINE THE EXACT LOCATION, SIZE AND INVERT ELEVATIONS OF EACH PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION. 21. A MINIMUM OF 5' SEPARATION IS REQUIRED BETWEEN UTILITIES AND TREES UNLESS A ROOT BARRIER IS UTILIZED. 22. GAS, PHONE AND ELECTRIC SERVICES SHOWN FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY. DRY UTILITY COMPANIES MAY ALTER THE DESIGN LAYOUT DURING THEIR REVIEW. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE FINAL DESIGN AND INSTALLATION WITH UTILITY COMPANIES. 23. COORDINATE UTILITY INSTALLATION WITH IRRIGATION DESIGN AND INSTALLATION. 24. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FLOW LINE OF CURB UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. PERIMETER WALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO INSIDE WALL FACE. REFERENCE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR EXACT WALL WIDTH AND SPECIFICATIONS. 25. REFERENCE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS (BY OTHERS). FOR EXACT BUILDING DIMENSIONS, AND MATERIALS SPECIFICATIONS. 26. REFERENCE M.E.P. PLANS (BY OTHERS) FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DIMENSIONS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 27. CONTRACTOR SHALL REFERENCE STRUCTURAL PLANS (BY OTHERS) FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DIMENSIONS AND PAD PREPARATION SPECIFICATIONS. 28. CONTRACTOR SHALL REFERENCE M.E.P PLANS (BY OTHERS) FOR LIGHT POLE WIRING. GRADING AND DRAINAGE NOTES 1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL VERIFY THE SUITABILITY OF ALL EXISTING AND PROPOSED SITE CONDITIONS INCLUDING GRADES AND DIMENSIONS BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. THE ENGINEER SHALL BE NOTIFIED IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL GRADE THE SITE TO THE ELEVATIONS INDICATED AND SHALL ADJUST BMP'S AS NECESSARY AND REGRADE WASHOUTS WHERE THEY OCCUR AFTER EVERY RAINFALL UNTIL A GRASS STAND IS WELL ESTABLISHED OR ADEQUATE STABILIZATION OCCURS. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THERE IS POSITIVE DRAINAGE FROM THE PROPOSED BUILDINGS SO THAT SURFACE RUNOFF WILL DRAIN BY GRAVITY TO NEW OR EXISTING DRAINAGE OUTLETS. CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE NO PONDING OCCURS IN PAVED AREAS AND SHALL NOTIFY ENGINEER IF ANY GRADING DISCREPANCIES ARE FOUND IN THE EXISTING AND PROPOSED GRADES PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF PAVEMENT OR UTILITIES. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT ALL MANHOLE COVERS, VALVE COVERS, VAULT LIDS, FIRE HYDRANTS, POWER POLES, GUY WIRES, AND TELEPHONE BOXES THAT ARE TO REMAIN IN PLACE AND UNDISTURBED DURING CONSTRUCTION. EXISTING CASTINGS AND STRUCTURES TO REMAIN SHALL BE ADJUSTED TO MATCH THE PROPOSED FINISHED GRADES. 5. BACKFILL FOR UTILITY LINES SHALL BE PLACED PER DETAILS, STANDARDS, AND SPECIFICATIONS SO THAT THE UTILITY WILL BE STABLE. WHERE UTILITY LINES CROSS THE PARKING LOT, THE TOP 6 INCHES SHALL BE COMPACTED SIMILARLY TO THE REMAINDER OF THE LOT. UTILITY DITCHES SHALL BE VISUALLY INSPECTED DURING THE EXCAVATION PROCESS TO ENSURE THAT UNDESIRABLE FILL IS NOT USED. 6. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF 4" OF TOPSOIL AT COMPLETION OF WORK. ALL UNPAVED AREAS IN EXISTING RIGHTS-OF-WAY DISTURBED BY CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE REGRADED AND SODDED. 7. AFTER PLACEMENT OF SUBGRADE AND PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF PAVEMENT, CONTRACTOR SHALL TEST AND OBSERVE PAVEMENT AREAS FOR EVIDENCE OF PONDING. ALL AREAS SHALL ADEQUATELY DRAIN TOWARDS THE INTENDED STRUCTURE TO CONVEY STORM RUNOFF. CONTRACTOR SHALL IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY OWNER AND ENGINEER IF ANY DISCREPANCIES ARE DISCOVERED. 8. WHERE EXISTING PAVEMENT IS INDICATED TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SAW CUT FULL DEPTH FOR A SMOOTH AND STRAIGHT JOINT AND REPLACE THE PAVEMENT WITH THE SAME TYPE AND DEPTH OF MATERIAL AS EXISTING OR AS INDICATED. 9. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL PROTECTION OVER ALL DRAINAGE STRUCTURES FOR THE DURATION OF CONSTRUCTION AND UNTIL ACCEPTANCE OF THE PROJECT BY THE OWNER. ALL DRAINAGE STRUCTURES SHALL BE CLEANED OF DEBRIS AS REQUIRED DURING AND AT THE END OF CONSTRUCTION TO PROVIDE POSITIVE DRAINAGE FLOWS. 10. IF DEWATERING IS REQUIRED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN ANY APPLICABLE REQUIRED PERMITS. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER AND THE DESIGN ENGINEER PRIOR TO ANY EXCAVATION. 11. FIELD DENSITY TESTS SHALL BE TAKEN AT INTERVALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LOCAL JURISDICTIONAL AGENCY OR TO MN/DOT STANDARDS. IN THE EVENT THAT THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND THE JURISDICTIONAL AGENCY REQUIREMENTS ARE NOT IN AGREEMENT, THE MOST STRINGENT SHALL GOVERN. 12. ALL SLOPES AND AREAS DISTURBED BY CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE GRADED AS PER PLANS. THE AREAS SHALL THEN BE SODDED OR SEEDED AS SPECIFIED IN THE PLANS, FERTILIZED, MULCHED, WATERED AND MAINTAINED UNTIL HARDY GRASS GROWTH IS ESTABLISHED IN ALL AREAS. ANY AREAS DISTURBED FOR ANY REASON PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE JOB SHALL BE CORRECTED BY THE CONTRACTOR AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. ALL EARTHEN AREAS WILL BE SODDED OR SEEDED AND MULCHED AS SHOWN ON THE LANDSCAPING PLAN. 13. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE CONTROL OF DUST AND DIRT RISING AND SCATTERING IN THE AIR DURING CONSTRUCTION AND SHALL PROVIDE WATER SPRINKLING OR OTHER SUITABLE METHODS OF CONTROL. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL GOVERNING REGULATIONS PERTAINING TO ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION. 14. SOD, WHERE CALLED FOR, MUST BE INSTALLED AND MAINTAINED ON EXPOSED SLOPES WITHIN 48 HOURS OF COMPLETING FINAL GRADING, AND AT ANY OTHER TIME AS NECESSARY, TO PREVENT EROSION, SEDIMENTATION OR TURBID DISCHARGES. 15. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT LANDSCAPE ISLAND PLANTING AREAS AND OTHER PLANTING AREAS ARE NOT COMPACTED AND DO NOT CONTAIN ROAD BASE MATERIALS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO EXCAVATE AND REMOVE ALL UNDESIRABLE MATERIAL FROM ALL AREAS ON THE SITE TO BE PLANTED AND PROPERLY DISPOSED OF IN A LEGAL MANNER. 16. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL UNDERGROUND STORM WATER PIPING PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND MN/DOT SPECIFICATION. 17. ALL CONCRETE/ASPHALT SHALL BE INSTALLED PER GEOTECH REPORT, CITY OF ST. LOUIS PARK AND MN/DOT SPECIFICATIONS. 18. SPOT ELEVATIONS ARE TO FLOWLINE OF CURB UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 19. LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION ARE TO THE PROPERTY LINE UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED ON THE PLAN. 20. IMMEDIATELY REPORT TO THE OWNER ANY DISCREPANCIES FOUND BETWEEN ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. 21. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR LOCATING AND PROTECTING EXISTING UTILITIES, AND SHALL REPAIR ALL DAMAGE TO EXISTING UTILITIES THAT OCCUR DURING CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT COMPENSATION. 22. BLEND NEW EARTHWORK SMOOTHLY TO TRANSITION BACK TO EXISTING GRADE. 23. ALL PROPOSED GRADES ONSITE SHALL BE 3:1 OR FLATTER UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE PLANS. ANY SLOPES STEEPER THAN 4:1 REQUIRE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL BLANKET. 24. ADHERE TO ALL TERMS AND CONDITIONS AS NECESSARY IN THE GENERAL N.P.D.E.S. PERMIT AND STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN FOR STORMWATER DISCHARGE ASSOCIATED WITH CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. 25. ADJUST AND/OR CUT EXISTING PAVEMENT AS NECESSARY TO ASSURE A SMOOTH FIT AND CONTINUOUS GRADE. 26. CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE MINIMUM GRADES ARE MET WITHIN PAVED AREAS, 1.2% FOR ASPHALT PAVING AND 0.6% FOR CONCRETE PAVING. EROSION CONTROL NOTES 1. THE STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN ("SWPPP") IS COMPRISED OF THE EROSION CONTROL PLAN, THE STANDARD DETAILS, THE PLAN NARRATIVE, ATTACHMENTS INCLUDED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS OF THE SWPPP, PLUS THE PERMIT AND ALL SUBSEQUENT REPORTS AND RELATED DOCUMENTS. 2. ALL CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS INVOLVED WITH STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION SHALL OBTAIN A COPY OF THE STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN AND THE STATE OF MN NATIONAL POLLUTANT DISCHARGE ELIMINATION SYSTEM GENERAL PERMIT (NPDES PERMIT) AND BECOME FAMILIAR WITH THEIR CONTENTS. 3. BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES (BMP'S) AND CONTROLS SHALL CONFORM TO FEDERAL, STATE, OR LOCAL REQUIREMENTS OR MANUAL OF PRACTICE, AS APPLICABLE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL IMPLEMENT ADDITIONAL CONTROLS AS DIRECTED BY THE PERMITTING AGENCY OR OWNER. 4. SITE ENTRY AND EXIT LOCATIONS SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN A CONDITION THAT WILL PREVENT THE TRACKING OR FLOWING OF SEDIMENT ONTO PUBLIC ROADWAYS. ALL SEDIMENT SPILLED, DROPPED, WASHED, OR TRACKED ON A PUBLIC ROADWAY MUST BE REMOVED IMMEDIATELY. WHEN WASHING IS REQUIRED TO REMOVE SEDIMENT PRIOR TO ENTRANCE ONTO A PUBLIC ROADWAY, IT SHALL BE DONE IN AN AREA STABILIZED WITH CRUSHED STONE WHICH DRAINS INTO AN APPROVED SEDIMENT BASIN. ALL FINES IMPOSED FOR DISCHARGING SEDIMENT ONTO PUBLIC AREAS SHALL BE PAID BY THE CONTRACTOR. 5. TEMPORARY SEEDING OR OTHER APPROVED METHODS OF STABILIZATION SHALL BE INITIATED WITHIN 7 DAYS OF THE LAST DISTURBANCE ON ANY AREA OF THE SITE. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MINIMIZE CLEARING TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PRACTICAL OR AS REQUIRED BY THE GENERAL PERMIT. 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL DENOTE ON PLAN THE TEMPORARY PARKING AND STORAGE AREA WHICH SHALL ALSO BE USED AS THE EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE, EMPLOYEE PARKING AREA, AND AREA FOR LOCATING PORTABLE FACILITIES, OFFICE TRAILERS, AND TOILET FACILITIES. NO VEHICLE WASHING OR CONCRETE WASHOUT SITES ARE ALLOWED ON THE SITE PER CITY OF ST. LOUIS PARK REQUIREMENTS. CONCRETE WASH MUST BE CONTAINED ON TRUCKS, AND ANY SPILL MUST BE CLEANED UP IMMEDIATELY. 8. ALL WASH WATER (CONCRETE TRUCKS, VEHICLE CLEANING, EQUIPMENT CLEANING, ETC.) SHALL BE DETAINED AND PROPERLY TREATED OR DISPOSED. NO VEHICLE WASHING OR CONCRETE WASHOUT SITES ARE ALLOWED ON THE SITE PER CITY OF ST. LOUIS PARK REQUIREMENTS. CONCRETE WASH MUST BE CONTAINED ON TRUCKS, AND ANY SPILL MUST BE CLEANED UP IMMEDIATELY. 9. SUFFICIENT OIL AND GREASE ABSORBING MATERIALS AND FLOTATION BOOMS SHALL BE MAINTAINED ON SITE OR READILY AVAILABLE TO CONTAIN AND CLEAN-UP FUEL OR CHEMICAL SPILLS AND LEAKS. 10. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DUST CONTROL ON SITE. THE USE OF MOTOR OILS AND OTHER PETROLEUM BASED OR TOXIC LIQUIDS FOR DUST SUPPRESSION OPERATIONS IS PROHIBITED. 11. RUBBISH, TRASH, GARBAGE, LITTER, OR OTHER SUCH MATERIALS SHALL BE DEPOSITED INTO SEALED CONTAINERS. MATERIALS SHALL BE PREVENTED FROM LEAVING THE PREMISES THROUGH THE ACTION OF WIND OR STORM WATER DISCHARGE INTO DRAINAGE DITCHES OR WATERS OF THE STATE. 12. ALL STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION MEASURES PRESENTED ON THE PLAN SHALL BE INITIATED AS SOON AS IS PRACTICABLE. 13. ALL STAGING AREAS, STOCKPILES, SPOILS, ETC. SHALL BE LOCATED SUCH THAT THEY WILL NOT ADVERSELY AFFECT STORM WATER QUALITY. OTHERWISE, COVERING OR ENCIRCLING THESE AREAS WITH SOME PROTECTIVE MEASURE WILL BE NECESSARY. 14. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR RE-ESTABLISHING ANY EROSION CONTROL DEVICE WHICH THEY DISTURB. EACH CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE OF ANY DEFICIENCIES IN THE ESTABLISHED EROSION CONTROL MEASURES THAT MAY LEAD TO UNAUTHORIZED DISCHARGE OR STORM WATER POLLUTION, SEDIMENTATION, OR OTHER POLLUTANTS. UNAUTHORIZED POLLUTANTS INCLUDE (BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO) EXCESS CONCRETE DUMPING OR CONCRETE RESIDUE, PAINTS, SOLVENTS, GREASES, FUEL AND LUBRICANT OIL, PESTICIDES, AND ANY SOLID WASTE MATERIALS. 15. EROSION CONTROL DEVICES SHOWN ON THESE PLANS SHALL BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO THE START OF LAND-DISTURBING ACTIVITIES ON THE PROJECT. 16. ALL EROSION CONTROL DEVICES ARE TO BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPROVED PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR THIS PROJECT. CHANGES ARE TO BE APPROVED BEFORE CONSTRUCTION BY THE DESIGN ENGINEER AND THE CITY OF ST. LOUIS PARK ENGINEERING DIVISION. 17. IF THE EROSION CONTROL PLAN AS APPROVED CANNOT CONTROL EROSION AND OFF-SITE SEDIMENTATION FROM THE PROJECT, THE EROSION CONTROL PLAN WILL HAVE TO BE REVISED AND/OR ADDITIONAL EROSION CONTROL DEVICES WILL BE REQUIRED ON SITE. ANY REVISIONS TO THE EROSION CONTROL PLAN MADE BY THE CONTRACTOR MUST BE APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. EROSION CONTROL MAINTENANCE ALL MEASURES STATED ON THE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN, AND IN THE STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN, SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN FULLY FUNCTIONAL CONDITION AS REQUIRED BY ALL JURISDICTIONS UNTIL NO LONGER REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETED PHASE OF WORK OR FINAL STABILIZATION OF THE SITE. ALL EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL MEASURES SHALL BE CHECKED BY A CERTIFIED PERSON AT LEAST ONCE EVERY 7 CALENDAR DAYS AND WITHIN 24 HOURS OF THE END OF A 0.5" RAINFALL EVENT, AND CLEANED AND REPAIRED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING: INLET PROTECTION DEVICES AND BARRIERS SHALL BE REPAIRED OR REPLACED IF THEY SHOW SIGNS OF UNDERMINING, OR DETERIORATION. 1. ALL SEEDED AREAS SHALL BE CHECKED REGULARLY TO SEE THAT A GOOD STAND IS MAINTAINED. AREAS SHOULD BE FERTILIZED, WATERED AND RESEEDED AS NEEDED. FOR MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS REFER TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. 2. SILT FENCES SHALL BE REPAIRED TO THEIR ORIGINAL CONDITIONS IF DAMAGED. SEDIMENT SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE SILT FENCES WHEN IT REACHES ONE-THIRD THE HEIGHT OF THE SILT FENCE. 3. THE CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE(S) SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN A CONDITION WHICH WILL PREVENT TRACKING OR FLOW OF MUD ONTO PUBLIC RIGHTS-OF-WAY. THIS MAY REQUIRE PERIODIC TOP DRESSING OF THE CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCES AS CONDITIONS DEMAND. 4. THE TEMPORARY PARKING AND STORAGE AREA SHALL BE KEPT IN GOOD CONDITION (SUITABLE FOR PARKING AND STORAGE). THIS MAY REQUIRE PERIODIC TOP DRESSING OF THE TEMPORARY PARKING AS CONDITIONS DEMAND. 5. ALL MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS SHALL BE DONE IN A TIMELY MANNER BUT IN NO CASE LATER THAN 2 CALENDAR DAYS FOLLOWING THE INSPECTION. PAVING AND STRIPING NOTES 1. ALL PAVING, CONSTRUCTION, MATERIALS, AND WORKMANSHIP WITHIN JURISDICTION'S RIGHT-OF-WAY SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL OR COUNTY SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS (LATEST EDITION) OR MN/DOT SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS (LATEST EDITION) IF NOT COVERED BY LOCAL OR COUNTY REGULATIONS. 2. ALL SIGNS, PAVEMENT MARKINGS, AND OTHER TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES SHALL CONFORM TO MANUAL ON UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES (M.U.T.C.D) AND CITY STANDARDS. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL PAVEMENT MARKINGS FOR FIRE LANES, ROADWAY LANES, PARKING STALLS, ACCESSIBLE PARKING SYMBOLS, ACCESS AISLES, STOP BARS AND SIGNS, AND MISCELLANEOUS STRIPING WITHIN THE PARKING LOT AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS. 4. ALL EXPANSION JOINTS SHALL EXTEND THROUGH THE CURB. 5. THE MINIMUM LENGTH OF OFFSET JOINTS AT RADIUS POINTS SHALL BE 2 FEET. 6. ALL JOINTS, INCLUDING EXPANSION JOINTS WITH REMOVABLE TACK STRIPS, SHALL BE SEALED WITH JOINT SEALANT. 7. THE MATERIALS AND PROPERTIES OF ALL CONCRETE SHALL MEET THE APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS IN THE A.C.I. (AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE) MANUAL OF CONCRETE PRACTICE. 8. CONTRACTOR SHALL APPLY A SECOND COATING OVER ALL PAVEMENT MARKINGS PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER FOLLOWED BY A COAT OF GLASS BEADS AS APPLICABLE PER THE PROJECT DOCUMENTS. 9. ANY EXISTING PAVEMENT, CURBS AND/OR SIDEWALKS DAMAGED OR REMOVED WILL BE REPAIRED BY THE CONTRACTOR AT HIS EXPENSE TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ENGINEER AND OWNER. 10. BEFORE PLACING PAVEMENT, CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY SUITABLE ACCESSIBLE ROUTES (PER A.D.A). GRADING FOR ALL SIDEWALKS AND ACCESSIBLE ROUTES INCLUDING CROSSING DRIVEWAYS SHALL CONFORM TO CURRENT ADA STATE/NATIONAL STANDARDS. IN NO CASE SHALL ACCESSIBLE RAMP SLOPES EXCEED 1 VERTICAL TO 12 HORIZONTAL. IN NO CASE SHALL SIDEWALK CROSS SLOPES EXCEED 2% . IN NO CASE SHALL LONGITUDINAL SIDEWALK SLOPES EXCEED 5%. IN NO CASE SHALL ACCESSIBLE PARKING STALLS OR AISLES EXCEED 2% (1.5% TARGET) IN ALL DIRECTIONS. SIDEWALK ACCESS TO EXTERNAL BUILDING DOORS AND GATES SHALL BE ADA COMPLIANT. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY IF ADA CRITERIA CANNOT BE MET IN ANY LOCATION PRIOR TO PAVING. NO CONTRACTOR CHANGE ORDERS WILL BE ACCEPTED FOR A.D.A COMPLIANCE ISSUES. 11. MAXIMUM JOINT SPACING IS TWICE THE DEPTH OF THE CONCRETE PAVEMENT IN FEET. REFER TO GEOTECHNICAL REPORT NO. B2007652 BRAUN INTERTEC CORPORATION 11001 HAMPSHIRE AVENUE S MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55438 DATED OCTOBER 6, 2020 32 ONEWAY B E L T L I N E B O U L E V A R D3 5 T H S T R E E T W E S TA A A A A B B B B B B A A 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 156 145 146 144 143 147 148 149 151 150 152153 154 155 D D D B 15' x 15' PROTECTION FENCE This document, together with the concepts and designs presented herein, as an instrument of service, is intended only for the specific purpose and client for which it was prepared. Reuse of and improper reliance on this document without written authorization and adaptation by Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc. shall be without liability to Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc.SHEET NUMBER2021 KIMLEY-HORN AND ASSOCIATES, INC.767 EUSTIS STREET, SUITE 100, ST. PAUL, MN 55114PHONE: 651-645-4197WWW.KIMLEY-HORN.COMK:\TWC_LDEV\OPUS\Beltline - St Louis Park\3 Design\CAD\PlanSheets\L1-TREE INVENTORY AND PRESERVATION PLAN.dwg May 24, 2021 - 10:41amBYREVISIONSNo.DATEPRELIMINARY - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTIONPREPARED FORTREE INVENTORYANDPRESERVATIONPLANC1013440 BELTLINEBLVDOPUS DEVELOPMENTST. LOUIS PARKMNDATE:I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN,SPECIFICATION OR REPORT WAS PREPARED BYME OR UNDER MY DIRECT SUPERVISION ANDTHAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONALLANDSCAPE ARCHITECT UNDER THE LAWS OFTHE STATE OF MINNESOTA.MNLIC. NO.MITCHELL G. COOKAS, P.L.A.05/24/202156522DATECHECKED BYSCALEDESIGNED BYDRAWN BYKHA PROJECT16056101405/24/2021AS SHOWNCFKCFKMGCLIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION TREE TO BE REMOVED PROPERTY LINE TREE TO REMAIN LEGEND 1. PRUNING WILL BE DONE BY ISA CERTIFIED ARBORIST DURING APPROPRIATE PRUNING SEASON. 2. NO STORAGE OF MATERIALS, OPERATION OF MACHINERY, OR DEVELOPMENT OF ANY SORT WILL OCCUR WITHIN THE FENCE-LINE WITHOUT APPROVAL IN WRITING FROM CITY. 3. SITE GRADING TO BE DONE ONLY AFTER PROTECTIVE MEASURES HAVE BEEN TAKEN, CITY HAS APPROVED FENCING LOCATIONS, AND ALL CONTRACTORS HAVE BEEN BREIFED ON TREE PRESERVATION TECHNIQUES. 4. EXISTING TREES TO REMAIN OR BE REMOVED TO BE CLEARLY IDENTIFIED, WITHIN DISTURBANCE LIMITS AND 10' OUTSIDE OF THE DISTURBANCE LIMITS. 5. TREE PRESERVATION TO BE APPROVED BY OWNER AND PER LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY. TREE PROTECTION NOTES KEYNOTE LEGEND EXISTING TREE TO BE SAVED (TYP.) EXISTING TREE TO BE REMOVED (TYP.) LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION (TYP.) TREE PROTECTION FENCE (SEE DETAIL) (TYP.) A B C D TREE PROTECTION FENCE NOTE: ONLY SIGNIFICANT TREES IN THE SUBJECT PROPERTY SHOWN ON PLAN/ INVENTORY. EXISTING VEGETATION EDGE Tag Species Cond DBH Multi-stem Status 143 Cottonwood, eastern Average 25 Removed 144 Cottonwood, eastern Good 22 Removed 145 Cottonwood, eastern Average 38 Removed 146 Cottonwood, eastern Average 27 Removed 147 Cottonwood, eastern Average 48 Saved 148 Cottonwood, eastern Good 25 Saved 149 Cottonwood, eastern Good 22 Saved 150 Cottonwood, eastern Average 12 Saved 151 Cottonwood, eastern Average 27 2x 17 10 Saved 152 Cottonwood, eastern Average 95 Saved 153 Crabapple Good 10 Removed 154 Crabapple Average 11 Removed 155 Maple, norway Very Good 6 Removed 156 Maple, norway Very Good 6 Removed 157 Cedar, red Good 10 Removed 158 Cedar, red Good 8 Removed 159 Cedar, red Good 9 Removed 160 Cedar, red Good 8 Removed 161 Cedar, red Good 10 Removed 162 Cedar, red Good 12 Removed 163 Cedar, red Good 13 Removed 164 Cedar, red Good 12 Removed 165 Cedar, red Good 11 Removed 166 Cedar, red Good 14 Removed 167 Cedar, red Good 15 Removed 168 Basswood, american Good 22 Saved 169 Basswood, american Good 24 Saved 170 Basswood, american Average 41 2x 21 20 Removed 171 Basswood, american Good 25 Removed 172 Basswood, american Good 20 RemovedNORTH((A/B)-0.20) x C x A = D ((448/628)-0.20) x 1.5 x 448= 344.99 DIAMETER INCHES A = TOTAL DIAMETER INCHES OF SIGNIFICANT TREES LOST AS A RESULT OF LAND ALTERATION OR REMOVAL. (448 DIAMETER INCHES) B = TOTAL DIAMETER INCHES OF SIGNIFICANT TREES SITUATED ON THE LAND. (628 DIAMETER INCHES) C = TREE REPLACEMENT CONSTANT (1.5). D = REPLACEMENT TREES REQUIRED (NUMBER OF CALIPER INCHES). (344.99 DIAMETER INCHES) TREE REPLACEMENT PROVIDED: 40 DIAMETER INCHES= (7 CONIFEROUS TREES (6' HT.)* 2.5 CALIPER INCHES) + (SEE LANDSCAPE PLAN)(2 ORNAMENTAL TREES * 2.5 CALIPER INCHES ) + (7 OVERSTORY TREES * 2.5 CALIPER INCHES) TREE MITIGATION DATA TREE PROTECTION SIGN FURNISH AND INSTALL TEMPORARY FENCE AT THE TREE'S DRIPLINE OR CONSTRUCTION LIMITS AS SPECIFIED, PRIOR TO ANY CONSTRUCTION. WHEN POSSIBLE PLACE FENCE 25 FEET BEYOND THE DRIP LINE. PLACE PROTECTION SIGNS ALONG FENCE AT 20' INTERVALS. CONSTRUCTION LIMITS DRIP LINE TEMPORARY TREE PROTECTION FENCE PLACEMENT SCALE: N.T.S.C1011 Removed 33 3440 BELTLINE BOULEVARD B E L T L I N E B O U L E V A R D3 5 T H S T R E E T W E S TFOR REFERENCE ONLY LIGHT POLE LIGHT POLE 15" RCP 15" FES RETAINING WALL RETAINING WALL DD D D D D D D D D D A AA A EXISTING POWER TO BE RELOCATED BELOW GRADE. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH XCEL ENERGY AND CITY OF ST. LOUIS PARK.J J H F F C C C C B B B B B BB B B B BBB G G G H H H I K K L L M M P O N Q Q Q S V U T EXISTING 10' ELECTRIC EASEMENT PER DOC. NO. 927757 EXISTING 30' DRAINAGE AND UTILITY EASEMENT H D D H E PROTECT 48" EXISTING STORM PROTECT EXISTING STORM STRUCTURE PROTECT EXISTING STORM STRUCTURE PROTECT 48" EXISTING STORMPROTECT EXISTING WATER MAIN H P M W TYP. X X X X X X X FLOOD ZONE AE PER FEMA FLOOD MAP, ELEVATION 879.20' G G C 20' WIDE DRAINAGE EASEMENT PER DOC. NO. 991559 20' WIDE RAILROAD EASEMENT PER DOC. NO. 2982801 D D L W W D DRY UTILITIES H DRY UTILITIES DRY UTILITIES H DRY UTILITIES HDRY UTILITIES H J DRY UTILITIESH Y Y Y YY CITY LIGHT POLE TO BE REMOVED AND GIVEN BACK TO THE CITYJ CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH EXCEL ENERGY AND CITY OF ST. LOUIS PARK FOR REPLACING EXISTING STREETLIGHT CABINET MOUNTED ON WOOD XCEL POLE WITH GROUND/PAD MOUNTED CABINET D DD EXISTING WETLAND TO BE FILLED. EX. 12" CLAY SANITARY PIPE EX. 12" SANITARY CLAY PIPE EX. WATERMAIN EX. 8" WATERMAIN EX. 15" RCP STORM LINE EX. HYDRANT EX. GAS LINE EX. HYDRANT EX. 48" RCP STORM PIPE EX. 12" CLAY SANITARY PIPE This document, together with the concepts and designs presented herein, as an instrument of service, is intended only for the specific purpose and client for which it was prepared. Reuse of and improper reliance on this document without written authorization and adaptation by Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc. shall be without liability to Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc.SHEET NUMBER2021 KIMLEY-HORN AND ASSOCIATES, INC.767 EUSTIS STREET, SUITE 100, ST. PAUL, MN 55114PHONE: 651-645-4197WWW.KIMLEY-HORN.COMK:\TWC_LDEV\OPUS\Beltline - St Louis Park\3 Design\CAD\PlanSheets\C2-DEMO PLAN.dwg May 24, 2021 - 10:42amBYREVISIONSNo.DATEPRELIMINARY - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTIONPREPARED FOREXISTINGCONDITIONS ANDREMOVAL PLANC2003440 BELTLINEBLVDOPUS DEVELOPMENTST. LOUIS PARKMNDATE:I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN,SPECIFICATION OR REPORT WAS PREPARED BYME OR UNDER MY DIRECT SUPERVISION ANDTHAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONALENGINEER UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OFMINNESOTA.MNLIC. NO.LAURA E. CLARENS, P.E.05/24/202158852DATECHECKED BYSCALEDESIGNED BYDRAWN BYKHA PROJECT16056101405/24/2021AS SHOWNAKAAKALECDEMOLITION PLAN NOTES LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION REMOVE BITUMINOUS SURFACE REMOVE CONCRETE SURFACE REMOVE BUILDING REMOVE TREE REMOVE CONCRETE CURB & GUTTER REMOVE UTILITY LINES PROPERTY LINE EXISTING OVERHEAD POWER LINE EXISTING CHAINLINK FENCE EXISTING J-BARRIER EXISTING RETAINING WALL EXISTING SANITARY SEWER EXISTING STORM SEWER EXISTING WATERMAIN EXISTING GAS MAIN EXISTING UNDERGROUND TELEPHONE EXISTING UNDERGROUND CABLE EXISTING CONTOUR EXISTING SIGN EXISTING FLARED END SECTION EXISTING STORM MANHOLE EXISTING STORM CATCHBASIN EXISTING GAS METER EXISTING POST INDICATOR VALVE EXISTING WELL EXISTING AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER EXISTING ROOF DRAIN EXISTING GATE VALVE EXISTING HYDRANT EXISTING METAL COVER EXISTING ELECTRICAL METER EXISTING AIR CONDITIONER EXISTING TELEPHONE MANHOLE EXISTING CABLE BOX EXISTING GUY WIRE EXISTING POWER POLE EXISTING LIGHT POLE EXISTING TREE CLEARING & GRUBBING FILL & ABANDON UTILITY LINES EXISTING TREE LINE EXISTING CURB & GUTTER LEGEND FULL DEPTH SAWCUT 1. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DEMOLITION, REMOVAL, AND DISPOSAL (IN A LOCATION APPROVED BY ALL GOVERNING AUTHORITIES) ALL STRUCTURES, PADS, WALLS, FLUMES, FOUNDATIONS, PARKING, DRIVES, DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, UTILITIES, ETC. SUCH THAT THE IMPROVEMENTS ON THE PLANS CAN BE CONSTRUCTED. ALL FACILITIES TO BE REMOVED SHALL BE UNDERCUT TO SUITABLE MATERIAL AND BROUGHT TO GRADE WITH SUITABLE COMPACTED FILL MATERIAL PER THE PROJECT DOCUMENTS. 2. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR REMOVING ALL DEBRIS FROM THE SITE AND DISPOSING THE DEBRIS IN A LAWFUL MANNER. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING ALL PERMITS REQUIRED FOR DEMOLITION AND DISPOSAL. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE COPIES OF THE PERMIT AND RECEIPTS OF DISPOSAL OF MATERIALS TO THE OWNER AND OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE. 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN ALL UTILITY SERVICES TO ADJACENT PROPERTIES AT ALL TIMES. UTILITY SERVICES SHALL NOT BE INTERRUPTED WITHOUT APPROVAL FROM THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND COORDINATION WITH THE ADJACENT PROPERTIES AND/OR THE CITY. 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH RESPECTIVE UTILITY COMPANIES PRIOR TO THE REMOVAL AND/OR RELOCATION OF UTILITIES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE UTILITY COMPANY CONCERNING PORTIONS OF WORK WHICH MAY BE PERFORMED BY THE UTILITY COMPANY'S FORCES AND ANY FEES WHICH ARE TO BE PAID TO THE UTILITY COMPANY FOR THEIR SERVICES. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PAYING ALL FEES AND CHARGES. 5. THE LOCATIONS OF ALL EXISTING UTILITIES SHOWN ON THE PLAN HAVE BEEN DETERMINED FROM THE BEST INFORMATION AVAILABLE AND ARE GIVEN FOR THE CONVENIENCE OF THE CONTRACTOR. THE ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR THEIR ACCURACY. PRIOR TO THE START OF ANY DEMOLITION ACTIVITY, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE UTILITY COMPANIES FOR LOCATIONS OF EXISTING UTILITIES WITHIN ALL AREAS OF PROPOSED WORK. 6. ALL EXISTING SEWERS, PIPING AND UTILITIES SHOWN ARE NOT TO BE INTERPRETED AS THE EXACT LOCATION, OR AS ANY OBSTACLES THAT MAY OCCUR ON THE SITE. VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND PROCEED WITH CAUTION AROUND ANY ANTICIPATED FEATURES. GIVE NOTICE TO ALL UTILITY COMPANIES REGARDING DESTRUCTION AND REMOVAL OF ALL SERVICE LINES AND CAP ALL LINES BEFORE PRECEDING WITH THE WORK. 7. ELECTRICAL, TELEPHONE, CABLE, WATER, FIBER OPTIC, AND/OR GAS LINES NEEDING TO BE REMOVED OR RELOCATED SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE AFFECTED UTILITY COMPANY. ADEQUATE TIME SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR RELOCATION AND CLOSE COORDINATION WITH THE UTILITY COMPANY IS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE A SMOOTH TRANSITION IN UTILITY SERVICE. CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY CLOSE ATTENTION TO EXISTING UTILITIES WITHIN ANY ROAD RIGHT-OF-WAY DURING CONSTRUCTION. 8. CONTRACTOR MUST PROTECT THE PUBLIC AT ALL TIMES WITH FENCING, BARRICADES, ENCLOSURES, ETC. (AND OTHER APPROPRIATE BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES) AS APPROVED BY THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC CONTROL SHALL BE COORDINATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ST. LOUIS PARK, HENNEPIN COUNTY AND MN/DOT. 9. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN ACCESS TO ALL ADJACENT PROPERTIES DURING CONSTRUCTION, AND SHALL NOTIFY ALL PROPERTIES IF ACCESS WILL BE INTERRUPTED OR ALTERED AT ANY TIME DURING CONSTRUCTION. 10. PRIOR TO DEMOLITION OCCURRING, ALL EROSION CONTROL DEVICES ARE TO BE INSTALLED. 11. CONTRACTOR MAY LIMIT SAW-CUT AND PAVEMENT REMOVAL TO ONLY THOSE AREAS WHERE IT IS REQUIRED AS SHOWN ON THESE CONSTRUCTION PLANS BUT IF ANY DAMAGE IS INCURRED ON ANY OF THE SURROUNDING PAVEMENT, ETC. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ITS REMOVAL AND REPAIR. 12. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WATER MAIN WORK WITH THE FIRE DEPT. AND THE CITY WATER DEPARTMENT TO PLAN PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS AND TO ENSURE ADEQUATE FIRE PROTECTION IS CONSTANTLY AVAILABLE TO THE SITE THROUGHOUT THIS SPECIFIC WORK AND THROUGH ALL PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ARRANGING/PROVIDING ANY REQUIRED WATER MAIN SHUT OFFS WITH THE CITY OF ST. LOUIS PARK DURING CONSTRUCTION. ANY COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH WATER MAIN SHUT OFFS WILL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR AND NO EXTRA COMPENSATION WILL BE PROVIDED. 13. REFER TO SURVEY FOR ALL EXISTING INVERT AND RIM ELEVATIONS. 14. ALL UTILITIES SHOWN ARE EXISTING UTILITIES. 15. IN THE EVENT A WELL IS FOUND, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ENGINEER AND OWNER IMMEDIATELY. ALL WELLS SHALL BE SEALED BY A LICENSED WELL CONTRACTOR IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL STATE OF MN REQUIREMENTS. 16. IN THE EVENT THAT UNKNOWN CONTAINERS OR TANKS ARE ENCOUNTERED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE OWNER AND/OR OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE IMMEDIATELY. ALL CONTAINERS SHALL BE DISPOSED OF AT A PERMITTED LANDFILL PER THE PROJECT DOCUMENTS. 17. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ENGINEER IF ANY EXISTING DRAINTILE IS ENCOUNTERED ON SITE. NO ACTIVE DRAINTILE SHALL BE REMOVED WITHOUT APPROVAL FROM THE ENGINEER. KEYNOTE LEGEND REMOVE EXISTING BUILDING, FOOTINGS, FOUNDATIONS & ASSOCIATED SERVICES REMOVE BITUMINOUS SURFACE REMOVE CONCRETE SURFACE REMOVE EXISTING TREE(SEE SHEET C101 FOR SIGNIFICANT TREE REMOVALS) REMOVE EXISTING UTILITY REMOVE CONCRETE WHEEL STOPS (TYP.) REMOVE EXISTING STRUCTURE/CONCRETE STAIRS PROTECT EXISTING STRUCTURE/UTILITY REMOVE EXISTING SIGN REMOVE EXISTING LIGHT POLES; COORDINATE WITH XCEL PROTECT EXISTING CURB & GUTTER PROTECT EXISTING HYDRANT AND GATE VALVE REMOVE EXISTING CONCRETE CURB & GUTTER RELOCATE EXISTING ELECTRIC BOX, COORD WITH UTILITY REMOVE EXISTING FLAG POLE, LIGHT, AND FOUNDATION REMOVE EXISTING ENTRANCE REMOVE EXISTING BOLLARDS NOT USED REMOVE EXISTING CATCH BASIN AND 20 LF OF STORM SEWER REMOVE EXISTING FIBER LINE; COORDINATE WITH TELECOM COMPANY REMOVE EXISTING GAS SERVICE; COORDINATE WITH GAS COMPANY REMOVE EXISTING ELECTRIC SERVICE; COORDINATE WITH XCEL PROTECT EXISTING TREE PROTECT IN PLACE EXISTING SIGNAGE PROTECT EXISTING GATE VALVE, TYP. A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y NORTHREPLACE EXISTING PAVEMENT AREAS IN LOCATION OF UTILITY REMOVALS AND NEW UTILITY SERVICES TO MATCH EXISTING PAVEMENT SECTION PER CITY AND MNDOT STANDARDS, PROTECT ALL EXISTING UTILITIES WITHIN EXCAVATIONS BELTLINE TRAIL AND ROADWAY IMPROVEMENTS TO BE CONSTRUCTED IN 2021; IMPROVEMENTS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE BASED ON FINAL PLANS. 34 3440 BELTLINE BOULEVARD B E L T L I N E B O U L E V A R D3 5 T H S T R E E T W E S T3440 BELTLINE BOULEVARD B E L T L I N E B O U L E V A R D3 5 T H S T R E E T W E S T50.0'24.0'880 885 878 879 881 882 883 884 886 887878 878879879877878 879 879 879880880880 880 88 0881881 88 0 88 5 88 1 88 2 8 8 3 88 4 88 6 88 7 8858828838848868870.68%2.38%2. 1 9 % 0.8 1 %1.15% 0 . 5 7% 0.76 %3.48% 2.70 % 1.94% 1 . 6 0% 2.43%1.75%2.22%1. 9 8 % 1.47%880879881882879878 879DD D D D D D A B B F B B B B B A A A A A C CC C E 1.90%4:15.04%4.79%F F 1.43% F F B U1A L30A U4A F EXISTING WETLAND TO BE FILLED 3:13:1 8: 1 2.77%2.61%1.54%1.55%1.80%0.92%3.47%0.57%3.16%1.28% 1.0 9 % 2. 0 4 %7.62%7.40%This document, together with the concepts and designs presented herein, as an instrument of service, is intended only for the specific purpose and client for which it was prepared. Reuse of and improper reliance on this document without written authorization and adaptation by Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc. shall be without liability to Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc.SHEET NUMBER2021 KIMLEY-HORN AND ASSOCIATES, INC.767 EUSTIS STREET, SUITE 100, ST. PAUL, MN 55114PHONE: 651-645-4197WWW.KIMLEY-HORN.COMK:\TWC_LDEV\OPUS\Beltline - St Louis Park\3 Design\CAD\PlanSheets\C3-EROS PH1 PLAN.dwg May 24, 2021 - 10:42amBYREVISIONSNo.DATEPRELIMINARY - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTIONPREPARED FOREROSION ANDSEDIMENTCONTROL PLAN -PHASE 1C3003440 BELTLINEBLVDOPUS DEVELOPMENTST. LOUIS PARKMNDATE:I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN,SPECIFICATION OR REPORT WAS PREPARED BYME OR UNDER MY DIRECT SUPERVISION ANDTHAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONALENGINEER UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OFMINNESOTA.MNLIC. NO.LAURA E. CLARENS, P.E.05/24/202158852DATECHECKED BYSCALEDESIGNED BYDRAWN BYKHA PROJECT16056101405/24/2021AS SHOWNAKAAKALECEROSION CONTROL PLAN NOTES 1. ALL PERIMETER SILT FENCE AND ROCK CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCES SHALL BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONSTRUCT DRAINAGE BASINS PRIOR TO SITE GRADING. 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL CATCH BASIN EROSION CONTROL MEASURES. 4. WITHIN ONE WEEKS (7 DAYS) OF SITE GRADING, ALL DISTURBED AREAS SHALL BE STABILIZED WITH SEED, SOD, OR ROCK BASE. REFER TO LANDSCAPE PLANS FOR MATERIALS. 5. ALL EROSION CONTROL MEASURES SHALL BE INSTALLED AND MAINTAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CITY, STATE, AND WATERSHED DISTRICT PERMITS. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN ALL EROSION CONTROL MEASURES, INCLUDING THE REMOVAL OF SILT IN FRONT OF SILT FENCES DURING THE DURATION OF THE CONSTRUCTION. 7. ANY EXCESS SEDIMENT IN PROPOSED BASINS SHALL BE REMOVED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 8. REMOVAL ALL EROSION CONTROL MEASURES AFTER VEGETATION IS ESTABLISHED. 9. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL SOILS AND SEDIMENT TRACKED ONTO EXISTING STREETS AND PAVED AREAS AND SHALL SWEEP ADJACENT STREETS AS NECESSARY IN ACCORDANCE WITH CITY REQUIREMENTS. 10. IF BLOWING DUST BECOMES A NUISANCE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL APPLY WATER FROM A TANK TRUCK TO ALL CONSTRUCTION AREAS. UPON IMPLEMENTATION AND INSTALLATION OF THE FOLLOWING AREAS: TRAILER, PARKING, LAYDOWN, PORTA-POTTY, WHEEL WASH, CONCRETE WASHOUT, FUEL AND MATERIAL STORAGE CONTAINERS, SOLID WASTE CONTAINERS, ETC., IMMEDIATELY DENOTE THEM ON THE SITE MAPS AND NOTE ANY CHANGES IN LOCATION AS THEY OCCUR THROUGHOUT THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS. BMP AND EROSION CONTROL INSTALLATION SEQUENCE SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: 1. INSTALL INLET PROTECTION AT EXISTING STORMWATER CULVERTS. 2. CONSTRUCT STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE (1), CONCRETE WASHOUT PIT (1) AND INSTALL SILT FENCE. 3. PREPARE TEMPORARY PARKING AND STORAGE AREA. 4. CONSTRUCT AND STABILIZE DIVERSIONS AND TEMPORARY SEDIMENT TRAPS. 5. PERFORM CLEARING AND GRUBBING OF THE SITE. PERFORM MASS GRADING. ROUGH GRADE TO ESTABLISH PROPOSED DRAINAGE PATTERNS. 6. START CONSTRUCTION OF THE BUILDING PAD AND STRUCTURES. 7. TEMPORARILY SEED WITH PURE LIVE SEED, THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION, DISTURBED AREAS THAT WILL BE INACTIVE FOR 7 DAYS OR MORE OR AS REQUIRED BY NPDES AND/OR CITY OF ST. LOUIS PARK GRADING PERMIT. SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION: ROCK ENTRANCE INLET PROTECTION SILT FENCE LIMITS OF DISTURBANCE SAFETY FENCE BIOROLL LEGEND EROSION CONTROL BLANKET KEYNOTE LEGEND SILT FENCE SAFETY FENCE LIMITS OF DISTURBANCE INLET PROTECTION CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE BIO ROLL A B C D E F SITE SUMMARY BELTLINE REDEVELOPMENT TOTAL LOT AREA 3.94 AC EXISTING IMPERVIOUS AREA 2.73 AC EXISTING PERVIOUS AREA 1.21 AC PROPOSED IMPERVIOUS AREA 3.10 AC PROPOSED PERVIOUS AREA 0.84 AC TOTAL DISTURBED AREA 4.02 AC NORTHSOIL BOUNDARY SOIL BOUNDARY TYPE U4A MEDO SOILS, DPERESSIONAL, 0 TO 1 PERCENT SLOPES U1A URBAN LAND-UDORTHENTS, WET SUBSTRATUM, COMPLEX, 0 TO 2 PERCENT SLOPES L30A URBAN LAND-UDIPSAMMENTS (CUT AND FILL LAND) COMPLEX, 0 TO 2 PERCENT SLOPES RECEIVING BODY OF WATER: THE SITE DISCHARGES TO THE EXISTING ST. LOUIS PARK STORM SEWER SYSTEM WHICH DISCHARGES BELOW BELTLINE BLVD TO BASS LAKE APPROXIMATELY ±100 FEET EAST OF THE SITE. RECEIVING BODY OF WATER: THE SITE DISCHARGES TO THE EXISTING ST. LOUIS PARK STORM SEWER SYSTEM WHICH DISCHARGES BELOW BELTLINE BLVD TO BASS LAKE APPROXIMATELY ±100 FEET EAST OF THE SITE. BASS LAKE ULTIMATELY DISCHARGES TO BDE MAKA SKA LAKE, WHICH IS AN IMPAIRED BODY OF WATER LOCATED APPROXIMATELY 1 MILE EAST OF THE PROJECT SITE. 35 B E L T L I N E B O U L E V A R D3 5 T H S T R E E T W E S TPROPOSED BUILDING FFE: 882.0 RETAIL FFE: 883.0 RETAIL FFE: 882.0 GARAGE ENTRY BOCCE COURT ONEWAY EXTERIOR AMENITY AREA- SEE LANDSCAPE PLANS FOR DETAIL 50.0'24.0'DDDDD D DDE B A A C A A A B B B B C C C C C C C D D D D D C D D D D D D D D D D D DD D D 2.82%1. 2 2% 2.17% 1.89% 1.64%1.27%3.01%1.83% 1.63% 1.62% 4.62% 3.70%880879881880878879881880 880 881881 882882 883883880879881880 885 878878 879 881 882 883 884 886 887 880 880 88 0 880 880 88 5 878 878 879 88 1 88 2 88 3 88 4 88 6 8 8 0 8 7 9 8818818828828838838848842.18% 2.76% 2.20% BMP #2: STORMWATER DETENTION SYSTEM 30" HDPE PIPE SEE STORMWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN AND DETAILS BMP 1: STORMWATER FILTRATION SYSTEM ADS CHAMBER MC-4500 (60 INCH) SEE STORMWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN AND DETAILS F BMP #3: TREATMENT STRUCTURE D 3. 8 0 % 1.12%3:13:1 F EXISTING WETLAND TO BE FILLED This document, together with the concepts and designs presented herein, as an instrument of service, is intended only for the specific purpose and client for which it was prepared. Reuse of and improper reliance on this document without written authorization and adaptation by Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc. shall be without liability to Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc.SHEET NUMBER2021 KIMLEY-HORN AND ASSOCIATES, INC.767 EUSTIS STREET, SUITE 100, ST. PAUL, MN 55114PHONE: 651-645-4197WWW.KIMLEY-HORN.COMK:\TWC_LDEV\OPUS\Beltline - St Louis Park\3 Design\CAD\PlanSheets\C3-EROS PH2 PLAN.dwg May 24, 2021 - 10:43am©BYREVISIONSNo.DATEPRELIMINARY - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTIONPREPARED FOREROSION ANDSEDIMENTCONTROL PLAN -PHASE 2C3013440 BELTLINEBLVDOPUS DEVELOPMENTST. LOUIS PARKMNDATE:I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN,SPECIFICATION OR REPORT WAS PREPARED BYME OR UNDER MY DIRECT SUPERVISION ANDTHAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONALENGINEER UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OFMINNESOTA.MNLIC. NO.LAURA E. CLARENS, P.E.05/24/202158852DATECHECKED BYSCALEDESIGNED BYDRAWN BYKHA PROJECT16056101405/24/2021AS SHOWNAKAAKALECEROSION CONTROL PLAN NOTES 1. ALL PERIMETER SILT FENCE AND ROCK CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCES SHALL BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONSTRUCT DRAINAGE BASINS PRIOR TO SITE GRADING. 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL CATCH BASIN EROSION CONTROL MEASURES. 4. WITHIN ONE WEEKS (7 DAYS) OF SITE GRADING, ALL DISTURBED AREAS SHALL BE STABILIZED WITH SEED, SOD, OR ROCK BASE. REFER TO LANDSCAPE PLANS FOR MATERIALS. 5. ALL EROSION CONTROL MEASURES SHALL BE INSTALLED AND MAINTAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CITY, STATE, AND WATERSHED DISTRICT PERMITS. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN ALL EROSION CONTROL MEASURES, INCLUDING THE REMOVAL OF SILT IN FRONT OF SILT FENCES DURING THE DURATION OF THE CONSTRUCTION. 7. ANY EXCESS SEDIMENT IN PROPOSED BASINS SHALL BE REMOVED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 8. REMOVAL ALL EROSION CONTROL MEASURES AFTER VEGETATION IS ESTABLISHED. 9. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL SOILS AND SEDIMENT TRACKED ONTO EXISTING STREETS AND PAVED AREAS AND SHALL SWEEP ADJACENT STREETS AS NECESSARY IN ACCORDANCE WITH CITY REQUIREMENTS. 10. IF BLOWING DUST BECOMES A NUISANCE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL APPLY WATER FROM A TANK TRUCK TO ALL CONSTRUCTION AREAS. UPON IMPLEMENTATION AND INSTALLATION OF THE FOLLOWING AREAS: TRAILER, PARKING, LAYDOWN, PORTA-POTTY, WHEEL WASH, CONCRETE WASHOUT, FUEL AND MATERIAL STORAGE CONTAINERS, SOLID WASTE CONTAINERS, ETC., IMMEDIATELY DENOTE THEM ON THE SITE MAPS AND NOTE ANY CHANGES IN LOCATION AS THEY OCCUR THROUGHOUT THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS. BMP AND EROSION CONTROL INSTALLATION SEQUENCE SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: 1. INSTALL INLET PROTECTION AT EXISTING STORMWATER CULVERTS. 2. CONSTRUCT STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE (1), CONCRETE WASHOUT PIT (1) AND INSTALL SILT FENCE. 3. PREPARE TEMPORARY PARKING AND STORAGE AREA. 4. CONSTRUCT AND STABILIZE DIVERSIONS AND TEMPORARY SEDIMENT TRAPS. 5. PERFORM CLEARING AND GRUBBING OF THE SITE. PERFORM MASS GRADING. ROUGH GRADE TO ESTABLISH PROPOSED DRAINAGE PATTERNS. 6. START CONSTRUCTION OF THE BUILDING PAD AND STRUCTURES. 7. TEMPORARILY SEED WITH PURE LIVE SEED, THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION, DISTURBED AREAS THAT WILL BE INACTIVE FOR 7 DAYS OR MORE OR AS REQUIRED BY NPDES AND/OR CITY OF ST. LOUIS PARK GRADING PERMIT. SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION: ROCK ENTRANCE INLET PROTECTION SILT FENCE LIMITS OF DISTURBANCE SAFETY FENCE BIOROLL LEGEND EROSION CONTROL BLANKET KEYNOTE LEGEND SILT FENCE SAFETY FENCE LIMITS OF DISTURBANCE INLET PROTECTION CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE BIO ROLL A B C D E F NORTHSITE SUMMARY BELTLINE REDEVELOPMENT TOTAL LOT AREA 3.94 AC EXISTING IMPERVIOUS AREA 2.73 AC EXISTING PERVIOUS AREA 1.21 AC PROPOSED IMPERVIOUS AREA 3.10 AC PROPOSED PERVIOUS AREA 0.84 AC TOTAL DISTURBED AREA 4.02 AC RECEIVING BODY OF WATER: THE SITE DISCHARGES TO THE EXISTING ST. LOUIS PARK STORM SEWER SYSTEM WHICH DISCHARGES BELOW BELTLINE BLVD TO BASS LAKE APPROXIMATELY ±100 FEET EAST OF THE SITE. BASS LAKE ULTIMATELY DISCHARGES TO BDE MAKA SKA LAKE, WHICH IS AN IMPAIRED BODY OF WATER LOCATED APPROXIMATELY 1 MILE EAST OF THE PROJECT SITE. 36 PREPARED FOREROSION ANDSEDIMENTCONTROL DETAILSC3023440 BELTLINEBLVDOPUS DEVELOPMENTST. LOUIS PARKMNDATE:I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN,SPECIFICATION OR REPORT WAS PREPARED BYME OR UNDER MY DIRECT SUPERVISION ANDTHAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONALENGINEER UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OFMINNESOTA.MNLIC. NO.LAURA E. CLARENS, P.E.05/24/2021XXXXXDATECHECKED BYSCALEDESIGNED BYDRAWN BYKHA PROJECT16056101405/24/2021AS SHOWNAKAAKALECThis document, together with the concepts and designs presented herein, as an instrument of service, is intended only for the specific purpose and client for which it was prepared. Reuse of and improper reliance on this document without written authorization and adaptation by Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc. shall be without liability to Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc.SHEET NUMBER2021 KIMLEY-HORN AND ASSOCIATES, INC.767 EUSTIS STREET, SUITE 100, ST. PAUL, MN 55114PHONE: 651-645-4197WWW.KIMLEY-HORN.COMK:\TWC_LDEV\OPUS\Beltline - St Louis Park\3 Design\CAD\PlanSheets\C3-EROS DETAILS.dwg May 24, 2021 - 10:43amBYREVISIONSNo.DATEPRELIMINARY - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION37 PREPARED FORSWPPPC3033440 BELTLINEBLVDOPUS DEVELOPMENTST. LOUIS PARKMNDATE:I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN,SPECIFICATION OR REPORT WAS PREPARED BYME OR UNDER MY DIRECT SUPERVISION ANDTHAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONALENGINEER UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OFMINNESOTA.MNLIC. NO.LAURA E. CLARENS, P.E.05/24/202158852DATECHECKED BYSCALEDESIGNED BYDRAWN BYKHA PROJECT16056101405/24/2021AS SHOWNAKAAKALECTIMING OF CONTOL MEASURES THE FOLLOWING CONTROL MEASURES WILL BE COORDINATED WITH CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES: 1. STORM SEWER INLET PROTECTION SHALL BE THE FIRST ITEM CONSTRUCTED AND SHALL REMAIN IN PLACE UNTIL PERMANENT STABILIZATION HAS TAKEN PLACE. 2. SILT FENCE SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED PRIOR TO ANY SOIL DISTURBANCE AND SHALL REMAIN IN PLACE UNTIL PERMANENT STABILIZATION HAS TAKEN PLACE. 3. STRUCTURAL BMPS, SUCH AS DIVERSIONS, AND SEDIMENT TRAPS OR BASINS (IF REQUIRED), SHALL BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO MAJOR SOIL DISTURBANCE; 4. CLEARING, GRADING AND PAVEMENT REMOVAL WILL NOT OCCUR IN AN AREA UNTIL IT IS NECESSARY FOR CONSTRUCTION TO PROCEED; 5. INFILTRATION AREA (IF REQUIRED) SHALL NOT BE EXCAVATED TO FINAL GRADE UNTIL THE CONTRIBUTING DRAINAGE AREA HAS BEEN STABILIZED. IN ADDITION RIGOROUS EROSION PREVENTION AND SEDIMENT CONTROLS MUST BE IMPLEMENTED TO KEEP ALL RUNOFF AND SEDIMENT OUT OF THE INFILTRATION PRACTICE. EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL DEVICES WILL BE SATISFACTORILY MAINTAINED UNTIL THE CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETED AND THE POTENTIAL FOR EROSION HAS PASSED. CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL REGULATIONS THE STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN REFLECTS MINNESOTA POLLUTION CONTROL AGENCY GUIDELINES FOR STORM WATER MANAGEMENT AND EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL DURING CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. THE STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN HAS BEEN PREPARED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE NATIONAL POLLUTION DISCHARGE ELIMINATION SYSTEM PERMIT. BMPS SHALL BE INCORPORATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NPDES/SDS STORMWATER PERMIT FOR CONSTRUCTION. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION RECORDS THE OWNER AND CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE FOLLOWING INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE PRACTICES TO MAINTAIN EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROLS. 1. PERMITTEES MUST IMMEDIATELY INITIATE STABILIZATION OF EXPOSED SOIL AREAS AND COMPLETE STABILIZATION WITHIN SEVEN (7) DAYS AFTER THE CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY IN THAT PORTION OF THE SITE TEMPORARILY OR PERMANENTLY CEASES. 2. ALL CONTROL MEASURES WILL BE INSPECTED AT LEAST ONCE EACH WEEK AND WITHIN 24 HOURS OF THE END OF A STORM EVENT OF 0.5 INCHES OR GREATER IN 24 HOURS. THE INSPECTION WILL BE COMPLETED BY THE EROSION CONTROL SUPERVISOR. 3. ALL MEASURES WILL BE MAINTAINED IN GOOD WORKING ORDER; IF A REPAIR IS NECESSARY, IT WILL BE INITIATED WITHIN 24 HOURS OF REPORT. 4. BIO ROLLS WILL BE INSPECTED FOR DEPTH OF SEDIMENT, TEARS, TO SEE IF THE FABRIC IS SECURELY ATTACHED TO THE CONCRETE BARRIERS. 5. INLET PROTECTION DEVICES WILL BE INSPECTED FOR DEPTH OF SEDIMENT AND FREE OF ANY TEARS. DEVICES SHALL BE INSPECTED TO ENSURE THEY ARE SECURELY IN PLACE. 6. SILT FENCE SHALL BE INSPECTED FOR DEPTH OF SEDIMENT, TEARS, FABRIC ATTACHMENT TO POSTS, AND THAT POSTS AND FABRIC BOTTOM ARE FIRMLY IN THE GROUND. 7. BUILT UP SEDIMENT SHALL BE REMOVED FROM SILT FENCE WHEN IT HAS REACHED ONE THIRD THE HEIGHT OF THE FENCE. SPILL PREVENTION GOOD HOUSEKEEPING: THE FOLLOWING GOOD HOUSEKEEPING PRACTICES WILL BE FOLLOWED ONSITE DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PROJECT. 1. DESIGNATE AREAS FOR EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR, TAKING STEPS TO MINIMIZE SPILLS AND CONTROL THE RUNOFF FROM THESE AREAS; 2. PROVIDE WASTE RECEPTACLES AT CONVENIENT LOCATIONS. THE RECEPTACLES SHOULD BE COVERED AND THE WASTE SHOULD BE REGULARLY COLLECTED; 3. PROVIDE APPROPRIATE CONTROL OF EQUIPMENT WASH WATERS, SUCH AS CONCRETE WASHOUTS, TO PREVENT UNAUTHORIZED DRY WEATHER DISCHARGES AND AVOID MIXING THE WASH WATER WITH STORM WATER. THE CITY OF ST. LOUIS PARK DOES NOT ALLOW VEHICLE WASHING OR CONCRETE WASHOUT ON SITE; CONCRETE WASH MUST BE CONTAINED ON DELIVERY TRUCKS. 4. PROVIDE PROTECTED STORAGE AREAS FOR CHEMICALS, PAINTS, SOLVENTS, FERTILIZERS, GASOLINE, AND OTHER POTENTIALLY TOXIC MATERIALS. THESE AREAS SHOULD PROVIDE CONTAINMENT TO PREVENT STORM WATER FROM ENTERING THE CHEMICAL STORAGE AREA AND PREVENT LEAKS FROM LEAVING THE CHEMICAL STORAGE AREA; AND 5. PROVIDE ADEQUATELY MAINTAINED SANITARY FACILITIES. HAZARDOUS PRODUCTS: THESE PRACTICES ARE USED TO REDUCE THE RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. 1. PRODUCTS WILL BE KEPT IN THEIR ORIGINAL CONTAINERS UNLESS IT CANNOT BE RESEALED. 2. ORIGINAL LABELS AND MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS WILL BE RETAINED ON SITE AND ACCESSIBLE AT ALL TIMES; THEY CONTAIN IMPORTANT PRODUCT AND SAFETY INFORMATION. 3. IF SURPLUS PRODUCT MUST BE DISPOSED OF, MANUFACTURERS' OR LOCAL AND STATE RECOMMENDED METHODS FOR PROPER DISPOSAL WILL BE FOLLOWED. SPILL CONTROL PRACTICES: IN ADDITION TO THE GOOD HOUSEKEEPING AND MATERIAL MANAGEMENT PRACTICES DISCUSSED IN THE PREVIOUS SECTIONS OF THIS PLAN, THE FOLLOWING PRACTICES WILL BE FOLLOWED FOR SPILL PREVENTION AND CLEANUP: 1. MANUFACTURERS' RECOMMENDED METHODS FOR SPILL CLEANUP WILL BE CLEARLY POSTED AND SITE PERSONNEL WILL BE MADE AWARE OF THE PROCEDURES AND THE LOCATION OF THE INFORMATION AND CLEANUP SUPPLIES. 2. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT NECESSARY FOR SPILL CLEANUP WILL BE KEPT IN A MATERIAL STORAGE AREA LOCATED ONSITE. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS WILL INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO BROOMS, DUST PANS, MOPS, RAGS, GLOVES, GOGGLES, CAT LITTER, SAND, SAWDUST, AND PLASTIC AND METAL TRASH CONTAINERS SPECIFICALLY FOR THIS PURPOSE. 3. ALL SPILLS WILL BE CLEANED UP IMMEDIATELY AFTER DISCOVERY. 4. THE SPILL AREA WILL BE KEPT WELL VENTILATED AND PERSONNEL WILL WEAR APPROPRIATE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING TO PREVENT INJURY FROM CONTACT WITH A HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE. 5. SPILLS OF TOXIC OR HAZARDOUS MATERIAL WILL BE REPORTED TO THE APPROPRIATE STATE OR LOCAL GOVERNMENT AGENCY, REGARDLESS OF THE SIZE. IN ADDITION TO REPORTING TO LOCAL AUTHORITIES, REPORT SPILLS TO THE MINNESOTA POLLUTION CONTROL AGENCY (STATE DUTY OFFICER: 800-422-0798 OR 651-297-8610). ANY SPILLS ABOVE THE REPORTABLE QUANTITIES LIMITS IN THE CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS (CFR), TITLE 40, PART 302 SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE EPA NATIONAL RESPONSE CENTER (800-424-8802). THE REPORT WILL INCLUDE MEASURES TO PREVENT SPILLS FROM REOCCURRING AND INFORMATION REGARDING HOW TO REMEDIATE SPILLS IF A SIMILAR OCCURRENCE HAPPENS. A DESCRIPTION OF THE SPILL, WHAT CAUSED IT, AND THE CLEANUP MEASURES WILL ALSO BE INCLUDED. 6. THE CONTRACTOR'S EROSION CONTROL SUPERVISOR SHALL BE THE SPILL PREVENTION AND CLEANUP COORDINATOR. 7. SPILLS WILL BE STUDIED TO UNDERSTAND WHY THEY OCCURRED AND PREVENTIVE METHODS WILL BE CREATED TO ENSURE SIMILAR SPILLS DO NOT OCCUR IN THE FUTURE. PRODUCT SPECIFIC PRACTICES PETROLEUM PRODUCTS: ALL ON SITE VEHICLES WILL BE MONITORED FOR LEAKS AND RECEIVE REGULAR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE TO REDUCE THE CHANCE OF LEAKAGE. PETROLEUM PRODUCTS WILL BE STORED IN TIGHTLY SEALED CONTAINERS WHICH ARE CLEARLY LABELED. ANY ASPHALT BASED MATERIALS USED ON SITE WILL BE APPLIED AND STORED ACCORDING TO THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. ANY SPILLED PETROLEUM PRODUCTS OF 5 GALLONS OR MORE SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE MINNESOTA POLLUTION CONTROL AGENCY AT 651-297-8610. PAINTS AND CLEANING SOLVENTS: ALL CONTAINERS WILL BE TIGHTLY SEALED AND STORED WHEN NOT REQUIRED FOR USE. EXCESS PAINT AND SOLUTIONS WILL NOT BE DISCHARGED TO THE STORM SEWER SYSTEM BUT WILL BE PROPERLY DISPOSED OF ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTIONS OR STATE AND LOCAL REGULATIONS. CONCRETE AND CONCRETE TRUCKS: CONCRETE, CONCRETE TOOLS AND TRUCKS ALL MUST WASH OUT IN A DESIGNATED AREA. THE DESIGNATED AREA MUST BE CLEARLY IDENTIFIED ON THE SITE AND COMMUNICATED TO ALL PERSONNEL INVOLVED WITH CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE AS THE WASHOUT AREA. THIS DESIGNATED AREA MUST MEET THE MPCA AND EPA REGULATIONS OF A DEFINED CONCRETE WASHOUT AREA AND MEET CITY OF ST. LOUIS PARK REQUIREMENTS. THE CITY OF ST. LOUIS PARK DOES NOT ALLOW VEHICLE WASHING OR CONCRETE WASHOUT ON SITE; CONCRETE WASH MUST BE CONTAINED ON DELIVERY TRUCKS. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON CONCRETE WASHOUT REGULATIONS, PLEASE SEE THE MPCA'S MEMORANDUM “CONCRETE WASHOUT GUIDANCE” AND THE EPA “STORMWATER BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES CONCRETE WASHOUT”. VEHICLE AND EQUIPMENT WASHING: THE CITY OF ST. LOUIS PARK DOES NOT ALLOW VEHICLE WASHING ON SITE. IF VEHICLES OR EQUIPMENT ARE WASHED ON THE PROJECT SITE IT MUST BE DONE IN A DESIGNATED AREA. THE DESIGNATED AREA MUST BE CLEARLY IDENTIFIED ON THE SITE AND COMMUNICATED TO ALL PERSONNEL INVOLVED. RUNOFF FROM THE WASHING AREA MUST BE CONTAINED IN A SEDIMENT BASIN OR OTHER SIMILAR CONTROL METHOD AND MUST BE PROPERLY DISPOSED OF. DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT AND CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY PROJECT INFORMATION: PROJECT LOCATION: ON THE SOUTHWEST CORNER OF BELTLINE BLVD AND PARK GLEN RD IN ST. LOUIS PARK, MN 55416 MPCA ADDRESS: MINNESOTA POLLUTION CONTROL AGENCY CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER PERMIT PROGRAM 520 LAFAYETTE ROAD NORTH ST. PAUL, MN 55155-4194 PHONE: (800) 443-4729 WATERSHED MANAGEMENT DISTRICT: MINNEHAHA CREEK WATERSHED DISTRICT 15320 MINNETONKA BLVD, MINNETONKA, MN 55345 GEOTECHNICAL INFORMATION: GEOTECHNICAL EXPLORATION AND ENGINEERING REVIEW WAS DONE BY BRAUN INTERTEC CORPORATION, REFERENCE REPORT NO. B2007652, DATED MARCH 4, 2021. THE REPORT INDICATES THAT THE GEOLOGY ON THE SITE WAS INFLUENCED BY BASS LAKE TO THE EAST OF THIS SITE HAVING DEPOSITS OF SWAMP DEPOSITED PEAT AND MUCK. THE SITE ITSELF IS LOCATED ON OR NEAR THESE DEPOSITS WHICH ARE LIKELY TO INCLUDE NARROW DEPOSITS OF ALLUVIUM, UNDERLAIN BY GLACIALLY DEPOSITED SAND, GRAVELLY SAND, AND GRAVEL. PROJECT DESCRIPTION: THE PROJECT INCLUDES THE CONSTRUCTION OF A MIXED-USE 5-STORY DEVELOPMENT WRAPPED AROUND A PARKING RAMP LOCATED AT 3440 BELTLINE BOULEVARD IN ST. LOUIS PARK, MINNESOTA ON A 3.94-ACRE SITE. THE PROPOSED WORK WILL ALSO INCLUDE GRADING, BITUMINOUS AND CONCRETE SURFACES, UTILITIES, LANDSCAPING, AND STORMWATER MANAGEMENT. THE SUBJECT PROPERTY LIES WITHIN ZONE X (0.2% ANNUAL CHANCE FLOOD HAZARD, AREAS OF 1% ANNUAL CHANCE FLOOD WITH AVERAGE DEPTH LESS THAN ONE FOOT OR WITH DRAINAGE AREAS OF LESS THAN ONE SQUARE MILE) AND ZONE AE (THE FLOODWAY IS THE CHANNEL OF A STREAM PLUS ANY ADJACENT FLOODPLAIN AREAS THAT MUST BE KEPT FREE OF ENCROACHMENT SO THAT THE 1% ANNUAL CHANCE FLOOD CAN BE CARRIED WITHOUT SUBSTANTIAL INCREASES IN FLOOD HEIGHTS) PER FEMA FIRM MAP NUMBER: 27053C0354F HAVING AN EFFECTIVE DATE OF NOVEMBER 4, 2016. THE PROJECT SITE DOES NOT INCLUDE SITES OF HISTORIC OR ARCHEOLOGICAL SIGNIFICANCE AND DOES NOT INCLUDE ENDANGERED & THREATENED SPECIES, RARE NATURAL COMMUNITIES, COLONIAL WATERBIRD NESTING SITES, MIGRATORY WATERFOWL CONCENTRATION AREAS, DEER WINTERING AREAS OR WILDLIFE CORRIDORS. THE STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN WILL DEFINE THE CHARACTERISTICS OF THE SITE AND THE TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION TO OCCUR; INCLUDE A SITE PLAN SHOWING THE CONSTRUCTION; DESCRIBE THE PRACTICES THAT WILL BE USED TO CONTROL EROSION AND THE RELEASE OF POLLUTANTS IN THE STORMWATER, INDICATE A SCHEDULE TO HELP ENSURE THAT THE PRACTICE INDICATED ARE IMPLEMENTED AND TO HELP EVALUATE THE EFFECTIVENESS OF THE PRACTICES IN REDUCING EROSION AND POLLUTANTS DISCHARGED FROM THE SITE; AND TO DESCRIBE THE FINAL STABILIZATION MEASURES REQUIRED TO HELP MINIMIZE EROSION AND OTHER STORMWATER IMPACTS AFTER CONSTRUCTION. CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY: PROJECT TYPE: THE PROJECT CONSISTS OF DEMOLISHING AN EXISTING BUILDING, AND IN GENERAL MOST OF THE SURROUNDING EXISTING CONDITIONS THAT CURRENTLY SIT ON 3.94 ACRES. THE PROPOSED PROJECT WILL CONSIST OF CONSTRUCTION OF A MIXED-USE 5-STORY BUILDING, WRAPPED AROUND A SEPARATE PARKING RAMP, ASSOCIATED GRADING, CONCRETE AND BITUMINOUS SURFACES, UTILITY SERVICES AND A STORMWATER SYSTEM TO MANAGE RUNOFF FROM THE SITE. RECEIVING WATERS: THE SITE DISCHARGES TO BASS LAKE AND ULTIMATELY DISCHARGES TO MINNEHAHA CREEK, WHICH IS AN IMPAIRED BODY OF WATER FOR ENTHIC MACROINVERTEBRATE BIOASSESSMENTS; CHLORIDE; DISSOLVED OXYGEN; FECAL COLIFORM; FISHES BIOASSESSMENTS. CALCAREOUS FENS: THIS PROJECT DOES NOT DRAIN TO ANY KNOWN CALCAREOUS FENS. SPECIAL OR IMPAIRED WATERS: THE SITE DISCHARGES FIRST TO BASS LAKE, WHICH IS NOT AN IMPAIRED WATER BODY. THE SITE ULTIMATELY DISCHARGES TO BDE MAKA SKA LAKE APPROXIMATELY 1 MILE EAST OF THE PROJECT SITE. BDE MAKA SKA LAKE IS IMPAIRED FOR AQUATIC CONSUMPTION, MERCURY IN FISH TISSUE, AND PERFLUOROOCTANE SULFONATE IN FISH TISSUE. DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITES: THE PROJECT INCLUDES THE CONSTRUCTION OF A MIXED-USE 5-STORY DEVELOPMENT WRAPPED AROUND A PARKING RAMP LOCATED AT 3440 BELTLINE BOULEVARD IN ST. LOUIS PARK, MINNESOTA ON A 3.94-ACRE SITE. THE PROPOSED WORK WILL ALSO INCLUDE GRADING, BITUMINOUS AND CONCRETE SURFACES, UTILITIES, LANDSCAPING, AND STORMWATER MANGAEMENT. THE TOTAL DISTURBED AREA IS 3.94 ACRES. THE PROJECT ADDS 0.38 ACRES OF IMPERVIOUS SURFACE TO THE EXISTING SITE, FOR A TOTAL OF 3.11 ACREAS. SEQUENCE OF MAJOR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVIES: PHASE 1: 1. INSTALL INLET PROTECTION AT EXISTING STORMWATER INLETS. 2. CONSTRUCT STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE, CONCRETE WASHOUT PIT AND INSTALL PERIMETER CONTROL (SAFTEY FENCE, SILT SOCK, AND SILT FENCE). 3. CONSTRUCT TEMPORARY SEDIMENT BASINS 4. PREPARE TEMPORARY PARKING STORAGE AREA. 5. COMPLETE REMOVALS AS INDICATED IN PLANS. 6. PERFORM MASS GRADING. ROUGH GRADE TO ESTABLISH PROPOSED DRAINAGE PATTERNS. 7. START CONSTRUCTION OF THE BUILDING PAD AND STRUCTURES. 8. IMMEDIATELY STABILIZE ANY EXPOSED SOIL AREAS AND COMPLETE STABILIZATION WITHIN 7 DAYS OF CEASING CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES IN THAT PORTION OF THE SITE. PHASE 2: 1. INSTALL INLET PROTECTION AT ALL STORM SEWER STRUCTUTES AS EACH INLET STRUCTURE IS INSTALLED. 2. INSTALL APPROPRIATE BMP INLET PROTECTION DEVICES AS WORK PROGRESSES. INSTALL ALL OTHER TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROLS. 3. COMPLETE GRADING AND INSTALLATION OF PERMANENT STABILIZATION OVER ALL AREAS DISTURBED. 4. STABILIZE AREAS DISTURBED BY THE REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY BMP'S. EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN AND DETAIL SHEETS: SHEET C200 - EXISTING CONDITIONS AND REMOVALS PLAN SHEET C300 - EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PHASE 1 PLAN SHEET C301 - EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PHASE 2 PLAN SHEET C302 - EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL DETAILS SHEET C303 - SWPPP NORMAL WETTED PERIMETER OF PERMANENT AND TEMPORARY DITCH OR SWALE: THE LAST 200 FEET OF TEMPORARY OR PERMANENT DRAINAGE DITCH OR SWALE SHALL BE STABILIZED WITHIN 24 HOURS OF CONNECTING TO A SURFACE WATER OR PROPERTY EDGE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MNDOT SPEC. 2575.3.F.2. (PART 8.6). INSPECTIONS AND MAINTENANCE EROSION CONTROL SUPERVISOR (MNDOT 2573): THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSIGN AN EROSION CONTROL SUPERVISOR FOR THE PROJECT WHO SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE PROJECT SWPPP. THE EROSION CONTROL SUPERVISOR (ECS) SHALL COMPLY WITH THE MOST CURRENT ADDITION OF THE MNDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR CONSTRUCTION FOR ALL APPLICABLE SECTIONS. THE ECS SHALL: 1. IMPLEMENT THE SWPPP PLAN. 2. OVERSEE MAINTENANCE PRACTICES IDENTIFIED IN THE SWPPP. 3. CONDUCT OR PROVIDE FOR INSPECTION AND MONITORING ACTIVITIES 4. INSPECT SITE AND BEGIN CORRECTIVE ACTIONS TO DEFICIENT BMP'S NO LATER THAN 24 HOURS AFTER A RAINFALL EVENT. 5. PREPARE WEEKLY SCHEDULE OF EROSION ACTIVITIES (MNDOT 1717.2D) 6. PREPARE AND UPDATE THE CONTRACTORS EROSION/SEDIMENT CONTROL SITE PLAN AS NECESSARY (MNDOT1717.2E) 7. IDENTIFY OTHER POTENTIAL POLLUTANT SOURCES AND MAKE SURE REMEDIES ARE ADDED TO THE SWPPP 8. IDENTIFY ANY DEFICIENCIES IN THE SWPPP AND IDENTIFY BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES (BMPS) TO ADDRESS THE DEFICIENCIES AND ASSURE THEY ARE ADDED TO THE SWPPP. 9. IF CHANGES IN CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ARE NOT ADDRESSED IN THE SWPPP, THEN THE ECS SHALL AMEND THE SWPPP TO INCLUDE THE CHANGES MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE CONSISTENT WITH NPDES CSW PERMIT PARTS 11.2-11.11. CONTRACTOR'S EROSION/SEDIMENT CONTROL SITE PLAN: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A CONTRACTOR'S EROSION / SEDIMENT CONTROL SITE PLAN TO THE ENGINEER A MINIMUM OF 24 HOURS PRIOR TO THE FIRST PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING. THE CONTRACTOR'S EROSION / SEDIMENT CONTROL SITE PLAN SHALL INCLUDE: 1. THE NAME OF THE CONTRACTOR'S DESIGNATED EROSION CONTROL SUPERVISOR WITH 24-HOUR CONTACT INFORMATION. (I.E. PHONE NUMBER, EMAIL, ETC.) 2. NAME AND CONTACT INFORMATION FOR THE INDIVIDUAL(S) RESPONSIBLE FOR PERFORMING AND MAINTAINING THE SITE INSPECTION LOGS ON A WEEKLY BASIS (OR WITHIN 24 HOURS OF 0.5 INCHES OF A RAIN IN A 24 HOUR PERIOD). 3. NAME AND CONTACT INFORMATION OF THE INDIVIDUAL(S) RESPONSIBLE FOR TEMPORARY AND PERMANENT STABILIZATION. 4. NAME AND CONTACT INFORMATION OF THE INDIVIDUAL(S) WHO WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR EMERGENCY REPAIRS AND REPLACEMENTS. 5. LOCATION WHERE THE SWPPP DOCUMENT AND NPDES PERMIT WILL BE KEPT ON-SITE. THE DOCUMENT SHOULD BE ACCESSIBLE AT ALL TIMES AND AVAILABLE IN THE TIME OF ESSENCE. 6. WHERE AND HOW CONCRETE WASHOUT WILL OCCUR AND BE IN COMPLIANCE OF THE MINNESOTA POLLUTION CONTROL AGENCY'S (MPCA) MEMORANDUM “CONCRETE WASHOUT GUIDANCE” AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH CITY REQUIREMENTS. 7. LOCATION OF STOCKPILES OF NATIVE SOILS AND/OR BORROW MATERIALS INDICATE HOW STOCKPILES WILL BE KEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH NPDES AND MPCA REQUIREMENTS. THE CONTRACTOR WILL NOT BE ALLOWED TO START WORK UNTIL THE ENGINEER HAS REVIEWED AND ACCEPTED THE CONTRACTOR'S EROSION / SEDIMENT CONTROL SITE PLAN. INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 1.ALL CONTROL MEASURES SHALL BE INSPECTED AT LEAST ONCE EACH WEEK AND WITHIN 24 HOURS ON THE END OF A STORM EVENT RESULTING IN 0.5 INCHES OR GREATER WITHIN A 24 HOUR PERIOD. THE INSPECTION SHALL BE COMPLETED BY THE ECS. 2.PERMITTEES MUST IMMEDIATELY INITIATE STABILIZATION OF EXPOSED SOIL AREAS AND COMPLETE STABILIZATION WITHIN SEVEN (7) DAYS AFTER THE CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY IN THAT PORTION OF THE SITE TEMPORARILY OR PERMANENTLY CEASES. 3.ALL MEASURES SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN GOOD WORKING ORDER; IF A REPAIR IS NECESSARY, IT SHALL BE INITIATED WITHIN 24 HOURS OF REPORT. 4.SILT FENCE SHALL BE INSPECTED FOR DEPTH OF SEDIMENT, TEARS, FABRIC ATTACHMENT TO POSTS, AND THAT POSTS AND FABRIC BOTTOM ARE FIRMLY IN THE GROUND. 5.BUILT UP SEDIMENT SHALL BE REMOVED FROM SILT FENCE WHEN IT HAS REACHED ONE THIRD THE HEIGHT OF THE FENCE OR SOONER. 6.INLET PROTECTION DEVICES SHALL BE INSPECTED FOR DEPTH OF SEDIMENT, ABSENCE OF TEARS AND TO ASSURE THAT THE DEVICES ARE SECURELY IN PLACE. CONSTRUCTION NOTES: 1. PRIOR COMMENCEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES IN ANY AREA OF THE PROJECT, DOWN GRADIENT EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MEASURES AND CONCRETE BARRIERS DELINEATING THE CONSTRUCTION LIMITS SHALL BE INSTALLED AND INSPECTED BY THE ECS AND THE ENGINEER. 2. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING ALL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MEASURES AS REQUIRED BY THE MPCA'S NPDES PERMIT FOR CONSTRUCTION. THIS INCLUDES ANY ADDITIONAL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROLS BEYOND THAT SHOWN ON THE PLAN. 3. PHASED CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE USED TO MINIMIZE SEDIMENT TRANSPORT. 4. THE MAXIMUM TIME ANY AREA CAN REMAIN OPEN WHILE NOT BEING WORKED IS 7 DAYS. FERTILIZER SHOULD BE DISTRIBUTED AT A RATE OF 250 LBS/ACRE. 5. IF DOWN GRADIENT BMPS ARE OVERLOADED DURING A STORM EVENT, ADDITIONAL UP GRADIENT BMPS ARE REQUIRED TO ELIMINATE THE OVERLOAD. THE ADDITIONAL BMPS MUST BE RECORDED ON THIS SWPPP IN THE AMENDMENTS TO SWPPP SECTION. 6. TEMPORARY STOCKPILES MUST HAVE SILT FENCE OR OTHER EFFECTIVE SEDIMENT CONTROLS, AND CANNOT BE PLACED IN SURFACE WATERS INCLUDING STORM WATER CONVEYANCES SUCH AS CURB AND GUTTER SYSTEMS, OR CONDUITS AND DITCHES. ALL STOCKPILES SHALL BE COVERED OR STABILIZED TO LIMIT WIND EROSION. 7. A CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED FOR THE PROJECT. A VEHICLE TRACKING PAD SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONSTRUCTION PLAN AT EVERY PROJECT ENTRANCE. ENTRANCES MUST BE INSPECTED AND MAINTAINED TO ENSURE PROPER FUNCTION. 8. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAN ALL TRACKED MATERIALS USING A STREET SWEEPER WITH A PICK UP BROOM ON ADJACENT ROADWAYS ON A DAILY BASIS AND AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER OR AHJ. 9. CONCRETE WASHOUT SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CITY AND THE MPCA AND THE EPA CONCRETE WASHOUT GUIDANCE. CONTROLS PERIMETER/SEDIMENT CONTROLS: ONE CONSTRUCTION EXIT/ENTRANCE SHALL BE INCORPORATED INTO THE PROJECT. ALL CONSTRUCTION TRAFFIC SHALL UTILIZE THE CONSTRUCTION EXIT(S) SUCH THAT TRACK OUT OF SEDIMENT IS MINIMIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GENERAL PERMIT. SILT FENCING, BIOROLL AND SILT DIKES SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE PERIMETER AND/OR DOWNSTREAM GRADIENT OF THE AREA TO BE DISTURBED. INLET PROTECTION WILL ALSO BE REQUIRED ON ALL EXISTING AND PROPOSED STORM SEWER CATCH BASINS AND MAINTAINED THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION. THE PERMIT REQUIRES THAT TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROLS BE IN PLACE PRIOR TO BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION, AND THAT THEY BE INSPECTED AND MAINTAINED THROUGHOUT THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. EFFECTIVE BMP'S MUST BE IN PLACE ON ALL EXPOSED SOIL AREAS WHERE NO CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES WILL OCCUR FOR A PERIOD OF 7 DAYS. STABILIZATION PRACTICES: TEMPORARY STABILIZATION INCLUDES THE INSTALLATION OF SILT FENCING ON THE DOWNSTREAM GRADIENT OF THE AREA TO BE DISTURBED. INLET PROTECTION WILL ALSO BE REQUIRED ON ALL EXISTING AND PROPOSED STORM SEWER CATCH BASINS AND MAINTAINED THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION. EFFECTIVE BMP'S MUST BE IN PLACE ON ALL EXPOSED SOIL AREAS WHERE NO CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES WILL OCCUR FOR A PERIOD OF 7 DAYS OR MORE. STABILIZING MUST OCCUR WITHIN 7 DAYS OF THE LAST CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY. STOCKPILES WILL BE KEPT IN AN ORDERLY FASHION IN AN AREA DESIGNATED BY THE EROSION CONTROL SUPERVISOR ON THE CONTRACTOR'S EROSION / SEDIMENT CONTROL SITE PLAN. THE STOCKPILES MUST HAVE PERIMETER CONTROL AND STABILIZATION IF SOIL STOCK PILES REMAIN FOR MORE THAN 7 DAYS. STABILIZATION OR COVERING THE PILE WITH PLASTIC OR GEO-TEXTILE MAY ALSO BE NECESSARY FOR CONTROLLING DUST. PERMANENT STABILIZATION INCLUDES BUILDING CONSTRUCTION, PLACEMENT OF CURB AND GUTTER, PAVEMENT, AND FINAL LANDSCAPING AND GROUNDCOVER ACCORDING TO THE CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS. ANY REMOVALS SHALL BE LIMITED TO THAT WHICH IS REQUIRED AND IN AN ORDER THAT IS CONSISTENT WITH THE REMOVAL AND CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE. OTHER CONTROLS WASTE MATERIALS: ALL WASTE MATERIALS SHALL BE PROPERLY HANDLED, STORED, AND DISPOSED OF. CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS AND CONCRETE WASHOUT WILL BE PROPERLY CONTROLLED TO PREVENT POLLUTANTS FROM ENTERING STORM WATER DISCHARGES. SANITARY WASTE: ALL SANITARY WASTE SHALL BE COLLECTED FROM THE PROTABLE UNITS AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL REGULATION. HAZARDOUS WASTE MATERIALS: ALL HAZARDOUS WASTE MATERIALS SHALL BE STORED AND DISPOSED OF IN THE MANNER SPECIFIED BY LOCAL OR STATE REGULATION. MATERIALS WITH THE POTENTIAL TO LEACH SHALL BE STORED UNDER COVER (E.G. PLASTIC SHEETING OR TEMPORARY ROOFS.) MATERIALS SHALL BE STORED IN A RESTRICTED ACCESS STORAGE AREA TO PREVENT VANDALISM. THE CONTRACTOR'S PERSONNEL SHALL BE INSTRUCTED IN THESE PRACTICES AND THE CONTRACTOR'S EROSION CONTROL SUPERVISOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SEEING THAT THESE PRACTICES ARE FOLLOWED. OFF-SITE VEHICLE TRACKING: PAVED STREETS ADJACENT TO THE PROJECT SITE SHALL BE KEPT CLEAN OF DEBRIS. STREETS SHALL BE SWEPT WITH A PICK-UP BROOM AS NECESSARY OR AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER OR AHJ. DUMP TRUCKS HAULING MATERIAL TO AND FROM THE CONSTRUCTION AREA SHALL BE COVERED WITH A TARPAULIN. ALL VEHICLES EXITING THE SITE SHALL BE GUIDED AND REQUIRED TO GO THROUGH THE CONSTRUCTION EXIT. DEWATERING AND BASIN DRAINING: IF DEWATERING IS REQUIRED PRACTICES DESCRIBED IN THE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL AND STORMWATER MANAGEMENT MANUAL SHOULD BE FOLLOWED. THE DEWATERING PLAN MUST INCLUDE BMPS TO PREVENT SEDIMENT TRANSPORT, EROSION, AND ADVERSE IMPACTS TO DOWNSTREAM RECIEVING WATERS. IN ADDITION, DEWATERING PLAN MUST INCLUDE ANY SPECIFIC CHEMICAL TREATMENTS THAT ARE USED. DISCHARGE OF STORM WATER AND GROUND WATER FROM CONSTRUCTION DEWATERING ACTIVITIES IS COVERED UNDER THE GENERAL PERMIT. VEHICLE FUELING & MAINTENANCE: WHENEVER POSSIBLE, VEHICLE REFUELING AND MAINTENANCE SHOULD NOT BE PERFORMED ON THE CONSTRUCTION SITE. THE CITY OF ST. LOUIS PARK DOES NOT ALLOW VEHICLE WASHING ON SITE. ANY VEHICLE REFUELING OR MAINTENANCE THAT MUST TAKE PLACE ON THE CONSTRUCTION SITE MUST HAVE PROPER SPILL PREVENTION CONTROLS IN PLACE PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. EQUIPMENT AND VEHICLES MUST BE CLEANED REGULARLY TO PREVENT A BUILDUP OF OIL AND GREASE. BERMS, SANDBAGS, OR OTHER BARRIERS SHOULD BE USED AROUND THE PERIMETER OF THE MAINTENANCE AREA TO PREVENT STORM WATER CONTAMINATION. MAINTENANCE AREAS SHOULD BE CLEARLY DESIGNATED. SECONDARY CONTAINMENT (CAPABLE OF HANDLING 110% OF MATERIAL) MUST BE PROVIDED FOR ALL FLUIDS GREATER THAN 55 GALLONS. ALL WASTE FLUIDS MUST BE IN LEAK-PROOF CONTAINERS. DUST CONTROL: DUST RESULTING FROM THE CONTRACTOR'S WORK EITHER INSIDE OR OUTSIDE THE RIGHT OF WAY, SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY THE CONTRACTOR BY APPLYING EITHER WATER OR DUST PALLIATIVE, OR BOTH. ENGINEER KIMLEY-HORN AND ASSOCIATES, INC. PREPARED BY: LAURA E. CLARENS, P.E. 767 EUSTIS STREET, SUITE 100 ST. PAUL, MN 55114 TELEPHONE (651) 645-4197 ARCHITECT OPUS AE GROUP, LLC 10350 BREN ROAD WEST MINNETONKA, MN 55343 TELEPHONE: (952) 656-4444 SWPPP DESIGNER KIMLEY-HORN AND ASSOCIATES, INC. PREPARED BY: LAURA E. CLARENS, P.E. 767 EUSTIS STREET, SUITE 100 ST. PAUL, MN 55114 TELEPHONE (651) 643-0439 DEVELOPER THE OPUS GROUP 10350 BREN ROAD WEST MINNETONKA, MN 55343 TELEPHONE (952) 656-4444 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER BRAUN INTERTEC COMPANY 11001 HAMPSHIRE AVENUE S MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55438 TELEPHONE: (952) 995 2000 FAX: (952) 995 2020 CONTACT: CHRISTOPHER KEHL, P.E.This document, together with the concepts and designs presented herein, as an instrument of service, is intended only for the specific purpose and client for which it was prepared. Reuse of and improper reliance on this document without written authorization and adaptation by Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc. shall be without liability to Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc.SHEET NUMBER2021 KIMLEY-HORN AND ASSOCIATES, INC.767 EUSTIS STREET, SUITE 100, ST. PAUL, MN 55114PHONE: 651-645-4197WWW.KIMLEY-HORN.COMK:\TWC_LDEV\OPUS\Beltline - St Louis Park\3 Design\CAD\PlanSheets\C3-EROS DETAILS.dwg May 24, 2021 - 10:43amBYREVISIONSNo.DATEPRELIMINARY - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION38 PROPOSED BUILDING FFE: 882.0 RETAIL FFE: 883.0 RETAIL FFE: 882.0 GARAGE ENTRY BOCCE COURT ONEWAY EXTERIOR AMENITY AREA- SEE LANDSCAPE PLANS FOR DETAIL20.0'8.5' 20.0'23.0'10.0'20.0'10.0'5.0'10.0'1.0'4.0'MOVE-IN AREA ENTRY, 883.0 ENTRY, 882.0 EXISTING PROPERTY LINE 4' DRAINAGE & UTILITY EASEMENT PROPOSED PROPERTY LINE EXISTING 30' DRAINAGE EASEMENT ENTRY 12.7' 6.0'24.0'6.0'TYP.8.0' TYP. ENTRY 8.5' 8.5' TYP.18.0'TYP.R10.0' R10.0' R10.0'R10.0' 8.0'26.0'28.5' 48.5'88.0'6.0' 6.0' 35.8' 28.5'10.0'19.0'24.0'12.0'28.0'40.0' 75.0' 5.0'5.0'7.0'11.0'26.0' 42.0' 32.0'30.0'14.0'26.5'12.9'30.0'6.0'28.3' 28.3' 8.8' 33.5'12.0'14.0'4.5' TYP. 18.5' TYP.4.0'11.0'57.0'59.5'39.0' 8.0' 8.0'8.0'12.0' 19.3' 12.0' 16.0' 26.0'8.5'42.5'8.5'26.0'18.0'36.0'8.5'8.5'52.9'10.0'A A A A 31.0'A G F E J J A C C D D H H I I I I I I I I I I TYP. A TYP. A (3) - 6" STAIRS, SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS C C L L L L LL M N BEGINS M N ENDS 18.6'28.0' 5.5' O O 31.0' 11 10 7 4 A EXISTING BITUMINOUS TRAIL BY CITY 16.0'14.0' (6) - 5.5" STAIRS, SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS (6) - 6" STAIRS, SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS (7) - 6" STAIRS, SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS (5) - 6" STAIRS, SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS EXISTING ADJACENT BUILDING C GATE AMENITY ENTRANCE/ EXIT C C L UTILITY EXCAVATION PATCH, MATCH EXISTING PAVEMENT SECTION PER CITY STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS J C TYP. C TYP.32.9'1 6 . 9 '16.6 ' I I I I PR. TRANSFORMER PAD ELECTRICAL ROOM WATER ROOM 31.0' C C P P P P V PROPOSED RAMP WITH RAILING L C CL L L L L Q Q 31.0'20.9'PR. TRANSFORMER PAD 5.0' 43.3'53.6'22.5' 3 0 . 3 '31.5'PROPOSED DOG RUN, SEE LANDSCAPE PLANS 44.6 ' 41.6' 38.1' R3.0' R3.0' K K K SCREEN WALL; SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS R R C S (10 SPACES) S (6 SPACES) EXISTING 10' ELECTRIC EASEMENT PER DOC. NO. 927757 20' WIDE DRAINAGE EASEMENT PER DOC. NO. 991559 20' WIDE RAILROAD EASEMENT PER DOC. NO. 2982801 T T TTTTT TT T EXISTING PROPERTY LINE PROPOSED 5' DRAINAGE AND UTILITY EASEMENT PROPOSED ALLEY DEDICATION R 9.9'5.0'19.9'5.0' R10.0' R10.0'5.0'12.0'7.0'30.0' EXISTING ±1,105 SF WETLAND TO BE FILLED 5.0'EXISTING PEDESTRIAN RAMP BY CITY; CONTRACTOR TO PROTECT IN PLACE BITUMINOUS TRAIL, MATCH EXISTING PAVEMENT SECTION PER CITY STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS U U U F PROPOSED ±1' RETAINING WALL, SEE SHEET C500 PROPOSED RAMP WITH RAILING (2) - 6" STAIRS, SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS PROPOSED 10' DRAINAGE AND UTILITY EASEMENT PROPOSED 10' DRAINAGE AND UTILITY EASEMENT 10.0' PEDESTRIAN WALKWAY 5.0'G 24.0'4.0' PROPOSED ±1' RETAINING WALL, SEE SHEET C500 PROPOSED ±1.5' RETAINING WALL, SEE SHEET C500 ENTRY, 882.0 ENTRY, 880.0 ENTRY, 882.0 ENTRY, 882.0 ENTRY, 882.0 ENTRY ENTRY PR. TRANSFORMER PAD W M M M ENTRY, 883.0 ENTRY, 883.0 BUILDING DATA SUMMARY AREAS PROPOSED PROPERTY 162,289 SF (3.73 AC) GROUND FLOOR AREA 88,244 SF (54.4% OF TOTAL PROPOSED PROPERTY AREA) GROSS FLOOR AREA (EXC. PARKING STRUCTURE)269,914 SF (1.66 FAR) PARKING REQUIRED PARKING 230 SPACES (1 STALL/ BEDROOM; 230 UNITS) PROPOSED PARKING:OFF-STREET: 32 SPACES ADA STALLS REQ'D / PROVIDED 3 STALLS / 4 STALLS PROPOSED EXTERIOR BICYCLE PARKING 16 SPACES PROPERTY SUMMARY 3440 BELTLINE BLVD EXISTING PROPERTY AREA 171,732 SF (3.94 AC) PROPOSED PROPERTY AREA 162,289 SF (3.73 AC) DEDICATED BELTLINE BLVD ROW AREA 5,219 SF (0.12 AC) DEDICATED ALLEY AREA 4,224 SF (0.10 AC) EXISTING IMPERVIOUS AREA 115,138 SF (2.65 AC) EXISTING PERVIOUS AREA 47,150 SF (1.08 AC) PROPOSED IMPERVIOUS AREA 121,858 SF (2.80 AC) PROPOSED PERVIOUS AREA 40,430 SF (0.93 AC) TOTAL DISTURBED AREA 174,960 SF (4.02 AC) ZONING SUMMARY EXISTING ZONING MX-1: VERTICAL MIXED-USE AND FLOOD PLAIN PROPOSED ZONING PUD: PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT PARKING SETBACKS SIDE/REAR = 0' ROAD = 0' PROVIDED BUILDING SETBACKS BELTLINE BLVD = 5' 35TH AVE = 31' PROPOSED CURB AND GUTTER PROPERTY LINE PROPOSED FENCE SETBACK LINE RETAINING WALL PROPOSED STANDARD DUTY ASPHALT PROPOSED CONCRETE PAVEMENT PROPOSED CONCRETE SIDEWALK LEGEND PROPOSED HEAVY DUTY ASPHALT KEYNOTE LEGEND CONCRETE SIDEWALK 6" CONCRETE FILLED PIPE BOLLARD MATCH EXISTING EDGE OF PAVEMENT/ CURB & GUTTER ACCESSIBLE CURB RAMP ACCESSIBLE PARKING SIGN ACCESSIBLE PARKING AREA STRIPED WITH 4" SYSL @ 45° 2' O.C. STANDARD DUTY ASPHALT PAVEMENT LANDSCAPE AREA - SEE LANDSCAPE PLANS HEAVY DUTY ASPHALT PAVEMENT HEAVY DUTY CONCRETE PAVEMENT B612 CURB & GUTTER (TYP.) TRANSITION CURB FLUSH CURB COMMERCIAL DRIVEWAY APRON LIGHT POLE; SEE PHOTOMETRICS PLAN PROPOSED METAL FENCE PEDESTRIAN RAMP BIKE RACK CONNECT TO ADJACENT EXIST. BITUMINOUS TRAIL, CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM LOCATION, GRADES, AND CONDITION PAVEMENT MARKING PROPOSED RAILING MOUNTABLE CURB & GUTTER A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V WThis document, together with the concepts and designs presented herein, as an instrument of service, is intended only for the specific purpose and client for which it was prepared. Reuse of and improper reliance on this document without written authorization and adaptation by Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc. shall be without liability to Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc.SHEET NUMBER2021 KIMLEY-HORN AND ASSOCIATES, INC.767 EUSTIS STREET, SUITE 100, ST. PAUL, MN 55114PHONE: 651-645-4197WWW.KIMLEY-HORN.COMK:\TWC_LDEV\OPUS\Beltline - St Louis Park\3 Design\CAD\PlanSheets\C4-SITE PLAN.dwg May 24, 2021 - 10:52am©BYREVISIONSNo.DATEPRELIMINARY - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTIONSITE PLAN NOTES 1. ALL WORK AND MATERIALS SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL CITY/COUNTY REGULATIONS AND CODES AND O.S.H.A. STANDARDS. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS AND DIMENSIONS OF VESTIBULES, SLOPE PAVING, SIDEWALKS, EXIT PORCHES, TRUCK DOCKS, PRECISE BUILDING DIMENSIONS AND EXACT BUILDING UTILITY ENTRANCE LOCATIONS. 3. ALL INNER CURBED RADII ARE TO BE 3' AND OUTER CURBED RADII ARE TO BE 10' UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. STRIPED RADII ARE TO BE 5'. 4. ALL DIMENSIONS AND RADII ARE TO THE FACE OF CURB UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 5. EXISTING STRUCTURES WITHIN CONSTRUCTION LIMITS ARE TO BE ABANDONED, REMOVED OR RELOCATED AS NECESSARY. ALL COST SHALL BE INCLUDED IN BASE BID. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL RELOCATIONS, (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON PLANS) INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ALL UTILITIES, STORM DRAINAGE, SIGNS, TRAFFIC SIGNALS & POLES, ETC. AS REQUIRED. ALL WORK SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING AUTHORITIES REQUIREMENTS AND PROJECT SITE WORK SPECIFICATIONS AND SHALL BE APPROVED BY SUCH. ALL COST SHALL BE INCLUDED IN BASE BID. 7. SITE BOUNDARY, TOPOGRAPHY, UTILITY AND ROAD INFORMATION TAKEN FROM A SURVEY BY EGAN, FIELD & NOWAK, INC, DATED 11/16/2020. KIMLEY-HORN ASSUMES NO LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS, INACCURACIES, OR OMISSIONS CONTAINED THEREIN. 8. TOTAL EXISTING PROPERTY AREA IS 3.94 ACRES. 9. PYLON / MONUMENT SIGNS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED BY OTHERS. SIGNS ARE SHOWN FOR GRAPHICAL & INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY SIZE, LOCATION AND ANY REQUIRED PERMITS NECESSARY FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE PYLON / MONUMENT SIGN. 10. CONTRACTOR SHALL REFERENCE ARCH / MEP PLANS FOR SITE LIGHTING AND ELECTRICAL PLAN. 11. NO PROPOSED LANDSCAPING SUCH AS TREES OR SHRUBS, ABOVE AND UNDERGROUND STRUCTURES, OR OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN EXISTING OR PROPOSED UTILITY EASEMENTS AND RIGHTS OF WAY UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON PLANS OTHERWISE. 12. REFERENCE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR DUMPSTER ENCLOSURE DETAILS. 13. REFER TO FINAL PLAT OR ALTA SURVEY FOR EXACT LOT AND PROPERTY BOUNDARY DIMENSIONS. 14. ALL AREAS ARE ROUNDED TO THE NEAREST SQUARE FOOT. 15. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE ROUNDED TO THE NEAREST TENTH FOOT. 16. ALL PARKING STALLS TO BE 8.5' IN WIDTH AND 18' IN LENGTH UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.NORTHPREPARED FORSITE PLANC4003440 BELTLINEBLVDOPUS DEVELOPMENTST. LOUIS PARKMNDATE:I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN,SPECIFICATION OR REPORT WAS PREPARED BYME OR UNDER MY DIRECT SUPERVISION ANDTHAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONALENGINEER UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OFMINNESOTA.MNLIC. NO.LAURA E. CLARENS, P.E.05/24/202158852DATECHECKED BYSCALEDESIGNED BYDRAWN BYKHA PROJECT16056101405/24/2021AS SHOWNAKAAKALECBELTLINE TRAIL AND ROADWAY IMPROVEMENTS TO BE CONSTRUCTED IN 2021; IMPROVEMENTS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE BASED ON FINAL PLANS. TIP OUT CURB AND GUTTER; SEE SITE DETAILS 39 B E L T L I N E B O U L E V A R D3 5 T H S T R E E T W E S TPROPOSED BUILDING FFE: 882.0 RETAIL FFE: 883.0 RETAIL FFE: 882.0 GARAGE ENTRY BOCCE COURT ONEWAY EXTERIOR AMENITY AREA- SEE LANDSCAPE PLANS FOR DETAIL TYP. TYP. TYP. TYP. PR. 4" DOMESTIC WATER LINE PR. 8" FIRE WATER LINE PR. BUILDING CONNECTION; SEE MEP/ARCH PLANS (TYP.) EX. HYDRANT PR. WATER ROOM; SEE MEP/ ARCH PLANS EX. WATERMAIN EX. 8" WATERMAIN EX. HYDRANT EX. HYDRANT EX. HYDRANT300' HYDRANT RADIUS, TYP.This document, together with the concepts and designs presented herein, as an instrument of service, is intended only for the specific purpose and client for which it was prepared. Reuse of and improper reliance on this document without written authorization and adaptation by Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc. shall be without liability to Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc.SHEET NUMBER2021 KIMLEY-HORN AND ASSOCIATES, INC.767 EUSTIS STREET, SUITE 100, ST. PAUL, MN 55114PHONE: 651-645-4197WWW.KIMLEY-HORN.COMK:\TWC_LDEV\OPUS\Beltline - St Louis Park\3 Design\CAD\PlanSheets\C4-FIRE PLAN.dwg May 24, 2021 - 10:43am©BYREVISIONSNo.DATEPRELIMINARY - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTIONPREPARED FORFIRE ACCESSPLANC4013440 BELTLINEBLVDOPUS DEVELOPMENTST. LOUIS PARKMNDATE:I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN,SPECIFICATION OR REPORT WAS PREPARED BYME OR UNDER MY DIRECT SUPERVISION ANDTHAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONALENGINEER UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OFMINNESOTA.MNLIC. NO.LAURA E. CLARENS, P.E.05/24/2021XXXXXDATECHECKED BYSCALEDESIGNED BYDRAWN BYKHA PROJECT16056101405/24/2021AS SHOWNAKAAKALECNORTHLock to Lock Time Smeal Platform RM 100ft WidthTrack Steering Angle feet ::7.838.33 :48.0:6.0 20.0012.92 49.08 THE VEHICLE MANEUVERING IDENTIFIED ON THIS PLAN WAS PREPARED USING AUTOTURN SOFTWARE AND DOES NOT NECESSARILY REPRESENT ACTUAL CONDITIONS NOR DOES IT ACCOUNT FOR EXTERNAL FACTORS. THIS ANALYSIS SHOULD NOT BE USED AS THE SOLE BASIS FOR THE CLIENT'S DECISION MAKING. 40 PROPOSED BUILDING FFE: 882.0 RETAIL FFE: 883.0 RETAIL FFE: 882.0 GARAGE ENTRY BOCCE COURT EXTERIOR AMENITY AREA- SEE LANDSCAPE PLANS FOR DETAIL DDDSTR-105 STR-102 STR-101 STR-106 STR-202 STR-201 STR-204 STR-207STR-205 STR-206 STR-203 1.55%3.07%1.88 % 1.78% 1. 3 2 % 1.32% 3 . 3 8%3.46%4.66%3.73%0.51 %0.51%4.47% 13.86% 1.55% 1.80 % 2.2 8 %9.01%1.59% 28.21% 3.64% 4.11% 1.62% 1.51%8.76%8.00%2.63%3.79%3.03%7.1 3 %880881882882881880 880 880878879881880878879881880878879881880879881878 880 881 882 882 8 8 1 DDDSTR-209 STR-208 STR-103 SOUTHEAST COURTYARD INSET A D D 0. 6 9 %0.57%1.07%1.86% 1 . 2 4% 2 . 1 5% 0.50% (3) - 6" STAIRS SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS STR-107 878GRADE BREAK 1.81%1.12%0.91%0.76%81.82 82.00 81.86 81.86 81.86 81.86 81.79 81.78 81.60 81.75 81.85 81.85 81.9381.93 81.75 82.0082.00 82.0082.00 80.96 80.96 80.82 80.82 79.33 ME:79.19 ME:79.32 79.36 80.50 81.00 82.00 82.00 82.00 83.00 83.00 83.00 82.94 82.46 82.58 82.50 81.12 TW:82.50 TW:82.47 BW:81.00 BW:82.50 82.56 82.75 82.69 82.93 82.97 82.81 82.90 ME:82.58 ME:82.91 82.89 82.89 82.97 TW:83.00 BW:82.00 TW:82.98 BW:81.91 TW:81.88 BW:81.8883.00 81.95 81.87 81.80 T/G:80.88 G:80.78 82.00 82.00 81.95 81.89 81.82 G:81.44 T:81.62T:81.38 G:81.29 G:80.98 G:80.69 G:80.72 G:80.76 80.0080.00 G:79.98 G:79.94G:79.83 G:79.48 T/G:78.03 ME:77.89 78.54 82.0082.00 81.9578.06 79.50 82.00 82.00 81.66 82.00 G:80.89 T/G:81.82 82.00 T/G:81.82 T/G:81.82 T/G:81.59 T/G:81.82 T/G:81.62G:81.40 T/G:78.79 T/G:78.70 T/G:78.36 T/G:78.27 ME:77.66 ME:77.41 G:77.11 T/G:78.29 T/G:78.20 T/G:78.36 T/G:78.27 LP:81.00LP:81.06LP:81.73 81.94 G:81.00 G:80.41 G:80.20 ME:80.03 G:81.25 G:80.66 G:81.17 G:81.30 G:81.46 G:80.67 ME:77.31 G:77.04 81.84 81.89 81.80 81.50 81.5481.5081.6981.7582.00 82.00 81.61 81.54 G:81.00 STR-1041.79%T/G:81.75 G:81.56 ME:77.28 ME:77.71 ME:77.24 ME:80.46 ME:80.74 ME:80.04 ME:80.36 ME:80.31 ME:80.54 ME:80.20 ME:79.98 ME:78.56 ME:79.62 880 880 879880880 88 0 88 5 88 1 8 8 2 88 3 88 4 88 6 88 7 881882886880885879 881882883884878 878 878 878 8798 7 8 879 879 8 7 8 8 7 9 880 880 G:81.00 EXPOSED FOUNDATION 2.19% 1.02% 3. 8 0 % 82.00 82.00 9.91%8.07% 879 880 881 EOF:80.30 135 LF - 12" RCP @ 1.00% STRM-108 RD-100 RD-101 RD-103A RD-102A RD-102 RD-103 RD-101A RD-100A PROPOSED GRADE BREAK 79.55 79.68 1.33%8.18%4.72% 0.50%0.50% T/G:81.72 T:81.38 G:81.05 (5) - 6" STAIRS, SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS 82.00 82.00 81.00 2.19%2.48%3.47%3.16%0.60%2.59%1.29%1.89% 81.98 79.48 79.46 79.48 79.44 PROPOSED ±1' RETAINING WALL (2) - 6" STAIRSPROPOSED ±1.5' RETAINING WALL TW:81.50 BW:80.48 TW:81.92 BW:80.43 TW:80.44 BW:79.98 4.84% G:78.20 77.99 78.19 78.29 T/G:77.94 G:80.08 G:80.40 81.98 80.98 80.93 80.90 TW:81.00 PROPOSED ±1' RETAINING WALL BW:80.74TW:81.98 BW:80.96 10.26%2.57%7. 6 9% 2.76% 1.85% 2.37%33.47%881878 880 879 881 8808798818808798818808798818808818808811. 6 2 %1.28%1.50%1.50%1.50%1.6 6 % 1.6 2 %1.50%1.50%(6) - 5.5" STAIRS SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS (6) - 6" STAIRS SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS (7) - 6" STAIRS SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS 878.39 881.92 ME:878.12 ME:878.21 882.00 878.39 882.00 881.94 ME:878.45 ME:878.49 ME:878.67 ME:878.71 ME:878.81 ME:878.83 ME:878.91 ME:878.92 ME:879.00 ME:879.01 878.94 878.94 878.91 878.87 882.00 881.94 878.94 878.94 878.87 878.91 882.00 881.94 878.94 878.94 878.87 878.91 882.00 881.94 879.19 879.19 879.12 879.16 882.00 881.94 879.19 879.19 879.12 882.00 882.00 881.94879.16 TW:881.91TW:881.91 TW:881.82 882.00 8.41%1.6 2 %6.28% 1.6 2 %2.70%8.75%BW:878.50 1.50%1.50%BW:879.00 BW:879.00 TW:881.91 BW:879.00 TW:881.90 BW:879.50 TW:881.90 BW:879.50 TW:881.94 BW:879.50879 880 881 This document, together with the concepts and designs presented herein, as an instrument of service, is intended only for the specific purpose and client for which it was prepared. Reuse of and improper reliance on this document without written authorization and adaptation by Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc. shall be without liability to Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc.SHEET NUMBER2021 KIMLEY-HORN AND ASSOCIATES, INC.767 EUSTIS STREET, SUITE 100, ST. PAUL, MN 55114PHONE: 651-645-4197WWW.KIMLEY-HORN.COMK:\TWC_LDEV\OPUS\Beltline - St Louis Park\3 Design\CAD\PlanSheets\C5-GRADING PLAN.dwg May 24, 2021 - 10:44am©BYREVISIONSNo.DATEPRELIMINARY - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTIONPREPARED FORGRADING PLANC5003440 BELTLINEBLVDOPUS DEVELOPMENTST. LOUIS PARKMNDATE:I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN,SPECIFICATION OR REPORT WAS PREPARED BYME OR UNDER MY DIRECT SUPERVISION ANDTHAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONALENGINEER UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OFMINNESOTA.MNLIC. NO.LAURA E. CLARENS, P.E.05/24/202158852DATECHECKED BYSCALEDESIGNED BYDRAWN BYKHA PROJECT16056101405/24/2021AS SHOWNAKAAKALECGRADING PLAN NOTES 1. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CITY OF ST. LOUIS PARK, SPECIFICATIONS AND BUILDING PERMIT REQUIREMENTS. 2. CONTRACTOR TO CALL GOPHER STATE CALL ONE @ <1-800-252-1166> AT LEAST TWO WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO EXCAVATION/CONSTRUCTION FOR UTILITY LOCATIONS. 3. CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY THE LOCATIONS AND ELEVATIONS OR EXISTING UTILITIES AND TOPOGRAPHIC FEATURES PRIOR TO THE START OF SITE GRADING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE PROJECT ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES OR VARIATIONS. 4. SUBGRADE EXCAVATION SHALL BE BACKFILLED IMMEDIATELY AFTER EXCAVATION TO HELP OFFSET ANY STABILITY PROBLEMS DUE TO WATER SEEPAGE OR STEEP SLOPES. WHEN PLACING NEW SURFACE MATERIAL ADJACENT TO EXISTING PAVEMENT, THE EXCAVATION SHALL BE BACKFILLED PROMPTLY TO AVOID UNDERMINING OF EXISTING PAVEMENT. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL CONTROL. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL EXCAVATE DRAINAGE TRENCHES TO FOLLOW PROPOSED STORM SEWER ALIGNMENTS. 7. GRADES SHOWN ARE FINISHED GRADES. CONTRACTOR SHALL ROUGH GRADE TO SUBGRADE ELEVATION AND LEAVE STREET READY FOR SUBBASE. 8. ALL EXCESS MATERIAL, BITUMINOUS SURFACING, CONCRETE ITEMS, ANY ABANDONED UTILITY ITEMS, AND OTHER UNSTABLE MATERIALS SHALL BECOME THE PROPERTY OF THE CONTRACTOR AND SHALL BE DISPOSED OF OFF THE CONSTRUCTION SITE. 9. REFER TO THE UTILITY PLAN FOR SANITARY SEWER MAIN, WATER MAIN SERVICE LAYOUT AND ELEVATIONS AND CASTING / STRUCTURE NOTATION. 10. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSTRUCTION OF PAVEMENTS AND CURB AND GUTTER WITH SMOOTH UNIFORM SLOPES TO PROVIDE POSITIVE DRAINAGE. 11. INSTALL A MINIMUM OF <4" CLASS 5> AGGREGATE BASE UNDER CURB AND GUTTER AND CONCRETE SIDEWALKS. 12. UPON COMPLETION OF EXCAVATION AND FILLING, CONTRACTOR SHALL RESTORE ALL STREETS AND DISTURBED AREAS ON SITE. ALL DISTURBED AREAS SHALL BE RE-VEGETATED WITH A MINIMUM OF <4" OF TOPSOIL>. 13. ALL SPOT ELEVATIONS/CONTOURS ARE TO GUTTER / FLOW LINE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 14. GRADING FOR ALL SIDEWALKS AND ACCESSIBLE ROUTES INCLUDING CROSSING DRIVEWAYS SHALL CONFORM TO CURRENT ADA STATE/NATIONAL STANDARDS. IN NO CASE SHALL ACCESSIBLE RAMP SLOPES EXCEED 1 VERTICAL TO 12 HORIZONTAL. IN NO CASE SHALL SIDEWALK CROSS SLOPES EXCEED 2% . IN NO CASE SHALL LONGITUDINAL SIDEWALK SLOPES EXCEED 5%. IN NO CASE SHALL ACCESSIBLE PARKING STALLS OR AISLES EXCEED 2% (1.5% TARGET) IN ALL DIRECTIONS. SIDEWALK ACCESS TO EXTERNAL BUILDING DOORS AND GATES SHALL BE ADA COMPLIANT. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY IF ADA CRITERIA CANNOT BE MET IN ANY LOCATION PRIOR TO PAVING. NO CONTRACTOR CHANGE ORDERS WILL BE ACCEPTED FOR A.D.A COMPLIANCE ISSUES. 15. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM OF 0.5% GUTTER SLOPE TOWARDS LOW POINTS. 16. REFERENCE MEP PLANS FOR ROOF DRAIN CONNECTION. 17. ALL STORM SEWER PIPE SHALL BE AIR TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CURRENT PLUMBING CODE. 18. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM OF 1.25% SLOPE IN BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT AREAS, 0.5% SLOPE IN CONCRETE PAVEMENT AREAS. 19. CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW PAVEMENT GRADIENT AND CONSTRUCT "INFALL CURB" WHERE PAVEMENT DRAINS TOWARD GUTTER, AND "OUTFALL" CURB WHERE PAVEMENT DRAINS AWAY FROM GUTTER. PROPOSED STORM SEWER PROPOSED STORM SEWER PROPERTY LINE EXISTING CONTOUR PROPOSED CONTOUR925 PROPOSED SPOT ELEVATION100.00 LEGEND PROPOSED HIGH POINT ELEVATION HP:0.0 PROPOSED LOW POINT ELEVATION PROPOSED GUTTER ELEVATION PROPOSED TOP OF CURB ELEVATION PROPOSED FLUSH PAVEMENT ELEVATION LP:0.0 G:0.00 T:0.00 PROPOSED EMERGENCY OVERFLOW T/G:0.0 EOF:0.0 0.0%PROPOSED DRAINAGE DIRECTION ME:0.0 MATCH EXISTING ELEVATION PROPOSED STORM MANHOLE (SOLID CASTING) PROPOSED STORM MANHOLE (ROUND INLET CASTING) PROPOSED STORM MANHOLE/ CATCH BASIN (CURB INLET CASTING) PROPOSED STORM SEWER CLENOUT PROPOSED RIPRAP PROPOSED FLARED END SECTION CO D 1" = 10' SOUTHEAST COURTYARDA NORTHNORTH 41 B E L T L I N E B O U L E V A R D3 5 T H S T R E E T W E S TPROPOSED BUILDING FFE: 882.0 RETAIL FFE: 883.0 RETAIL FFE: 882.0 GARAGE ENTRY BOCCE COURT EXTERIOR AMENITY AREA- SEE LANDSCAPE PLANS FOR DETAIL DDDDDDSTR-102 STMH 48" DIA. RE:882.92 IE:875.39 NW IE:875.36 S STR-101 STMH 48" DIA. CONNECT EXISTING 15" RCP RE:882.20 IE:875.15 N STR-204 30" RISER RE:881.70 IE:875.28 NE STR-202 OCS #1 30" RISER RE:881.26 IE:872.50 SW STR-203 30" RISER CATCHBASIN RE:881.21 STR-207 15" NYLOPLAST AREA DRAIN RE:881.00 IE:879.52 SW STR-105 OCS #2 STMH 48" DIA. W/ 3' SUMP RE:881.19 IE:876.20 SE STR-209 STMH 48" DIA. RE:881.83 IE:877.16 SE IE:877.10 SW STR-205 CBMH 48" DIA. (CIR.) RE:881.86 IE:877.40 NE IE:877.40 SW IE:877.40 NW STR-206 15" NYLOPLAST AREA DRAIN RE:880.20 IE:878.79 NE IE:878.79 SW STR-104 TREATMENT STRUCTURE ACCESS, DESIGNED BY OTHERS RE:881.53 IE:876.15 NW STR-103 TREATMENT STRUCTURE ACCESS, DESIGNED BY OTHERS RE:882.35 IE:875.65 SE STR-106 30" RISER CATCHBASIN WITH 3' SUMP RE:879.70 STR-208 30" RISER RE:881.66 IE:874.98 NE STR-201 CORE DRILL AND CONNECT TO EX. CATCHBASIN CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY EX. INVERT RE:876.51 IE:872.36 NE IE:874.10 SW IE:871.85 SE 11 LF - 15" HDPE @ 0.45%42 LF - 15" PVC @ 0.50 % 28 LF - 15" HDPE @ 0.50% 36 LF - 8" HDPE @ 2.00% 69 LF - 8" HDPE @ 2.00% 106 LF - 12" DIP CL 52 W/ RESTRAINED JOINTS @ 2.00% INSIDE 24 CASING PIPE 53 LF - 15" HDPE@ 0.50%106 LF - 12" DIP CL 52 W/ RESTRAINED JOINTS @ 2.00% INSIDE 24 CASING PIPE BMP 1: STORMWATER FILTRATION SYSTEM ADS CHAMBER MC-4500 (60 INCH) DRAINTILE/SAND IE: 872.50 STONE IE: 873.50 CHAMBER IE: 874.25 WQV ELEVATION; 878.50 TOP OF CHAMBER IE: 879.25 TOP OF STONE: 880.25 100 YR HWL: 878.66 TOTAL WATER QUALITY VOLUME: 12,000 CF TOTAL COMPENSATORY STORAGE VOLUME: 14,719 CF TOTAL SYSTEM VOLUME (INC. SAND FILTRATION SECTION): 16,116 CF BMP #2: STORMWATER DETENTION SYSTEM 30" HDPE PIPE PIPE IE: 876.20 TOP OF PIPE: 878.50 TOP OF STONE: 879.0 100 YR HWL: 878.43 TOTAL COMPENSATORY STORAGE VOLUME: 22,868 CF TOTAL SYSTEM VOLUME: 25,525 CF BMP #3: TREATMENT STRUCTURE SEE DETAILS, SHEET C502 D D 12 LF - 12" HDPE @ 2.00% STR-107 CONSTRUCT NEW CBMH 48" DIA. (CIR.) OVER EXISTING STORM; CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY PIPE SIZE, MATERIAL, AND INVERT RE:879.73 IE:875.15 SW RD-100 STMH 48" DIA. W/ 3' SUMP RE:880.70 IE:876.88 SW RD-101 STMH 48" DIA. W/ 3' SUMP RE:881.06 IE:876.88 SW 6 LF - 12" HDPE @ 2.00% RD-101A ROOF DRAIN CONNECTION COORD. W/ MEP IE:877.00 NE RD-100A ROOF DRAIN CONNECTION COORD. W/ MEP IE:877.00 NE 6 LF - 12" HDPE @ 2.00% 16 LF - 12" HDPE @ 1.56% RD-103A ROOF DRAIN CONNECTION COORDINATE W/ MEP IE:875.25 SW RD-103 ROOF DRAIN CONNECT TO BMP #1 RE:876.10 IE:875.00 NE 11 LF - 12" HDPE @ 2.63% RD-102A ROOF DRAIN CONNECTION COORD. W/ MEP IE:875.30 NW RD-102 ROOF DRAIN CONNECT TO BMP #1 RE:876.10 IE:875.00 SE EXISTING 15" RCP STORM SEWER BASS LAKE EXISTING 48" RCP STORM SEWER 880 880878879881 8818 8 0 880 881881 882882 880 8 8 1 882 883880878879881880879881882880880 8 8 0 880 880880880 8 8 0 8808 8 0 880880880 880 885 885885877878878878 878878 878 878 878 878 879879879 879 879 881 881881882 882882883 8838 8 3 884 8848 8 4 886886886887887887 887887 EXISTING WETLAND TO BE FILLED REMOVE AND REPLACE CASTING STRM-108 CBMH 48" DIA. (CIR.) RE:879.55 IE:876.50 NE 135 LF - 12" RCP @ 1.00%880 880 This document, together with the concepts and designs presented herein, as an instrument of service, is intended only for the specific purpose and client for which it was prepared. Reuse of and improper reliance on this document without written authorization and adaptation by Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc. shall be without liability to Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc.SHEET NUMBER2021 KIMLEY-HORN AND ASSOCIATES, INC.767 EUSTIS STREET, SUITE 100, ST. PAUL, MN 55114PHONE: 651-645-4197WWW.KIMLEY-HORN.COMK:\TWC_LDEV\OPUS\Beltline - St Louis Park\3 Design\CAD\PlanSheets\C5-STORM SEWER PLAN.dwg May 24, 2021 - 10:44am©BYREVISIONSNo.DATEPRELIMINARY - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTIONPREPARED FORSTORMWATERMANAGEMENTPLANC5013440 BELTLINEBLVDOPUS DEVELOPMENTST. LOUIS PARKMNDATE:I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN,SPECIFICATION OR REPORT WAS PREPARED BYME OR UNDER MY DIRECT SUPERVISION ANDTHAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONALENGINEER UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OFMINNESOTA.MNLIC. NO.LAURA E. CLARENS, P.E.05/24/202158852DATECHECKED BYSCALEDESIGNED BYDRAWN BYKHA PROJECT16056101405/24/2021AS SHOWNAKAAKALECGRADING PLAN NOTES 1. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CITY OF ST. LOUIS PARK, SPECIFICATIONS AND BUILDING PERMIT REQUIREMENTS. 2. CONTRACTOR TO CALL GOPHER STATE CALL ONE @ <1-800-252-1166> AT LEAST TWO WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO EXCAVATION/CONSTRUCTION FOR UTILITY LOCATIONS. 3. STORM SEWER PIPE SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: RCP PER ASTM C-76 HDPE: 0" - 10" PER AASHTO M-252 HDPE: 12" OR GREATER PER ASTM F-2306 PVC SDR 26 PER ASTM D-3034 WHEN STORM SEWER CROSSES ABOVE WATERMAIN: STORM SEWER (18" AND SMALLER) SHALL BE PVC SHC 40 PER ASTM D-1785; PROVIDE 18" MINIMUM VERTICAL CLEARANCE OUTER EDGE TO OUTER EDGE STORM SEWER FITTINGS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: RCP PER ASTM C-76, JOINTS PER ASTM C-361, C-990, AND C-443 HDPE PER ASTM 3212 PVC PER ASTM D-3034, JOINTS PER ASTM D-3212 WHEN STORM SEWER CROSSES ABOVE WATERMAIN: STORM SEWER (18" AND SMALLER) FITTINGS SHALL BE PVC SHC 40 PER ASTM D-2665; PROVIDE 18" MINIMUM VERTICAL CLEARANCE OUTER EDGE TO OUTER EDGE 4. CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY THE LOCATIONS AND ELEVATIONS OR EXISTING UTILITIES AND TOPOGRAPHIC FEATURES PRIOR TO THE START OF SITE GRADING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE PROJECT ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES OR VARIATIONS. 5. SUBGRADE EXCAVATION SHALL BE BACKFILLED IMMEDIATELY AFTER EXCAVATION TO HELP OFFSET ANY STABILITY PROBLEMS DUE TO WATER SEEPAGE OR STEEP SLOPES. WHEN PLACING NEW SURFACE MATERIAL ADJACENT TO EXISTING PAVEMENT, THE EXCAVATION SHALL BE BACKFILLED PROMPTLY TO AVOID UNDERMINING OF EXISTING PAVEMENT. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL CONTROL. 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL EXCAVATE DRAINAGE TRENCHES TO FOLLOW PROPOSED STORM SEWER ALIGNMENTS. 8. REFER TO THE UTILITY PLAN FOR SANITARY SEWER MAIN, WATER MAIN SERVICE LAYOUT AND ELEVATIONS AND CASTING / STRUCTURE NOTATION. 9. ALL SPOT ELEVATIONS/CONTOURS ARE TO GUTTER / FLOW LINE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 10. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM OF 0.5% GUTTER SLOPE TOWARDS LOW POINTS. 11. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE 3" INSULATION BY 5' WIDE CENTERED ON STORM PIPE IF LESS THAN 4' OF COVER IN PAVEMENT AREAS AND LESS THAN 3' OF COVER IN LANDSCAPE AREAS. 12. REFERENCE MEP PLANS FOR ROOF DRAIN CONNECTION. 13. ALL STORM SEWER CONNECTIONS SHALL BE GASKETED AND WATER TIGHT INCLUDING MANHOLE CONNECTIONS. 14. ALL STORM SEWER PIPE SHALL BE AIR TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CURRENT PLUMBING CODE. 15. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM OF 1.25% SLOPE IN BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT AREAS, 0.5% SLOPE IN CONCRETE PAVEMENT AREAS. 16. CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW PAVEMENT GRADIENT AND CONSTRUCT "INFALL CURB" WHERE PAVEMENT DRAINS TOWARD GUTTER, AND "OUTFALL" CURB WHERE PAVEMENT DRAINS AWAY FROM GUTTER. PROPOSED STORM MANHOLE (SOLID CASTING) PROPOSED STORM SEWER PROPOSED STORM MANHOLE (ROUND INLET CASTING) PROPOSED STORM SEWER PROPERTY LINE LEGEND PROPOSED SANITARY SEWER PROPOSED WATERMAIN CO PROPOSED STORM MANHOLE/ CATCH BASIN (CURB INLET CASTING) PROPOSED STORM SEWER CLENOUT PROPOSED RIPRAP PROPOSED FLARED END SECTION KEYNOTE LEGEND CORE DRILL AND CONNECT TO EXISTING STRUCTURE CONNECT TO EXISTING STORM SERVICE CONSTRUCT MANHOLE OVER EXISTING STORM SEWER ADJUST EXISTING CASTING TO NEW RIM ELEVATION ROOF DRAIN CONNECTION REPLACE INLET WITH SOLID CASTING -- NOT USED -- A B C D E F G D NORTHSTORMWATER MANAGEMENT AREA / UNDERGROUND COMPENSATORY STORAGE 42 This document, together with the concepts and designs presented herein, as an instrument of service, is intended only for the specific purpose and client for which it was prepared. Reuse of and improper reliance on this document without written authorization and adaptation by Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc. shall be without liability to Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc.SHEET NUMBER2021 KIMLEY-HORN AND ASSOCIATES, INC.767 EUSTIS STREET, SUITE 100, ST. PAUL, MN 55114PHONE: 651-645-4197WWW.KIMLEY-HORN.COMK:\TWC_LDEV\OPUS\Beltline - St Louis Park\3 Design\CAD\PlanSheets\C5-GRADING DETAILS.dwg May 24, 2021 - 10:44amBYREVISIONSNo.DATEPRELIMINARY - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTIONPREPARED FORSTORMWATERDETAILSC5023440 BELTLINEBLVDOPUS DEVELOPMENTST. LOUIS PARKMNDATECHECKED BYSCALEDESIGNED BYDRAWN BYKHA PROJECT16056101405/24/2021AS SHOWNAKAAKALEC17.1" SPACING TYP. 1.5" WASHED, NON-CARBONIC ANGULAR COARSE FILTER AGGREGATE WITH 40% VOIDS 30" PERFORATED HDPE PIPE. BMP #2 UNDERGROUND DETENTION SYSTEM DETAILS NOT TO SCALE STONE BASE / PIPE IE: 876.25 18" SIDE STONE TYP. ON ALL SIDES SEE GRADING PLAN FOR GROUND ELEVATION NOTES: 1. ALL HDPE CONNECTIONS SHALL BE MADE WITH WATERTIGHT MATERIALS. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE CARE TO PREVENT SEDIMENT AND DEBRIS FROM CLOGGING THE PORE SPACE IN THE COARSE FILTER AGGREGATE. 6" TOP STONE TYP. 1.0' MIN.; VARIES SEE GRADING PLAN TOP PIPE ELEVATION: 878.75 ALL JOINTS IN MANHOLE TO HAVE "O" RING RUBBER GASKET PLAN OUTLET FLOW MANHOLE STEPS, 16" O.C. PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE BASE PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE SECTION 48" DIA. SECTION PIPE SHALL BE CUT FLUSH WITH INSIDE FACE OF WALL 48" DIA. FLOW 12" OUTLET IE:876.25 SEE GRADING PLAN FOR RIM ELEVATION 30" INLET PIPE SHALL BE CUT FLUSH WITH INSIDE FACE OF WALL IE: 876.25 BMP#2 OUTLET CONTROL STRUCTURE MANHOLE MUST CONFORM TO CITY STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS UNDERGROUND STORMWATER MANAGEMENT NOTES 1. UPON COMPLETION OF THE STORMWATER BMP AND FINAL STABILIZATION OF THE TRIBUTARY DRAINAGE AREA, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE DOCUMENTATION THAT SHOWS THE BMPS DRAWS DOWN WITHIN 48 HOURS AFTER A SIGNIFICANT RAIN EVENT. 2. NO CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT SHALL TRAVEL WITHIN THE UNDERGROUND DETENTION / FILTRATION SYSTEM AREAS. 3. FINAL EXCAVATION OF UNDERGROUND DETENTION / FILTRATION SYSTEM AREAS MUST OCCUR IN DRY SOIL CONDITIONS TO PREVENT SMEARING AND COMPACTION. DO NOT WORK IN DETENTION / FILTRATION AREAS IF SOIL CONDITIONS ARE WET. 4. IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION, THE EXCAVATION FOR THE TRENCH SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY BACKFILLED WITH APPROVED BACKFILL MATERIAL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION, OR THE EXCAVATION SHALL BE PROTECTED WITH SILT FENCE AND OR BIO-ROLLS SUCH THAT ON-SITE SOILS DO NOT ENTER THE TRENCH EXCAVATION AREAS. 5. IF ANY SOILS ENTER THE TRENCH PRIOR TO BACKFILLING, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE SOILS. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE AND COMPLETE CERTIFIED AS-BUILT PLANS DEMONSTRATING ALL CONSTRUCTED STORMWATER CONVEYANCE STRUCTURES, AND STORMWATER MANAGEMENT FACILITIES (INCLUDING AS-BUILT VOLUMES) CONFORM TO DESIGN AND/OR PLANS AS APPROVED BY THE CITY. 7. STORMWATER MANAGEMENT AREAS TO BE KEPT OFF-LINE UNTIL DISTURBED AREAS ARE RESTORED. IF NOT POSSIBLE, SYSTEMS MUST BE CLEANED OUT PRIOR TO CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY. EXISTING SUBGRADE TOP STONE ELEVATION: 879.25 PROVIDE LINER SEPARATION FROM STONE MEDIA AND EXISTING SUBGRADE/GROUNDWATER, LINER TO BE 30 MIL AND MEET ASTM D-4833, ASTM D-412, AND ASTM D-624,; PROVIDE GEOTEXTILE FABRIC TO PROTECT LINER FROM PUNCTURE OUTLET CONTROL STRUCTURE 15" OUTLET PIPE IE: 872.50 STORMTECH END CAP TOP SAND/STONE IE: 873.50 TOP CHAMBER: 879.25 TOP STONE : 880.25 WATER QUALITY VOLUME DEPTH IE: 878.50, WQV PROVIDED BELOW 12,000 CF CHAMBER IE : 874.25 SAND/DRAINTILE IE: 872.50 CONNECT 6" DRAINTILE TO OCS ON DOWNSTREAM SIDE OF WEIR WALL, IE: 872.00 BMP #1 UNDERGROUND FILTRATION TYPICAL SECTION DETAILS ADS STORMTECH MC-4500 NOT TO SCALE 1.5' DEPTH SAND SHALL MEET MNDOT SPECIFICAITON FOR COARSE FILTER AGGREGATE PER 3149.2H 6" PVC SCHEDULE 40 DRAINTILE, SEE DRAINTILE BEDDING DETAIL PROVIDE IMPERMEABLE LINER SEPARATION FROM SAND MEDIA AND EXISTING SUBGRADE/GROUNDWATER, LINER TO BE 30 MIL AND MEET ASTM D-4833, ASTM D-412, AND ASTM D-624; PROVIDE GEOTEXTILE FABRIC TO PROTECT LINER FROM PUNCTURE PROVIDE GEOTEXTILE FABRIC AROUND PERIMETER OF STONE AND SAND PER ADS REQUIREMENTS STONE TO MEET ADS STORMTECH MANUFACTURED RECOMMENDATIONS, NO LIMESTONE (OR RECYCLED CONCRETE) MATERIAL IS ALLOWED, BENEATH, BETWEEN OR IMMEDIATELY ON TOP OF THE CHAMBER SYSTEM PRECAST WEIR WALL, TOP WALL EL: 878.50 PLAN 15" OUTLET FLOW MANHOLE STEPS, 16" O.C. PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE BASE PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE SECTION WEIR WALL 15" INLET FLOW 15" INLETFLOW6" INLETFLOW FEMA FLOODPLAIN ELEVATION: 879.20 FEMA FLOODPLAIN ELVATION: 879.20 43 This document, together with the concepts and designs presented herein, as an instrument of service, is intended only for the specific purpose and client for which it was prepared. Reuse of and improper reliance on this document without written authorization and adaptation by Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc. shall be without liability to Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc.SHEET NUMBER2021 KIMLEY-HORN AND ASSOCIATES, INC.767 EUSTIS STREET, SUITE 100, ST. PAUL, MN 55114PHONE: 651-645-4197WWW.KIMLEY-HORN.COMK:\TWC_LDEV\OPUS\Beltline - St Louis Park\3 Design\CAD\PlanSheets\C5-GRADING DETAILS.dwg May 24, 2021 - 10:44amBYREVISIONSNo.DATEPRELIMINARY - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTIONPREPARED FORSTORMWATERDETAILSC5033440 BELTLINEBLVDOPUS DEVELOPMENTST. LOUIS PARKMNDATECHECKED BYSCALEDESIGNED BYDRAWN BYKHA PROJECT16056101405/24/2021AS SHOWNAKAAKALEC44 B E L T L I N E B O U L E V A R D3 5 T H S T R E E T W E S TPROPOSED BUILDING FFE: 882.0 RETAIL FFE: 883.0 RETAIL FFE: 882.0 GARAGE ENTRY BOCCE COURT EXTERIOR AMENITY AREA- SEE LANDSCAPE PLANS FOR DETAIL DDDDDD8"X8"X8" TEE AND VALVE 8"X8"X6" TEE AND VALVE PR. 22.5° BENDS PR. 6" DOMESTIC WATER LINE PR. 8" FIRE WATER LINE PR. TRANSFORMERS PR. BUILDING CONNECTION; SEE MEP/ARCH PLANS (TYP.) EX. 12" CLAY SANITARY PIPE EX. HYDRANT EX. SANITARY MANHOLE PR. ELECTRICAL ROOM; SEE ARCH PLANS PR. WATER ROOM; SEE MEP/ ARCH PLANS D D EX. 12" SANITARY CLAY PIPE EX. WATERMAIN EX. 48" RCP STORM PIPE RELOCATE EXISTING OVERHEAD POWER LINE (SEE EXISTING CONDITIONS AND REMOVALS PLAN, SHEET C-200); CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH XCEL ENERGY AND CITY OF ST. LOUIS PARK EX. GAS LINE EX. 8" WATERMAIN PROPOSED 4' DRAINAGE & UTILITY EASEMENT EXISTING 30' DRAINAGE & UTILITY EASEMENT 12.4' 5.0' 4' DRAINAGE & UTILITY EASEMENT EXISTING 10' ELECTRIC EASEMENT PER DOC. NO. 927757 20' WIDE DRAINAGE EASEMENT PER DOC. NO. 991559 20' WIDE RAILROAD EASEMENT PER DOC. NO. 2982801 PR. TRANSFORMER SAN-100 CONSTRUCT PR. SANITARY MANHOLE OVER EXIST. 12" CLAY PIPE. FIELD VERIFY SANITARY LOCATION, INVERT, MATERIAL, AND CONDITION. RE:880.26 IE:871.40 W IE:871.40 N IE:871.40 S SAN-101 SANITARY SERVICE COORDINATE WITH MEP IE:872.67 E SS-3 RE:870.73 IE:870.00 N 10" PVC SCH 40 EX. FIBER-OPTICS LINE EX. 15" RCP STORM LINE EX. HYDRANT EX. GAS LINE EX. FIBER-OPTICS LINE EX. HYDRANT EX. 48" RCP STORM PIPE EX. LIGHT POLE EX. LIGHT POLE PR. LIGHT POLE EX. 12" CLAY SANITARY PIPE This document, together with the concepts and designs presented herein, as an instrument of service, is intended only for the specific purpose and client for which it was prepared. Reuse of and improper reliance on this document without written authorization and adaptation by Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc. shall be without liability to Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc.SHEET NUMBER2021 KIMLEY-HORN AND ASSOCIATES, INC.767 EUSTIS STREET, SUITE 100, ST. PAUL, MN 55114PHONE: 651-645-4197WWW.KIMLEY-HORN.COMK:\TWC_LDEV\OPUS\Beltline - St Louis Park\3 Design\CAD\PlanSheets\C6-UTILITY PLAN.dwg May 24, 2021 - 10:45am©BYREVISIONSNo.DATEPRELIMINARY - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTIONPREPARED FORUTILITY PLANC6003440 BELTLINEBLVDOPUS DEVELOPMENTST. LOUIS PARKMNDATE:I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN,SPECIFICATION OR REPORT WAS PREPARED BYME OR UNDER MY DIRECT SUPERVISION ANDTHAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONALENGINEER UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OFMINNESOTA.MNLIC. NO.LAURA E. CLARENS, P.E.05/24/202158852DATECHECKED BYSCALEDESIGNED BYDRAWN BYKHA PROJECT16056101405/24/2021AS SHOWNAKAAKALECUTILITY PLAN NOTES 1. ALL FILL MATERIAL IS TO BE IN PLACE, AND COMPACTED BEFORE INSTALLATION OF PROPOSED UTILITIES. 2. SANITARY SEWER PIPE SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: PVC SCHEDULE 40 PER ASTM D-1785, FITTINGS PER ASTM 2665 SOLVENT WELDED JOINTS MUST USE ASTM F-656 PURPLE PRIMER AND ASTM D-2564 CEMENT. SEWER SHALL BE INSTALLED BY OPEN-TRENCH ON A CONTINUOUS GRANULAR BED PER ASTM D2321. 10" PUBLIC SANITARY SEWER WITHIN PUBLIC EASEMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH MOST CURRENT EDITION OF CEAM SPECIFICATIONS 3. WATER LINES SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: 4" AND LARGER SHALL BE CLASS 52 DUCTILE IRON PIPE PER AWWA C150/C151 SMALLER THAN 3" PIPING SHALL BE COPPER TUBE TYPE "K" PER ANSI 816.22 WATER LINES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE MOST CURRENT EDITION OF CEAM SPECIFICATIONS 4. MINIMUM TRENCH WIDTH SHALL BE 2 FEET. 5. ALL WATER JOINTS ARE TO BE MECHANICAL JOINTS WITH RESTRAINTS SUCH AS THRUST BLOCKING, WITH STAINLESS STEEL OR COBALT BLUE BOLTS, OR AS INDICATED IN THE CITY SPECIFICATIONS AND PROJECT DOCUMENTS. 6. ALL UTILITIES SHOULD BE KEPT TEN (10') APART (PARALLEL) OR WHEN CROSSING 18" VERTICAL CLEARANCE (OUTSIDE EDGE OF PIPE TO OUTSIDE EDGE OF PIPE OR STRUCTURE). 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN A MINIMUM OF 7'-5" COVER ON ALL WATERLINES. 8.IN THE EVENT OF A VERTICAL CONFLICT BETWEEN WATER LINES, SANITARY LINES, STORM LINES AND GAS LINES, OR ANY OBSTRUCTION (EXISTING AND PROPOSED), THE SANITARY LINE SHALL BE SCH. 40 OR C900 WITH MECHANICAL JOINTS AT LEAST 10 FEET ON EITHER SIDE OF THE CENTER LINE OF THE CROSSING. THE WATER LINE SHALL HAVE MECHANICAL JOINTS WITH APPROPRIATE FASTENERS AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 18" VERTICAL SEPARATION. MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF ANSI A21.10 OR ANSI 21.11 (AWWA C-151) (CLASS 50). 9. LINES UNDERGROUND SHALL BE INSTALLED, INSPECTED AND APPROVED BEFORE BACKFILLING. 10. TOPS OF MANHOLES SHALL BE RAISED AS NECESSARY TO BE FLUSH WITH PROPOSED PAVEMENT ELEVATIONS, AND TO BE ONE FOOT ABOVE FINISHED GROUND ELEVATIONS, IN GREEN AREAS, WITH WATERTIGHT LIDS. 11. ALL CONCRETE FOR ENCASEMENTS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM 28 DAY COMPRESSION STRENGTH AT 3000 P.S.I. 12. EXISTING UTILITIES SHALL BE VERIFIED IN FIELD PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY NEW LINES. 13. REFER TO INTERIOR PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR TIE-IN OF ALL UTILITIES. 14. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLYING TO THE SPECIFICATIONS OF THE CITY OF ST. LOUIS PARK AND/OR STATE OF MN WITH REGARDS TO MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION OF THE WATER AND SEWER LINES. 15. THE CONTRACTOR IS SPECIFICALLY CAUTIONED THAT THE LOCATION AND/OR ELEVATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES AS SHOWN ON THESE PLANS IS BASED ON RECORDS OF THE VARIOUS UTILITY COMPANIES, AND WHERE POSSIBLE, MEASUREMENTS TAKEN IN THE FIELD. THE INFORMATION IS NOT TO BE RELIED ON AS BEING EXACT OR COMPLETE. THE CONTRACTOR MUST CALL THE APPROPRIATE UTILITY COMPANIES AT LEAST 72 HOURS BEFORE ANY EXCAVATION TO REQUEST EXACT FIELD LOCATION OF UTILITIES. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO RELOCATE ALL EXISTING UTILITIES WHICH CONFLICT WITH THE PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS SHOWN ON THE PLANS. 16. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL NECESSARY INSPECTIONS AND/OR CERTIFICATIONS REQUIRED BY CODES AND/OR UTILITY SERVICE COMPANIES. 17. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH ALL UTILITY COMPANIES FOR INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 18. CONTRACTOR SHALL REFERENCE ARCH / MEP PLANS FOR SITE LIGHTING AND ELECTRICAL PLAN. 19. BACKFLOW DEVICES (DDCV AND PRZ ASSEMBLIES) AND METERS ARE LOCATED IN THE INTERIOR OF THE BUILDING. REF. ARCH / MEP PLANS. 20. ALL ONSITE WATERMAINS AND SANITARY SEWERS SHALL BE PRIVATELY OWNED AND MAINTAINED. 21. ALL WATERMAIN STUBOUTS SHALL BE MECHANICALLY RESTRAINED WITH REACTION BLOCKING. KEYNOTE LEGEND CONNECT TO EXISTING WATERMAIN STUB WITH GATE VALVE WETTAP EXISTING WATERMAIN WITH GATE VALVE X" DOMESTIC WATER SERVICE X" FIRE SERVICE CORE DRILL AND CONNECT TO EXISTING STRUCTURE CONNECT TO EXISTING SANITARY SERVICE CONSTRUCT MANHOLE OVER EXISTING SANITARY SEWER SANITARY SEWER SERVICE ADJUST EXISTING CASTING TO NEW RIM ELEVATION A B C D E F G H I SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE STORM SEWER SANITARY SEWER WATERMAIN GATE VALVE HYDRANT TEE REDUCER UNDERGROUND ELECTRIC TELEPHONE GAS MAIN STORM SEWER LEGEND CO SANITARY CLEANOUTCO EXISTING PROPOSED NORTH45 This document, together with the concepts and designs presented herein, as an instrument of service, is intended only for the specific purpose and client for which it was prepared. Reuse of and improper reliance on this document without written authorization and adaptation by Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc. shall be without liability to Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc.SHEET NUMBER2021 KIMLEY-HORN AND ASSOCIATES, INC.767 EUSTIS STREET, SUITE 100, ST. PAUL, MN 55114PHONE: 651-645-4197WWW.KIMLEY-HORN.COMK:\TWC_LDEV\OPUS\Beltline - St Louis Park\3 Design\CAD\PlanSheets\C4-SITE DETAILS.dwg May 24, 2021 - 10:46amBYREVISIONSNo.DATEPRELIMINARY - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTIONPREPARED FORCONSTRUCTIONDETAILSC7003440 BELTLINEBLVDOPUS DEVELOPMENTST. LOUIS PARKMNDATECHECKED BYSCALEDESIGNED BYDRAWN BYKHA PROJECT16056101405/24/2021AS SHOWNAKAAKALEC4"6" 12" MIN D 12" BEDDING REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE OR DIP FLEXIBLE PIPE: INCLUDES CORRUGATED METAL PIPE HAUNCHING DD 1. SELECT FILL SHALL BE SELECTMATERIAL FREE OF LARGE ROCKS (3"+)AND SHALL BE PLACED IN 8" MAX.LOOSE LIFTS AND COMPACTED TO 95%STANDARD PROCTOR. GRANULAR BEDDING ANDENCASEMENT MATERIAL SHALL BECLASS I OR II (REF. ASTM D2321 ORMN/DOT 3149.2F) GRANULARMATERIAL, AND SHALL BE COMPACTEDTO 95% STANDARD PROCTOR. SELECT FILL PLACEMENT ANDCOMPACTION. SAME AS FOR RCP. NOTE:FOR HDPE INSTALLED BELOW EXISTINGOR FUTURE GROUND WATERELEVATIONS, PIPE BEDDING ANDENCASEMENT SHALL BE CLASS I,CRUSHED ROCK PER ASTM D2321. BEDDING AND HAUNCHING MATERIALSHALL BE ASTM D2321-CI.I, II, III, OR IVA SOILS, AND SHALL BE SHAPED TO THEBOTTOM OF THE PIPE. COMPACTBEDDING MATERIAL TO 95%STANDARD PROCTOR. 2. SELECTFILL 12" SELECTFILL GRANULARENCASEMENTD 1. 2. CORRUGATED POLYETHYLENE PIPE AND/ORPOLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE SLOPE TRENCHSIDES PER OSHAREQUIREMENTS SLOPE TRENCHSIDES PER OSHAREQUIREMENTS GRANULAR BEDDING 4"6" 12" MIN D 12" BEDDING GRANULAR BEDDING REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE OR DIPFLEXIBLE PIPE:INCLUDES CORRUGATED METAL PIPE HAUNCHING DD 1. SELECT FILL SHALL BE SELECTMATERIAL FREE OF LARGE ROCKS (3"+)AND SHALL BE PLACED IN 8" MAX.LOOSE LIFTS AND COMPACTED TO 95%STANDARD PROCTOR. GRANULAR BEDDING ANDENCASEMENT MATERIAL SHALL BECLASS I OR II (REF. ASTM D2321 ORMN/DOT 3149.2F) GRANULARMATERIAL, AND SHALL BE COMPACTEDTO 95% STANDARD PROCTOR.SELECT FILL PLACEMENT ANDCOMPACTION. SAME AS FOR RCP. NOTE:FOR HDPE INSTALLED BELOWEXISTING OR FUTURE GROUNDWATER ELEVATIONS, PIPE BEDDINGAND ENCASEMENT SHALL BE CLASS I,CRUSHED ROCK PER ASTM D2321. BEDDING AND HAUNCHING MATERIALSHALL BE ASTM D2321-CI.I, II, III, OR IVA SOILS, AND SHALL BE SHAPED TO THEBOTTOM OF THE PIPE. COMPACTBEDDING MATERIAL TO 95%STANDARD PROCTOR.2. SELECTFILL 12" SELECTFILL GRANULARENCASEMENTD 1. 2. CORRUGATED POLYETHYLENE PIPE AND/ORPOLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE SLOPE TRENCHSIDES PER OSHAREQUIREMENTS SLOPE TRENCHSIDES PER OSHAREQUIREMENTS 46 This document, together with the concepts and designs presented herein, as an instrument of service, is intended only for the specific purpose and client for which it was prepared. Reuse of and improper reliance on this document without written authorization and adaptation by Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc. shall be without liability to Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc.SHEET NUMBER2021 KIMLEY-HORN AND ASSOCIATES, INC.767 EUSTIS STREET, SUITE 100, ST. PAUL, MN 55114PHONE: 651-645-4197WWW.KIMLEY-HORN.COMK:\TWC_LDEV\OPUS\Beltline - St Louis Park\3 Design\CAD\PlanSheets\C4-SITE DETAILS.dwg May 24, 2021 - 10:46amBYREVISIONSNo.DATEPRELIMINARY - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTIONPREPARED FORCONSTRUCTIONDETAILSC7013440 BELTLINEBLVDOPUS DEVELOPMENTST. LOUIS PARKMNDATECHECKED BYSCALEDESIGNED BYDRAWN BYKHA PROJECT16056101405/24/2021AS SHOWNAKAAKALEC47 This document, together with the concepts and designs presented herein, as an instrument of service, is intended only for the specific purpose and client for which it was prepared. Reuse of and improper reliance on this document without written authorization and adaptation by Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc. shall be without liability to Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc.SHEET NUMBER2021 KIMLEY-HORN AND ASSOCIATES, INC.767 EUSTIS STREET, SUITE 100, ST. PAUL, MN 55114PHONE: 651-645-4197WWW.KIMLEY-HORN.COMK:\TWC_LDEV\OPUS\Beltline - St Louis Park\3 Design\CAD\PlanSheets\C4-SITE DETAILS.dwg May 24, 2021 - 10:46amBYREVISIONSNo.DATEPRELIMINARY - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTIONPREPARED FORCONSTRUCTIONDETAILSC7023440 BELTLINEBLVDOPUS DEVELOPMENTST. LOUIS PARKMNDATECHECKED BYSCALEDESIGNED BYDRAWN BYKHA PROJECT16056101405/24/2021AS SHOWNAKAAKALECEXPANSION JOINT DETAIL CONTRACTION JOINT DETAIL 3/8" 1/4" 5/8" 1/2"1/4" 1/2" VARIES SEE PLAN FOR WIDTH FLUSH CONCRETE CURB (OUTFALL) SLOPE AS SHOWN ON PLAN 4" 8"6" JOINT FILLER ANDSEALANT AT WALL B612 CURB & GUTTER (OUTFALL) 6" 8" 6" 1/2" R 3 1 7.5" IN LIGHT DUTY AREAS AND 8.5" IN HEAVY DUTY AREAS 3" R SLOPE SAME AS ROADWAY 7" IN LIGHT DUTY AREAS AND 8" IN HEAVY DUTY AREAS 4" CLASS 5 AGGREGATE BASE 6" BASE FLUSH PAVEMENT B612 CURB & GUTTER 12" 6" 8" 6" 1/2" R 3 1 7 1/2" 13 1/2" 3" R 1/2" R 3/4" PER FOOT 3/8" 7" BASE TOP BIT. MAT. 1/2" R 4" CLASS 5 PAVEMENT SECTIONS & SUBGRADE PREPARATION ARE PROVIDED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. REFER TO GEOTECHNICAL REPORT FOR ALL PAVEMENT, SUBGRADE PREPARATION, AND COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS. HEAVY DUTY ASPHALT PAVEMENT (PARKING LOT) 2" WEAR COURSE PER MNDOT SPEC 2360 - SPWEB340E 10" CLASS 5 AGGREGATE BASE COURSE PER MNDOT SPEC 3138 COMPACT SUBGRADE PER GEOTECHNICAL REPORT 2 LIFTS 2" NON-WEAR COURSE PER MNDOT SPEC 2360 - SPNWB330C MNDOT SPEC 2357 TACK COAT MNDOT SPEC 2357 TACK COAT ASPHALT PAVEMENT (PARKING LOT) 1.5" WEAR COURSE PER MNDOT SPEC 2360 - SPWEB340E 8" CLASS 5 AGGREGATE BASE COURSE PER MNDOT SPEC 3138 COMPACT SUBGRADE PER GEOTECHNICAL REPORT 2 LIFTS 2" NON-WEAR COURSE PER MNDOT SPEC 2360 - SPNWB330C MNDOT SPEC 2357 TACK COAT MNDOT SPEC 2357 TACK COAT CONCRETE SIDEWALK (PRIVATE SIDEWALK) 5" MNDOT 2301 CONCRETE PAVEMENT 6" CLASS 5 AGGREGATE BASE COURSE (MNDOT SPEC. 3138) APPROVED SUBGRADE ASPHALT PAVEMENT ( ST. LOUIS PARK ROADS) MATCH EXISTING BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT MATCH EXISTING CLASS 5 AGGREGATE BASE COURSE (MNDOT SPEC. 3138) APPROVED SUBGRADE 48 This document, together with the concepts and designs presented herein, as an instrument of service, is intended only for the specific purpose and client for which it was prepared. Reuse of and improper reliance on this document without written authorization and adaptation by Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc. shall be without liability to Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc.SHEET NUMBER2021 KIMLEY-HORN AND ASSOCIATES, INC.767 EUSTIS STREET, SUITE 100, ST. PAUL, MN 55114PHONE: 651-645-4197WWW.KIMLEY-HORN.COMK:\TWC_LDEV\OPUS\Beltline - St Louis Park\3 Design\CAD\PlanSheets\C4-SITE DETAILS.dwg May 24, 2021 - 10:46amBYREVISIONSNo.DATEPRELIMINARY - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTIONPREPARED FORCONSTRUCTIONDETAILSC7033440 BELTLINEBLVDOPUS DEVELOPMENTST. LOUIS PARKMNDATECHECKED BYSCALEDESIGNED BYDRAWN BYKHA PROJECT16056101405/24/2021AS SHOWNAKAAKALEC3'-0" 5'-0" MIN. / 5'-6" MAX. 4" MIN. 1'-6" 2'-0"MIN. 7'-0" TRAFFIC5'-0" MIN. / 5'-6" MAX. ADA 10" 3'6" OR FROST DEPTH IFGREATER 3'10" MIN.(OR AS REQUIREDBY LOCAL CODE) 2'-0" MIN. TRAFFIC FLOW ARROW N.T.S. SIDEWALK AND SIDEWALK RAMPS N.T.S. 49 LANDSCAPE LEGEND EXISTING DECIDUOUS TREE (TYP.) EXISTING CONIFEROUS TREE (TYP.) EXISTING SHRUB (TYP.) EDGER (TYP.) APPROXIMATE LIMITS OF SOD / IRRIGATION, SOD ALL DISTURBED AREAS (TYP.) FENCE - OWNER TO CONFIRM BOCCE COURT - BY OTHERS LANDSCAPE AREAS - PLANTINGS/GROUNDCOVER TO BE CONFIRMED DOG RUN - TURF MATERIAL TO BE CONFIRMED CONCRETE (TYP.) A LANDSCAPE KEYNOTES EDGER (TYP.) DOUBLE SHREDDED HARDWOOD MULCH (TYP.) ROCK MULCH (TYP.) SOD (TYP.) A B C D DDDDDDD D B E L T L I N E B O U L E V A R D3 5 T H S T R E E T W E S TONEWAY DOG RUN A B A B A B A B 6 - TAU 4 - SEM 9 - LDN12 - SEM 8 - GOJ10 - HMG8 - BLC11 - SEM 7 - TAU 15 - BES 10 - HMG 12 - RBC 10 - SEM9 - LDN 8 - TAU 14 - SEM7 - TAU47 - HMG 28 - NEA 12 - LDN 39 - BES 37 - NEA 6 - TAU 15 - SEM EXISTING TREE EXISTING TREE 9 - BES3 - LDN 9 - NEA3 - RTD 8 - RBC3 - BLC 9 - BES3 - LDN 3 - RTD 7 - TAU 11 - LDN 10 - TAU 1 - SWO 28 - RBC 10 - HMG17 - RBC 18 - SEM1 - ALS 1 - ALS 1 - SWO 15 - JPW 37 - BES 1 - SWO 44 - HMG 5 - SEM 7 - RTD 5 - SEM 9 - HL2 10 - HMG 4 - KCY7 - BHS EXISTING TREES 17 - RBC 4 - GLS 17 - BES 14 - RBC 4 - GLS21 - BES 11 - RTD BOCCE BALL, BY OTHERS A D D D D D 6 - GOJ 10 - HMG 7 - NEA 3 - LDN 4 - BLC 3 - LDN 11 - RBC15 - NEA 7 - NEA 11 - NEA 9 - BLC AMENITY DECK - SEE ARCH PLANS 9 - JPW 4 - GLS20 - BES 7 - RBC5 - RBC 10 - TAU 9 - SEM 22 - PDSB 5 - LDN CONIFEROUS TREE CODE BOTANICAL / COMMON NAME BHS PICEA GLAUCA `DENSATA` / BLACK HILLS SPRUCE ORNAMENTAL TREE CODE BOTANICAL / COMMON NAME ALS AMELANCHIER X GRANDIFLORA `AUTUMN BRILLANCE` / AUTUMN BRILLANCE SERVICEBERRY CLUMP OVERSTORY TREE CODE BOTANICAL / COMMON NAME KCY GYMNOCLADUS DIOICA `ESPRESSO` / ESPRESSO KENTUCKY COFFEETREE SWO QUERCUS BICOLOR / SWAMP WHITE OAK CONIFEROUS SHRUBS CODE BOTANICAL / COMMON NAME GOJ JUNIPERUS VIRGINIANA `GREY OWL` / GREY OWL JUNIPER TAU TAXUS X MEDIA `TAUNTONII` / TAUTON YEW DECIDUOUS SHRUBS CODE BOTANICAL / COMMON NAME BLC ARONIA MELANOCARPA `IROQUOIS BEAUTY` TM / IROQUOIS BEAUTY BLACK CHOKEBERRY GLS RHUS AROMATICA `GRO-LOW` / GRO-LOW FRAGRANT SUMAC PLANT SCHEDULE HL2 HYDRANGEA PANICULATA `SMHPLQF` TM / LITTLE QUICK FIRE PANICLE HYDRANGEA LDN PHYSOCARPUS OPULIFOLIUS `DONNA MAY` TM / LITTLE DEVIL NINEBARK RTD CORNUS SERICEA `ALLEMAN`S COMPACT` / DWARF RED TWIG DOGWOOD SEM SORBARIA SORBIFOLIA `SEM` / SEM FALSESPIREA PERENNIALS CODE BOTANICAL / COMMON NAME BES RUDBECKIA FULGIDA `GOLDSTURM` / BLACK-EYED SUSAN HMG PANICUM VIRGATUM `HEAVY METAL` / HEAVY METAL SWITCH GRASS JPW EUPATORIUM `PHANTOM` / PHANTOM JOE-PYE-WEED NEA ASTER NOVAE-ANGLIAE / NEW ENGLAND ASTER PDS SPOROBOLUS HETEROLEPIS / PRAIRIE DROPSEED RBC ECHINACEA PURPUREA `RUBINSTERN` / RUBY STAR CONEFLOWER This document, together with the concepts and designs presented herein, as an instrument of service, is intended only for the specific purpose and client for which it was prepared. Reuse of and improper reliance on this document without written authorization and adaptation by Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc. shall be without liability to Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc.SHEET NUMBER2021 KIMLEY-HORN AND ASSOCIATES, INC.767 EUSTIS STREET, SUITE 100, ST. PAUL, MN 55114PHONE: 651-645-4197WWW.KIMLEY-HORN.COMK:\TWC_LDEV\OPUS\Beltline - St Louis Park\3 Design\CAD\PlanSheets\L1-LANDSCAPE PLAN.dwg May 24, 2021 - 10:46am©BYREVISIONSNo.DATEPRELIMINARY - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTIONPREPARED FORLANDSCAPE PLANL1003440 BELTLINEBLVDOPUS DEVELOPMENTST. LOUIS PARKMNDATE:I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN,SPECIFICATION OR REPORT WAS PREPARED BYME OR UNDER MY DIRECT SUPERVISION ANDTHAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONALLANDSCAPE ARCHITECT UNDER THE LAWS OFTHE STATE OF MINNESOTA.MNLIC. NO.MITCHELL G. COOKAS, P.L.A.05/24/202156522DATECHECKED BYSCALEDESIGNED BYDRAWN BYKHA PROJECT16056101405/24/2021AS SHOWNPWBPWBMGCLANDSCAPE SUMMARY REQUIRED TREES-MULTIFAMILY: 230 TREES* = (ONE TREE PER DWELLING UNIT) PROVIDED TREES-MULTIFAMILY: 25 TREES = 16 PROPOSED + 9 PRESERVED *MINIMUM 25% DECIDUOUS & 25% CONIFEROUS, NO MORE THAN 30% ONE SPECIES. REQUIRED SHRUBS-MULTIFAMILY: 1,801 SHRUBS = (300,060 GROSS FLOOR AREA / 1000) * 6 OR (WHICHEVER IS GREATER) 213 SHRUBS = (1,774 L.F. SITE PERIMETER / 50) *6 PROVIDED SHRUBS-MULTIFAMILY: 942 SHRUBS = 314 SHRUBS + 628 PERENNIALS THE REMAINING QUANTITIES OF TREES AND SHRUBS SHALL BE PROVIDED/MITIGATED VIA OTHER SITE FEATURES TO BE CONFIRMED BETWEEN CITY AND OWNER (SUCH AS PUBLIC ART FEATURES) REQUIRED SCREENING: BUILDINGS/ACCESSORY STRUCTURES TO RESIDENTIAL USES. OFF-STREET PARKING WITHIN 30' OF RESIDENTIAL & R.O.W. LOADING AND SERVICE AREA. OUTSIDE STORAGE & REFUSE HANDLING. MECHANICAL AND ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT. UTILITY SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE STRUCTURES. SCREENING-VEGETATION, FENCES, WALLS, BERMS, HEDGES, LANDSCAPE MATERIAL, OR A COMBINATION. PROVIDED SCREENING: BUILDINGS/ACCESSORY STRUCTURES TO RESIDENTIAL USES OFF-STREET PARKING WITHIN 30' OF RESIDENTIAL & R.O.W. LOADING AND SERVICE AREAS. OUTSIDE STORAGE & REFUSE HANDLING. MECHANICAL AND ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT. UTILITY SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE STRUCTURES. SCREENING- VEGETATION, FENCES, WALLS, BERMS, HEDGES, LANDSCAPE MATERIAL, OR A COMBINATION OF.NORTHBELTLINE TRAIL AND ROADWAY IMPROVEMENTS TO BE CONSTRUCTED IN 2021; IMPROVEMENTS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE BASED ON FINAL PLANS. 50 CONIFEROUS TREE CODE QTY BOTANICAL NAME COMMON NAME CONT CAL SIZE BHS 7 PICEA GLAUCA `DENSATA`BLACK HILLS SPRUCE B & B 6` HT. ORNAMENTAL TREE CODE QTY BOTANICAL NAME COMMON NAME CONT CAL SIZE ALS 2 AMELANCHIER X GRANDIFLORA `AUTUMN BRILLANCE` AUTUMN BRILLANCE SERVICEBERRY CLUMP B & B 6` HT. OVERSTORY TREE CODE QTY BOTANICAL NAME COMMON NAME CONT CAL SIZE KCY 4 GYMNOCLADUS DIOICA `ESPRESSO`ESPRESSO KENTUCKY COFFEETREE B & B 2.5" CAL. SWO 3 QUERCUS BICOLOR SWAMP WHITE OAK B & B 2.5" CAL. CONIFEROUS SHRUBS CODE QTY BOTANICAL NAME COMMON NAME CONT SPACING SIZE GOJ 14 JUNIPERUS VIRGINIANA `GREY OWL`GREY OWL JUNIPER #5 CONT. 4` O.C. TAU 61 TAXUS X MEDIA `TAUNTONII`TAUTON YEW #5 CONT. 4` O.C. DECIDUOUS SHRUBS CODE QTY BOTANICAL NAME COMMON NAME CONT SPACING SIZE BLC 24 ARONIA MELANOCARPA `IROQUOIS BEAUTY` TM IROQUOIS BEAUTY BLACK CHOKEBERRY #5 CONT. 4` O.C. GLS 12 RHUS AROMATICA `GRO-LOW`GRO-LOW FRAGRANT SUMAC #5 CONT. 4` O.C. HL2 9 HYDRANGEA PANICULATA `SMHPLQF` TM LITTLE QUICK FIRE PANICLE HYDRANGEA #5 CONT. 4` O.C. LDN 58 PHYSOCARPUS OPULIFOLIUS `DONNA MAY` TM LITTLE DEVIL NINEBARK #5 CONT. 4` O.C. RTD 24 CORNUS SERICEA `ALLEMAN`S COMPACT`DWARF RED TWIG DOGWOOD #5 CONT. 4` O.C. SEM 103 SORBARIA SORBIFOLIA `SEM`SEM FALSESPIREA #5 CONT. 3` O.C. PERENNIALS CODE QTY BOTANICAL NAME COMMON NAME CONT SIZE SPACING BES 167 RUDBECKIA FULGIDA `GOLDSTURM`BLACK-EYED SUSAN #1 CONT 18" OC HMG 141 PANICUM VIRGATUM `HEAVY METAL`HEAVY METAL SWITCH GRASS #1 CONT 30" OC JPW 24 EUPATORIUM `PHANTOM`PHANTOM JOE-PYE-WEED #1 CONT.24" O.C. NEA 114 ASTER NOVAE-ANGLIAE NEW ENGLAND ASTER #1 CONT 18" O.C. PDS 22 SPOROBOLUS HETEROLEPIS PRAIRIE DROPSEED #1 CONT 24" OC RBC 119 ECHINACEA PURPUREA `RUBINSTERN`RUBY STAR CONEFLOWER #1 CONT 20" O.C. PLANT SCHEDULE This document, together with the concepts and designs presented herein, as an instrument of service, is intended only for the specific purpose and client for which it was prepared. Reuse of and improper reliance on this document without written authorization and adaptation by Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc. shall be without liability to Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc.SHEET NUMBER2021 KIMLEY-HORN AND ASSOCIATES, INC.767 EUSTIS STREET, SUITE 100, ST. PAUL, MN 55114PHONE: 651-645-4197WWW.KIMLEY-HORN.COMK:\TWC_LDEV\OPUS\Beltline - St Louis Park\3 Design\CAD\PlanSheets\L1-LANDSCAPE PLAN.dwg May 24, 2021 - 10:46amBYREVISIONSNo.DATEPRELIMINARY - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTIONPREPARED FORLANDSCAPESCHEDULEL1013440 BELTLINEBLVDOPUS DEVELOPMENTST. LOUIS PARKMNDATE:I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN,SPECIFICATION OR REPORT WAS PREPARED BYME OR UNDER MY DIRECT SUPERVISION ANDTHAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONALLANDSCAPE ARCHITECT UNDER THE LAWS OFTHE STATE OF MINNESOTA.MNLIC. NO.MITCHELL G. COOKAS, PLA05/24/202156522DATECHECKED BYSCALEDESIGNED BYDRAWN BYKHA PROJECT16056101405/24/2021AS SHOWNPWBPWBMGC51 This document, together with the concepts and designs presented herein, as an instrument of service, is intended only for the specific purpose and client for which it was prepared. Reuse of and improper reliance on this document without written authorization and adaptation by Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc. shall be without liability to Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc.SHEET NUMBER2021 KIMLEY-HORN AND ASSOCIATES, INC.767 EUSTIS STREET, SUITE 100, ST. PAUL, MN 55114PHONE: 651-645-4197WWW.KIMLEY-HORN.COMK:\TWC_LDEV\OPUS\Beltline - St Louis Park\3 Design\CAD\PlanSheets\L1-LANDSCAPE DETAILS.dwg May 24, 2021 - 10:47amBYREVISIONSNo.DATEPRELIMINARY - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTIONPREPARED FORLANDSCAPEDETAILSL1023440 BELTLINEBLVDOPUS DEVELOPMENTST. LOUIS PARKMNDATE:I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN,SPECIFICATION OR REPORT WAS PREPARED BYME OR UNDER MY DIRECT SUPERVISION ANDTHAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONALLANDSCAPE ARCHITECT UNDER THE LAWS OFTHE STATE OF MINNESOTA.MNLIC. NO.MITCHELL G. COOKAS, P.L.A.05/24/202156522DATECHECKED BYSCALEDESIGNED BYDRAWN BYKHA PROJECT16056101405/24/2021AS SHOWNPWBPWBMGCDOUBLE SHREDDED HARDWOOD MULCH NOTES: 2X ROOT BALL WIDTH SOD 4" TOPSOIL PREPARED PLANTING BED AND BACKFILL SOIL (THOROUGHLY LOOSENED) NOTES: 1. SCARIFY SIDES AND BOTTOM OF HOLE. 2. PROCEED WITH CORRECTIVE PRUNING OF TOP AND ROOT. 3. REMOVE CONTAINER AND SCORE OUTSIDE OF SOIL MASS TO REDIRECT AND PREVENT CIRCLING FIBROUS ROOTS. REMOVE OR CORRECT STEM GIRDLING ROOTS. 4. PLUMB AND BACKFILL WITH PLANTING SOIL. 5. WATER THOROUGHLY WITHIN 2 HOURS TO SETTLE PLANTS AND FILL VOIDS. 6. BACK FILL VOIDS AND WATER SECOND TIME. 7. PLACE MULCH WITHIN 48 HOURS OF THE SECOND WATERING UNLESS SOIL MOISTURE IS EXCESSIVE. 8. MIX IN 3-4" OF ORGANIC COMPOST. 1. SCARIFY SIDES AND BOTTOM OF HOLE. 2. PROCEED WITH CORRECTIVE PRUNING. 3. SET PLANT ON UNDISTURBED NATIVE SOIL OR THOROUGHLY COMPACTED PLANTING SOIL. INSTALL PLANT SO THE ROOT FLARE IS AT OR UP TO 2" ABOVE THE FINISHED GRADE WITH BURLAP AND WIRE BASKET, (IF USED), INTACT. 4. SLIT REMAINING TREATED BURLAP AT 6" INTERVALS. 5. BACKFILL TO WITHIN APPROXIMATELY 12" OF THE TOP OF THE ROOTBALL, THEN WATER PLANT. REMOVE THE TOP 1/3 OF THE BASKET OR THE TOP TWO HORIZONTAL RINGS WHICHEVER IS GREATER. REMOVE ALL BURLAP AND NAILS FROM THE TOP 1/3 OF THE BALL. REMOVE ALL TWINE. REMOVE OR CORRECT STEM GIRDLING ROOTS. 6. PLUMB AND BACKFILL WITH PLANTING SOIL. 7. WATER THOROUGHLY WITHIN 2 HOURS TO SETTLE PLANTS AND FILL VOIDS. 8. BACK FILL VOIDS AND WATER SECOND TIME. 9. PLACE MULCH WITHIN 48 HOURS OF THE SECOND WATERING UNLESS SOIL MOISTURE IS EXCESSIVE. 10. FINAL LOCATION OF TREE TO BE APPROVED BY OWNER. PLANTING SOIL ON CENTER SPACING AS STATED ON PLAN. EXTEND HOLE EXCAVATION WIDTHA MINIMUM OF 6" BEYONDTHE PLANTS ROOT SYSTEM. FINISHED GRADE EDGER, AS SPECIFIED TREE PLANTING DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S.L1021 SHRUB / PERENNIAL PLANTING DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S.L1022 MULCH 3/16" X 4" STEEL EDGER 12" STEEL EDGER SPIKE TURF/SOD SUBGRADE 12" STEEL EDGER SPIKE 3/16" X 4" STEEL EDGER4'MULCH TURF/SOD TOP OF EDGER TO BE FLUSH WITH SOD PLANSECTION STEEL EDGER DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S.L1023 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT COMMON GROUND ALLIANCE AT 811 OR CALL811.COM TO VERIFY LOCATIONS OF ALL UNDERGROUND UTILITIES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY PLANTS OR LANDSCAPE MATERIAL. 2. ACTUAL LOCATION OF PLANT MATERIAL IS SUBJECT TO FIELD AND SITE CONDITIONS. 3. NO PLANTING WILL BE INSTALLED UNTIL ALL GRADING AND CONSTRUCTION HAS BEEN COMPLETED IN THE IMMEDIATE AREA. 4. ALL SUBSTITUTIONS MUST BE APPROVED BY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF ANY BID AND/OR QUOTE BY THE LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TWO YEAR GUARANTEE OF ALL PLANT MATERIALS. THE GUARANTEE BEGINS ON THE DATE OF THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT'S OR OWNER'S WRITTEN ACCEPTANCE OF THE INITIAL PLANTING. REPLACEMENT PLANT MATERIAL SHALL HAVE A ONE YEAR GUARANTEE COMMENCING UPON PLANTING. 6. ALL PLANTS TO BE SPECIMEN GRADE, MINNESOTA-GROWN AND/OR HARDY. SPECIMEN GRADE SHALL ADHERE TO, BUT IS NOT LIMITED BY, THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS: ALL PLANTS SHALL BE FREE FROM DISEASE, PESTS, WOUNDS, SCARS, ETC. ALL PLANTS SHALL BE FREE FROM NOTICEABLE GAPS, HOLES, OR DEFORMITIES. ALL PLANTS SHALL BE FREE FROM BROKEN OR DEAD BRANCHES. ALL PLANTS SHALL HAVE HEAVY, HEALTHY BRANCHING AND LEAFING. CONIFEROUS TREES SHALL HAVE AN ESTABLISHED MAIN LEADER AND A HEIGHT TO WIDTH RATIO OF NO LESS THAN 5:3. 7. PLANTS TO MEET AMERICAN STANDARD FOR NURSERY STOCK (ANSI Z60.1-2014 OR MOST CURRENT VERSION) REQUIREMENTS FOR SIZE AND TYPE SPECIFIED. 8. PLANTS TO BE INSTALLED AS PER MNLA & ANSI STANDARD PLANTING PRACTICES. 9. PLANTS SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY PLANTED UPON ARRIVAL AT SITE. PROPERLY HEEL-IN MATERIALS IF NECESSARY; TEMPORARY ONLY. 10. PRIOR TO PLANTING, FIELD VERIFY THAT THE ROOT COLLAR/ROOT FLAIR IS LOCATED AT THE TOP OF THE BALLED & BURLAP TREE. IF THIS IS NOT THE CASE, SOIL SHALL BE REMOVED DOWN TO THE ROOT COLLAR/ROOT FLAIR. WHEN THE BALLED & BURLAP TREE IS PLANTED, THE ROOT COLLAR/ROOT FLAIR SHALL BE EVEN OR SLIGHTLY ABOVE FINISHED GRADE. 11. OPEN TOP OF BURLAP ON BB MATERIALS; REMOVE POT ON POTTED PLANTS; SPLIT AND BREAK APART PEAT POTS. 12. PRUNE PLANTS AS NECESSARY - PER STANDARD NURSERY PRACTICE AND TO CORRECT POOR BRANCHING OF EXISTING AND PROPOSED TREES. 13. WRAP ALL SMOOTH-BARKED TREES - FASTEN TOP AND BOTTOM. REMOVE BY APRIL 1ST. 14. STAKING OF TREES AS REQUIRED; REPOSITION, PLUMB AND STAKE IF NOT PLUMB AFTER ONE YEAR. 15. THE NEED FOR SOIL AMENDMENTS SHALL BE DETERMINED UPON SITE SOIL CONDITIONS PRIOR TO PLANTING. LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT FOR THE NEED OF ANY SOIL AMENDMENTS. 16. BACKFILL SOIL AND TOPSOIL TO ADHERE TO MN/DOT STANDARD SPECIFICATION 3877 (SELECT TOPSOIL BORROW) AND TO BE EXISTING TOP SOIL FROM SITE FREE OF ROOTS, ROCKS LARGER THAN ONE INCH, SUBSOIL DEBRIS, AND LARGE WEEDS UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE. MINIMUM 4" DEPTH TOPSOIL FOR ALL LAWN GRASS AREAS AND 12" DEPTH TOPSOIL FOR TREE, SHRUBS, AND PERENNIALS. 17. MULCH TO BE AT ALL TREE, SHRUB, PERENNIAL, AND MAINTENANCE AREAS. TREE AND SHRUB PLANTING BEDS SHALL HAVE 4" DEPTH OF DOUBLE SHREDDED HARDWOOD MULCH. DOUBLE SHREDDED HARDWOOD MULCH TO BE USED AROUND ALL PLANTS WITHIN TURF AREAS. PERENNIAL AND ORNAMENTAL GRASS BEDS SHALL HAVE 2" DEPTH DOUBLE SHREDDED HARDWOOD MULCH. MULCH TO BE FREE OF DELETERIOUS MATERIAL AND NATURAL COLORED, OR APPROVED EQUAL. ROCK MULCH TO BE CONFIRMED BY OWNER, 1 1/2" TO 3" DIAMETER, AT MINIMUM 3" DEPTH, OR APPROVED EQUAL. ROCK MULCH TO BE ON COMMERCIAL GRADE FILTER FABRIC, BY TYPAR, OR APPROVED EQUAL WITH NO EXPOSURE. MULCH AND FABRIC TO BE APPROVED BY OWNER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. MULCH TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS (WHERE APPLICABLE). 18. EDGING TO BE COMMERCIAL GRADE COL-MET (OR EQUAL) STEEL EDGING; 3/16" THICK, COLOR BLACK, OR SPADED EDGE, AS INDICATED. STEEL EDGING SHALL BE PLACED WITH SMOOTH CURVES AND STAKED WITH METAL SPIKES NO GREATER THAN 4 FOOT ON CENTER WITH TOP OF EDGER AT GRADE, FOR MOWERS TO CUT ABOVE WITHOUT DAMAGE. UTILIZE CURBS AND SIDEWALKS FOR EDGING WHERE POSSIBLE. SPADED EDGE TO PROVIDE V-SHAPED DEPTH AND WIDTH TO CREATE SEPARATION BETWEEN MULCH AND GRASS. INDIVIDUAL TREE, SHRUB, OR RAIN-GARDEN BEDS TO BE SPADED EDGE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. EDGING TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS (WHERE APPLICABLE). 19. ALL DISTURBED AREAS TO BE SODDED OR SEEDED, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. SOD TO BE STANDARD MINNESOTA GROWN AND HARDY BLUEGRASS MIX, FREE OF LAWN WEEDS. ALL TOPSOIL AREAS TO BE RAKED TO REMOVE DEBRIS AND ENSURE DRAINAGE. SLOPES OF 3:1 OR GREATER SHALL BE STAKED. SEED AS SPECIFIED AND PER MN/DOT SPECIFICATIONS. IF NOT INDICATED ON LANDSCAPE PLAN, SEE EROSION CONTROL PLAN. 20. PROVIDE IRRIGATION TO ALL PLANTED AREAS ON SITE. IRRIGATION SYSTEM TO BE DESIGN/BUILD BY LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR. LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS TO LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF IRRIGATION SYSTEM. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE OPERATION MANUALS, AS-BUILT PLANS, AND NORMAL PROGRAMMING. SYSTEM SHALL BE WINTERIZED AND HAVE SPRING STARTUP DURING FIRST YEAR OF OPERATION. SYSTEM SHALL HAVE ONE-YEAR WARRANTY ON ALL PARTS AND LABOR. ALL INFORMATION ABOUT INSTALLATION AND SCHEDULING CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 21. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE NECESSARY WATERING OF PLANT MATERIALS UNTIL THE PLANT IS FULLY ESTABLISHED OR IRRIGATION SYSTEM IS OPERATIONAL. OWNER WILL NOT PROVIDE WATER FOR CONTRACTOR. 22. REPAIR, REPLACE, OR PROVIDE SOD/SEED AS REQUIRED FOR ANY ROADWAY BOULEVARD AREAS ADJACENT TO THE SITE DISTURBED DURING CONSTRUCTION. 23. REPAIR ALL DAMAGE TO PROPERTY FROM PLANTING OPERATIONS AT NO COST TO OWNER. 24. MAINTAIN TREES, SHRUBS, AND OTHER PLANTS UNTIL PROJECT COMPLETION, BUT IN NO CASE, LESS THAN FOLLOWING PERIOD; 1 YEAR AFTER PROJECT COMPLETION. MAINTAIN TREES, SHRUBS, AND OTHER PLANTS BY PRUNING, CULTIVATING, AND WEEDING AS REQUIRED FOR HEALTHY GROWTH. RESTORE PLANTING SAUCERS. TIGHTEN AND REPAIR STAKE AND GUY SUPPORTS AND RESET TREES AND SHRUBS TO PROPER GRADES OR VERTICAL POSITION AS REQUIRED. RESTORE OR REPLACE DAMAGED WRAPPINGS. SPRAY AS REQUIRED TO KEEP TREES AND SHRUBS FREE OF INSECTS AND DISEASE. REPLENISH MULCH TO THE REQUIRED DEPTH. MAINTAIN LAWNS FOR 45 DAYS AFTER INSTALLING SOD INCLUDING MOWING WHEN SOD RECITES 4” IN HEIGHT. WEED PLANTING BEDS AND MULCH SAUCERS AT MINIMUM ONCE A MONTH DURING THE GROWING SEASON. PROVIDE A MONTHLY REPORT TO THE OWNER ON WEEDING AND OTHER MAINTENANCE RESPONSIBILITIES. 25. APPLY PRE-EMERGENT HERBICIDE PREEN (OR APPROVED EQUAL) IN ANNUAL, PERENNAIL, AND SHRUB BEDS FOLLOWED BY SHREDDED HARDWOOD MULCH. 26. OWNER OR CONTRACTOR TO BROADCAST PRE-EMERGENT HERBICIDE (PREEN OR APPROVED EQUAL) TWO TIMES PER YEAR ACROSS ALL PLANTING BEDS AND SHALL INSTALL NEW MULCH AS NEEDED FOR PERPETUITY. 27. SEE ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR SITE LIGHTING. 28. OWNER/ARCHITECT TO CONFIRM SITE FURNISHINGS, SUCH AS BIKE RACKS, BENCHES, AND TRASH/RECYCLING RECEPTACLES. LANDSCAPE NOTES 52 B E L T L I N E B O U L E V A R D3 5 T H S T R E E T W E S TPROPOSED BUILDING FFE: 882.0 RETAIL FFE: 883.0 RETAIL FFE: 882.0 GARAGE ENTRY BOCCE COURT ONEWAY EXTERIOR AMENITY AREA- SEE LANDSCAPE PLANS FOR DETAIL PROPOSED BUILDING FFE: 882.0 EXTERIOR AMENITY AREA RETAIL FFE: 882.0 MOVE-IN AREA ENTRY EXISTING PROPERTY LINE PROPOSED PROPERTY LINE EXISTING 30' DRAINAGE EASEMENT ENTRY RETAIL FFE: 882.0 R10.0'R10.0' R10.0'R10.0' ENTRY ENTRY ENTRY ENTRY ENTRY This document, together with the concepts and designs presented herein, as an instrument of service, is intended only for the specific purpose and client for which it was prepared. Reuse of and improper reliance on this document without written authorization and adaptation by Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc. shall be without liability to Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc.SHEET NUMBER2021 KIMLEY-HORN AND ASSOCIATES, INC.767 EUSTIS STREET, SUITE 100, ST. PAUL, MN 55114PHONE: 651-645-4197WWW.KIMLEY-HORN.COMK:\TWC_LDEV\OPUS\Beltline - St Louis Park\3 Design\CAD\PlanSheets\C4-DORA PLAN.dwg May 24, 2021 - 10:47am©BYREVISIONSNo.DATEPRELIMINARY - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTIONNORTHPREPARED FORDORA PLANL1033440 BELTLINEBLVDOPUS DEVELOPMENTST. LOUIS PARKMNDATE:I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN,SPECIFICATION OR REPORT WAS PREPARED BYME OR UNDER MY DIRECT SUPERVISION ANDTHAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONALENGINEER UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OFMINNESOTA.MNLIC. NO.MITCHELL G. COOKAS, P.L.A.05/24/202156522DATECHECKED BYSCALEDESIGNED BYDRAWN BYKHA PROJECT16056101405/24/2021AS SHOWNPWBPWBMGCDESIGNED OUTDOOR RECREATION AREA (DORA) LEGEND DATA TABLE PROPOSED DORA AREAS TOTAL LOT AREA: 166,513 SF DORA REQUIRED (12% LOT AREA): 19,982 SF DORA PROVIDED (23% LOT AREA):38,336 SF 53 SHEET TITLE SHEET NUMBER Opus Design Build, L.L.C. Opus AE Group, L.L.C. 10350 Bren Road West Minnetonka, MN 55343-0110 952-656-4444 10350 Bren Road West Minnetonka, MN 55343-0110 952-656-4444 PLOT DATE:PROJECT PROJECT NUMBER CONSULTANT REGISTRATION DRAWN BY CHECKED BY PROJECT MANAGER DATE PROJECT ADDRESS 5/24/2021 11:46:16 AMCover Sheet A.00 3440 Beltline Boulevard St. Louis Park, MN 31815000 D. Newins T. Grothe T. Callahan 05/24/21 3440 Beltline Boulevard SHEET INDEX A.00 A.01 A.02 A.03 A.04 A.05 Cover Sheet Concept Level 1 Concept Level 2 Concept Level 3 Concept Level 4 Concept Level 5 ISSUE RECORD 2021-04-19 PUD Submittal 1 2021-05-17 PUD Submittal 2 2021-05-24 PUD Submittal 3 A.06 A.07 A.08 A.09 A.10 A.11 Concept Roof Plan Concept Elevations Concept Elevations Concept Elevations Prof. Info and Details Project Images Conceptual Imagery For Illustrative Purposes Only. Refer to Architectural, Civil and Landscape Drawings for Details. 54 2 BR 2 BR2 BR2 BR E / D L/W L/W L/W L/W L/W ST 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR ELEV LOBBY 1 BR1 BR MAIL/PKG EXTERIOR AMENITY 18' - 0"24' - 0"18' - 0"UP MOVE-IN/LOADING1 BR ELEC TRASH/RECY 475 SF TERRACES AT LEVEL 1RETAIL PARKING: 28 SPACES E/D TERRACES & GARDEN WALL AT L-1 LEASING L/W E/D2 BR ST 1 BR 1 BR GATED AMENITY ENTRY/EXIT LOBBY/ LEASING EASEMENT 30' - 0"20' - 0"RETAIL PATIO AND ENTRY L/W PATIO AND ENTRY (TYP) AUTO ENTRY ASSUMED PROPERTY LINE: 1'-0" FROM EDGE OF TRAIL ASSUMED 4'-0" EASEMENT LINEST PATIO 20' - 0"HC 1 BR+ PATIO WTR ROOM CLUB LIVING FITNESS YOGA ONE WAY RAMP 882ENHANCED PAVINGFLUSH CURB STOR. 1 BR1 BR+ ST 20' - 0" 6' - 0" 6' - 0" WM ELEV LOBBY MECH. BIKE PARKING (10) BIKE PARKING (6)34' - 0"6' - 0"24' - 0"60' - 6"30' - 0"6' - 0"1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR ST ST ST SLOPE UPRETAIL - RESTAURANT 2700 SF RETAIL - RESTAURANT 4750 SF EV STALL LEVEL 2 EVCS 8' - 6"8' - 6"18' - 0"(TYP)8' - 6"18' - 0" (TYP) 3CY 17' - 0"28' - 0" T R +/- 3' - 9"TRASH/RECY CHUTES T/R 100 SF SERVICE DOOR FOR DELIVERIES AND TRASH FOB ACCESS GARAGE DOOR TO RESIDENTIAL PARKING RETAIL PARKING: 25 SPACES BIKE STORAGE AND MAINTENANCE (53) EV STALL LEVEL 2 EVCS RESIDENTIAL GUEST 8' - 6"8' - 6"18' - 0"RETAIL PARKING WALL MOUNTED BIKE RACK (18) EV STALL LEVEL 2 EVCS LEVEL 2 EVCS FUTURE EV STALLS (3)EV STALLLEVEL 2 EVCSPUBLIC USEEV STALLLEVEL 2 EVCSPUBLIC USEEV STALL LEVEL 2 EVCS PUBLIC USELEVEL 2 EVCSFUTURE EV STALLS (3)BICYCLE PARKING LEVEL 1 :86 LEVEL 2 : 148 LEVEL 3 : 51 TOTAL : 269 EV STALLS LEVEL 1 EVCS PUBLIC USE:1 (ACCESSIBLE) LEVEL 2 EVCS PUBLIC USE:4 LEVEL 1 EVCS RESIDENTIAL USE:30 LEVEL 2 EVCS RESIDENTIAL USE:1 LEVEL 2 EVCS RESIDENTIAL USE:1 (GUEST USE) LEVEL 2 FUTURE PUBLIC ACCESS:6 LEVEL 2 FUTURE RESID. ACCESS:30 AUTO PARKING RETAIL USES:53 RESID. USES : 299 TOTAL : 352 LEVEL 2 1 EV LEVEL 1 EVCS RESIDENTIAL USE 17 EV STALLS SLOPE DOWN CURB PEDESTRIAN WALKWAY PAINTED STRIPING SHEET TITLE SHEET NUMBER Opus Design Build, L.L.C. Opus AE Group, L.L.C. 10350 Bren Road West Minnetonka, MN 55343-0110 952-656-4444 10350 Bren Road West Minnetonka, MN 55343-0110 952-656-4444 PLOT DATE:PROJECT PROJECT NUMBER CONSULTANT REGISTRATION DRAWN BY CHECKED BY PROJECT MANAGER DATE PROJECT ADDRESS 5/24/2021 11:46:17 AMConcept Level 1 A.01 3440 Beltline Boulevard St. Louis Park, MN 31815000 D. Newins T. Grothe T. Callahan 05/24/21 0'40'10'20' ISSUE RECORD 2021-04-19 PUD Submittal 1 2021-05-17 PUD Submittal 2 2021-05-24 PUD Submittal 3 55 ST 2 BR 2 BR2 BR2 BR ST STOR. OPEN TO BELOW DOWN OPEN TO BELOW ST OPEN TO BELOW 1 BR OPEN TO BELOW OPEN TO BELOW ST ST E/D ST 1 BR 1 BR+1 BR+1 BR+1 BR+1 BR+1 BR+ T/R STOR. 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR ST ST ST 1 BR OPEN TO BELOW POOL EQUIP. 1 BR1 BR 1 BR1 BR+ 1 BR+ MECH. ST UP ELEV LOBBY ELEV LOBBY ST ST 6' - 0"30' - 0"60' - 6"24' - 0"6' - 0"34' - 0"1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR ST E / D E/D2 BR 23' - 0" TYP.8' - 6"8' - 6"18' - 0" 18' - 0" (TYP) TRASH/RECY CHUTES BIKE STORAGE (69)8' - 6"BIKE STORAGE (69) WALL MOUNTED BIKE RACK (10) LEVEL 1 EVCS, RESIDENTIAL USE 12 EV STALLS (11 STANDARD, 1 ACCESSIBLE) LEVEL 2 EVCS, RES. USE 5 FUTURE EV STALLS SHEET TITLE SHEET NUMBER Opus Design Build, L.L.C. Opus AE Group, L.L.C. 10350 Bren Road West Minnetonka, MN 55343-0110 952-656-4444 10350 Bren Road West Minnetonka, MN 55343-0110 952-656-4444 PLOT DATE:PROJECT PROJECT NUMBER CONSULTANT REGISTRATION DRAWN BY CHECKED BY PROJECT MANAGER DATE PROJECT ADDRESS 5/24/2021 11:46:18 AMConcept Level 2 A.02 3440 Beltline Boulevard St. Louis Park, MN 31815000 D. Newins T. Grothe T. Callahan 05/24/21 0'40'10'20' ISSUE RECORD 2021-04-19 PUD Submittal 1 2021-05-17 PUD Submittal 2 2021-05-24 PUD Submittal 3 56 2 BR TERRACES UNIT TERRACES 2 BR 1 BR ST 1 BR 1 BR 2 BR ST 1 BR POOL 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR ST ST 1 BR 1 BR 3 BR ST 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR ST STOR.66' - 0"148' - 0"66' - 0"ST 50' - 0" ST ST 1 BR ST 1 BR 1 BR1 BR1 BR+ 50' - 0" STOR. 1 BR1 BR+ 37' - 6" ST DOWN ELEV LOBBY ELEV LOBBY MECH. UP 2 BR 2 BR2 BR2 BR ST ST E/D ST ST 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR ST E / D E/D2 BR 124' - 0" EXIT TRAVEL DISTANCE 123' - 6" EXIT TRAVEL DISTANCE UNIT TERRACE HOT TUB POOL SEATING CABANA CABANA 43' - 0" LEVEL 2, RESIDENTIAL USE FUTURE EV STALLS T/R TRASH/RECY CHUTES BIKE STORAGE (51) SHEET TITLE SHEET NUMBER Opus Design Build, L.L.C. Opus AE Group, L.L.C. 10350 Bren Road West Minnetonka, MN 55343-0110 952-656-4444 10350 Bren Road West Minnetonka, MN 55343-0110 952-656-4444 PLOT DATE:PROJECT PROJECT NUMBER CONSULTANT REGISTRATION DRAWN BY CHECKED BY PROJECT MANAGER DATE PROJECT ADDRESS 5/24/2021 11:46:19 AMConcept Level 3 A.03 3440 Beltline Boulevard St. Louis Park, MN 31815000 D. Newins T. Grothe T. Callahan 05/24/21 0'40'10'20' ISSUE RECORD 2021-04-19 PUD Submittal 1 2021-05-17 PUD Submittal 2 2021-05-24 PUD Submittal 3 57 2 BR 2 BR 1 BR ST 1 BR 1 BR 2 BR ST 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR ST ST 1 BR 1 BR ST 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR ST ST ST ST 1 BR ST 1 BR 1 BR1 BR1 BR+ AMENITY BELOW 3 BR STOR. STOR. 1 BR1 BR+ ST ELEV LOBBY ELEV LOBBY 2 BR 2 BR2 BR2 BR ST ST E/D ST ST 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR ST E / D E/D2 BR MECH. DOWN OPEN TO BELOW OPEN TO BELOW 50' - 0" 43' - 0" 50' - 0"23' - 0"37' - 6" T/R8' - 6"18' - 0"24' - 0" TRASH/RECY CHUTES SHEET TITLE SHEET NUMBER Opus Design Build, L.L.C. Opus AE Group, L.L.C. 10350 Bren Road West Minnetonka, MN 55343-0110 952-656-4444 10350 Bren Road West Minnetonka, MN 55343-0110 952-656-4444 PLOT DATE:PROJECT PROJECT NUMBER CONSULTANT REGISTRATION DRAWN BY CHECKED BY PROJECT MANAGER DATE PROJECT ADDRESS 5/24/2021 11:46:20 AMConcept Level 4 A.04 3440 Beltline Boulevard St. Louis Park, MN 31815000 D. Newins T. Grothe T. Callahan 05/24/21 0'40'10'20' ISSUE RECORD 2021-04-19 PUD Submittal 1 2021-05-17 PUD Submittal 2 2021-05-24 PUD Submittal 3 58 2 BR 2 BR 1 BR ST 1 BR ROOFTOP DECK 745 SF MAX ST 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR ST ST 1 BR 1 BR ST 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR ST ST ST ST 1 BR ST 1 BR 1 BR1 BR1 BR+ OPEN TO BELOW OPEN TO BELOW 3 BR STOR. STOR. 1 BR1 BR+ ST ELEV LOBBY ELEV LOBBY 2 BR 2 BR 2 BR2 BR2 BR ST ST E/D ST ST 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR ST E / D E/D2 BR 1 BR PLANTER PLANTER50' - 0" 99' - 6" EXIT TRAVEL DISTANCE 43' - 0" 50' - 0"23' - 0"37' - 6" T/R TRASH/RECY CHUTESPHOTO-VOLTAIC PANELSSHEET TITLE SHEET NUMBER Opus Design Build, L.L.C. Opus AE Group, L.L.C. 10350 Bren Road West Minnetonka, MN 55343-0110 952-656-4444 10350 Bren Road West Minnetonka, MN 55343-0110 952-656-4444 PLOT DATE:PROJECT PROJECT NUMBER CONSULTANT REGISTRATION DRAWN BY CHECKED BY PROJECT MANAGER DATE PROJECT ADDRESS 5/24/2021 11:46:21 AMConcept Level 5 A.05 3440 Beltline Boulevard St. Louis Park, MN 31815000 D. Newins T. Grothe T. Callahan 05/24/21 0'40'10'20' ISSUE RECORD 2021-04-19 PUD Submittal 1 2021-05-17 PUD Submittal 2 2021-05-24 PUD Submittal 3 59 PARKING STRUCTURE BELOW RAISED CORNICE ELEMENT PARAPET (TYP) RAISED CORNICE ELEMENT RAISED CORNICE ELEMENT PREFINISHED METAL CANOPY OPEN TO BELOW PHOTO-VOLTAIC PANELSSHEET TITLE SHEET NUMBER Opus Design Build, L.L.C. Opus AE Group, L.L.C. 10350 Bren Road West Minnetonka, MN 55343-0110 952-656-4444 10350 Bren Road West Minnetonka, MN 55343-0110 952-656-4444 PLOT DATE:PROJECT PROJECT NUMBER CONSULTANT REGISTRATION DRAWN BY CHECKED BY PROJECT MANAGER DATE PROJECT ADDRESS 5/24/2021 11:46:21 AMConcept Roof Plan A.06 3440 Beltline Boulevard St. Louis Park, MN 31815000 D. Newins T. Grothe T. Callahan 05/24/21 0'40'10'20' ISSUE RECORD 2021-04-19 PUD Submittal 1 2021-05-17 PUD Submittal 2 2021-05-24 PUD Submittal 3 60 LEVEL 1 100' -0" LEVEL 2 110' -4" LEVEL 3 120' -8" LEVEL 4 131' -0" LEVEL 5 141' -4" ROOF 152' -8" 312 1A 57 8ALL VENTING ON EXTERIOR WALL FINISHED TO MATCH ADJACENT MATERIAL (TYP) 78 12 PREFINISHED METAL CANOPY 11' - 4"10' - 4"10' - 4"10' - 4"10' - 4"DECORATIVE METAL PANELS 52' - 8"155' - 10"155' - 10"155' - 10" TRANSP. ZONE 2A 3A 6 3 3A 244 GROUND FLOOR TRANSPARENCY ZONE SEE DIAGRAM ON A.09 6' - 0"2' - 0"LEVEL 1 100' -0" LEVEL 2 110' -4" LEVEL 3 120' -8" LEVEL 4 131' -0" LEVEL 5 141' -4" ROOF 152' -8" 1 3822A 3A 111102233A13 FAÇADE TREATMENT TO INCLUDE METAL PANEL ART INSTALLATION SIMILAR TO WHAT IS SHOWN. FINAL DESIGN TO BE COORDINATED WITH AN APPROVED ARTIST AND APPROVED BY THE CITY PRIOR TO PERMIT SUBMITTAL LEVEL 1 100' -0" LEVEL 2 110' -4" LEVEL 3 120' -8" LEVEL 4 131' -0" LEVEL 5 141' -4" ROOF 152' -8" 1 3 7588 2' - 0"6' - 0"63A2 1 1 3 3A2 GROUND FLOOR TRANSPARENCY ZONE 1676 SF TRANSPARENCY 886 SF (53%) LEVEL 1 100' -0" LEVEL 2 110' -4" LEVEL 3 120' -8" LEVEL 4 131' -0" LEVEL 5 141' -4" ROOF 152' -8" 1 1A 3 2PREFINISHED METAL CANOPY 87 633A3A 3 3A 1 BRICK ACCENT BRICK ARCHITECTURAL WALL CLADDING COLOR 1 VERTICAL TEXTURE ARCHITECTURAL WALL CLADDING COLOR 1 SMOOTH TEXTURE ARCHITECTURAL WALL CLADDING COLOR 2 VERTICAL TEXTURE ARCHITECTURAL WALL CLADDING COLOR 2 SMOOTH TEXTURE ARCHITECTURAL WALL CLADDING COLOR 3 FIBER CEMENT WALL PANEL COLOR 1 FIBER CEMENT WALL PANEL COLOR 2 METAL TRELLIS ELEMENT ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM EIFS COLOR 1 EIFS COLOR 2 METAL ART PANEL -DESIGN T.B.D. METAL PANEL COLOR 1 INTEGRAL COLORED CONCRETE 1A KEYNOTE LEGEND 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 2A 3A 11 12 13 SHEET TITLE SHEET NUMBER Opus Design Build, L.L.C. Opus AE Group, L.L.C. 10350 Bren Road West Minnetonka, MN 55343-0110 952-656-4444 10350 Bren Road West Minnetonka, MN 55343-0110 952-656-4444 PLOT DATE:PROJECT PROJECT NUMBER CONSULTANT REGISTRATION DRAWN BY CHECKED BY PROJECT MANAGER DATE PROJECT ADDRESS 5/24/2021 11:46:24 AMConcept Elevations A.07 3440 Beltline Boulevard St. Louis Park, MN 31815000 D. Newins T. Grothe T. Callahan 05/24/21 1" = 20'-0"1 East Elevation 1" = 20'-0"3 West Elevation 1" = 20'-0"2 South Elevation 1" = 20'-0"4 North Elevation ISSUE RECORD 2021-04-19 PUD Submittal 1 2021-05-17 PUD Submittal 2 2021-05-24 PUD Submittal 3 EAST SIDE FACADE AREA: 23,608 SF CLASS I MATERIALS: GLASS:6,842 SF BRICK:5,565 SF ARCHITECTURAL WALL CLADDING:8,155 SF TOTAL CLASS I MATERIALS:20,562 SF PERCENTAGE:87% CLASS II MATERIALS: METAL PANEL:1,517 SF FIBER CEMENT PANEL:1,312 SF TOTAL CLASS II MATERIALS:2,829 SF PERCENTAGE:12% SOUTH SIDE FACADE AREA: 15,536 SF CLASS I MATERIALS: GLASS:5,426 SF BRICK:3,426 SF ARCHITECTURAL WALL CLADDING:2,954 SF TOTAL CLASS I MATERIALS:11,806 SF PERCENTAGE:76% CLASS II MATERIALS: FIBER CEMENT PANEL:2,767 SF TOTAL CLASS II MATERIALS:2,767 SF PERCENTAGE:18% WEST SIDE FACADE AREA: 17,990 SF CLASS I MATERIALS: GLASS:3,393 SF BRICK:1,912 SF ARCHITECTURAL WALL CLADDING:5,490 SF TOTAL CLASS I MATERIALS:10,795 SF PERCENTAGE:60% CLASS II MATERIALS: INTEGRAL COLORED CONCRETE:2,721 SF EIFS:736 SF ART PANELS:2,555 SF TOTAL CLASS II MATERIALS:6,012 SF PERCENTAGE:33% NORTH SIDE FACADE AREA: 14,130 SF CLASS I MATERIALS: GLASS:4,580 SF BRICK:1,810 SF ARCHITECTURAL WALL CLADDING:3,478 SF TOTAL CLASS I MATERIALS:9,868 SF PERCENTAGE:70% CLASS II MATERIALS: FIBER CEMENT PANEL:3,753 SF TOTAL CLASS II MATERIALS:3,753 SF PERCENTAGE:27% 61 LEVEL 1 100' -0" LEVEL 2 110' -4" LEVEL 3 120' -8" LEVEL 4 131' -0" LEVEL 5 141' -4" ROOF 152' -8" 3 1 5 SECTION CUT THROUGH BUILDING TO SHOW INTERIOR COURTYARD 3A 6 6 5 6 2 1 LEVEL 1 100' -0" LEVEL 2 110' -4" LEVEL 3 120' -8" LEVEL 4 131' -0" LEVEL 5 141' -4" ROOF 152' -8" 1 75 SECTION CUT THROUGH BUILDING 9 1A6 8 LEVEL 1 100' -0" LEVEL 2 110' -4" LEVEL 3 120' -8" LEVEL 4 131' -0" LEVEL 5 141' -4" ROOF 152' -8" 1 35 SECTION CUT THROUGH BUILDING TO SHOW INTERIOR COURTYARD 7 1 81A3A6 LEVEL 1 100' -0" LEVEL 2 110' -4" LEVEL 3 120' -8" LEVEL 4 131' -0" LEVEL 5 141' -4" ROOF 152' -8" 1 5 9 SECTION CUT THROUGH BUILDING TO SHOW INTERIOR COURTYARD 7 6 1 BRICK ACCENT BRICK ARCHITECTURAL WALL CLADDING COLOR 1 VERTICAL TEXTURE ARCHITECTURAL WALL CLADDING COLOR 1 SMOOTH TEXTURE ARCHITECTURAL WALL CLADDING COLOR 2 VERTICAL TEXTURE ARCHITECTURAL WALL CLADDING COLOR 2 SMOOTH TEXTURE ARCHITECTURAL WALL CLADDING COLOR 3 FIBER CEMENT WALL PANEL COLOR 1 FIBER CEMENT WALL PANEL COLOR 2 METAL TRELLIS ELEMENT ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM EIFS COLOR 1 EIFS COLOR 2 METAL ART PANEL -DESIGN T.B.D. METAL PANEL COLOR 1 INTEGRAL COLORED CONCRETE 1A KEYNOTE LEGEND 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 2A 3A 11 12 13 SHEET TITLE SHEET NUMBER Opus Design Build, L.L.C. Opus AE Group, L.L.C. 10350 Bren Road West Minnetonka, MN 55343-0110 952-656-4444 10350 Bren Road West Minnetonka, MN 55343-0110 952-656-4444 PLOT DATE:PROJECT PROJECT NUMBER CONSULTANT REGISTRATION DRAWN BY CHECKED BY PROJECT MANAGER DATE PROJECT ADDRESS 5/24/2021 11:46:27 AMConcept Elevations A.08 3440 Beltline Boulevard St. Louis Park, MN 31815000 D. Newins T. Grothe T. Callahan 05/24/21 1" = 20'-0"1 West Courtyard Elevation 1" = 20'-0"2 North Courtyard Elevation 1" = 20'-0"3 East Courtyard Elevation 1" = 20'-0"4 South Courtyard Elevation ISSUE RECORD 2021-04-19 PUD Submittal 1 2021-05-17 PUD Submittal 2 2021-05-24 PUD Submittal 3 62 LEVEL 1 100' -0" LEVEL 2 110' -4" LEVEL 3 120' -8" LEVEL 4 131' -0" LEVEL 5 141' -4" ROOF 152' -8" SECTION CUT THROUGH BUILDING SECTION CUT THROUGH BUILDING 9 10 COLOR CHANGE TO ALIGN WITH ART FRAMES AT WEST SIDE OF PARKING STRUCTURE (TYP) PAINTED CONCRETE PANELS TO MATCH EIFS COLOR 1 (NOT VISIBLE FROM OFF SITE) UNFINISHED CONCRETE PANELS WITHIN PARKING STRUCTURE (NOT VISIBLE FROM OFF SITE) 1 BRICK ACCENT BRICK ARCHITECTURAL WALL CLADDING COLOR 1 VERTICAL TEXTURE ARCHITECTURAL WALL CLADDING COLOR 1 SMOOTH TEXTURE ARCHITECTURAL WALL CLADDING COLOR 2 VERTICAL TEXTURE ARCHITECTURAL WALL CLADDING COLOR 2 SMOOTH TEXTURE ARCHITECTURAL WALL CLADDING COLOR 3 FIBER CEMENT WALL PANEL COLOR 1 FIBER CEMENT WALL PANEL COLOR 2 METAL TRELLIS ELEMENT ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM EIFS COLOR 1 EIFS COLOR 2 METAL ART PANEL -DESIGN T.B.D. METAL PANEL COLOR 1 INTEGRAL COLORED CONCRETE 1A KEYNOTE LEGEND 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 2A 3A 11 12 13 GROUND FLOOR TRANSPARENCY ZONE TAKEN FROM 2' UP FROM GRADE AT THE NORTH END, AND HELD HORIZONTAL 2'-0" FROM GRADE TO 8'-0" FROM GRADE = 2650 SF TRANSPARENCY WITHIN THE ZONE = 1430 SF (54%)8' - 0"2' - 0"GRADE SLOPES DOWN FROM NORTH TO SOUTH SHEET TITLE SHEET NUMBER Opus Design Build, L.L.C. Opus AE Group, L.L.C. 10350 Bren Road West Minnetonka, MN 55343-0110 952-656-4444 10350 Bren Road West Minnetonka, MN 55343-0110 952-656-4444 PLOT DATE:PROJECT PROJECT NUMBER CONSULTANT REGISTRATION DRAWN BY CHECKED BY PROJECT MANAGER DATE PROJECT ADDRESS 5/24/2021 11:46:29 AMConcept Elevations and Diagrams A.09 3440 Beltline Boulevard St. Louis Park, MN 31815000 D. Newins T. Grothe T. Callahan 05/24/21 ISSUE RECORD 2021-05-17 PUD Submittal 2 2021-05-24 PUD Submittal 3 1" = 20'-0"1 West Ramp Elevation 1" = 40'-0"2 BELTLINE TRANSPARENCY DIAGRAM 63 SHEET TITLE SHEET NUMBER Opus Design Build, L.L.C. Opus AE Group, L.L.C. 10350 Bren Road West Minnetonka, MN 55343-0110 952-656-4444 10350 Bren Road West Minnetonka, MN 55343-0110 952-656-4444 PLOT DATE:PROJECT PROJECT NUMBER CONSULTANT REGISTRATION DRAWN BY CHECKED BY PROJECT MANAGER DATE PROJECT ADDRESS 5/24/2021 11:46:30 AMProject Information and Details A.10 3440 Beltline Boulevard St. Louis Park, MN 31815000 D. Newins T. Grothe T. Callahan 05/24/21 ISSUE RECORD 2021-05-17 PUD Submittal 2 2021-05-24 PUD Submittal 3 EXTERIOR BIKE RACK EXAMPLE DERO HOOP RACK (OR SIMILAR) INTERIOR BIKE RACK EXAMPLE DERO ULTRA SPACE SAVER SQUARED (OR SIMILAR) TRASH CHUTE DIAGRAM 64 SHEET TITLE SHEET NUMBER Opus Design Build, L.L.C. Opus AE Group, L.L.C. 10350 Bren Road West Minnetonka, MN 55343-0110 952-656-4444 10350 Bren Road West Minnetonka, MN 55343-0110 952-656-4444 PLOT DATE:PROJECT PROJECT NUMBER CONSULTANT REGISTRATION DRAWN BY CHECKED BY PROJECT MANAGER DATE PROJECT ADDRESS 5/24/2021 11:46:31 AMProject Images A.11 3440 Beltline Boulevard St. Louis Park, MN 31815000 D. Newins T. Grothe T. Callahan 05/24/21 Conceptual Imagery For Illustrative Purposes Only. Refer to Architectural, Civil and Landscape Drawings for Details. View of East Side Conceptual Imagery For Illustrative Purposes Only. Refer to Architectural, Civil and Landscape Drawings for Details. View Toward the North Conceptual Imagery For Illustrative Purposes Only. Refer to Architectural, Civil and Landscape Drawings for Details. View of South Side Conceptual Imagery For Illustrative Purposes Only. Refer to Architectural, Civil and Landscape Drawings for Details. View of North Side ISSUE RECORD 2021-04-19 PUD Submittal 1 2021-05-17 PUD Submittal 2 2021-05-24 PUD Submittal 3 65 XW-3XW-4XW-7XW-8XW-23XR-1XR-2XR-3XPD-3XPD-4XW1-1XW1-2XW1-3XP1-1XP1-2XW-24XP2-1XP2-2XW-25XW-263.73.12.72.71.52.41.42.42.32.12.02.33.12.62.32.33.93.93.12.72.63.94.53.83.43.02.84.81.64.51.93.71.72.81.32.20.91.90.71.60.00.0 0.2 0.7 1.0 0.6 0.3 0.8 1.0 0.5 0.4 1.0 0.9 0.3 0.5 1.0 0.8 0.3 0.6 1.0 0.7 0.4 0.9 1.0 0.7 0.4 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.0 0.3 0.1 0.10.10.10.10.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.10.10.10.00.00.00.10.10.00.10.10.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.80.00.10.10.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.10.10.00.00.00.10.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.72.23.64.14.23.22.11.22.33.64.24.23.32.00.50.92.34.25.95.73.62.01.52.44.15.95.83.61.90.71.02.64.66.05.94.02.21.72.74.56.05.94.12.10.81.12.43.53.93.93.22.21.72.43.53.83.83.22.00.90.81.62.12.02.12.01.51.21.62.02.02.01.91.30.60.30.60.70.70.70.70.60.40.60.60.60.60.60.50.20.10.20.20.25.05.13.90.20.20.20.20.20.20.10.11.61.41.21.10.90.92.07.612.15.51.21.81.51.31.10.90.81.11.82.21.50.72.11.81.51.20.90.70.60.60.60.50.42.52.11.61.20.90.70.50.40.40.40.33.73.32.72.21.71.31.00.70.60.50.40.40.44.03.52.82.31.81.41.10.80.70.60.60.50.53.53.32.92.42.01.61.31.00.90.80.80.70.62.72.92.82.52.31.91.61.41.21.11.00.90.82.32.62.52.42.42.22.01.71.61.51.41.10.92.02.32.32.32.42.42.32.22.01.91.71.41.11.82.02.12.22.42.62.72.62.52.32.01.61.21.51.72.02.22.52.83.03.23.12.62.21.81.41.21.41.72.02.22.63.23.73.42.72.11.61.31.01.21.51.81.92.33.13.93.62.61.81.51.30.40.31.40.85.31.810.62.89.62.63.81.51.00.60.40.30.60.52.31.17.42.211.73.08.02.32.61.20.70.50.60.41.40.85.21.810.62.89.72.63.91.51.00.70.50.40.70.52.51.27.72.211.22.97.32.22.31.10.70.50.40.30.90.63.51.59.62.611.32.95.92.01.71.00.60.50.90.63.11.48.62.511.33.07.12.35.93.81.512.34.01.012.94.00.85.82.40.72 BR2 BR2 BR2 BRE / DL/W L/W L/W L/W L/W STRETAIL1 BR1 BR1 BRCORECORE1 BR1 BR1 BRRETAILMAIL/PKGEXTERIOR AMENITYUPMOVE-IN/LOADING2 BR1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 2 BR1 BR1 BR1 BRELECTRASH1 BRTERRACES AT LEVEL 1 EXISTING TREESTO REMAINUNDERGROUNDSTORMWATER RETENTION27 OUTDOOR SPACESE/DTERRACES & GARDEN WALL AT L-1LEASINGL/WE/D2 BRST1 BR1 BRGATED AMENITYENTRY/EXITLOBBY/LEASINGRETAIL PATIOAND ENTRYL/W PATIO ANDENTRY (TYP)ASSUMED PROPERTY LINE:1'-0" FROM EDGE OF TRAILASSUMED 4'-0"EASEMENT LINESTLANDSCAPELANDSCAPEPATIOLANDSCAPEHC1 BR+PATIOWTRROOMCLUB LIVINGFITNESSYOGAONEWAYSIDEWALK/RAMP•••••COMBINATION OF:LAWNTREES (QTY 12)MEANDERING PATH10X10 PATIOS (QTY 6)SEATED PRIVACY WALLS AND TERRACES AT UNITSDOG RUNOP E N P U B L I C A M E N I T YRAMP882ENHANCED PAVINGFLUSH CURBSTOR.1 BR1 BR+M.TERRACES & GARDEN WALL AT L-1STUX-1UX-2UX-3UX-5UX-6XWD-1XWD-2UX-40.80.80.80.80.91.01.11.01.01.11.00.91.11.21.41.41.41.41.21.10.90.80.81.11.31.61.92.02.01.91.61.31.10.90.91.21.52.02.52.72.72.52.01.51.20.90.91.11.62.32.82.82.31.61.20.90.81.11.62.32.82.72.72.82.31.61.10.90.91.21.62.32.82.82.82.82.31.61.20.90.91.21.51.92.42.62.62.41.91.51.20.90.91.11.31.51.81.91.91.81.51.31.10.90.81.01.11.31.41.41.41.41.31.11.00.80.91.01.21.21.11.11.21.21.00.90.80.81.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.00.80.81.01.01.00.90.91.01.01.00.80.91.01.11.11.11.11.11.11.00.90.81.01.11.31.41.31.31.41.21.11.00.80.91.11.21.51.81.81.81.71.41.21.10.90.91.21.41.92.32.52.52.31.81.41.20.90.91.21.62.32.82.82.82.21.61.20.90.91.11.62.32.82.72.72.82.31.51.10.90.91.11.62.32.82.82.82.31.61.10.90.91.21.52.12.62.82.82.62.11.51.20.90.91.11.31.62.02.22.22.01.61.31.10.91.11.31.51.51.51.51.31.11.00.80.91.11.11.11.11.11.10.90.80.80.80.80.80.80.80.70.70.70.70.7 0.70.70.70.70.70.70.70.70.72.92.92.92.910SCALE IN FEET02030405060DATE: SIGNED: REG. #: I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN SPECIFICATIONOR REPORT WAS PREPARED BY ME OR UNDER MYDIRECT SUPERVISION AND THAT I AM A DULYLICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER THELAWS OF THE STATE OF MINNESOTAREVISIONS#DATESCALE:DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY:DATE:JOB NUMBER:FILE NAME:St. Paul, Minnesota 55107-1679Fax (651) 292-0359Telephone (651) 224-2833278 State Streetwww.collinsmn.comMake SAFETY a part of every plan Collins Electrical Construction Co.BELTLINE REDEVELOPMENT ST. LOUIS PARK, MNSITE PHOTOMETIC PLAN1"=40'-0"E060K. KUEHNJ. DRIGGINS4-13-211 5-12-21 CITY PLANNING RESUBMISSIONNORTHStatisticsDescription Symbol Avg Max Min Max/Min Avg/Minback entry2.7 fc 4.8 fc 0.7 fc 6.9:1 3.9:1Drive lane3.2 fc 12.9 fc 0.3 fc 43.0:1 10.7:1Parking area1.9 fc 12.1 fc 0.3 fc 40.3:1 6.3:1property line0.2 fc 1.0 fc 0.0 fc N/A N/ARamp top1.4 fc 2.9 fc 0.7 fc 4.1:1 2.0:1Side entrance2.3 fc 6.0 fc 0.1 fc 60.0:1 23.0:1ScheduleSymbolLabelQuantity ManufacturerCatalog NumberDescriptionLampNumber LampsFilenameLumens Per Lamp Light Loss Factor WattageXPD2 Lithonia LightingDSX1 LED P4 40K T5S MVOLT HSDSX1 LED P4 40K T5S MVOLT with houseside shieldLED 1 DSX1_LED_P4_40K_T5S_MVOLT_HS.ies124910.9125XW8 Lithonia LightingWPX2 LED 40K MvoltWPX2 LED wallpack 6000lm 4000K color temperature 120-277 Volt1 WPX2_LED_40K_Mvolt.ies58960.947.77XW13 Lithonia LightingWPX1 LED P1 40K MvoltWPX1 LED wallpack 1500lm 4000K color temperature 120-277 Volts1 WPX1_LED_P1_40K_Mvolt.ies15680.911.47XP22 Lithonia LightingDSX1 LED P9 40K T4M MVOLTDSX1 LED P9 40K T4M MVOLTLED 1 DSX1_LED_P9_40K_T4M_MVOLT.ies269960.9241XR3 RAB lighting IncDisk Surface Mount - 4CCT Selectable - 6" - Plastic1 XR dsk6r119fa120ws.ies10440.910.4XP12 Lithonia LightingDSX1 LED P8 40K T5M MVOLTDSX1 LED P8 40K T5M MVOLTLED 10.9207UX6 BEGA-US33 5391 33539.IES1450.95XWD2 TECH-LIGHTING33 5391 BOWNAM.IES11630.947Luminaire LocationsNo. Label X Y ZLocationMH Orientation Tilt X YAim1 UX 936.23 1022.31 6.00 6.00 180.00 0.00 936.23 1022.222 UX 959.67 1022.42 6.00 6.00 180.00 0.00 959.67 1022.333 UX 983.52 1022.44 6.00 6.00 180.00 0.00 983.52 1022.354 UX 1006.80 1022.45 6.00 6.00 180.00 0.00 1006.80 1022.365 UX 1030.88 1022.48 6.00 6.00 180.00 0.00 1030.88 1022.396 UX 1054.05 1022.39 6.00 6.00 180.00 0.00 1054.05 1022.301 XP1 1036.42 1245.09 25.00 25.00 90.00 0.00 1037.57 1245.092 XP1 1172.43 1244.84 25.00 25.00 270.00 0.00 1171.29 1244.841 XP2 1409.86 1273.65 30.00 30.00 270.00 0.00 1408.72 1273.652 XP2 1325.72 1188.70 30.00 30.00 0.00 0.00 1325.72 1189.843 XPD 883.25 1130.24 20.00 20.00 90.00 0.00 884.39 1130.244 XPD 883.01 1200.61 20.00 20.00 90.00 0.00 884.16 1200.611 XR 933.12 1153.36 10.00 10.00 0.00 0.00 933.12 1153.362 XR 933.22 1143.32 10.00 10.00 0.00 0.00 933.22 1143.323 XR 932.92 1133.47 10.00 10.00 0.00 0.00 932.92 1133.473 XW 922.51 1307.21 10.00 10.00 0.00 0.00 922.51 1307.344 XW 1042.60 1307.21 10.00 10.00 0.00 0.00 1042.60 1307.347 XW 1222.24 1307.21 10.00 10.00 0.00 0.00 1222.24 1307.348 XW 1252.39 1300.55 10.00 10.00 0.00 0.00 1252.39 1300.681 XW1 1159.63 1046.86 10.00 10.00 270.00 0.00 1159.54 1046.862 XW1 1263.80 1177.77 12.00 12.00 0.00 0.00 1263.80 1177.863 XW1 1306.68 1177.93 12.00 12.00 0.00 0.00 1306.68 1178.0223 XW 1103.35 1307.21 10.00 10.00 0.00 0.00 1103.35 1307.3424 XW 1269.12 1298.88 10.00 10.00 90.00 0.00 1269.25 1298.8825 XW 1165.35 1307.21 10.00 10.00 0.00 0.00 1165.35 1307.3426 XW 983.96 1307.21 10.00 10.00 0.00 0.00 983.96 1307.341 XWD 1122.49 1032.23 6.00 6.00 180.00 0.00 1122.49 1032.142 XWD 1275.57 1103.33 6.00 6.00 180.00 0.00 1275.57 1103.24DSX1_LED_P8_40K_T5M_MVOLT.25179P:\Current Projects\Beltline Redevelopment-DH\Electrical\e060.dwg, 5/12/2021 9:03:35 AM, DWG To PDF.pc3,kkuehn66 67 68 1 Beltline Residential Development – Traffic Impact Analysis May 2021 MEMORANDUM To: Jennifer Monson City of St. Louis Park From: Jacob Rojer, P.E. Date: May 24, 2021 Re: Beltline Residential Development – Traffic Impact Analysis St. Louis Park, MN Introduction Opus Development Company is proposing to redevelop an approximately 3.75-acre site on the northwest corner of the intersection of Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street in St. Louis Park, Minnesota. The proposed redevelopment is a mix of residential and commercial uses consistent with the City of St. Louis Park’s 2040 Future Land Use plan. The redevelopment is proposed to include an approximately 250-unit apartment building with 7,450 square feet of retail on the ground floor. The conceptual site plan is provided in Attachment 1. A traffic impact analysis has been completed to determine if the proposed redevelopment will significantly impact the adjacent transportation system and to recommend any mitigation measures (if needed). The study objectives are as follows:  Forecast the amount of traffic that is expected to be generated by the proposed development. Distribute and assign the new generated traffic to the existing transportation system.  Identify potential capacity constraints at the study intersections for the Opening Year (2023) No- Build Conditions. The no-build traffic volumes are the anticipated future traffic volumes with area growth taken into consideration and without the inclusion of the project traffic.  Identify potential capacity constraints at the study intersections and the site driveway locations for Opening Year (2023) Build Conditions with and without access to Park Glen Road.  Identify potential improvements and mitigation options if capacity constraints are anticipated. The following memorandum provides a summary of the traffic analysis. Background Information Study Area The proposed development is located on the northwest corner of the intersection of Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street in St. Louis Park, Minnesota. Based on discussions with the City of St. Louis Park staff, the study area includes the following study intersections:  Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road  Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street  36th Street & Raleigh Avenue  35th Street & Site Access 69 2 Beltline Residential Development – Traffic Impact Analysis May 2021 The project location and study intersections are shown in Exhibit 1. Roadway Characteristics The existing conditions were not considered in the analysis due to the planned roadways improvements and speed limit adjustments that will take place in 2021 by the City of St. Louis Park. The following provides a detailed description of the roadways that are included in the study area: Beltline Boulevard is currently a four-lane undivided roadway that runs in the north/south direction along the east side of the proposed redevelopment. Beltline Boulevard is a Municipal State Aid Street (MSAS) and is proposed to be a Major Collector roadway per the City of St. Louis Park’s Comprehensive Plan with reconstruction planned for 2021. This reconstruction provides the following changes in the study area:  Convert Beltline Boulevard from a 4-lane section to a 3-lane section to provide a single lane in each direction with a two-way left turn lane.  On-street bike lanes and trails will be provided on both sides of Beltline Boulevard.  A pedestrian refuge island will be provided for pedestrians to cross at 35th Street. Per the City’s recommended speed limit map, Beltline Boulevard is anticipated to have a posted speed limit of 25 miles per hour (mph). The annual average daily traffic (AADT) in 2018 was 10,500 vehicles per day (vpd) according to the Beltline Boulevard Multimodal Feasibility Study completed by SRF in 2019 in Attachment 2. 35th Street/Raleigh Avenue is a two-lane undivided roadway that serves as an access road for the proposed site and the surrounding developments. 35th Street runs east-west, and it transitions into a north-south roadway which is designated as Raleigh Avenue. 35th Street/Raleigh Avenue is designated as a City Street in the City of St. Louis Park’s Comprehensive Plan. Per the City’s recommended speed limit map, 35th Street/Raleigh Avenue is anticipated to have a speed limit of 20 mph. The AADT in 2017 was 2,200 vpd according to the MnDOT Traffic Mapping Application. 36th Street is a four-lane divided roadway south of the proposed redevelopment that runs in an east-west direction. 36th Street is a MSAS that is designated as a Major Collector in the City of St. Louis Park’s Comprehensive Plan. 36th Street will be reconstructed by the City of St. Louis Park in 2021 with Beltline Boulevard. This reconstruction provides the following changes in the study area.  Convert from a 4-lane divided roadway section with left turn lanes to a 3-lane divided roadway section, which will provide a single lane in the eastbound direction and two lanes in the westbound direction with dedicated left turn lanes.  36th Street will be a bike route and provide a trail on the south side and a sidewalk on the north side.  The access at Raleigh Avenue will change from full access to ¾ access.  A pedestrian refuge island will be provided at Raleigh Avenue. Per the City’s recommended speed limit map, 36th Street is anticipated to have a speed limit of 30 mph. The AADT in 2018 was 14,900 vpd according to the 36th Street Multimodal Feasibility Study completed by SRF in 2019 in Attachment 3. Park Glen Road is a two-lane undivided roadway that serves as an access road for commercial and residential developments on the east and west sides of Beltline Boulevard. Park Glen Road is designated as a City Street in the City of St. Louis Park’s Comprehensive Plan. Per the City’s recommended speed limit map, Park Glen Road is anticipated to have a speed limit of 20 mph. AADT volumes on Park Glen Road are not available. 70 3 Beltline Residential Development – Traffic Impact Analysis May 2021 Exhibit 2 provides the geometry and intersection control for the study intersections under Opening Year (2023) No-Build Conditions. Pedestrian, Bicycle, and Transit Pedestrian With the reconstruction of Beltline Boulevard, pedestrian facilities will be provided on both sides on the roadway. This reconstruction will also include a pedestrian refuge island at 35th Street at the crosswalk. Less than one-quarter mile north of the site, the trails along Beltline Boulevard will connect to the Cedar Lake Trail. Sidewalk connections from the site will be provided to the trail along Beltline Boulevard. 35th Street does not currently provide pedestrian facilities and Raleigh Avenue does have a sidewalk for 600 feet along the west side of the roadway. According to the St. Louis Park Comprehensive Plan, 35th Street and Raleigh Avenue do not have pedestrian improvements planned. Bicycle The reconstruction of Beltline Boulevard will allow bicycles to use the trails on both sides of the road as well as the on-street bicycle facilities. As previously mentioned, the facilities along Beltline Boulevard will connect to the Cedar Lake Trail north of the site. This provides access to the regional bicycle/trail network. 36th Street will be a bicycle route and will provide a trail on the south side of the roadway. Transit Transit service is available near the project area. There are two bus routes within the study area and the Beltline Boulevard Station for the Southwest Light Rail (SWLRT) is currently under construction and is anticipated to open in 2024. Route 17F is a local bus route from St. Louis Park to Downtown Minneapolis with major stops along Minnetonka Boulevard, Lake Street, and Hennepin Avenue. The 17F is a spur route off of Route 17 and is currently not running due to the COVID-19 pandemic. It is assumed that the route will resume service in the future. Route 17F stops at the intersection of 35th Street & Beltline Boulevard immediately adjacent to the site. Route 615 is a local bus route from the Ridgedale Center in Minnetonka to the Park Nicollet Clinic in St. Louis Park with major stops at the Knollwood Mall and downtown Hopkins. Route 615 stops along 36th Street with the nearest stop approximately one-quarter mile south of the site at the intersection of Beltline Boulevard & 36th Street. SWLRT Beltline Station will be located on the east side of Beltline Boulevard adjacent to the Cedar Lake Trail. This station will be less than a one-quarter mile from the proposed development. Based on the proximity to this station, it is anticipated that the SWLRT will be the most likely alternate mode of transportation for site trips. Volume Development Traffic volumes were obtained at the three study intersections to perform the capacity analysis. Turning movement counts were collected at the intersection of Beltline Boulevard & 35 th Street and 36th Street & Raleigh Avenue on Thursday, April 1st, 2021. The count at 36th Street & Raleigh Avenue was conducted on a typical weekday from 7:00 to 9:00AM and 4:00 to 6:00PM. The count at Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street was conducted on a typical weekday for a 24-hour period. The 24-hour count was conducted to 71 4 Beltline Residential Development – Traffic Impact Analysis May 2021 provide a comparison to pre-COVID-19 traffic volumes. At the time of the data collection, the COVID-19 pandemic impacted traffic patterns resulting in atypical traffic conditions in the study area. The traffic counts were evaluated against historical count data in order to estimate typical conditions. The turning movement count data is included in Attachment 4. A traffic count had recently been completed at the intersection of Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road for a nearby development in September 2019, so new data was not collected at this intersection. In addition to the recent traffic data at the study intersections mentioned above, counts are available at the study intersections from Fall 2018 as part of the Beltline Boulevard Multimodal Feasibility Study and the 36th Street Multimodal Feasibility Study completed by SRF (Attachments 2 & 3). A summary of the sources of traffic data available at each study intersection is provided below:  Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road: 13-hour turning movement count from September 2019 and peak hour turning movement count from Fall 2018  Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street: 24-hour turning movement count from April 2021 and peak hour turning movement count from Fall 2018  36th Street & Raleigh Avenue: peak hour turning movement count from April 2021 and peak hour turning movement count from Fall 2018 Due to the different sources of traffic data available at the study intersections and the varying times they were completed, comparisons were made between the volume data sets. As previously mentioned, a 24- hour turning movement count was performed at Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street to compare the daily traffic volumes. A summary of the traffic volume comparison is shown below.  Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street  AM Peak Hour: 2021 count is 57% less than 2018 count  PM Peak Hour: 2021 count is 46% less than 2018 count  36th Street & Raleigh Avenue  AM Peak Hour: 2021 count is 47% less than 2018 count  PM Peak Hour: 2021 count is 27% less than 2018 count  Beltline Boulevard  Daily: 2021 count is 38% less than 2018 count  35th Street  Daily: 2021 count is 22% less than 2018 count Due to the significant reduction in current traffic volumes compared to recent count data, the traffic volumes from Fall 2018 were conservatively utilized for the capacity analysis of this traffic study, assuming that traffic volumes will eventually return to pre-COVID-19 levels. Even though more recent pre- COVID-19 traffic data was available at the Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road intersection than the Fall 2018 data, the Fall 2018 count data was still used in the analysis to have a consistent data set for the whole network. The traffic counts from Fall 2018 are provided in the Beltline Boulevard Multimodal Feasibility Study and 36th Street Multimodal Feasibility Study (Attachments 2 & 3). Background Growth The turning movement counts from Fall 2018 were grown to develop Opening Year (2023) No-Build traffic volumes. Based on a review of the historical AADT data in the study area, projected AADT data from the City of St. Louis Park’s Comprehensive Plan, and a review of other traffic studies in the area, an annual background growth rate of 1% was used to develop future traffic volumes. 72 5 Beltline Residential Development – Traffic Impact Analysis May 2021 The yearly growth rate was applied to the 2018 volumes at the study intersections to grow the traffic volumes by five years to develop the Opening Year (2023) No-Build traffic volumes. Exhibit 3 provides a summary of the weekday AM and PM peak hour turning movement counts for Opening Year (2023) No- Build Conditions. Traffic volumes were not balanced in between study intersections due to the presence of one or more site driveways located in between the intersections. Proposed Development Traffic The proposed site is located in the northwest quadrant of the Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street intersection. The redevelopment is proposed to be an approximately 250-unit apartment building with 7,450 square feet of retail on the ground floor. A pick-up/drop-off loop will be provided on 35th Street for the apartment building. All other site traffic will use the access on the west side of the existing building off of 35 th Street. This driveway also provides access to the adjacent existing building. As discussed in the following section, an additional scenario was also analyzed where the alley on the northwest corner of the site would connect to Park Glen Road. The conceptual site plan is provided in Attachment 1. In order to calculate trips generated by the proposed site, data was referenced from the Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE) manual titled Trip Generation, Tenth Edition. Standard ITE trip generation rates were used to develop the gross new trips generated by the site. The trip generation was based on the following uses:  Multifamily Housing (Mid-Rise) (ITE code 221)  Fast Casual Restaurant (ITE code 930)  Quality Restaurant (ITE code 931) The Fast Casual Restaurant and Quality Restaurant land uses were conservatively assumed based on the proposed sizes of retail spaces from the site plan. Site generated trips are expected to exhibit multiple routing patterns when traveling to and from the subject site, as described below:  Internal Capture - The proposed commercial use is intended to complement the residential use; thus, it is likely that some patrons that visit the commercial use will originate from the residential land use on site and will not travel on external roadways to access the commercial land use. To reflect these “internally captured” trips, an internal capture reduction was applied for the proposed residential and commercial uses.  Pass-by – Pass-by traffic reflects the travel patterns of motorists who are already traveling on the adjacent study roadways and stop at the site en route to another primary destination. According to the ITE Trip Generation Handbook, Third Edition, roughly 44 percent of vehicles at a Quality Restaurant (ITE code 931) and Fast Casual Restaurant (ITE code 930) during the evening peak hour are pass-by trips. Pass-by trips were not assumed for the residential uses.  Primary Trips – Vehicles that travel to the subject development and then return directly to their place of origin are called “primary trips.” Primary trips reflect new traffic volumes generated by the proposed development that would approach and depart on the same route. Trips to/from the site that are not pass-by or internal capture trips are expected to be primary trips. Based on the proximity to the Beltline Boulevard LRT station, a mode split of 10 percent transit was assumed for the total trip generation. A reduction to account for trips that access the existing site was not applied to the proposed site trip generation, so the trip generation for the proposed site will produce conservative analysis results. However, most existing site trips do not access the site from any of the study intersections because the existing site has a dedicated access on Beltline Boulevard. Because the access would not be maintained with the project, the site trips from the proposed redevelopment would be required to access the site from one of the study intersections. Table 1 summarizes the trip generation for the proposed site. 73 6 Beltline Residential Development – Traffic Impact Analysis May 2021 Table 1: Proposed Development Trip Generation ITE Code Land Use Description Units Size AM Peak Hour PM Peak Hour Trips Enter Trips Exit Total Trips Trips Enter Trips Exit Total Trips 221 Multifamily Housing (Mid-Rise) DU 250 23 67 90 67 43 110 930 Fast Casual Restaurant SF 2,700 4 2 6 21 17 38 931 Quality Restaurant SF 4,750 2 1 3 25 12 37 Total Site Trips 29 70 99 113 72 185 Internal Capture Trips -1 -1 -2 -12 -12 -24 Mode Split Reduction -3 -7 -10 -10 -6 -16 Pass-by Trips 0 0 0 -16 -10 -26 Rounded Pass-By Trips 0 0 0 15 10 25 Rounded Primary External Auto Trips 25 60 85 75 45 120 The estimated distribution of site-generated traffic on the surrounding roadway network as it approaches and departs the site is a function of several variables, such as the nature of surrounding land uses, prevailing traffic volumes/patterns, characteristics of the street system, and the ease with which motorists can travel over various sections of that system. The anticipated directional distributions estimated for the proposed development are assumed to be as follows:  50% to/from the north via Beltline Boulevard  40% to/from the southwest via 36th Street  10% to/from the southeast via Monterey Drive The site traffic assignment, representing traffic volumes associated with the proposed development at the study intersections, is a function of the estimated trip generation and the directional distribution. Exhibit 4 and Exhibit 5 show the primary trip distribution and the corresponding primary trip assignment, respectively. The proposed development pass-by trips were similarly distributed throughout the study area. Exhibit 6 and Exhibit 7 show the pass-by trip distribution and the corresponding pass-by trip assignment, respectively. The combined total trip assignment is shown in Exhibit 8. It should be noted that no trips were assigned to the pick-up/drop-off loop on 35th Street as it would be a small portion of the site trips. Opening Year (2023) Build Scenarios Two different Opening Year (2023) Build scenarios were evaluated in this study. In Opening Year (2023) Build – Scenario 1, all site traffic was assumed to access the development via the driveway in the southwest corner of the site off of 35th Street. The traffic volumes for Opening Year (2023) Build Conditions – Scenario 1 were developed by adding the combined total trip assignment (Exhibit 8) to the Opening Year (2023) No-Build traffic volumes (Exhibit 3). The weekday AM and PM peak hour traffic volumes for Opening Year (2023) Build – Scenario 1 are summarized in Exhibit 9. For Opening Year (2023) Build – Scenario 2, a second access was assumed at the northwest corner of the site at Park Glen Road. In Scenario 2, a portion of the total site trips was redistributed to the Park Glen Road site access. Additionally, it was assumed that some of the existing background traffic from the existing adjacent site would redistribute to utilize this driveway to access Beltline Boulevard. The amount 74 7 Beltline Residential Development – Traffic Impact Analysis May 2021 of traffic diverted from the existing adjacent site was determined based on comparing the size of the adjacent building to the total building area for the parcels near the 35th Street & Beltline Boulevard intersection and reassigning a relative proportion of the 35th Street traffic to Park Glen Road. The weekday AM and PM peak hour traffic volumes for Opening Year (2023) Build – Scenario 2 are summarized in Exhibit 10. Intersection Capacity Analysis A capacity analysis was performed to quantify the delay and level of service at the study intersections during the weekday AM and PM peak hours. Peak hour factors and heavy vehicle percentages were applied based on the most recent traffic data available at each intersection. The peak hour factors were applied at the intersection-level, and heavy vehicle percentages were applied by movement, with a 2% minimum assumed. The capacity of an intersection quantifies its ability to accommodate traffic volumes and is expressed in terms of level of service (LOS), measured in average delay per vehicle. LOS grades range from A to F, with LOS A as the highest (best traffic flow and least delay), LOS E as saturated or at-capacity conditions, and LOS F as the lowest (oversaturated conditions). The capacity analysis was performed using Synchro/ SimTraffic. The LOS boundaries for signalized and unsignalized intersections, as documented in the Highway Capacity Manual 6th Edition, are provided in Table 2. The overall intersection is not shown for side street stop-controlled intersections because the minimal delay for the major street through movements skews the weighted overall intersection delay, which may mask poor operations at the individual movement level. For the purposes of this study, LOS A through LOS D are considered acceptable LOS for both signalized and unsignalized intersections. Table 2: Level of Service Boundaries Level of Service Average Control Delay (seconds/vehicle) Description Unsignalized Intersection Signalized Intersection A 0-10 0-10 Minimal control delay; traffic operates at primarily free-flow conditions; unimpeded movement within traffic stream. B >10-15 >10-20 Minor control delay at signalized intersections; traffic operates at a fairly unimpeded level with slightly restricted movement within traffic stream. C >15-25 >20-35 Moderate control delay; movement within traffic stream more restricted than at LOS B; formation of queues contributes to lower average travel speeds. D >25-35 >35-55 Considerable control delay that may be substantially increased by small increases in flow; average travel speeds continue to decrease. E >35-50 >55-80 High control delay; average travel speed no more than 33 percent of free flow speed. F >50 >80 Extremely high control delay; extensive queuing and high volumes create exceedingly restricted traffic flow. 75 8 Beltline Residential Development – Traffic Impact Analysis May 2021 Analysis Scenarios Three initial scenarios were included in the analysis of the study area:  Opening Year (2023) No-Build  Opening Year (2023) Build – Scenario 1  Opening Year (2023) Build – Scenario 2 As previously mentioned, the existing conditions were not analyzed as there will be geometric changes to both Beltline Boulevard and 36th Street in 2021. The Opening Year (2023) No-Build scenario was analyzed in order to develop the baseline operating conditions for the study area without the addition of the development. The Opening Year (2023) Build scenarios assumed the addition of the site traffic for the site. Opening Year (2023) No-Build Conditions Analysis The Opening Year (2023) No-Build Conditions analysis was completed to develop an understanding of the baseline operating conditions for the study area without the addition of the development traffic. It should be noted that a dedicated right-turn lane was included in the SimTraffic models at the eastbound approach of Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street and at the westbound approach of Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road. Although these turn lanes are not currently striped at the intersections, the current roadway width provides enough space for right-turning vehicles to bypass vehicles waiting to turn left movement. This is consistent with what was analyzed in the Beltline Boulevard Multimodal Feasibility Study completed by SRF. Table 3 and Table 4 provide a summary of the average delay (seconds per vehicle) and LOS under Opening Year (2023) No-Build Conditions for each movement at the study intersections during the AM peak hour and PM peak hour, respectively. The movements that are anticipated to operate at LOS E are shown in yellow and the movements that are anticipated to operate at LOS F are shown in red. The full SimTraffic reports are included in Attachment 5. Table 3: Opening Year (2023) No-Build Conditions AM Peak Hour Intersection Control Approach Operations by Movement Left Through Right Delay (sec/veh) LOS Delay (sec/veh) LOS Delay (sec/veh) LOS Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road Side Street Stop EB 19.2 C 18.1 C 4.9 A WB 19.4 C 28.8 D 5.9 A NB 4.5 A 1.4 A 0.8 A SB 4.1 A 0.6 A 0.5 A Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street Side Street Stop EB 11.1 B - - 4.0 A NB 5.0 A 0.8 A - - SB - - 1.3 A 1.0 A 36th Street & Raleigh Avenue Side Street Stop EB 5.5 A 0.6 A 0.0 A WB 2.9 A 0.8 A 0.0 A NB - - - - 3.5 A SB - - - - 6.4 A 76 9 Beltline Residential Development – Traffic Impact Analysis May 2021 Table 4: Opening Year (2023) No-Build Conditions PM Peak Hour Intersection Control Approach Operations by Movement Left Through Right Delay (sec/veh) LOS Delay (sec/veh) LOS Delay (sec/veh) LOS Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road Side Street Stop EB 100+ F 96.3 F 89.4 F WB 100+ F 100+ F 13.4 B NB 6.9 A 2.2 A 1.6 A SB 7.4 A 0.9 A 0.7 A Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street Side Street Stop EB 71.5 F - - 8.3 A NB 8.0 A 1.3 A - - SB - - 2.1 A 1.3 A 36th Street & Raleigh Avenue Side Street Stop EB 7.0 A 1.5 A 0.0 A WB 7.8 A 1.0 A 0.1 A NB - - - - 8.4 A SB - - - - 5.6 A Under Opening Year (2023) No-Build Conditions, all intersection movements are anticipated to operate at an acceptable LOS except for the following:  Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road – the eastbound approach and the westbound left-turn and through movements are expected to operate at LOS F during the PM peak hour. The projected delay on these legs is not unusual for a minor-street stop-controlled intersection with a heavily traveled arterial such as Beltline Boulevard.  Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street – the eastbound left movement is expected to operate at LOS F during the PM peak hour. The projected delay on these legs is not unusual for a minor-street stop- controlled intersection with a heavily traveled arterial such as Beltline Boulevard. The 95th percentile queues were reviewed at the study intersections. The 95th percentile queues for the movements that exceed their storage capacity or have undesirable levels of delay are listed below.  Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road – In the PM peak hour, the eastbound approach would have approximately a 10-vehicle queue which would extend beyond the closest existing driveway on Park Glen Road. In the PM peak hour, the westbound approach would have approximately an 8-vehicle queue which would extend beyond the residential driveway on Park Glen Road.  Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street – In the PM peak hour, the eastbound approach would have approximately a 7-vehicle queue. The capacity analysis results for Opening Year (2023) No-Build Conditions are consistent with the findings in the Beltline Boulevard Multimodal Feasibility Study (Attachment 2). The study states that side street delays on Park Glen Road at Beltline Boulevard will approach two minutes after the reconstruction of Beltline Boulevard. The study also noted that side street delays on 35th Street at Beltline Boulevard would operate at LOS F. These delays are only anticipated to occur in the PM peak hour and are not uncommon for this type of facility during peak periods. Opening Year (2023) Build Conditions – Scenario 1 Analysis The Opening Year (2023) Build Conditions – Scenario 1 analysis was completed to provide an understanding of how the proposed development could potentially impact the operating conditions of the transportation network within the study area based on the addition of the site traffic. This analysis was first completed without any mitigation. 77 10 Beltline Residential Development – Traffic Impact Analysis May 2021 Table 5 and Table 6 provide a summary of the average delay (seconds per vehicle) and LOS under Opening Year (2023) Build Conditions – Scenario 1 for each movement at the study intersections during the AM peak hour and PM peak hour, respectively. Consistent with the Opening Year (2023) No-Build Conditions analysis, the movements that are anticipated to operate at LOS E are shown in yellow and the movements that are anticipated to operate at LOS F are shown in red. The full SimTraffic reports are included in Attachment 5. Table 5: Opening Year (2023) Build Conditions – Scenario 1 AM Peak Hour Intersection Control Approach Operations by Movement Left Through Right Delay (sec/veh) LOS Delay (sec/veh) LOS Delay (sec/veh) LOS Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road Side Street Stop EB 14.3 B 24.6 C 11.2 B WB 22.3 C 22.6 C 5.6 A NB 4.6 A 1.3 A 1.1 A SB 4.1 A 0.6 A 0.5 A Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street Side Street Stop EB 14.8 B - - 4.8 A NB 3.9 A 0.9 A - - SB - - 1.3 A 1.0 A 36th Street & Raleigh Avenue Side Street Stop EB 5.9 A 0.7 A 0.0 A WB 3.2 A 0.8 A 0.1 A NB - - - - 3.9 A SB - - - - 6.2 A 35th Street & Site Access Side Street Stop EB 1.5 A 0.2 A - - WB - - 0.5 A 0.2 A SB 4.5 A - - 3.2 A Table 6: Opening Year (2023) Build Conditions – Scenario 1 PM Peak Hour Delay Results Intersection Control Approach Operations by Movement Left Through Right Delay (sec/veh) LOS Delay (sec/veh) LOS Delay (sec/veh) LOS Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road Side Street Stop EB 100+ F 100+ F 100+ F WB 100+ F 100+ F 13.2 B NB 6.3 A 2.0 A 1.5 A SB 6.5 A 1.1 A 0.8 A Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street Side Street Stop EB 100+ F - - 8.8 A NB 9.8 A 1.3 A - - SB - - 2.5 A 2.0 A 36th Street & Raleigh Avenue Side Street Stop EB 8.3 A 1.7 A 0.0 A WB 8.0 A 1.1 A 0.0 A NB - - - - 7.6 A SB - - - - 6.8 A 35th Street & Site Access Side Street Stop EB 3.4 A 3.2 A - - WB - - 6.7 A 3.6 A SB 24.0 C - - 17.7 C Under Opening Year (2023) Build Conditions – Scenario 1, all intersection movements are anticipated to operate at an acceptable LOS except for the following: 78 11 Beltline Residential Development – Traffic Impact Analysis May 2021  Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road – consistent with the Opening Year (2023) No-Build Conditions, the eastbound approach and westbound left-turn and through movements are expected to continue operating at LOS F during the PM peak hour due to the traffic volumes and lack of gaps in the traffic flow along Beltline Boulevard.  Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street – the eastbound left-turn movement is expected to experience LOS F during the PM peak hour due to the lack of gaps in the traffic flow along Beltline Boulevard. This movement is anticipated to operate at LOS F under Opening Year (2023) No-Build Conditions but is expected to experience an increase in delay due to additional site traffic. The 95th percentile queues were reviewed at the study intersections. The 95th percentile queues for the movements that exceed their storage capacity or have undesirable levels of delay are listed below.  Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road – In the PM peak hour, the eastbound approach would have approximately a 12-vehicle queue which would extend beyond the closest existing driveway on Park Glen Road. In the PM peak hour, the westbound approach queue is expected to be consistent with the Opening Year (2023) No-Build Conditions.  Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street – In the PM peak hour, the eastbound approach would have approximately an 11-vehicle queue. This 95th percentile queue length is anticipated to just reach the Site Access off of 35th Street. Opening Year (2023) Build Conditions – Scenario 2 Analysis The Opening Year (2023) Build Conditions – Scenario 2 analysis was completed to provide an understanding of how the proposed development could impact the operating conditions of the transportation network within the study area based on the addition of the site traffic and an additional site access at Park Glen Road. Table 7 and Table 8 provide a summary of the average delay (seconds per vehicle) and LOS under Opening Year (2023) Build Conditions – Scenario 2 for each movement at the study intersections during the AM peak hour and PM peak hour, respectively. Consistent with the Opening Year (2023) No-Build Conditions, the movements that are anticipated to operate at LOS E are shown in yellow and the movements that are anticipated to operate at LOS F are shown in red. The full SimTraffic reports are included in Attachment 5. 79 12 Beltline Residential Development – Traffic Impact Analysis May 2021 Table 7: Opening Year (2023) Build Conditions – Scenario 2 AM Peak Hour Intersection Control Approach Operations by Movement Left Through Right Delay (sec/veh) LOS Delay (sec/veh) LOS Delay (sec/veh) LOS Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road Side Street Stop EB 21.3 C 29.9 D 5.3 A WB 18.5 C 26.3 D 6.4 A NB 4.9 A 1.4 A 0.9 A SB 4.0 A 0.7 A 0.6 A Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street Side Street Stop EB 13.8 B - - 4.4 A NB 4.5 A 0.8 A - - SB - - 1.3 A 0.9 A 36th Street & Raleigh Avenue Side Street Stop EB 5.4 A 0.7 A 0.0 A WB 1.2 A 0.3 A 0.0 A NB - - - - 2.5 A SB - - - - 5.6 A 35th Street & Site Access Side Street Stop EB 1.6 A 0.1 A - - WB - - 0.5 A 0.2 A SB 4.3 A - - 2.9 A Park Glen Road & Site Access Side Street Stop EB - - 0.0 A 0.0 A WB 1.2 A 0.3 A - - NB 0.0 A - - 2.5 A Table 8: Opening Year (2023) Build Conditions – Scenario 2 PM Peak Hour Intersection Control Approach Operations by Movement Left Through Right Delay (sec/veh) LOS Delay (sec/veh) LOS Delay (sec/veh) LOS Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road Side Street Stop EB 100+ F 100+ F 85.2 F WB 85.9 F 100+ F 14.6 B NB 8.6 A 2.0 A 1.4 A SB 6.7 A 1.0 A 0.7 A Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street Side Street Stop EB 48.0 E - - 7.9 A NB 8.0 A 1.2 A - - SB - - 2.1 A 1.5 A 36th Street & Raleigh Avenue Side Street Stop EB 8.0 A 1.7 A 0.0 A WB 8.3 A 1.1 A 0.0 A NB - - - - 8.4 A SB - - - - 6.9 A 35th Street & Site Access Side Street Stop EB 0.2 A 0.4 A - - WB - - 6.1 A 3.5 A SB 0.3 A - - 0.1 A Park Glen Road & Site Access Side Street Stop EB - - 99.7 F 0.0 A WB 1.4 A 0.4 A - - NB 0.0 A - - 100+ F Under Opening Year (2023) Build Conditions – Scenario 2, all intersection movements are anticipated to operate at an acceptable LOS except for the following: 80 13 Beltline Residential Development – Traffic Impact Analysis May 2021  Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road – similar to the Opening Year (2023) No-Build Conditions, the eastbound approach and westbound left-turn and through movements are expected to continue operating at LOS F during the PM peak hour due to the traffic volumes and lack of gaps in the traffic flow along Beltline Boulevard.  Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street – the eastbound left-turn movement is expected to experience unacceptable operations during the PM peak hour due to the lack of gaps in the traffic flow along Beltline Boulevard. This movements is anticipated to operate at LOS F under Opening Year (2023) No-Build Conditions but is expected to experience a decrease in delay under Opening Year (2023) Build Conditions – Scenario 2 due to the redistribution of some area traffic to Park Glen Road.  Park Glen Road & Site Access – the northbound right-turn movement is expected to operate at LOS F during the PM peak hour due to the eastbound queue on Park Glen Road extending from Beltline Boulevard and blocking the Site Access intersection. The 95th percentile queues were reviewed at the study intersections. The 95th percentile queues for the movements that exceed their storage capacity or have undesirable levels of delay are listed below.  Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road – In the PM peak hour, the eastbound approach would have approximately a 17-vehicle queue. This queue is anticipated to block the northbound approach of the Site Access driveway, leading to northbound delays at the intersection. In the PM peak hour, the westbound approach queue is expected to be consistent with the Opening Year (2023) No-Build Conditions.  Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street – In the PM peak hour, the eastbound approach would have approximately a 4-vehicle queue. The queue is shorter than the Opening Year (2023) No-Build Conditions because of the additional access at Park Glen Road. Opening Year (2023) Build Conditions – Mitigated Analysis & Recommendations In order to address the poor levels of service in the study area that are experienced under the Opening Year (2023) No-Build Conditions, several mitigations were considered at the study intersections and evaluated under the Opening Year (2023) Build Conditions – Mitigated analysis scenarios. The mitigation measures included the following:  Addition of a striped/dedicated right-turn lane at the eastbound approach of Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street. This mitigation would not result in a significant change in the traffic modeling results because the current width of the intersection approach is already wide enough to allow for right- turning vehicles to bypass vehicles waiting to turn left. However, providing striping will more clearly define and separate the storage spaces for left- and right-turning vehicles and could be concurrently implemented with the planned Beltline Boulevard reconstruction with minor impact to 35th Street.  Installation of a traffic signal at the intersection of Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road. Poor operations are anticipated at the intersection in the Opening Year (2023) Conditions with or without the development, and this mitigation is consistent with what was determined in the Beltline Boulevard Multimodal Feasibility Study completed by SRF. A timeframe for when the intersection will require signalization was not determined in the study, but it is anticipated that it will need to occur when traffic volumes reach the level of Opening Year (2023) No-Build Conditions. With the addition of a traffic signal at the intersection, single lane approaches were assumed along Park Glen Road. Table 9 and Table 10 provide a summary of the average delay (seconds per vehicle) and LOS under Opening Year (2023) Build Conditions – Mitigated Scenario 1 for each movement at Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road during the AM peak hour and PM peak hour, respectively. The results are only shown for the study intersections that would be expected to see an impact with the suggested mitigations: Beltline 81 14 Beltline Residential Development – Traffic Impact Analysis May 2021 Boulevard & Park Glen Road and Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street. The other study intersections were not reported as they would operate similarly to the unmitigated scenarios. The installation of a signal at Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road would improve operations to an acceptable level. The full SimTraffic reports are included in Attachment 5. Table 9: Opening Year (2023) Build Conditions – Mitigated Scenario 1 AM Peak Hour Intersection Control Approach Operations by Movement Overall Intersection Left Through Right Delay (sec/veh) LOS Delay (sec/veh) LOS Delay (sec/veh) LOS Delay (sec/veh) LOS Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road Signal EB 9.4 A 12.3 B 4.6 A 5.3 A WB 10.4 B 11.6 B 5.5 A NB 11.5 B 5.0 A 3.7 A SB 8.9 A 4.2 A 1.7 A Table 10: Opening Year (2023) Build Conditions – Mitigated Scenario 1 PM Peak Hour Intersection Control Approach Operations by Movement Overall Intersection Left Through Right Delay (sec/veh) LOS Delay (sec/veh) LOS Delay (sec/veh) LOS Delay (sec/veh) LOS Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road Signal EB 22.5 C 22.2 C 13.8 B 9.0 A WB 25.2 C 18.6 B 14.5 B NB 17.5 B 7.5 A 5.9 A SB 17.0 B 6.3 A 2.7 A Table 11 and Table 12 provide a summary of the average delay (seconds per vehicle) and LOS under Opening Year (2023) Build Conditions – Mitigated Scenario 2 for each movement at Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road and Park Glen Road & Site Access during the AM peak hour and PM peak hour respectively. The other study intersections were not reported as they would operate similarly to the unmitigated scenarios. The installation of signal at Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road would improve operations to an acceptable level for Scenario 2 and would also improve operations at the Site Access on Park Glen Road. The full SimTraffic reports are included in Attachment 5. Table 11: Opening Year (2023) Build Conditions – Mitigated Scenario 2 AM Peak Hour Intersection Control Approach Operations by Movement Overall Intersection Left Through Right Delay (sec/veh) LOS Delay (sec/veh) LOS Delay (sec/veh) LOS Delay (sec/veh) LOS Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road Signal EB 11.9 B 14.2 B 3.8 A 6.0 A WB 11.0 B 9.8 A 6.1 A NB 11.6 B 5.6 A 3.8 A SB 10.1 B 4.8 A 2.0 A Park Glen Road & Site Access Side Street Stop EB - - 0.0 A 0.0 A - - WB 1.3 A 0.4 A - - NB 0.0 A - - 2.5 A 82 15 Beltline Residential Development – Traffic Impact Analysis May 2021 Table 12: Opening Year (2023) Build Conditions – Mitigated Scenario 2 PM Peak Hour Intersection Control Approach Operations by Movement Overall Intersection Left Through Right Delay (sec/veh) LOS Delay (sec/veh) LOS Delay (sec/veh) LOS Delay (sec/veh) LOS Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road Signal EB 23.1 C 22.7 C 15.7 B 9.3 A WB 21.5 C 27.1 C 12.9 B NB 19.4 B 7.7 A 5.3 A SB 19.2 B 6.4 A 2.9 A Park Glen Road & Site Access Side Street Stop EB - - 0.5 A 0.0 A - - WB 1.6 A 0.4 A - - NB 0.0 A - - 2.9 A Based on the results of the analysis, it is recommended to install a signal at Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road when traffic volumes reach the Opening Year (2023) No-Build volumes as there will be significant delays at the intersection with or without the proposed development. In the Build conditions, the eastbound left-turn movement at Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street is expected to have an undesirable level of service in the PM peak hour for both Scenario 1 and Scenario 2. If feasible, a connection to Park Glen Road (Scenario 2) once Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road is signalized, would improve operations at Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street. However, the eastbound left-turn movement is still anticipated to operate at LOS E. While this LOS is not desirable, it is not uncommon for side street approaches on roadways like Beltline Boulevard during the peak periods. Summary and Conclusion The Beltline residential redevelopment, located west of Beltline Boulevard on the north side of 35th Street, is proposed to be an approximately 250-unit apartment building with 7,450 square feet of retail on the ground floor. The site is anticipated to generate a total of 85 AM peak hour trips (25 entering and 60 exiting) and 145 PM peak hour trips (90 entering and 55 exiting), including pass-by trips. A capacity analysis was completed for four scenarios: Opening Year (2023) No-Build Conditions, Opening Year (2023) Build Conditions – Scenario 1, Opening Year (2023) Build Conditions – Scenario 2, and Opening Year (2023) Mitigated Build Conditions. Under Opening Year (2023) No-Build Conditions, all intersection movements are anticipated to operate at an acceptable LOS except for the eastbound approach and westbound left-turn and through movements at Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road and the eastbound left -turn movement at Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street in the PM peak hour. These operational deficiencies are consistent with the Beltline Boulevard Multimodal Feasibility Study completed by SRF in 2019. With the proposed development traffic in Scenario 1, the same operational deficiencies as the Opening Year (2023) No-Build Conditions are anticipated to occur, however, operations at Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street are anticipated to experience increased delay in the PM peak hour. With the proposed development traffic in Scenario 2, the same operational deficiencies as the Opening Year (2023) No-Build Conditions are anticipated to occur. It is anticipated that, with the connection to Park Glen Road from the site, operations at Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street will remain consistent with Opening Year (2023) No-Build Conditions. Site access operations at Park Glen Road would operate poorly if operations at Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road are not addressed. 83 16 Beltline Residential Development – Traffic Impact Analysis May 2021 The Opening Year (2023) Mitigated Build Conditions for both Scenarios 1 and 2 were analyzed with a signal at Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road to remain consistent with what was determined in the Beltline Boulevard Multimodal Feasibility Study completed by SRF in 2019. Based on the results of the analysis, it is recommended to install a signal at Park Glen Road & Beltline Boulevard when traffic volumes reach the Opening Year (2023) No-Build Conditions volumes as there will be excessive delays at the intersection with or without the proposed development. The installation of a signal at Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road would improve operations to an acceptable level for both Scenarios 1 and 2. The following improvements are recommended to facilitate improved operations and access to the residential development.  Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road o Install a traffic signal when the Opening Year (2023) No-Build traffic volumes are reached.  Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street o Restripe eastbound approach at intersection to create separate left-turn and right-turn lanes. The width of the roadway at the intersection already allows for right-turning vehicles to bypass vehicles waiting to turn left but providing striping would clearly separate the storage spaces for left- and right-turning vehicles. This improvement could be concurrently implemented with the planned Beltline Boulevard reconstruction with minor impacts to 35th Street.  If feasible, consider constructing a new access to Park Glen Road (Scenario 2) o This connection should only be considered after Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road is signalized. o Provide a single inbound lane and single outbound lane on the south leg of the intersection (site access). o Install a stop sign for outbound traffic at the site access. 84 NOT TO SCALE 36th Street EXHIBIT 1 PROJECT SITE LOCATION AND STUDY AREA LEGEND Proposed Site Location Study Intersection Proposed Site Driveway 85 NOT TO SCALE N 36th Street 35th Stre e t Raleigh AvenueBeltline BoulevardPark Gle n R o a d SWLRT Beltline B o ul e v ar d Station** EXHIBIT 2 OPENING YEAR (2023) NO-BUILD GEOMETRY AND INTERSECTION CONTROL LEGEND Project Site Location Study Intersection Stop Control * Denotes a turn lane that is not striped as a dedicated turn lane, but the roadway width provides enough space for right-turning vehicles to bypass vehicles waiting to turn left. 86 NOT TO SCALE 36th Street EXHIBIT 3 OPENING YEAR (2023) NO-BUILD TRAFFIC VOLUMES LEGEND Proposed Site Location AM (PM) Peak Hour VolumesXX (X X) 87 NOT TO SCALE 36th Street EXHIBIT 4 PRIMARY SITE TRIP DISTRIBUTION LEGEND Proposed Site Location Site Traffic Distribution Inbound Site Traffic Outbound Site Traffic 88 NOT TO SCALE 36th Street LEGEND Proposed Site Location AM (PM) Peak Hour VolumesXX (X X) EXHIBIT 5 PRIMARY SITE TRIP ASSIGNMENT 89 NOT TO SCALE 36th Street LEGEND Proposed Site Location AM (PM) Peak Hour VolumesXX (X X) EXHIBIT 6 PASS-BY TRIP DISTRIBUTION 90 NOT TO SCALE 36th Street LEGEND Proposed Site Location AM (PM) Peak Hour VolumesXX (X X) EXHIBIT 7 PASS-BY TRIP ASSIGNMENT 91 NOT TO SCALE 36th Street EXHIBIT 8 TOTAL TRIP ASSIGNMENT LEGEND Proposed Site Location AM (PM) Peak Hour VolumesXX (X X) 92 NOT TO SCALE 36th Street EXHIBIT 9 OPENING YEAR (2023) BUILD TRAFFIC VOLUMES SCENARIO 1 LEGEND Proposed Site Location AM (PM) Peak Hour VolumesXX (X X) 93 NOT TO SCALE 36th Street EXHIBIT 10 OPENING YEAR (2023) BUILD TRAFFIC VOLUMES SCENARIO 2 LEGEND Proposed Site Location AM (PM) Peak Hour Volumes Alley Extension X X (X X) 94 Beltline Residential Development – Traffic Impact Analysis May 2021 Attachments 1. Conceptual Site Plan 2. Beltline Boulevard Multimodal Feasibility Study (SRF) 3. 36 th Street Multimodal Feasibility Study (SRF) 4. Turning Movement Count Data (April 2021) 5. SimTraffic Reports 95 96 2 BR 2 BR2 BR2 BR E / D L/W L/W L/W L/W L/W ST 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR ELEV LOBBY 1 BR1 BR MAIL/PKG EXTERIOR AMENITY 18' - 0"24' - 0"18' - 0"UP MOVE-IN/LOADING1 BR ELEC TRASH/RECY 475 SF TERRACES AT LEVEL 1RETAIL PARKING: 28 SPACES E/D TERRACES & GARDEN WALL AT L-1 LEASING L/W E/D2 BR ST 1 BR 1 BR GATED AMENITY ENTRY/EXIT LOBBY/ LEASING EASEMENT 30' - 0"20' - 0"RETAIL PATIO AND ENTRY L/W PATIO AND ENTRY (TYP) AUTO ENTRY ASSUMED PROPERTY LINE: 1'-0" FROM EDGE OF TRAIL ASSUMED 4'-0" EASEMENT LINEST PATIO 20' - 0"HC 1 BR+ PATIO WTR ROOM CLUB LIVING FITNESS YOGA ONE WAY RAMP 882ENHANCED PAVINGFLUSH CURB STOR. 1 BR1 BR+ ST 20' - 0" 6' - 0" 6' - 0" WM ELEV LOBBY MECH. BIKE PARKING (10) BIKE PARKING (6)34' - 0"6' - 0"24' - 0"60' - 6"30' - 0"6' - 0"1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR 1 BR ST ST ST SLOPE UPRETAIL - COFFEE SHOP 2700 SF RETAIL - RESTAURANT 4750 SF EV STALL LEVEL 2 EVCS 8' - 6"8' - 6"18' - 0"(TYP)8' - 6"18' - 0" (TYP) 3CY 17' - 0"28' - 0" T R +/- 3' - 9"TRASH/RECY CHUTES T/R 100 SF SERVICE DOOR FOR DELIVERIES AND TRASH FOB ACCESS GARAGE DOOR TO RESIDENTIAL PARKING RETAIL PARKING: 25 SPACES BIKE STORAGE AND MAINTENANCE (53) EV STALL LEVEL 2 EVCS RESIDENTIAL GUEST 8' - 6"8' - 6"18' - 0"RETAIL PARKING WALL MOUNTED BIKE RACK (18) EV STALL LEVEL 2 EVCS LEVEL 2 EVCS FUTURE EV STALLS (3)EV STALLLEVEL 2 EVCSPUBLIC USEEV STALLLEVEL 2 EVCSPUBLIC USEEV STALL LEVEL 2 EVCS PUBLIC USELEVEL 2 EVCSFUTURE EV STALLS (3)LEVEL 1 EVCS RESIDENTIAL USE 18 EV STALLS BICYCLE PARKING LEVEL 1 :86 LEVEL 2 : 148 LEVEL 3 : 51 TOTAL : 269 EV STALLS LEVEL 1 EVCS PUBLIC USE:1 (ACCESSIBLE) LEVEL 2 EVCS PUBLIC USE:4 LEVEL 1 EVCS RESIDENTIAL USE:30 LEVEL 2 EVCS RESIDENTIAL USE:1 (GUEST USE) LEVEL 2 FUTURE PUBLIC ACCESS:6 LEVEL 2 FUTURE RESID. ACCESS:30 AUTO PARKING RETAIL USES:53 RESID. USES : 299 TOTAL : 352 SHEET TITLE SHEET NUMBER Opus Design Build, L.L.C. Opus AE Group, L.L.C. 10350 Bren Road West Minnetonka, MN 55343-0110 952-656-4444 10350 Bren Road West Minnetonka, MN 55343-0110 952-656-4444 PLOT DATE:PROJECT PROJECT NUMBER CONSULTANT REGISTRATION DRAWN BY CHECKED BY PROJECT MANAGER DATE PROJECT ADDRESS 5/20/2021 11:25:08 PMConcept Level 1 A.01 3440 Beltline Boulevard St. Louis Park, MN 31815000 D. Newins T. Grothe T. Callahan 05/20/21 0'40'10'20' ISSUE RECORD 2021-04-19 PUD Submittal 1 2021-05-17 PUD Submittal 2 97 98 Memorandum www.srfconsulting.com 1 Carlson Parkway North, Suite 150 | Minneapolis, MN 55447-4453 | 763.475.0010 Fax: 1.866.440.6364 An Equal Opportunity Employer SRF No. 12007.00 To: Jack Sullivan, Senior Engineering Project Manager City of St. Louis Park From: Matt Pacyna, PE, Principal Brent Clark, PE, Senior Engineer Date: October 22, 2019 Subject: Beltline Boulevard Multimodal Feasibility Study Introduction SRF has completed a multimodal feasibility study for Beltline Boulevard between Park Glen Road and 36th Street in the City of St. Louis Park (see Figure 1: Study Area). With the current City of St. Louis Park Connect the Park planning initiatives and the upcoming opening of the Southwest Light Rail (SWLRT) Beltline Boulevard Station, the City is considering modifications to Beltline Boulevard to improve multimodal transportation within the area. These planned multimodal improvements include the addition of on-street bike lanes, sidewalk/trail enhancements, and roadway/traffic control modifications to better accommodate all modes of transportation within the area. The main objectives of this study are to review existing conditions within the study area, identify and evaluate roadway alternatives that improve multimodal transportation, develop a future corridor layout and vision, and provide preliminary cost estimates. Once completed, the Beltline Boulevard multimodal feasibility study will provide the City a basis for improving multimodal transportation within the area. The following sections provide the assumptions, analysis, and study findings offered for consideration. Project Priorities and Goals With the planned Connect the Park vision as well as the future SWLRT line, there is a critical need to provide safe and efficient pedestrian and bicycle connections within the area and community. Therefore, the following project priorities and goals were identified early in the study process to provide guidance as alternatives were identified and evaluated. 1. Walkability/Bikeability - Address a bicycle facility gap or enhance multimodal trail/sidewalk linkages through providing a separation of bicycle facilities from the sidewalk and/or roadway 2. Safety - Provide a safe design for pedestrians/bicycles as well as other modes of transportation 3. Capacity/Mobility - Balance capacity and mobility for all modes of transportation 4. Preliminary Costs - Identify a cost-effective alternative(s) 99 01912007 July 2019 Study Area Beltline Blvd Multimodal Feasability Study City of St. Louis Park Figure 1H:\Projects\12000\12007\TS\Figures\Beltline Blvd Report\Fig01_Study Area.cdr100 Beltline Boulevard Multimodal Feasibility Study October 22, 2019 Page 3 Existing Conditions Existing conditions were reviewed to establish a baseline condition to identify potential issues and opportunities, as well as to compare alternatives. The study area focuses on the segment of Beltline Boulevard between Park Glen Road and 36th Street, but does consider future changes planned up to CSAH 25. The evaluation of existing conditions includes a review of current bicycle facilities, as well as other various data collection efforts including hourly traffic volumes, roadway characteristics, crash history, and intersection capacity, which are summarized in the following sections. Bicycle Facilities The St. Louis Park Comprehensive Plan was used to identify current local and regional bicycle facilities within the area. Pedestrian facilities and other key area destinations, such as the planned SWLRT transit route and stations were also identified. A summary of the current pedestrian and bicycle facilities in the area, as well as the planned SWLRT route and stations are illustrated in Figure 2. Within the study segment, there is an existing multi-use trail along the east side of the study corridor, but no on-street bicycle facility. There is also a large sidewalk gap on the west side of Beltline Boulevard, from approximately the Citizens Bank Access to the Cedar Lake Regional Trail crossing. As mentioned previously, it is important to address pedestrian facility gaps and enhance bicycle facilities, especially as future transit options are implemented within the area. Data Collection Weekday a.m. and p.m. peak period vehicular turning movement and pedestrian/bicyclist counts were collected along Beltline Boulevard at the following study intersections in late Fall 2018 during typical weekday conditions (i.e. a Tuesday, Wednesday, or Thursday). In addition, short duration (i.e. 10- minute) counts were collected at business driveways (i.e. Health Partners and Kenwood Gymnastics) to understand general activity and travel patterns. These short-duration counts were modified to reflect peak hour volumes based on the newly collected data in Fall 2018. · Park Glen Road · 35th Street Given the time of year that data was collected, area pedestrian and bicycle activity observed was lower than typical summer conditions. Therefore, historical 13-hour vehicular turning movement and pedestrian/bicycle counts at the 36th Street/Beltline Boulevard intersection from July 2017 were utilized to better understand how area transportation activity changes within the area throughout the time of year. Furthermore, other historical vehicular turning movement counts from previous studies completed within the area were reviewed. The historical data included weekday peak hour data during various months of the year to help identify how traffic volumes and travel patterns change, as well as 13-hour intersection turning movement counts, which were used to develop hourly traffic volume profiles and average daily traffic (ADT) volumes. In general, traffic volumes have been relatively stable in the past 5 to 10-years along the Beltline Boulevard corridor. 101 01912007 August 2019 Existing Pedestrian, Bicycle, and Proposed SWLRT Transit Facilities Beltline Blvd Multimodal Feasability Study City of St. Louis Park Figure 2H:\Projects\12000\12007\TS\Figures\Beltline Blvd Report\Fig02_Existing Pedestrian, Bicycle, and Proposed SWLRT Transit Facilities.cdr – Local Trail – Regional Trail LEGEND Bicycle Facilities Proposed Transit – Proposed SWLRT – Proposed SWLRT Station – Existing Sidewalk Pedestrian Facilities 102 Beltline Boulevard Multimodal Feasibility Study October 22, 2019 Page 5 Traffic Volumes Intersection turning movement counts along Beltline Boulevard were utilized to develop hourly traffic volume profiles along the corridor, which are illustrated in Figure 3. Based on this data, traffic volumes along Beltline Boulevard peak between 4:00 and 6:00 p.m., while other hours of the day are approximately 70 percent or less of the p.m. peak period. Hourly traffic volumes along Beltline Boulevard are generally 650 vehicles per hour (vph) or less in each direction. This information will be leveraged as part of the alternative evaluation discussed later in this report. The average daily traffic (ADT) volume along Beltline Boulevard is approximately 10,500 vehicles per day (vpd). Figure 3. Hourly Traffic Volumes on Beltline Boulevard Roadway Characteristics Observations were completed to identify roadway characteristics within the study area (i.e. roadway geometry, posted speed limits, and traffic controls). Currently, Beltline Boulevard is a four-lane undivided roadway with a posted speed limit of 30 miles per hour (mph). The Beltline Boulevard and 36th Street/Monterey Drive intersection is signalized, while all other study intersections are unsignalized with side-street stop control. Existing geometrics, traffic controls, and volumes are shown in Figure 4. 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 6:00 7:00 8:00 9:00 10:00 11:00 12:00 13:00 14:00 15:00 16:00 17:00 18:00Volume (Vehicles)Northbound Southbound 103 01912007 August 2019 Existing Conditions Beltline Boulevard Multimodal Feasability Study City of St. Louis Park Figure 4NORTHNorthH:\Projects\12000\12007\TS\Figures\Beltline Blvd Report\Fig04_Existing Conditions Beltline Blvd.cdrKenwood Gymnastics Access (0) 0(635) 425Beltline Blvd 20 (15)415 (705) (30) 0 (15) 0 (15) 30(590) 360(60) 35Beltline Blvd 55 (30)395 (635)95 (80) Park Glen Rd (45) 5 (0) 0 (35) 5 105 (95) 0 (5) 35 (50)Beltline Blvd W 35th St (85) 35 (35) 20 (15) 5(565) 425(15) 0Beltline Blvd 15 (15)325 (645)5 (0) Health Partners South Access (20) 0 (0) 0 (5) 0 0 (10) 0 (0) 5 (20)Beltline Blvd 150 (260)15 (15)165 (395) W 36th St (315) 175 (490) 180 (25) 30 255 (280) 415 (385)80 (95)335 (625) (40) 25(550) 390Beltline Blvd (0) 5 (0) 0 (0) 515 (0)340 (660)5 (0) (5) 15(590) 410(0) 5 XX (XX) - A.M. Peak Hour Volume - P.M. Peak Hour Volume - Side-Street Stop Control - Signalized Control - Average Daily Traffic Volume LEGEND X,XXX10,500Health PartnersNorth Access Rec Center Access Monterey Drive Citizens Bank Access 0 (5) 0 (0) 0 (5) 104 Beltline Boulevard Multimodal Feasibility Study October 22, 2019 Page 7 Crash History A review of historical crashes was performed at the study intersections based on the most recent five- years of reported crashes using a combination of MnDOTs Crash Mapping Analysis Tool (MnCMAT) data from January 1, 2013 thru December 31, 2015, and data obtained from Hennepin County from January 1, 2016 thru December 31, 2017. Based on this data, there were a total of 45 crashes reported over the analysis period within the study area intersections. The majority of crashes were right angle and rear-end type crashes. The third highest crash type was bicycle crashes, which accounted for eight (8) of the total 45 crashes. The bicycles crashes were evenly distributed between intersections along Beltline Boulevard at Park Glen Road, 35th Street, and 36th Street. Table 1. Crash Summary (2013-2017) Single Vehicle Crashes Multiple Vehicle Crashes Total Bike Ped Run Off Road Left Turn/ Angle Head On Rear End Side Swipe Other Beltline Boulevard Park Glen Road 3 - 1 3 - 4 - - 11 35th Street 2 - - 2 - 2 - - 6 36th Street 3 - 1 12 3 6 2 1 28 Totals 8 - 2 17 3 12 2 1 45 A detailed crash and severity rate analysis was completed to identify the crash and severity rates for each study intersection, which was then compared to statewide average rates for intersections with similar characteristics (i.e. traffic controls and volumes). This data was also compared to the critical crash and severity rates, which is a statistical measure that helps determine the significance above the average expected crash/severity rates for intersections with similar characteristics. The detailed crash and severity rates are included in the Appendix. Based on this approach, no study intersections were above the critical or severity crash rate. The amount of bicycle crashes, however, does indicate the need for an enhanced bicycle system. Although there is a trail on the east side of Beltline Boulevard, bicyclists were observed on-street. Therefore, a designated space/on-street bicycle lane is expected to improve the safety of bicyclists and improve driver/bicycle expectations along the corridor. Intersection Capacity Analysis An existing intersection capacity analysis was completed to establish a baseline condition to which future traffic operations can be compared. The capacity analysis was completed for the a.m. and p.m. peak hours using Synchro/SimTraffic software (V9.0). Capacity analysis results identify a Level of Service (LOS) which indicates how well an intersection is operating. Intersections are graded from LOS A through LOS F, which are based on average delay per vehicle results from SimTraffic and correspond to the delay threshold values shown in Table 2. LOS A indicates the best traffic operation and LOS F indicates an intersection where demand exceeds capacity. An overall intersection LOS A through D is generally considered acceptable by drivers in the Twin Cities Metropolitan Area. 105 Beltline Boulevard Multimodal Feasibility Study October 22, 2019 Page 8 Table 2. Level of Service Criteria for Signalized and Unsignalized Intersections LOS Designation Signalized Intersection Average Delay/Vehicle (seconds) Unsignalized Intersection Average Delay/Vehicle (seconds) A ≤ 10 ≤ 10 B > 10 - 20 > 10 - 15 C > 20 - 35 > 15 - 25 D > 35 - 55 > 25 - 35 E > 55 - 80 > 35 - 50 F > 80 > 50 For side-street stop controlled intersections, special emphasis is given to providing an estimate for the level of service of the side-street approach. Traffic operations at an unsignalized intersection with side- street stop control can be described in two ways. First, consideration is given to the overall intersection level of service. This takes into account the total number of vehicles entering the intersection and the capability of the intersection to support these volumes. Second, it is important to consider the delay on the minor approach. Since the mainline does not have to stop, the majority of delay is attributed to the side-street approaches. It is typical of intersections with higher mainline traffic volumes to experience high levels of delay (poor levels of service) on the side-street approaches, but an acceptable overall intersection level of service during peak hour conditions. Results of the existing capacity analysis, shown in Table 3, indicates that all study intersections currently operate at an acceptable overall LOS D or better during the weekday a.m. and p.m. peak periods. Side-street delays are also within expected levels, although left-turn maneuvers from the side- street approaches can be challenging during the p.m. peak hour. These results indicate that there is excess intersection capacity along Beltline Boulevard and there is opportunity to reconfigure the geometric configuration to provide an on-street bicycle facility. Further discussion regarding potential on-street bicycle facilities is provided later in this document. Table 3. Existing Intersection Capacity Analysis Beltline Boulevard Intersection A.M. Peak Hour P.M. Peak hour LOS Delay LOS Delay Park Glen Road (1) A/B 14 sec. A/D 27 sec. Kenwood Gymnastics Access (1) A/A 1 sec. A/B 14 sec. West 35th Street (1) A/A 7 sec. A/C 16 sec. Health Partners North Access (1) A/A 6 sec. A/A 1 sec. Health Partners South Access (1) A/B 12 sec. A/C 19 sec. 36th Street/Monterey Drive A 9 sec. B 13 sec. (1) Indicates an unsignalized intersection with side-street stop control, where the overall LOS is shown followed by the worst side-street approach LOS. The delay shown represents the worst side-street approach delay. 106 Beltline Boulevard Multimodal Feasibility Study October 22, 2019 Page 9 Year 2040 Conditions When evaluating infrastructure, it is important to understand future operations and needs to help protect the infrastructure investment. Year 2040 conditions were reviewed to understand potential future operational issues and opportunities, particularly as they relate to creating a multimodal Beltline Boulevard corridor. The following information summarizes the year 2040 conditions. Traffic Forecasts To determine the level of traffic growth, a combination of resources were reviewed, including historical ADT volumes on area roadways, the St. Louis Park Comprehensive Plan, and previous traffic studies in the area. In general, historical ADT volumes have been flat or decreasing over the past 5 to 10-years along the Beltline Boulevard corridor. However, as identified in the St. Louis Park Comprehensive Plan, there is high-growth potential in the area associated with development and redevelopment within the area, particularly as a result of the future SWLRT line and stations. To develop year 2040 forecasts, an annual growth rate of 0.9 percent was applied to the existing peak hour traffic volumes. This growth rate is consistent with traffic forecasts developed as part of the St. Louis Park Comprehensive Plan. A summary of the year 2040 forecasts is provided in Figure 5. Note that although traffic forecasts are expected to grow, area pedestrian and bicycle activity is expected to significantly increase as a result of the future SWLRT. This growth is expected to outpace vehicular growth within the area, helping create the need for a multimodal vision for the Beltline Boulevard corridor. Year 2040 ADT volumes along Beltline Boulevard are expected to be approximately 12,800 vpd. Monterey Drive/36th Street/Beltline Boulevard Roundabout The Monterey Drive Multimodal Corridor Study, (2018) identified two traffic control options for the Monterey Drive/36th Street/Beltline Boulevard intersection; a traffic signal and a hybrid roundabout. Both options would facilitate the transition between the existing four-lane 36th Street corridor and the proposed 2-lane Monterey Drive corridor. Each traffic control option includes a modified Rec Center Access. However, with the lane reductions/modifications necessary to transition from 36th Street to Monterey Drive, City staff currently prefers the hybrid roundabout configuration, which provides acceptable future operations, lower vehicular delays, less queueing during peak and non-peak periods, as well as safety benefits. The latest roundabout configuration will be incorporated into the future year 2040 intersection capacity analysis and multimodal facility alternatives for the Beltline Boulevard corridor. SWLRT Improvements Beltline Boulevard, from north of Park Glen Road, is planned to be reconstructed as part of the SWLRT line and station project. Once completed, this segment of Beltline Boulevard will include on- street bike lanes and two travel lanes in both the northbound and southbound direction along Beltline Boulevard. All roadway configuration alternatives along Beltline Boulevard (south of Park Glen Road) need to be compatible and transition with this planned roadway improvement. 107 01912007 August 2019 Year 2040 Conditions Beltline Boulevard Multimodal Feasability Study City of St. Louis Park Figure 5NORTHNorthH:\Projects\12000\12007\TS\Figures\Beltline Blvd Report\Fig05_Year 2040 Conditions Beltline Blvd.cdrKenwood Gymnastics Access (0) 0(775) 520Beltline Blvd 25 (20)505 (860) (40) 0 (20) 0 (20) 40(720) 440(75) 45Beltline Blvd 70 (40)485 (775)120 (100) Park Glen Rd (55) 10 (0) 0 (45) 10 130 (120) 0 (10) 45 (65)Beltline Blvd W 35th St (105) 45 (45) 25 (25) 10(690) 520(20) 0Beltline Blvd 20 (20)400 (790)10 (0) (20) 0 (0) 0 (5) 0 0 (15) 0 (0) 10 (25) W 36th St 100 (120)410 (765) (50) 30(670) 475Beltline Blvd (0) 10 (0) 0 (0) 1020 (0)415 (805)5 (0) (10) 20(720) 500(0) 5Rec Center Access 185 (320)20 (20)205 (485) (385) 215 (600) 220 (30) 40 300 (320) 490 (440) 10 (15) (30) 20(25) 15(20) 15 XX (XX) - A.M. Peak Hour Volume - P.M. Peak Hour Volume - Side-Street Stop Control - Signalized Control - Roundabout - Average Daily Traffic Volume LEGEND X,XXX12,800Health PartnersNorth Access Health Partners South Access Beltline Blvd Monterey Drive Citizens Bank Access 0 (5) 0 (0) 0 (5) 108 Beltline Boulevard Multimodal Feasibility Study October 22, 2019 Page 11 Year 2040 No Build Intersection Capacity Year 2040 no build conditions were reviewed to understand how the study area would be expected to operate under future traffic volumes without any other changes to the transportation network, except for the planned roundabout at the 36th Street/Beltline Boulevard/Monterey Drive intersection and the reconstructed segment of Beltline Boulevard north of Park Glen Road as part of the SWLRT project. Results of the year 2040 no build intersection capacity analysis, shown in Table 4, indicates that all study intersections are expected to continue to operate at an acceptable overall LOS D or better during the weekday a.m. and p.m. peak hours. Table 4. Year 2040 No Build Intersection Capacity Analysis Beltline Boulevard Intersection A.M. Peak Hour P.M. Peak hour LOS Delay LOS Delay Park Glen Road (1) A/A 8 sec. B/F ~ 2 min Kenwood Gymnastics Access (1) A/A 1 sec. A/D 29 sec. West 35th Street (1) A/A 9 sec. A/E 49 sec. Health Partners North Access (1) A/A 7 sec. A/A 1 sec. Health Partners South Access (1) A/C 23 sec. A/E 49 sec. 36th Street/Monterey Drive (2) C 16 sec. D 32 sec. (1) Indicates an unsignalized intersection with side-street stop control, where the overall LOS is shown followed by the worst side-street approach LOS. The delay shown represents the worst side-street approach delay. (2) Indicates roundabout control. However, as traffic volumes increase along Beltline Boulevard, side-street stop delays are also expected to increase, particularly for left-turn maneuvers during the peak periods. As such, the 35th Street and Health Partners South Access approaches are expected to operate at LOS E during the p.m. peak hour and the Park Glen Road approaches are expected to operate at LOS F during the p.m. peak hour. As noted earlier, these side-street delays are relatively common during peak periods. Although, the side- street delays at Park Glen Road are approaching the level such that a traffic control improvement should be considered. Based on the capacity analysis results, a preliminary review of future traffic volumes at the Beltline Boulevard/Park Glen Road intersection indicates that a traffic signal may be warranted. If a traffic signal were to be installed, the overall intersection and side-street approaches would be expected to operate at acceptable levels of service. Note that other traffic controls, such as a roundabout, were considered in this location. However, with the planned SWLRT approximately 500 feet north of the Park Glen Road intersection and potential right-of-way impacts associated with a roundabout, the traffic signal appears to be the more cost-effective alternative in this location. Therefore, future alternatives will be evaluated with the assumption that a traffic signal may be needed at the Park Glen Road intersection with Beltline Boulevard. 109 Beltline Boulevard Multimodal Feasibility Study October 22, 2019 Page 12 Preliminary Alternatives Preliminary Alternatives Although there is not a gap in the bicycle facility along Beltline Boulevard, there is a desire to provide an enhanced bicycle facility along the corridor to better serve bicyclists of all abilities and provide separation from the existing pedestrian facilities along the corridor. As noted earlier there been eight (8) bicycle crashes along the corridor within the last five years, indicating that a number of bicyclists are riding on-street, even with the existing multi-use trail. Furthermore, there is reserve intersection/ roadway capacity along Beltline Boulevard, which provides flexibility in developing preliminary alternatives to enhance the current bicycle facilities while accommodating all modes of transportation. Therefore, to better accommodate bicycles and provide an enhanced bicycle facility type, the following roadway configuration options were investigated to understand potential opportunities. · Option 1 - 4-Lane Facility (No Build) · Option 2A - Unbalanced Facility (Travel Lanes: 2 NB + 1 SB) · Option 2B - Unbalanced Facility (Travel Lanes: 2 SB + 1 NB) · Option 3 - 3-Lane Facility (1 NB + 1 SB + 1 Center Left-Turn Lane) Note that the addition of on-street bicycle lanes would likely come at the expense of a vehicular travel lane, rather than widening Beltline Boulevard which would come at a significant cost. Initial discussion with City Staff indicated a preference for buffered bike lanes to be implemented. Therefore, the following sections outline the preliminary alternative capacity analysis to determine which of the roadway cross-sections would be the most appropriate for the Beltline Boulevard corridor. Corridor Capacity A planning-level review of the Beltline Boulevard corridor capacity was completed based on existing and year 2040 hourly traffic volumes. This analysis leveraged guidance from FHWA’s Road Diet Informational Guide, which looks at the feasibility of reduced lane conditions from a capacity perspective base on the hourly directional traffic volumes. The guide states the following: · “Probably Feasible” at or below 750 vehicles per hour per direction (vphpd) · “Consider Cautiously” between 750 and 875 vphpd · “Feasibility Less Likely” above 875 vphpd These thresholds were used to determine a per lane traffic volume threshold that could be used to understand the hourly corridor capacity for the preliminary alternatives. The hourly traffic volume profiles were reviewed relative to the thresholds from the FHWA guidance, which are illustrated in Figure 6. Although this is a planning-level review, this approach helps understand how many hours per day each alternative may be over and/or near capacity. 110 Beltline Boulevard Multimodal Feasibility Study October 22, 2019 Page 13 Figure 6. Planning Level Capacity Analysis Results of the corridor capacity review indicates that the corridor falls within the “Probably Feasible” category for the majority of the day, other than a portion of the p.m. peak hour. Under future year 2040 conditions during the p.m. peak hour, volumes in the southbound direction fall in the “Consider Cautiously” category for approximately 30 minutes. Although from a high-level perspective the corridor appears feasible for lane reductions, additional detailed capacity analysis was performed to determine the effect of lane reductions on corridor and side-street approach operations. Detailed Capacity Analysis and Sensitivity Tests In addition to the planning-level corridor capacity analysis, detailed intersection capacity analysis and sensitivity tests were performed using Synchro/SimTraffic software under year 2040 p.m. peak hour conditions. This analysis was used to identify specific operational issues and test potential alternative refinements to better understand potential opportunities to create a better multimodal facility along Beltline Boulevard. These sensitivity tests also helped structure the alternative screening process and are discussed in further detail within the following Alternatives Screening Evaluation section. 750 875 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 6:00 7:00 8:00 9:00 10:00 11:00 12:00 13:00 14:00 15:00 16:00 17:00 18:00Volume (Vehicles)Time of Day Northbound (Existing)Southbound (Existing)750 - Probably Feasible Beltline Boulevard Multimodal Feasibility Study October 22, 2019 Page 14 Alternative Screening Evaluation The corridor was evaluated to determine a roadway cross-section that could accommodate an enhanced bicycle facility. The evaluation included considerations and corridor capacities that were utilized to develop an evaluation matrix, which summarizes how each alternative addresses the project priorities and goals previously identified. The following information summarizes the alternative screening and evaluation process for the Beltline Boulevard corridor. Considerations Key considerations for the Beltline Boulevard corridor are illustrated in Figure 7. These considerations, along with the corridor capacity analysis results, were incorporated into the evaluation matrix as part of the alternative screening evaluation. Based on the findings, the alternative that best meets the priorities and goals of the study was identified. The following information provides an overview of key corridor considerations which correspond to Figure 7. 1. Beltline Boulevard, from north of Park Glen Road, is planned to be reconstructed as part of the SWLRT line and station project. Once completed, this segment of Beltline Boulevard will include on-street bike lanes and two travel lanes in both the northbound and southbound direction along Beltline Boulevard. All roadway configuration alternatives along Beltline Boulevard (south of Park Glen Road) need to be compatible and transition into the planned roadway configuration to the north of Park Glen Road. 2. Monterey Drive, including the Beltline Boulevard/36th Street intersection, are planned to be reconstructed between year 2020 and year 2021 to improve multimodal connectivity and access to/from the Rec Center. As previously noted, this project includes a hybrid roundabout configuration at the 36th Street/Monterey Drive/Beltline Boulevard intersection, which is assumed as part of the alternative screening evaluation. 3. There is an existing multi-use trail along the east side of Beltline Boulevard within the study area. Although there is not an existing bicycle gap along Beltline Boulevard, an on-street bicycle facility north of Park Glen Road is planned as part of the SWLRT project. Once completed, there will be an on-street bicycle facility gap between Park Glen Road and 36th Street/Monterey Drive. 4. There are private driveways located along the Beltline Boulevard corridor within the study area and with the potential for a reduced lane roadway configuration, delays while accessing Beltline Boulevard during the peak periods for these motorists are expected to increase. In addition, it is important to consider how motorists enter these driveways (in addition to the public streets) to limit potential conflicts between turning and through motorists. 5. Given the expected side-street delays at Park Glen Road and desire to provide an enhanced pedestrian crossing of Beltline Boulevard, the Beltline Boulevard/Park Glen Road intersection is a potential candidate for future signalization. 6. There is an existing sidewalk gap along the west side of Beltline Boulevard that has received funding to implement. Extending the existing sidewalk to complete this gap is included as part of each alternative. 112 01912007 August 2019 Corridor Considerations Beltline Boulevard Multimodal Feasability Study City of St. Louis Park Figure 7NORTHNorth2 3 5 4 4 6 36th St 35th St Park Glen R d M o n t e r e y D rH:\Projects\12000\12007\TS\Figures\Beltline Blvd Report\Fig07_Corridor Considerations.cdr – Space/ROW/Feasibility Issue – Traffic Operation/Queuing – Planned Improvement – Existing Bicycle Facility – Cost Consideration LEGEND 25 HENNEPIN COUNTY 1 113 Beltline Boulevard Multimodal Feasibility Study October 22, 2019 Page 16 Alternative Evaluation Based on the planning level capacity review, the following three preliminary alternatives provide a significant amount of reserve capacity or conflict with other project priorities. · Option 1 - 4-Lane Facility (No Build) · Option 2A - Unbalanced Facility (Travel Lanes: 2 NB + 1 SB) · Option 2B - Unbalanced Facility (Travel Lanes: 2 SB + 1 NB) Alternative Option 1, which is the current Beltline Boulevard configuration, would not address the bicycle crashes or meet the project priorities and goals as it would not provide on-street bicycle facilities lanes without significant corridor expansion. Alternative Options 2A and 2B would provide unbalanced facilities to better accommodate directional traffic volumes. However, directional traffic volumes along Beltline Boulevard are generally balanced throughout the day and providing two travel lanes in a particular direction, without providing a center left-turn lane, would not result in any additional operational and/or safety benefit. Thus, Alternatives Option 1, 2A, and 2B do not meet the priorities and goals of the project and are not considered cost-effective. Alternative Option 3, the 3-lane configuration, would provide the desired roadway space to accommodate buffered bike lanes in a design that is common and would be consistent with driver and bicyclist expectations. Existing and forecast traffic volumes are within the acceptable range for a 3- lane roadway, although side-street delays are expected to increase during the peak periods as a result of the roadway reconfiguration. It is important to note that the higher side-street delays are only anticipated during the p.m. peak hour (i.e. for approximately one hour of the day). Therefore, given that the City of St. Louis Park Comprehensive Plan prioritizes pedestrians, bicycles, and transit over vehicular traffic, Alternative Option 3 best meets the project priorities in a cost-effective manner. Evaluation Matrix A summary of the effectiveness of each alternative to meet the priorities and goals identified for the project is provided in the evaluation matrix in Table 5. Alternatives that meet the key priority or goal identified is highlighted in green, while alternatives that do not meet the key priority are highlighted in red. For alternatives that fall somewhere between these two areas, they are highlighted in orange, yellow, or light green, depending on how well the alternative meets the priority. Table 5. Beltline Boulevard Evaluation Matrix Alternative Evaluation Criteria Bikeability Safety Capacity Side Street Operations Costs Option 1 – 4-Lane Option 2A – 2N+1S Option 2B – 1N+2S Option 3 – 3-Lane 114 Beltline Boulevard Multimodal Feasibility Study October 22, 2019 Page 17 Preferred Alternative Concept Alternative Refinement Based on the findings summarized within the evaluation matrix, Alternative Option 3 (3-lane) best balances the corridor needs for Beltline Boulevard in a cost-effective manner. As mentioned previously, it is important to have a smooth transition to the section of Beltline Boulevard north of Park Glen Road, which will be reconstructed as part of the SWLRT project. Several options were reviewed for how to provide the transition from the two (2) northbound and two (2) southbound Beltline Boulevard travel lanes north of Park Glen Road to the proposed 3-lane facility to the south. The options varied but focused on a desire to provide bicycle lane continuity, acceptable operations at the Park Glen Road intersection, and sufficient vehicular storage to accommodate queues from the SWLRT crossing. Based on this review, it was determined that the transition should occur at Park Glen Road, by terminating one of the southbound travel lanes at Park Glen Road and beginning the second northbound lane approximately 150 feet north of Park Glen Road. This configuration would require curb-reconstruction in the southwest quadrant of the Beltline Boulevard/Park Glen Road intersection but would better align the buffered bike lanes. The curb reconstruction would also provide space for late merging vehicles. Based on the alternative concept refinements, the preferred alternative is illustrated in Figure 8. Preferred Alternative Intersection Capacity Analysis To illustrate how the preferred alternative is expected to operate, as compared to the no build condition, an additional intersection capacity analysis was completed. Results of this comparison, shown in Table 6, indicate that study intersections and driveways are expected to operate relatively similar between the no build and preferred alternative (3-lane) Beltline Boulevard configurations. The primary difference between the two configurations is that side-street delays are expected to increase under the preferred alternative configuration, which was mentioned previously. However, the higher side-street delays are only expected to occur during the p.m. peak hour and are generally common for this type of facility to experience during peak periods. A traffic signal was assumed at Park Glen Road. Table 6. Year 2040 Preferred Alternative Intersection Capacity Analysis Comparison Beltline Boulevard Intersection Level of Service A.M. Peak Hour P.M. Peak hour No Build 3-Lane No Build 3-Lane Park Glen Road A/A A B/F B Kenwood Gymnastics Access (1) A/A A/A A/D A/E West 35th Street (1) A/A A/B A/E A/F Health Partners North Access (1) A/A A/A A/A A/A Health Partners South Access (1) A/C A/D A/E A/F 36th Street/Monterey Drive (2) C C D D (1) Indicates an unsignalized intersection with side-street stop control, where the overall LOS is shown followed by the worst side-street approach LOS. The delay shown represents the worst side-street approach delay. (2) Indicates roundabout control. 115 Beltline Boulevard Multimodal Feasibility Study August 16, 2019 Page 19 Cost Estimate A detailed cost estimate for the preferred alternative shown in Figure 8 was developed to assist with future capital improvement planning. Based on the preliminary cost estimate, the preferred alternative is expected to cost approximately $425,000 to implement. Note that the cost does not include design engineering, construction administration, and contingency. Specific costs for the proposed alternative is included in the Appendix. Next Steps As the project proceeds into the next phase, there are steps that must be taken to further refine the design. These include working with area stakeholders, through both public and private business meetings, to ensure comprehensive community feedback is received. This feedback will help users of the facilities shape the final design concepts. Additionally, as the final design development is completed, there is a need to identify funding opportunities, which may occur potentially through grants. H:\Projects\12000\12007\TS\Reports\Report\12007_FINAL_BeltlineBoulevardMultimodalFeasibilityStudy_191022.docx 117 Appendix 118 Safety AnalysisBeltline Boulevard Multimodal Feasibility StudySRF Consulting GroupCrash Rate SummaryIntersectionTraffic Control Total Crashes Crash RateStatewide AverageCritical Crash RateCrash Rate > Critical Crash RateFatal & Serious Issue Crash RateCritical Crash RateFatal & Serious Issue Crash Rate > Critical Crash RateW. 36th St/Beltline BlvdTraffic Signal28 0.74 0.701.06No2.653.91NoBeltline Blvd/Raleigh AveThru-Stop6 0.28 0.180.44No0.004.20NoBeltline Blvd/Park Glen RdThru-Stop11 0.42 0.180.42No0.003.65No119 2040 PM Beltline Blvd Alternatives Beltline Blvd Intersection No Build (1) 3 - Lane 2 NB+1 SB 2 SB+1 NB LOS Delay LOS Delay LOS Delay LOS Delay Park Glen Road B 11 sec B 12 sec B 18 sec B 12 sec Kenwood Gymnastics Access (1) A/C 21 sec A/E 36 sec A/D 33 sec A/D 26 sec West 35th Street (1) A/E 44 sec A/F 79 sec A/F 83 sec B/F 125 sec Health Partners North Access (1) A/A 1 sec. A/A 1 sec. A/A 1 sec. A/A 1 sec. Health Partners South Access (1) A/E 39 sec. A/F 61 sec A/F 59 sec B/F 101 sec (1) No Build condition includes a signal at the Park Glen Road intersection. (2) Indicates an unsignalized intersection with side-street stop control, where the overall LOS is shown followed by the worst side-street approach LOS. The delay shown represents the worst side-street approach delay. 120 Year 2040 Preferred Alternative Intersection Capacity Analysis Beltline Boulevard Intersection A.M. Peak Hour P.M. Peak hour LOS Delay LOS Delay Park Glen Road A 7 sec. B 12 sec. Kenwood Gymnastics Access (1) A/A 1 sec. A/E 36 sec. West 35th Street (1) A/B 11 sec. A/F 79 sec. Health Partners North Access (1) A/A 7 sec. A/A 1 sec. Health Partners South Access (1) A/D 31 sec. A/F 61 sec. 36th Street/Monterey Drive (2) C 16 sec. D 32 sec. (1) Indicates an unsignalized intersection with side-street stop control, where the overall LOS is shown followed by the worst side-street approach LOS. The delay shown represents the worst side-street approach delay. (2) Indicates roundabout control. 121 QUANTITY AMOUNT 2021.501 MOBILIZATION LUMP SUM $20,000.00 1.0 $20,000.00 2104.503 SAWING BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT (FULL DEPTH) LIN FT $3.50 395 $1,382.50 2104.503 REMOVE CURB & GUTTER LIN FT $4.00 385 $1,540.00 2104.518 REMOVE BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT SQ FT $5.00 780 $3,900.00 RELOCATE UTILITY BOX AREA Each $25,000.00 1 $25,000.00 2105.507 SELECT GRANULAR BORROW (CV)CU YD $30.00 40 $1,200.00 (2),(3) 2211.507 AGGREGATE BASE (CV) CLASS 5 CU YD $25.00 40 $1,000.00 (2) 2360.509 TYPE SP 12.5 NON WEARING COURSE MIXTURE (3,C)TON $90.00 30 $2,700.00 (2) 2360.509 TYPE SP 12.5 WEARING COURSE MIXTURE (3,C)TON $90.00 70 $6,300.00 2531.503 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER LIN FT $22.00 380 $8,360.00 2573.502 STORM DRAIN INLET PROTECTION EACH $250.00 3 $750.00 2104.502 REMOVE SIGN TYPE C EACH $35.00 20 $700.00 2564.618 SIGN TYPE C SQ FT $40.00 315 $12,600.00 2565.501 TRAFFIC CONTROL INTERCONNECT SYSTEM B LUMP SUM $23,000.00 1 $23,000.00 2565.516 TRAFFIC CONTROL SIGNAL SYSTEM D SYSTEM $250,000.00 1 $250,000.00 2102.503 PAVEMENT MARKING REMOVAL LIN FT $1.00 3900 $3,900.00 2102.518 PAVEMENT MARKING REMOVAL SQ FT $2.20 140 $308.00 2582.503 4" SOLID LINE MULTI-COMPONENT GR IN LIN FT $0.60 11400 $6,840.00 2582.503 12" SOLID LINE MULTI-COMPONENT GR IN LIN FT $7.00 220 $1,540.00 2582.503 24" SOLID LINE MULTI-COMPONENT GR IN LIN FT $15.00 40 $600.00 2582.503 4" BROKEN LINE MULTI-COMPONENT GR IN LIN FT $0.50 750 $375.00 2582.503 4" DOUBLE SOLID LINE MULTI-COMPONENT GR IN LIN FT $1.35 200 $270.00 2582.518 PAVEMENT MESSAGE PREF THERMO GR IN SQ FT $26.00 580 $15,080.00 2582.518 CROSSWALK PREF THERMO GR IN SQ FT $13.00 324 $4,212.00 (4) 2582.518 PAVEMENT MARKING SPECIAL SQ FT $35.00 925 $32,375.00 NOTES (1) Items based on Concept layout and 2019 pricing; Assumed construction year of 2020 (2) Assumes Pavement Section of 8.0" Bit (2.5" Wear+5.5" Base)/ 9" Agg Base / 15" Select Granular in full Reconstruction Areas (3) Includes 6" Agg Base for Walks/Trails (4) Green Pavement Markings City of St. Louis Park -Beltline Boulevard: Monterey Drive Roundabout to SWLRT Rail Crossing (1) ESTIMATED TOTAL COSTS UNIT BASE BID UNIT PRICE TOTALS $423,932.50 NOTES ITEM NO.BASE BID ITEM DESCRIPTION 122 Memorandum www.srfconsulting.com 1 Carlson Parkway North, Suite 150 | Minneapolis, MN 55447-4453 | 763.475.0010 Fax: 1.866.440.6364 An Equal Opportunity Employer SRF No. 12007.00 To: Jack Sullivan, Senior Engineering Project Manager City of St. Louis Park From: Matt Pacyna, PE, Principal Brent Clark, PE, Senior Engineer Date: October 22, 2019 Subject: 36th Street Multimodal Feasibility Study Introduction SRF has completed a multimodal feasibility study for 36th Street between Wooddale Avenue and Beltline Boulevard in the City of St. Louis Park. With the current City of St. Louis Park Connect the Park planning initiatives and the upcoming opening of two Southwest Light Rail (SWLRT) stations within the immediate study area, the City is considering modifications to 36th Street to improve multimodal transportation within the area. These planned multimodal improvements include the addition of on-street bike lanes, sidewalk/trail enhancements, and roadway/traffic control modifications to better accommodate all modes of transportation within the area. The main objectives of this study are to review existing conditions within the study area, identify and evaluate roadway alternatives that improve multimodal transportation, develop a future corridor layout and vision, and provide preliminary cost estimates. Once completed, the 36th Street multimodal feasibility study will provide the City a basis for improving multimodal transportation within the area. The following sections provide the assumptions, analysis, and study findings offered for consideration. Project Priorities and Goals With the planned Connect the Park vision as well as the future SWLRT stations, there is a critical need to provide safe and efficient pedestrian and bicycle connections within the area and community. Therefore, the following project priorities and goals were identified early in the study process to provide guidance as alternatives were identified and evaluated. 1. Walkability/Bikeability - Address a bicycle facility gap or enhance multimodal trail/sidewalk linkages through providing a separation of bicycle facilities from the sidewalk and/or roadway 2. Safety - Provide a safe design for pedestrians/bicycles as well as other modes of transportation 3. Capacity/Mobility - Balance capacity and mobility for all modes of transportation 4. Preliminary Costs - Identify a cost-effective alternative(s) 5. Requests - Improvement addresses another request/desire for the corridor 123 Jack Sullivan, City of St. Louis Park October 22, 2019 36th Street Multimodal Feasibility Study Page 2 Existing Conditions Existing conditions were reviewed to establish a baseline condition to identify potential issues and opportunities, as well as to compare alternatives. The study area, which is shown in Figure 1, was broken down into three primary segments; the West Segment (Wooddale Avenue to the Highway 100 Bridge), the Center Segment (the Highway 100 Bridge to Park Center Blvd), and the East Segment (Park Center Boulevard to Beltline Boulevard). The evaluation of existing conditions includes a review of current bicycle facilities, as well as other various data collection efforts including hourly traffic volumes, roadway characteristics, crash history, and intersection capacity, which are summarized in the following sections. Bicycle Facilities The St. Louis Park Comprehensive Plan was used to identify current local and regional bicycle facilities within the area. Other key area destinations, such as the planned SWLRT transit route and stations, and potential future north/south regional trails recognized in the 2040 Regional Parks Policy Plan were also identified. A summary of the existing bicycle facilities is illustrated in Figure 2. Note that there is a relatively significant east-west bicycle facility gap along 36th Street between Wooddale Avenue and Beltline Boulevard. The only bicycle facility along 36th Street today is a multi- use trail along the south side of 36th Street from the Northbound Mn Highway 100 Ramps to the west driveway serving the ROC area, near Raleigh Avenue. It is important to address these bicycle facility gaps, especially as future transit locations and regional trails are developed on each end of the study area. Data Collection Weekday a.m. and p.m. peak period vehicular turning movement and pedestrian/bicyclist counts were collected along 36th Street at the following locations in late Fall 2018, during typical weekday conditions (i.e. a Tuesday, Wednesday, or Thursday). · Wooddale Avenue · Xenwood Avenue · Mn Highway 100 Ramp · Park Center Boulevard · Raleigh Avenue/ROC Access In addition, short-duration (i.e. 15-minute) counts were collected along 36th Street at Yosemite Avenue, Webster Avenue, and business driveways to understand general activity and travel patterns. These short-duration counts were modified to reflect peak hour volumes based on the newly collected data in Fall 2018. 124 01912007 August 2019 Study AreaH:\Projects\12000\12007\TS\Figures\36th Street Report\Fig01_Study Area.cdr36th Street Multimodal Feasibility Study City of St. Louis Park – West Segment – Center Segment – East Segment LEGEND Figure 1 Study Area GOODWILL LA FITNESS Target St. LOUIS PARK REC CENTER Study Area HOIGAARD VILLAGE CEDA R L A K E R E GI O N A L T R AI L 125 NORTHNorth01912007 August 2019 Existing Bicycle Facilities Figure 2H:\Projects\12000\12007\TS\Figures\36th Street Report\Fig02_Bicycle Facilities and Future Improvements.cdr36th Street Multimodal Feasibility Study City of St. Louis Park – Local Trail – Regional Trail – North-South Regional Trail Search Area LEGEND Bicycle Facilities Proposed Transit – Proposed SWLRT – Proposed SWLRT Stations Louisi a n a S t a ti o n Wood d al e St ati o n Beltlin e S t a t i o n 126 Jack Sullivan, City of St. Louis Park October 22, 2019 36th Street Multimodal Feasibility Study Page 5 Given the time of year that data was collected, area pedestrian and bicycle activity observed was lower than typical summer conditions. Therefore, historical 13-hour vehicular turning movement and pedestrian/bicycle counts at the 36th Street/Beltline Boulevard intersection from July 2017 were utilized to better understand how area transportation activity changes within the area throughout the time of year. Furthermore, other historical vehicular turning movement counts from previous studies completed within the area were reviewed. The historical data included weekday peak hour data during various months of the year to help identify how traffic volumes and travel patterns change, as well as 13-hour intersection turning movement counts, which were used to develop hourly traffic volume profiles and average daily traffic (ADT) volumes. In general, traffic volumes have been relatively stable in the past 5 to 10-years along the 36th Street corridor. Traffic Volumes Intersection turning movement counts along 36th Street were utilized to develop hourly traffic volume profiles along the three primary segments along 36th Street (i.e. the west, center, and east segments), which are illustrated in Figure 3. Based on this data, traffic volumes peak between 4:00 and 6:00 p.m., while other hours of the day are approximately 80 percent or less of the p.m. peak period. It is important to note that the center segment carries the highest volume within the 36th Street corridor, which includes access to key roadways such as Mn Highway 100 and Park Center Boulevard. The hourly traffic volumes will be leveraged as part of the alternative evaluation discussed later in this report. Average daily traffic (ADT) volumes along 36th Street range from approximately 14,700 to 15,600 vehicles per day (vpd), which. Figure 3. Hourly Traffic Volumes on 36th Street 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 6:00 7:00 8:00 9:00 10:00 11:00 12:00 13:00 14:00 15:00 16:00 17:00 18:00Two-Way Traffic VolumesWest Segment Center Segment East Segment 127 Jack Sullivan, City of St. Louis Park October 22, 2019 36th Street Multimodal Feasibility Study Page 6 Roadway Characteristics Observations were completed to identify roadway characteristics within the study area (i.e. roadway geometry, posted speed limits, and traffic controls). Currently, 36th Street varies in general roadway cross-section within the study area. The west 36th Street segment is a four-lane undivided roadway, while the center and east segments are a four-lane divided facility. The posted speed limit along 36th Street is 30 miles per hour (mph). There are signalized intersections along 36th Street at Wooddale Avenue, Xenwood Avenue, the Northbound Mn Highway 100 Ramps, Park Center Boulevard, and Beltline Boulevard. All other study intersections are unsignalized with side-street stop control. Access is to private development is generally limited to a few locations along the west and east segments of the corridor. Existing geometrics, traffic controls, and volumes are summarized in Figure 4. Crash History A review of historical crashes was performed at the study intersections based on the most recent five- years of reported crashes using a combination of MnDOTs Crash Mapping Analysis Tool (MnCMAT) data from January 1, 2013 thru December 31, 2015, and data obtained from Hennepin County from January 1, 2016 thru December 31, 2017. Based on this data, there were a total of 146 crashes reported over the analysis period within the study area intersections. The majority of crashes were rear-end and right-angle type crashes. There were eight (8) bicycle crashes and two (2) pedestrian crashes along the corridor, which are noted within the following table. Table 1. Crash Summary (2013-2017) Single Vehicle Crashes Multiple Vehicle Crashes Total Bike Ped Run Off Road Left Turn/ Angle Head On Rear End Side Swipe Other 36th Street Intersection Wooddale Avenue 1 - 6 16 3 9 2 2 39 Yosemite Avenue - 1 - - - 4 1 1 7 Xenwood Avenue - 1 - 7 - 7 1 3 19 TH 100 NB Ramp 1 - - 2 - 7 1 1 12 Park Center Boulevard 3 - 1 6 1 16 2 3 32 Raleigh Avenue - - 1 6 1 1 - - 9 Beltline Boulevard 3 - 1 12 3 6 2 1 28 Total 8 2 9 49 8 50 9 11 146 128 01912007 August 2019 Existing Conditions Figure 4H:\Projects\12000\12007\TS\Figures\36th Street Report\Fig04_Existing Conditions 36th St.cdrNORTHNorth36th Street Multimodal Feasibility Study City of St. Louis ParkStrip Mall Access 0 (5)0 (0) W 36th St (0) 5 (745) 510 0 (20) 575 (870) (35) 5(5) 5(70) 10Xenwood Ave 85 (25)5 (5)80 (55) W 36th St (80) 30 (635) 465 (25) 5 15 (50) 500 (815) 15 (45) (310) 210(205) 155Hwy 100 NB Ramp W 36th St (655) 420 (105) 135 335 (620) 260 (265) (5) 10(60) 40(275) 140Wooddale Ave 110 (110)405 (340)280 (360) W 36th St (100) 115 (110) 95 (5) 5 400 (600) 40 (85) 135 (190) (5) 0(0) 0(45) 10Yosemite Ave 0 (20)0 (0)0 (0) W 36th St (35) 30 (695) 465 (15) 5 0 (0) 575 (865) 15 (10)Webster Ave 0 (15) W 36th St (760) 555 15 (35) 530 (895) (345) 120(30) 10(350) 110Park Center Blvd 30 (90)15 (35)10 (40) W 36th St (95) 25 (495) 335 (270) 215 10 (45) 445 (450) 130 (240) (15) 5(5) 0(10) 5ROC Access40 (15)0 (0)5 (30) W 36th St (75) 75 (790) 375 (20) 5 15 (30) 540 (605) 5 (15)Citizens Bank Access 0 (5) W 36th St (830) 385 5 (0) 560 (645)Beltline Blvd 150 (260)15 (15)65 (395) W 36th St (315) 175 (490) 180 (25) 30 255 (280) 415 (385)LA Fitness Access Raleigh Ave XX (XX) - A.M. Peak Hour Volume - P.M. Peak Hour Volume - Side-Street Stop Control - Signalized Control - Existing Average Daily Traffic LEGEND X,XXX 14,600 15,600 14,900 129 Jack Sullivan, City of St. Louis Park October 22, 2019 36th Street Multimodal Feasibility Study Page 8 A detailed crash and severity rate analysis was completed to identify the crash and severity rates for each study intersection, which were then compared to statewide averages for intersections with similar characteristics (i.e. traffic controls and volumes). This data was also compared to critical crash and severity rates, which is a statistical measure that helps determine the statistical significance of the above average crash/severity rates for intersections with similar characteristics. Based on this approach, there were two (2) study intersections (36th Street/Wooddale Avenue and 36th Street/Xenwood Avenue) that had crash rates above the critical crash rate. There was also one (1) study intersection (36th Street/ Xenwood Avenue) intersection that has a severity rate above the critical severity rate, which was a result of a pedestrian fatal crash. Note that in July 2015, both intersections with the crash issues were improved. A cursory review was performed on the crash data from 2016 and 2017 (i.e. after improvements), which determined that the amount and severity of crashes after the improvements were no longer above the critical crash rate or critical severity rate. Therefore, there is currently no significant crash issue along the 36th Street corridor. Detailed crash and severity rates are included in the Appendix. Intersection Capacity Analysis An existing intersection capacity analysis was completed to establish a baseline condition to which future traffic operations and alternatives can be compared. The capacity analysis was completed for the a.m. and p.m. peak hours using Synchro/SimTraffic software (V9.0). Capacity analysis results identify a Level of Service (LOS) which indicates how well an intersection is operating. Intersections are graded from LOS A through LOS F. The LOS results are based on average delay per vehicle results from SimTraffic, which correspond to the delay threshold values shown in Table 2. LOS A indicates the best traffic operation and LOS F indicates an intersection where demand exceeds capacity. An overall intersection LOS A through D is generally considered acceptable by drivers in the Twin Cities Metropolitan Area. Table 2. Level of Service Criteria for Signalized and Unsignalized Intersections LOS Designation Signalized Intersection Average Delay/Vehicle (seconds) Unsignalized Intersection Average Delay/Vehicle (seconds) A ≤ 10 ≤ 10 B > 10 - 20 > 10 - 15 C > 20 - 35 > 15 - 25 D > 35 - 55 > 25 - 35 E > 55 - 80 > 35 - 50 F > 80 > 50 For side-street stop controlled intersections, special emphasis is given to providing an estimate for the level of service of the side-street approach. Traffic operations at an unsignalized intersection with side- street stop control can be described in two ways. First, consideration is given to the overall intersection level of service. This takes into account the total number of vehicles entering the intersection and the capability of the intersection to support these volumes. 130 Jack Sullivan, City of St. Louis Park October 22, 2019 36th Street Multimodal Feasibility Study Page 9 Second, it is important to consider the delay on the minor approach. Since the mainline does not have to stop, the majority of delay is attributed to the side-street approaches. It is typical of intersections with higher mainline traffic volumes to experience high levels of delay (i.e. poor levels of service) on the side-street approaches, but an acceptable overall intersection level of service during peak hour conditions. Results of the existing intersection capacity analysis, illustrated in Table 3, indicate that all study intersections currently operate at an acceptable overall LOS D or better during the weekday a.m. and p.m. peak periods. The busiest intersection from a capacity perspective is the 36th Street/Park Center Boulevard intersection, which operates near the LOS C/D threshold. These results indicate there is sufficient capacity along the 36th Street corridor to investigate alternative roadway configurations that could help support a broader multimodal 36th Street corridor. Table 3. 36th Street Intersection Capacity Analysis 36th Street Intersection A.M. Peak Hour P.M. Peak hour LOS Delay LOS Delay Wooddale Avenue B 14 sec. B 16 sec. Strip Mall Access (1) A/A 3 sec. A/C 21 sec. Yosemite Avenue (1) A/A 3 sec. A/A 10 sec. Xenwood Avenue A 5 sec. A 9 sec. Webster Avenue (1) A/A 1 sec. A/A 8 sec. Northbound Highway 100 Ramps B 20 sec. C 23 sec. Park Center Boulevard C 25 sec. D 36 sec. Raleigh Avenue (1) A/A 7 sec. A/E 42 sec. Citizens Bank Access (1) A/A 2 sec. A/A 4 sec. Beltline Boulevard A 9 sec. B 13 sec. (1) Indicates an unsignalized intersection with side-street stop control, where the overall LOS is shown followed by the worst side-street approach LOS. The delay shown represents the worst side-street approach delay. From an overall intersection capacity perspective, there are no significant issues along the 36th Street corridor. However, the following information summarizes key existing operational and/or queuing issues that warrant consideration as multimodal alternatives are investigated. 1) 36th Street and Wooddale Avenue · Southbound queues extend into to the Mn Highway 7 Service Road approximately 5 percent of the time during both the a.m. and p.m. peak hours. · Eastbound left-turn vehicles were observed to make aggressive movements during the permissive phase due to the heavy amount of westbound right-turning movements. · Westbound right-turn queues can extend beyond Xenwood Avenue during the p.m. peak hour; these queues are dynamic and are often a result of either a freight train or increased pedestrian/bicycle activity at the Wooddale Avenue Cedar Lake Regional Trail crossing. 131 Jack Sullivan, City of St. Louis Park October 22, 2019 36th Street Multimodal Feasibility Study Page 10 2) 36th Street and Xenwood Avenue · There are approximately 30 a.m. and 80 p.m. peak hour eastbound left-turn maneuvers at this intersection; when these maneuvers occur, there is corridor congestion due to the lack of an eastbound left-turn lane. 3) 36th Street and Park Center Boulevard · Eastbound thru queues block the left-turn lane approximately 20 percent of the a.m. peak hour and 40 percent of the p.m. peak hour. · Westbound left-turn queues extend beyond the turn lane storage approximately five (5) percent of the a.m. peak hour and 40 percent of the p.m. peak hour; westbound queues extend into Raleigh Avenue approximately five (5) percent of the p.m. peak hour. 4) 36th Street and Raleigh Avenue/ROC Access 1) Northbound and southbound left-turn movements are difficult to make during the p.m. peak hour; vehicles were observed to make aggressive movements. Year 2040 Conditions When evaluating infrastructure, it is important to understand future operations and needs to help protect the infrastructure investment. Therefore, year 2040 conditions were reviewed to understand potential future operational issues and opportunities, particularly as they relate to creating a multimodal 36th Street corridor. The following information summarizes the year 2040 conditions. Traffic Forecasts To determine the level of traffic growth, a combination of resources were reviewed, including historical average daily traffic (ADT) volumes on area roadways, the St. Louis Park Comprehensive Plan, and previous traffic studies in the area. In general, historical ADT volumes have been flat or decreasing over the past 5 to 10-years along the 36th Street corridor. However, as identified in the St. Louis Park Comprehensive Plan, there is high growth potential in the area associated with development and redevelopment within the area, particularly as a result of the future SWLRT stations planned at Wooddale Avenue and Beltline Boulevard. To develop year 2040 forecasts, an annual growth rate of 0.9 percent was applied to the existing peak hour traffic volumes. This growth rate is consistent with traffic forecasts developed as part of the St. Louis Park Comprehensive Plan. A summary of the year 2040 forecasts is provided in Figure 5. Note that although traffic forecasts are expected to grow, area pedestrian and bicycle activity is expected to significantly increase as a result of the future SWLRT. This growth is expected to outpace vehicular growth within the area, helping create the need for a multimodal vision for the 36th Street corridor. Year 2040 ADT volumes along 36th Street are expected to range from 17,800 to 19,000 vpd. 132 01912007 August 2019 Year 2040 Conditions Figure 5H:\Projects\12000\12007\TS\Figures\36th Street Report\Fig05_2040 Conditions 36th St.cdrNORTHNorth36th Street Multimodal Feasibility Study City of St. Louis ParkStrip Mall Access 0 (10)0 (0) W 36th St (0) 10 (910) 625 0 (25) 710 (1070) (55) 15(10) 10(85) 30Xenwood Ave 105 (30)10 (10)100 (70) W 36th St (100) 40 (775) 570 (30) 10 20 (65) 610 (995) 20 (55) (380) 260(250) 190Hwy 100 NB Ramp W 36th St (800) 525 (130) 170 410 (755) 320 (325) (10) 15(75) 50(335) 175Wooddale Ave 135 (135)495 (415)345 (440) W 36th St (125) 140 (135) 120 (10) 10 495 (740) 50 (105) 165 (235) (10) 0(0) 0(55) 15Yosemite Ave 0 (25)0 (0)0 (0) W 36th St (45) 15 (850) 600 (20) 15 0 (0) 710 (1065) 20 (15)Webster Ave 0 (20) W 36th St (930) 695 20 (45) 645 (1090) (420) 150(40) 15(430) 135Park Center Blvd 40 (110)20 (45)15 (50) W 36th St (120) 35 (605) 415 (330) 270 15 (55) 545 (550) 160 (295) (20) 10(10) 0(15) 10ROC Access50 (140)0 (0)10 (40) W 36th St (95) 95 (965) 460 (25) 10 20 (40) 660 (740) 10 (20)Citizens Bank Access 0 (10) W 36th St (1015) 470 10 (0) 685 (790)Beltline Blvd 185 (320)20 (20)205 (485) W 36th St (385) 215 (600) 220 (30) 40 300 (320) 490 (440) 10 (15) LA Fitness Access Raleigh Ave XX (XX) - A.M. Peak Hour Volume - P.M. Peak Hour Volume - Side-Street Stop Control - Signalized Control - Roundabout- Year 2040 Average Daily Traffic LEGEND X,XXX (30) 20(25) 15(20) 1518,00019,000 17,800 133 Jack Sullivan, City of St. Louis Park October 22, 2019 36th Street Multimodal Feasibility Study Page 12 36th Street/Beltline Boulevard/Monterey Drive Roundabout The Monterey Drive Multimodal Corridor Study, (2018) identified two traffic control options for the Monterey Drive/36th Street/Beltline Boulevard intersection; a traffic signal and a hybrid roundabout. Both options would facilitate the transition between the existing four-lane 36th Street corridor and the proposed 2-lane Monterey Drive corridor. Each traffic control option includes a modified Rec Center Access. However, with the lane reductions/modifications necessary to transition from 36th Street to Monterey Drive, City staff currently prefers the hybrid roundabout configuration, which provides acceptable future operations, lower vehicular delays, less queueing during peak and non-peak periods, as well as safety benefits. The latest roundabout configuration will be incorporated into the future year 2040 intersection capacity analysis and multimodal facility alternatives for the 36th Street corridor. 2040 No Build Intersection Capacity Year 2040 no build conditions were reviewed to understand how the 36th Street corridor would be expected to operate under future traffic volumes without any other changes to the transportation network, except for the planned roundabout at the 36th Street/Beltline Boulevard/Monterey Drive intersection. Results of the year 2040 no build intersection capacity analysis, shown in Table 4, indicates that all study intersections are expected to continue to operate at an acceptable overall LOS D or better during the weekday a.m. and p.m. peak hours. However, access from Raleigh Avenue onto 36th Street is expected to be difficult during the p.m. peak hour, particularly the left-turn movement. To address this issue, converting the 36th Street/Raleigh Avenue intersection to a three-quarter access (no left-turn from Raleigh Avenue to 36th Street) should be considered to reduce potential conflicts, while ensuring safe and efficient operations along the corridor. Table 4. Year 2040 No Build Intersection Capacity Analysis 36th Street Intersection A.M. Peak Hour P.M. Peak hour LOS Delay LOS Delay Wooddale Avenue B 17 sec. B 19 sec. Strip Mall Access (1) A/A 3 sec. A/C 16 sec. Yosemite Avenue (1) A/A 3 sec. A/B 14 sec. Xenwood Avenue A 6 sec. B 11 sec. Webster Avenue (1) A/A 1 sec. A/A 10 sec. Northbound Highway 100 Ramps B 20 sec. C 33 sec. Park Center Boulevard B 14 sec. C 36 sec. Raleigh Avenue (1) A/C 21 sec. D/F > 3 min Citizens Bank Access (1) A/A 2 sec. A/A 6 sec. Beltline Boulevard (2) C 16 sec. D 32 sec. (1) Indicates an unsignalized intersection with side-street stop control, where the overall LOS is shown followed by the worst side-street approach LOS. The delay shown represents the worst side-street approach delay. (2) Indicates roundabout control. 134 Jack Sullivan, City of St. Louis Park October 22, 2019 36th Street Multimodal Feasibility Study Page 13 Preliminary Alternatives Preliminary Alternatives In an urban environment like 36th Street, excess space and right-of-way (ROW) is a luxury that is not very common. Throughout the corridor there are various space limitations such as right-of-way, building footprints, bridge decks, and steep-grades. These limitations, which are identified later in this document, make the goal of implementing a bicycle facility difficult. There are often trade-offs that need to occur to achieve the desired goal of providing a multimodal 36th Street corridor. Therefore, to better understand potential opportunities within the constrained 36th Street corridor, a capacity analysis was completed that focused on the following preliminary alternative roadway configurations: · Option 1 - 4-Lane Facility (No Build) · Option 2A - Unbalanced Facility (Travel Lanes: 2 WB + 1 EB) · Option 2B - Unbalanced Facility (Travel Lanes: 2 EB + 1 WB) · Option 3 - 3-Lane Facility (1 WB + 1 EB + 1 Center Left-Turn Lane) These roadway configurations were developed with the understanding that the existing 36th Street corridor is constrained and in order to provide a bicycle facility along the entire length of the corridor, it would likely need to come at the expense of a vehicular travel lane. Therefore, these preliminary alternatives were reviewed to determine the benefits and impacts associated with removing various travel lanes along the corridor. The following sections provide a summary of this preliminary review. Corridor Capacity A planning-level review of the 36th Street corridor capacity was completed based on existing and year 2040 hourly traffic volumes. This analysis leveraged guidance from FHWA’s Road Diet Informational Guide, which looks at the feasibility of reduced lane conditions from a capacity perspective base on the hourly directional traffic volumes. The guide states the following:  “Probably Feasible” at or below 750 vehicles per hour per direction (vphpd)  “Consider Cautiously” between 750 and 875 vphpd  “Feasibility Less Likely” above 875 vphpd These thresholds were used to determine a per lane traffic volume threshold that could be used to understand the hourly corridor capacity for the preliminary alternatives. The hourly traffic volume profiles for the three segments were reviewed relative to the thresholds from the FHWA guidance, which are illustrated in Figure 6. Although this is a planning-level review, this approach helps understand how many hours per day each alternative may be over and/or near capacity. Results of the corridor capacity review indicates that each segment falls within the “Probably Feasible” category for the majority of the day, other than the p.m. peak hour. However, each segment had at least one direction of travel that fell within the “Feasibility Less Likely” category. In particular, the center segment had the highest volumes during the p.m. peak hour, with both eastbound and westbound volumes exceeding the “Feasibility Less Likely” threshold by 150 vehicles. 135 Jack Sullivan, City of St. Louis Park August 12, 2019 36th Street Multimodal Feasibility Study Page 14 Figure 6. Planning Level Capacity Analysis 750 875 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 6:00 7:00 8:00 9:00 10:00 11:00 12:00 13:00 14:00 15:00 16:00 17:00 18:00Volume (Vehicles)West Segment 750 875 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 6:00 7:00 8:00 9:00 10:00 11:00 12:00 13:00 14:00 15:00 16:00 17:00 18:00Volume (Vehicles)Center Segment 750 875 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 6:00 7:00 8:00 9:00 10:00 11:00 12:00 13:00 14:00 15:00 16:00 17:00 18:00Volume (Vehicles)East Segment 136 Jack Sullivan, City of St. Louis Park October 22, 2019 36th Street Multimodal Feasibility Study Page 15 While from a high-level planning approach, the center segment does not appear feasible for a lane reduction, the west and east segments could potentially be feasible for a lane reduction depending on the direction of travel. As previously mentioned, the west and east segments are the areas along the 36th Street corridor that currently have a bicycle facility gap. Therefore, additional detailed capacity analysis is necessary to determine the effect of the potential lane reductions associated with the preliminary alternatives. Detailed Capacity Analysis and Sensitivity Tests In addition to the planning-level corridor capacity analysis, detailed intersection capacity analysis and sensitivity tests were performed using Synchro/SimTraffic software under year 2040 p.m. peak hour conditions. This analysis was used to identify specific operational issues and test potential alternative refinements to better understand potential opportunities to create a better multimodal facility along 36th Street. These sensitivity tests also helped structure the alternative screening process and are discussed in further detail within the following Alternatives Screening Evaluation section. A summary of the sensitivity test results is provided in the Appendix. Alternative Screening Evaluation Each segment was evaluated to determine a cross-section that could address a bicycle gap or enhance a multi-modal facility. The segment evaluation included segment specific considerations and corridor capacities that were utilized to develop an evaluation matrix, which summarizes how each alternative addresses the project priorities and goals previously identified. The following information summarizes the alternative screening and evaluation process for each segment of 36th Street. West Segment (Wooddale Avenue to Mn Highway 100) West Segment Key Considerations Key segment considerations are illustrated in Figure 7, which include current businesses, right-of-way, and grades, amongst others. These considerations, along with the corridor capacity analysis results, were incorporated into the evaluation matrix. Based on the findings, the alternative that best meets the priorities and goals of the study was identified. The following information provides an overview of key segment considerations which correspond to Figure 7. 1. Wooddale Avenue is expected to be reconfigured as part of the SWLRT project. Once completed, Wooddale Avenue will include on-street bike lanes and two northbound and southbound lanes. With the construction and the needs identified in the SWLRT PEC-East Traffic Technical Memorandum (2015), no geometric changes are expected at the 36th Street/Wooddale Avenue intersection. Thus, any preliminary 36th Street alternatives will need to tie into the existing Wooddale Avenue/36th Street intersection configuration. 2. The most constricted space on the segment, and the entire 36th Street corridor, is between Yosemite Avenue and Xenwood Avenue, which is approximately 52 feet wide from curb face to curb face. There are also existing buildings in close proximity to the curbs within this area. This limits the potential alternatives that are possible, unless curb reconstruction is considered. 137 Jack Sullivan, City of St. Louis Park October 22, 2019 36th Street Multimodal Feasibility Study Page 16 3. Based on discussions with City Staff, there is a desire to provide an eastbound left-turn lane at the 36th Street/Xenwood Avenue intersection. Note that when the traffic signal was constructed in July 2015, the signal mast arm included a mounting location for an eastbound left-turn signal head. This was not installed at that time since the eastbound left-turn lane did not exist. 4. Based on discussions with City staff, there is a desire to keep on-street parking along the corridor, which serves adjacent businesses and residences. 5. As mentioned in the existing conditions, the westbound right-turn movement at the 36th Street/ Wooddale Avenue intersection can queue beyond Xenwood Avenue during the p.m. peak hour. These queues are highly inconsistent, as they are often a result of a freight train or pedestrian/ bicycle activity at the Wooddale Avenue Cedar Lake Regional Trail crossing. Although an underpass for the Cedar Lake Regional trail is proposed as part of the SWLRT project, the addition of the SWLRT transit service will potentially operate similar to the existing trail crossing. Since queues are expected to extend beyond the right-turn storage, it is important to consider providing an additional lane for vehicles making a westbound thru/right movement at the 36th Street/ Wooddale Avenue intersection. West Segment Alternative Evaluation Based on the planning level review, the following two preliminary alternatives were not reviewed further for the west segment. · Option 1 - 4-Lane Facility (No Build) · Option 2B - Unbalanced Facility (Travel Lanes: 2 EB + 1 WB) Alternative Option 1, which is the current 36th Street configuration, cannot accommodate a bicycle facility without significant impacts to parking or other infrastructure. Alternative Option 2B cannot accommodate the heavy westbound volume during the p.m. peak periods, which is not desirable. With Alternative Option 2B, potential queues from the Freight/SWLRT crossing on Wooddale Avenue are expected to block all westbound traffic, which results in queues that are expected to extend longer than previously identified (i.e. onto the 36th Street Bridge over Mn Highway 100). In addition, Alternative Option 2B would likely require curb reconstruction between Yosemite Avenue and Xenwood Avenue and present challenges in providing an eastbound left-turn lane at the 36th Street/Xenwood Avenue intersection. Alternatives Option 1 and Option 2B do not meet the priorities and goals of the project. Therefore, the following Alternatives were evaluated further to determine which option best meets the priorities and goals for the project. · Option 2A - Unbalanced Facility (Travel Lanes: 2 WB + 1 EB) · Option 3 - 3-Lane Facility (1 WB + 1 EB + 1 Center Left-Turn Lane) 138 01912007 August 2019 36th Street Considerations - West Segment Figure 7H:\Projects\12000\12007\TS\Figures\Fig07_West Segment Considerations.cdrNORTHNorth36th Street Multimodal Feasibility Study City of St. Louis Park 12 3 14 Wo o d d a l e A v e Yosemite Ave Xenwood Ave 5 – Space/ROW/Feasibility Issue – Traffic Operation/Queuing – Planned Improvement – Existing Bicycle Facility – Cost Consideration – Request or Desire LEGEND 1 Webster Ave THE ELMWOOD DEVELOPMENT HOIGAARD VILLAGE TOWER LIGHT BURLINGTON COAT FACTORY MICRO CENTER 139 Jack Sullivan, City of St. Louis Park October 22, 2019 36th Street Multimodal Feasibility Study Page 18 The Alternative Option 2A configuration would allow for traffic to operate at acceptable levels of service, while providing the on-street bicycle facilities desired for this segment. This alternative accommodates potential queues from Freight/SWLRT services along Wooddale Avenue and provides the desired eastbound left-turn lane at the 36th Street/Xenwood Avenue intersection. This alternative would require curb reconstruction between Yosemite Avenue and Xenwood Avenue, but the length of reconstruction is relatively short. The Alternative Option 3 configuration would provide an eastbound left-turn lane at the 36th Street/ Xenwood Avenue intersection and accommodate on-street bicycle lanes. Curb reconstruction would not be necessary under this alternative. However, the 3-lane configuration does not accommodate the heavy westbound volume during the p.m. peak period. Potential queues from the Freight/SWLRT crossing on Wooddale Avenue would block all westbound traffic, which may cause queues to extend longer than previously identified (i.e. onto the 36th Street Bridge over Mn Highway 100). West Segment Evaluation Matrix A summary of the effectiveness of each alternative to meet the priorities and goals identified for the project is provided in the evaluation matrix in Table 5. Alternatives that meet the key priority or goal identified is highlighted in green, while alternatives that do not meet the key priority are highlighted in red. For alternatives that fall somewhere between these two areas, they are highlighted in orange, yellow, or light green, depending on how well the alternative meets the priority. Table 5. West Segment Evaluation Matrix Alternative Evaluation Criteria Bikeability Safety Capacity Queuing Costs Requests Option 1 – 4-Lane Option 2A – 2W+1E Option 2B – 1W+2E Option 3 – 3-Lane Based on the findings summarized within the evaluation matrix in Table 5, Alternative Option 2A best balances the corridor needs for the West Segment. It is important to note that the 36th Street segment has an abundance of space from Xenwood Avenue to Webster Avenue, where the curb face to curb face distance is 65 feet or greater. If a lane were reduced in this segment, a potential off-street trail could be provided in conjunction with the sidewalk facility. In addition, the Elmwood senior housing development is in the process of being constructed in the southeast quadrant of the 36th Street/Xenwood Avenue intersection. The development plans to construct on-street parking along 36th Street, adjacent to the new building. The City should consider coordinating the bicycle facility vision with the Elmwood construction/design staff. 140 Jack Sullivan, City of St. Louis Park October 22, 2019 36th Street Multimodal Feasibility Study Page 19 Center Segment (Mn Highway 100 to Park Center Blvd) Center Segment Key Considerations Key segment considerations are illustrated in Figure 8, which include current businesses, right-of-way, and grades, amongst others. These considerations, along with the corridor capacity analysis results, were incorporated into the evaluation matrix. Based on the findings, the alternative that best meets the priorities and goals of the study was identified. The following information provides an overview of key segment considerations which correspond to Figure 8. 1. There is an existing off-street trail on the south side of 36th Street, from the Mn Highway 100 bridge to Raleigh Avenue; There is a not a bicycle facility gap in this segment today. 2. There is a steep grade with several trees on the north side of 36th Street; this grade makes expanding the trail network outside of the roadway less feasible and not cost-effective. 3. Based on discussions with City staff, there is no desire to close or modify the LA Fitness access, which would have provided the opportunity for additional on-street bicycle facility alternatives. 4. Based on intersection operations, the dual northbound left-turn lanes at the 36th Street/Park Center Boulevard intersection are needed to ensure intersection operations and reduce queuing impacts to adjacent intersections. a. Note that if no modifications are made to the LA Fitness access, the eastbound approach needs left-, through, and right-turn lanes to provide adequate intersection operations; this restricts potential modifications to the roadway geometrics at this location. 5. The Mn Highway 100 Bridge plays an important role in transitioning the bicycle facility between the center and west segments. The bridge currently has an approximate eight (8) foot sidewalk on the north side and an approximate nine and a half (9.5) foot sidewalk on the south side. With the required two (2) foot buffer zone adjacent to parapet walls, per NACTO guidelines, the effective space is approximately six (6) feet on the north side, and approximately five and a half (5.5) feet on the south side. The desire is to expand this space and/or provide separate pedestrian/bicycle facilities in this area. It should be noted that the bridge was recently resurfaced in 2014, bridge modifications generally have a high cost, and require the authorization from the bridge owner, which is the Minnesota Department of Transportation (MnDOT). Center Segment Alternative Evaluation Based on the planning level review, the following preliminary alternatives were not reviewed further for the center segment. · Option 2A - Unbalanced Facility (Travel Lanes: 2 WB + 1 EB) · Option 2B - Unbalanced Facility (Travel Lanes: 2 EB + 1 WB) · Option 3 - 3-Lane Facility (1 WB + 1 EB + 1 Center Left-Turn Lane) 141 Jack Sullivan, City of St. Louis Park October 22, 2019 36th Street Multimodal Feasibility Study Page 20 None of the preliminary alternatives identified can accommodate traffic volumes during the p.m. peak periods, which is not desirable. Operations indicate that the dual northbound left-turn lanes at the 36th Street/Park Center Boulevard intersection are needed to ensure intersection operations and reduce queuing impacts to adjacent intersections, which makes Option 2B and Option 3 less feasible. The eastbound approach likely requires left-, through, and right-turn lanes to preserve operations, particularly if no modifications to the LA Fitness access are allowed. Therefore, these preliminary alternatives do not meet the priorities and goals of the project and are not considered feasible. Since the segment is currently served with an off-street trail on the south side, the following alternative is considered the best option to meet the priorities and goals for the project: · Option 1 - 4-Lane Facility (No Build) Center Segment Evaluation Matrix A summary of the effectiveness of each alternative to meet the priorities and goals identified for the project is provided in the evaluation matrix in Table 6. Alternatives that meet the key priority or goal identified is highlighted in green, while alternatives that do not meet the key priority are highlighted in red. For alternatives that fall somewhere between these two areas, they are highlighted in orange, yellow, or light green, depending on how well the alternative meets the priority. Table 6. Center Segment Evaluation Matrix Alternative Evaluation Criteria Bikeability Safety Capacity Queuing Costs Requests Option 1 – 4-Lane Option 2A – 2W+1E Option 2B – 1W+2E Option 3 – 3-Lane Based on the findings summarized within the evaluation matrix in Table 6, Alternative Option 1, which is the current 36th Street configuration, best balances the corridor needs for the Center Segment. It should be noted that due to the heavy eastbound right-turn movement at the 36th Street/ Park Center Boulevard intersection, the eastbound configuration could be modified to include an eastbound through lane and an eastbound right-turn lane (in a trap configuration). This would provide the transition for an eastbound travel lane reduction in the east segment if necessary. 142 NORTHNorth01912007 August 2019 36th Street Considerations - Center Segment Figure 8H:\Projects\12000\12007\TS\Figures\Fig08_Center Segment Considerations.cdr36th Street Multimodal Feasibility Study City of St. Louis Park 1511 15 2 4 1513 LA FITNESS Park Center Blvd – Space/ROW/Feasibility Issue – Traffic Operation/Queuing – Planned Improvement – Existing Bicycle Facility – Cost Consideration – Request or Desire LEGEND GOODWILL TARGET 143 Jack Sullivan, City of St. Louis Park October 22, 2019 36th Street Multimodal Feasibility Study Page 22 East Segment (Park Center Boulevard to Beltline Boulevard) East Segment Key Considerations Key segment considerations are illustrated in Figure 9, which include current businesses, right-of-way, and grades, amongst others. These considerations, along with the corridor capacity analysis results, were incorporated into the evaluation matrix. Based on the findings, the alternative that best meets the priorities and goals of the study was identified. The following information provides an overview of key segment considerations which correspond to Figure 9. 1. Monterey Drive is currently in the planning process for being reconstructed to provide improved multimodal accommodations. This project includes a roundabout at the 36th Street/Monterey Drive/Beltline Blvd intersection. It is important to consider this configuration when looking into potential alternatives along the east segment. 2. There is a steep grade on the south side and limited right-of-way and potential building footprint impacts on the north side; this makes expanding the bicycle network beyond the roadway width less feasible and not cost-effective. 3. There is a current off-street trail on the south side of 36th Street from Park Center Boulevard to Raleigh Avenue. 4. As mentioned in the existing conditions intersection capacity analysis, westbound left-turn queues from the 36th Street/Park Center Blvd intersection extend beyond Raleigh Avenue during the p.m. peak hour; it is important to consider this queue during lane reductions, as all westbound vehicles would be blocked from the intersection under this scenario. East Segment Alternative Evaluation Based on the planning level review, the following two preliminary alternatives were not reviewed further for the west segment. · Option 2B - Unbalanced Facility (Travel Lanes: 2 EB + 1 WB) · Option 3 - 3-Lane Facility (1 WB + 1 EB + 1 Center Left-Turn Lane) With Alternative Option 2B and Option 3, potential westbound left-turn queues are expected to block all westbound traffic, which results in queues that extend longer than previously identified (i.e. into the proposed roundabout). Also, the current bicycle facility is on the south side of the roadway. As mentioned previously, it is not desirable to provide lane reductions in the center segment to provide for a bicycle facility on the north side. Therefore, if a bicycle facility was provided on the north side, it would not tie into anything at the Center Segment. Therefore, Option 2B and Option 3 do not meet the priorities and goals of the project. Therefore, the following Alternatives were evaluated further to determine which option best meets the priorities and goals for the project. · Option 1 - 4-Lane Facility (No Build) · Option 2A – Unbalanced Facility (Travel Lanes: 2 WB + 1 EB) 144 01912007 August 2019 36th Street Considerations - East Segment Figure 9H:\Projects\12000\12007\TS\Figures\Fig09_East Segment Considerations.cdr36th Street Multimodal Feasibility Study City of St. Louis Park 12 14 13 M o n t e r e y D r i v eBeltline BlvdRaleigh AvePark Center BlvdM o n t e r e y D r i v e – Space/ROW/Feasibility Issue – Traffic Operation/Queuing – Planned Improvement – Existing Bicycle Facility – Cost Consideration – Request or Desire LEGENDNORTHNorth 1 ST. LOUIS PARK REC CENTER THE VERGE APARTMENTS US POSTAL SERVICE CITIZENS BANK Rec Center Maintenance/Drop-off Lane 145 Jack Sullivan, City of St. Louis Park October 22, 2019 36th Street Multimodal Feasibility Study Page 24 The Alternative Option 1, which is the current 36th Street configuration, is still considered because the bicycle facility gap in this segment could be addressed by making modifications to the St. Louis Park Rec Center maintenance/hockey drop-off lane. Potential modifications include an advisory bike lane (ABL) or curb adjustments to the north of the drop-off lane. If these modifications were made, Option 1 would address the bicycle facility gap at a minimal cost, while also allowing traffic to operate at acceptable levels of service. The Alternative Option 3 configuration would be able to address the bicycle facility gap with an enhanced facility by providing a separate off-street cycle track/sidewalk for the segment. Curb reconstruction costs are anticipated to provide the off-street cycle track. The enhanced facility could be provided while also accommodating future traffic volumes. As mentioned previously, the lane reduction would tie-in well with the center segment. Although the hybrid roundabout includes two eastbound lanes, bicycles would be directed out of the roundabout prior to entering the roundabout to travel through the intersection before returning to the dedicated bicycle facilities. East Segment Evaluation Matrix A summary of the effectiveness of each alternative to meet the priorities and goals identified for the project is provided in the evaluation matrix in Table 7. Alternatives that meet the key priority or goal identified is highlighted in green, while alternatives that do not meet the key priority are highlighted in red. For alternatives that fall somewhere between these two areas, they are highlighted in orange, yellow, or light green, depending on how well the alternative meets the priority. Table 7. East Segment Evaluation Matrix Alternative Evaluation Criteria Bikeability Safety Capacity Queuing Costs Requests Option 1 – 4-Lane N/A Option 2A – 2W+1E N/A Option 2B – 1W+2E N/A Option 3 – 3-Lane N/A Based on the findings summarized within the evaluation matrix in Table 7 Alternative Option 1 and Alternative Option 2A both balance the corridor needs for the East Segment. Alternative Option 2A would provide a better bicycle facility, which is the highest of all priorities, therefore is considered the best option. It should be mentioned that in order to provide cost savings/efficiency and reduce construction fatigue, consider having the south bicycle facility and three-quarter access construction included in the future roundabout construction at Beltline Boulevard and Monterey Drive. 146 Jack Sullivan, City of St. Louis Park October 22, 2019 36th Street Multimodal Feasibility Study Page 25 Preferred Alternative Concept Based on the alternative screening evaluation, the preferred alternatives for each segment are summarized in Table 8 and illustrated in Figure 10. An iterative review process was completed to further refine the specific bicycle facility types for each segment and provide additional insight and considerations regarding the alternatives. Based on this process, preliminary construction cost estimates were developed for each segment. Note that the cost estimates do not include design engineering, construction administration, and any contingency. Detailed cost estimates for each alternative are included in the Appendix. Figure 11 provides a visual summary of the future bicycle facilities within the area, which incorporates the alternatives outlined within this study. Next Steps As the project proceeds into the next phase, further refinement of the preferred design is expected. Communication with area stakeholders, through both public and private business meetings, is needed to ensure comprehensive community feedback is provided to help refine the bicycle facility design. The City should also begin to identify funding opportunities, including regional solicitation grants and County pedestrian and bicycle funding, amongst others, to help support this infrastructure investment within the community. Summary Based on the findings of the 36th Street Multimodal Feasibility Study, a future corridor layout and vision was identified that balances the needs of all transportation modes within the area. Although there are other facility types that could be implemented that would provide a higher-level of bicycle facility, they would come at the expense of other modes of transportation or at a much higher cost and impact. Therefore, the preferred corridor layout identified provides the most cost-effective alternative for implementing an enhanced bicycle facility connection along 36th Street, while limiting impacts to existing area stakeholders. H:\Projects\12000\12007\TS\Reports\Report\12007_FINAL_36thStreetMultimodalFeasibilityStudy_191022.docx 147 Jack Sullivan, City of St. Louis Park October 22, 2019 36th Street Multimodal Feasibility Study Page 26 Table 8. 36th Street Bicycle Facility Summary Preferred Alternative Bicycle Facility Type Costs Key Considerations West Segment (Wooddale Avenue to Mn Highway 100) Option 2A - 2W+1E On-Street Buffered Bike Lane $265,000 · Provides an eastbound left-turn lane at the 36th Street/Xenwood Avenue intersection · Utilizes the excess space between Xenwood Avenue and Webster Avenue to provide separated off-street trail and sidewalk facilities on the south side · Consider providing a westbound right-turn overlap phase at the signal to provide more efficient westbound right-turn maneuvers Center Segment (Mn Highway 100 to Park Center Boulevard) Mn Highway 100 (Bridge Only) Buffered Bike Lane (WB) Multiuse Trail (EB) $190,000 · Removes approximately four (4) feet of the center median to provide space to provide an on-street bicycle facility on the north side · On-street bicycle facility will be six (6) feet wide with a two (2) foot wide raised curb · The approximately 9.5-foot trail on the south side will remain. · In order to provide more space for the trail on the south side, the concrete barrier would need to be moved to the north, which for the purpose of this study is not considered a cost-effective solution Option 1 - 4-Lane Multiuse Trail $140,000 · Consider converting the eastbound thru and shared thru-/right-turn lane configuration at the 36th Street and Park Center Boulevard intersection to an eastbound thru and dedicated right-turn lane (trap condition) to transition to the east segment · Assumes an eastbound right-turn overlap signal phase at Park Center Boulevard is added · Assumes the existing off-street trail on the south side is enhanced and repaved East Segment (Park Center Boulevard to Beltline Boulevard) Option 2A - 2W+1E Multiuse Trail / Off Street Cycle Track $140,000 · Utilizes the southern eastbound lane to reconstruct and provide a separated off-street cycle track and sidewalk facilities on the south side · Includes the construction of a three-quarter access at the 36th Street/Raleigh Avenue/Rec Center Access and an extended westbound left turn lane at Park Center Blvd intersection · Construction costs does not include the roundabout Total Project Cost $735,000 148 Jack Sullivan, City of St. Louis Park August 12, 2019 36th Street Multimodal Feasibility Study Page 27 Figure 10. 36th Street Preferred Conceptual Layout 149 01912007 August 2019 Bicycle Facility Vision Figure 11H:\Projects\12000\12007\TS\Figures\36th Street Report\Fig011_Bicycle Facility Vision 36th St.cdrNORTHNorthW. 36th Street Multimodal Feasibility Study City of St. Louis Park - On-Street Bike Lane - Off-Street Trail LEGEND On-Street bicycle lanes have been identified as part of the Beltline Boulevard Multimodal Feasibility Study 1511 1 150 Appendix 151 Safety Analysis36th Street Multimodal Feasibility StudySRF Consulting GroupCrash Rate SummaryIntersectionTraffic Control Total Crashes Crash RateStatewide AverageCritical Crash RateCrash Rate > Critical Crash RateFatal & Serious Issue Crash RateCritical Crash RateFatal & Serious Issue Crash Rate > Critical Crash RateW. 36th St/Woodale Ave 2013-2015Traffic Signal24 1.29 0.520.98Yes0.005.11NoW. 36th St/Woodale Ave 2016-2017 (1)Traffic Signal (2)15 0.81 0.520.98No0.00 5.11NoW. 36th St/Woodale Ave 2013-2017Traffic Signal39 1.26 0.520.86Yes0.003.54NoW. 36th St/Yosemite AveThru-Stop7 0.29 0.180.43No0.003.98NoW. 36th St/Xenwood Ave 2013-2015Thru-Stop13 0.90 0.190.51Yes6.945.84YesW. 36th St/Xenwood Ave 2016-2017 (1)Traffic Signal (3)6 0.42 0.521.05No0.00 6.15NoW. 36th St/Xenwood Ave 2013-2017Thru-Stop/Traffic Signal 19 0.79 0.520.91No4.164.21NoW. 36th St/TH 100 NB RampTraffic Signal12 0.36 0.701.08No0.004.19NoW. 36th St/Park Center BlvdTraffic Signal32 0.85 0.701.06No0.003.91NoW. 36th St/Raleigh AveThru-Stop9 0.35 0.180.42No0.003.69NoW. 36th St/Beltline BlvdTraffic Signal28 0.74 0.701.06No2.653.91NoNOTES:(1) Crash rate comparisons are determined in 3, 5, 10 years of data. Crashes shown are only two years of data.(2) W. 36th St/Woodale Ave intersection had upgraded signal and turn lane modifications in July 2015(3) W. 36th St/Xenwood Ave intersection was upgraded to a signal in July 2015152 2040 PM 36th Street Center Segment Alternative Sensitivity Operations Split Phase (Existing) NB/SB Aligned Right Out/Enter Only Enter Only Access Removed Hwy 100 Park Center Hwy 100 Park Center Hwy 100 Park Center Hwy 100 Park Center Hwy 100 Park Center 3 Lane C (33 sec) D (44 sec) D (46 sec) D (50 sec) D (36 sec) C (34 sec) C (33 sec) C (32 sec) C (35 sec) C (28 sec) 2 EB + 1 WB D (51 sec) D (53 sec) D (41 sec) D (47 sec) C (34 sec) C (33 sec) D (37 sec) C (31 sec) D (35 sec) C (32 sec) 2 WB + 1 EB D (41 sec) C (31 sec) D (36 sec) D (36 sec) C (32 sec) C (27 sec) C (31 sec) C (30 sec) D (36 sec) C (30 sec) 2040 PM 36th Street Center Segment Alternative Sensitivity 95th Percentile Queuing (1) Split Phase (Existing) NB/SB Aligned Right Out/Enter Only Enter Only Access Removed Hwy 100 Park Center Hwy 100 Park Center Hwy 100 Park Center Hwy 100 Park Center Hwy 100 Park Center 3 Lane EB 750 500 850 500 785 500 745 450 775 425 NBL 425 650 600 830 500 530 475 475 425 400 WBL/WBT 175 600 200 775 175 490 165 645 180 375 2 EB + 1 WB EB 700 525 715 525 340 400 335 400 590 510 NBL 500 875 400 650 425 685 525 600 400 375 WBL/WBT 415 550 350 535 445 440 475 500 340 405 2 WB + 1 EB EB 880 485 800 430 650 375 620 375 645 425 NBL 300 525 300 250 250 275 275 430 300 315 WBL/WBT 400 340 415 400 340 430 370 415 475 500 (1) Red shade indicates a 95th Percentile queue that is into the adjacent intersection. 153 8/12/2019 QUANTITY AMOUNT 2021.501 MOBILIZATION $35,000.00 $35,000.00 1 $35,000.00 2101.524 CLEARING $145.00 $250.00 2 $500.00 2101.524 GRUBBING $175.00 $200.00 2 $400.00 2104.503 SAWING BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT (FULL DEPTH)$3.50 $3.50 2050 $7,175.00 2104.503 REMOVE CURB & GUTTER $6.00 $4.00 1400 $5,600.00 2104.518 REMOVE BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT $3.00 $5.00 20478 $102,390.00 2104.518 REMOVE CONCRETE WALK $2.00 $2.00 4425 $8,850.00 2104.502 REMOVE MANHOLE OR CATCH BASIN $450.00 $500.00 1 $500.00 2506.602 CONNECT INTO EXISTING DRAINAGE STRUCTURE $1,500.00 $2,000.00 1 $2,000.00 2506.602 CONSTRUCT DRAINAGE STRUCTURE $4,000.00 $4,000.00 1 $4,000.00 RELOCATE LIGHT POLE/MANHOLE $5,000.00 $5,000.00 4 $20,000.00 (2) 2105.507 SELECT GRANULAR BORROW (CV)$30.00 $30.00 200 $6,000.00 (2),(3) 2211.507 AGGREGATE BASE (CV) CLASS 5 $25.00 $25.00 64 $1,600.00 2521.518 3" BITUMINOUS WALK $2.00 $3.00 8915 $26,745.00 2521.518 4" CONCRETE WALK $9.00 $6.00 4900 $29,400.00 2521.518 6" CONCRETE WALK $11.00 $8.50 1159 $9,851.50 (2) 2360.509 TYPE SP 19.0 NON-WEARING COURSE MIXTURE (3,C)$90.00 $90.00 125 $11,250.00 (2) 2360.509 TYPE SP 12.5 WEARING COURSE MIXTURE (3,C)$90.00 $90.00 375 $33,750.00 2531.503 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER $20.00 $22.00 1825 $40,150.00 2531.618 TRUNCATED DOMES $50.00 $60.00 80 $4,800.00 2573.502 STORM DRAIN INLET PROTECTION $250.00 $250.00 9 $2,250.00 2575.505 SEEDING $2,000.00 $2,500.00 0.1 $150.00 SIGNALS/SIGNING STRIPING (5) 2565.501 TRAFFIC CONTROL INTERCONNECT SYSTEM A $76,000.00 $76,000.00 1 $76,000.00 SIGNAL TIMING UPDATES $50,000.00 $50,000.00 1 $50,000.00 2565.616 REVISE SIGNAL SYSTEM A $8,000.00 $8,000.00 1 $8,000.00 2565.616 REVISE SIGNAL SYSTEM B $5,000.00 $5,000.00 1 $5,000.00 2565.616 REVISE SIGNAL SYSTEM C $8,000.00 $8,000.00 1 $8,000.00 2104.502 REMOVE SIGN TYPE C $37.00 $35.00 5 $175.00 2564.618 SIGN TYPE C $42.00 $40.00 270 $10,800.00 2102.503 PAVEMENT MARKING REMOVAL $0.76 $1.00 2500 $2,500.00 2102.518 PAVEMENT MARKING REMOVAL $2.21 $2.20 640 $1,408.00 2582.503 4" SOLID LINE MULTI-COMPONENT GR IN $0.60 $0.60 5700 $3,420.00 2582.503 8" SOLID LINE MULTI-COMPONENT GR IN $2.50 $2.50 760 $1,900.00 2582.503 12" SOLID LINE MULTI-COMPONENT GR IN $7.00 $7.00 525 $3,675.00 2582.503 24" SOLID LINE MULTI-COMPONENT GR IN $15.00 $15.00 115 $1,725.00 2582.503 4" BROKEN LINE MULTI-COMPONENT GR IN $0.50 $0.50 250 $125.00 2582.503 4" DOUBLE SOLID LINE MULTI-COMPONENT GR IN $1.35 $1.35 1700 $2,295.00 2582.518 PAVEMENT MESSAGE PREF THERMO GR IN $26.00 $26.00 200 $5,200.00 2582.518 CROSSWALK PREF THERMO GR IN $13.00 $13.00 432 $5,616.00 (4) 2582.518 PAVEMENT MARKING SPECIAL $35.00 $35.00 1140 $39,900.00 BRIDGE WORK 2401.503 TYPE MOD S (TL-4) 36" BARRIER CONC (3S52)$120.00 $120.00 332 $39,840.00 2401.508 REINFORCEMENT BARS (EPOXY COATED)$1.25 $1.25 6700 $8,375.00 2404.618 CONCRETE WEARING COURSE (3U17A) 2.0"$10.00 $10.00 1330 $13,300.00 2433.502 ANCH TYPE REINF BARS (TYPE H)$50.00 $50.00 666 $33,300.00 2433.518 REMOVE CONCRETE WEARING COURSE $20.00 $20.00 500 $10,000.00 2433.518 REMOVE CONCRETE MDEIAN $25.00 $25.00 1330 $33,250.00 2433.603 RECONSTRUCT EXPANSION JOINT TYPE A $850.00 $850.00 22 $18,700.00 NOTES (1) Items based on Concept layout and 2019 pricing; Assumed construction year of 2022 (2) Assumes Pavement Section of 8.0" Bit (2.5" Wear+5.5" Base)/ 9" Agg Base / 15" Select Granular in full Reconstruction Areas (3) Includes 6" Agg Base for Walks/Trails (4) Green Pavement Markings (5) Coordinate Corridor Traffic Signal Systems Cityof St. Louis Park-36th Street: Wooddale Drive to Monterey Boulevard Roundabout (1) ESTIMATED TOTAL COSTS UNIT BASE BID UNIT PRICE TOTALS $734,866.00 NOTES ITEM NO.BASE BID ITEM DESCRIPTION 154 Kimley-Horn : Lisle (IL)1001 Warrenville Road, Suite 350Lisle, Illinois, United States 60532331.481.7332 jack.olsson@kimley-horn.comCount Name: West 35th Street & BeltlineBoulevardSite Code:Start Date: 04/01/2021Page No: 1Turning Movement DataStart TimeEastbound W 35th StreetNorthbound Beltline BoulevardSouthbound Beltline BoulevardEastboundNorthboundSouthboundLeftRightU-Turn App. TotalLeftThruU-Turn App. TotalThruRightU-Turn App. Total Int. Total12:00 AM100101013003512:15 AM000003031102512:30 AM000002021001312:45 AM1001010111024Hourly Total200207076208171:00 AM00000000100111:15 AM00000202100131:30 AM30030202000051:45 AM0000010100001Hourly Total300305052002102:00 AM00000101210342:15 AM00000000100112:30 AM00000202100132:45 AM0000010100001Hourly Total00000404410593:00 AM00000000200223:15 AM00000000000003:30 AM00000000100113:45 AM0000110210013Hourly Total00001102400464:00 AM00000101210344:15 AM00000101100124:30 AM00001001120344:45 AM00000606220410Hourly Total0000180965011205:00 AM10011102120365:15 AM1001010185013155:30 AM11020505812020275:45 AM020246010171603345Hourly Total33065130183435069936:00 AM310414051517032416:15 AM210309091315028406:30 AM21031506165021306:45 AM8109015015301304367Hourly Total154019233035745001241787:00 AM6401019010269035557:15 AM41053150183419053767:30 AM12030180185012062837:45 AM51062240266418082114155 Hourly Total1680246660721745802323288:00 AM85013418022479056918:15 AM920112280304310053948:30 AM81093340374960551018:45 AM50051460476310073125Hourly Total3080381012601362023502374119:00 AM9201123703940140541049:15 AM52073240274210052869:30 AM530833303666100761209:45 AM83011234036719080127Hourly Total271003710128013821943026243710:00 AM8401244805259806713110:15 AM110011535040491106011110:30 AM9501412602756706310410:45 AM950141390406813081135Hourly Total371405111148015923239027148111:00 AM105015347050691108014511:15 AM7209152053591207113311:30 AM67013254056731208515411:45 AM570122560587614090160Hourly Total28210498209021727749032659212:00 PM12501746006480808816912:15 PM103013345048771609315412:30 PM83011161062801909917212:45 PM950144470516312075140Hourly Total39160551221302253005503556351:00 PM10101134304655110661231:15 PM750124510557290811481:30 PM1240161410426880761341:45 PM1330163630666710077159Hourly Total42130551119802092623803005642:00 PM10201214804978130911522:15 PM1100112610637590841582:30 PM53081440456880761292:45 PM1230154470515816074140Hourly Total388046820002082794603255793:00 PM85013451055881201001683:15 PM14301725505769110801543:30 PM16502155305885140991783:45 PM1020123500536312075140Hourly Total48150631420902233054903546404:00 PM117018652058871901061824:15 PM8501354204781150961564:30 PM2010030472076922901212274:45 PM18602435005385240109186Hourly Total57280851821602343458704327515:00 PM12802077007767150821795:15 PM124016367070841701011875:30 PM8701536306674140881695:45 PM1120131430446912081138Hourly Total43210641424302572945803526736:00 PM1220141410425813071127156 6:15 PM11501624504769120811446:30 PM9301234504853120651256:45 PM9009434038371505299Hourly Total41100511016501752175202694957:00 PM1870252330354940531137:15 PM104014132033464050977:30 PM65011230032365041847:45 PM9401303203228903782Hourly Total4320063512701321592201813768:00 PM8109226028254029668:15 PM8008122023295034658:30 PM3003128029232025578:45 PM310402302315101643Hourly Total2220244990103921201042319:00 PM82010014014131014389:15 PM6208010010192021399:30 PM4206012012222024429:45 PM5106010010720925Hourly Total23703004604661706814410:00 PM3306012012910102810:15 PM20020909820102110:30 PM0101090980081810:45 PM01010606600613Hourly Total550100360363130348011:00 PM10011304910101511:15 PM200201015005811:30 PM0000080831041211:45 PM0000010130034Hourly Total300311301420202239Grand Total56521307781512513026643599748043477789Approach %72.627.40.0-5.794.30.0-82.817.20.0--Total %7.32.70.010.01.932.30.034.246.29.60.055.8-Lights54120807491462476026223528696042247595% Lights95.897.7-96.396.798.5-98.498.093.0-97.297.5Mediums1450193260295636092140% Mediums2.52.3-2.42.01.0-1.11.64.8-2.11.8Articulated Trucks500528010111202338% Articulated Trucks0.90.0-0.61.30.3-0.40.31.6-0.50.5Bicycles on Road50050303440816% Bicycles on Road0.90.0-0.60.00.1-0.10.10.5-0.20.2157 Kimley-Horn : Lisle (IL)1001 Warrenville Road, Suite 350Lisle, Illinois, United States 60532331.481.7332 jack.olsson@kimley-horn.comCount Name: West 35th Street & BeltlineBoulevardSite Code:Start Date: 04/01/2021Page No: 404/01/2021 12:00 AMEnding At04/02/2021 12:00 AMLightsMediumsArticulated TrucksBicycles on RoadSouthbound BeltlineOut In Total3017 4224 724140 92 13213 23 368 8 163078 4347 7425696 3528 036 56 012 11 04 4 0748 3599 0R T U3736 2622 635861 29 9011 10 214 3 73812 2664 6476Out In TotalNorthbound BeltlineU L T0 146 24760 3 260 2 80 0 30 151 2513Eastbound W 35th Street [Total1591581991677In7491955778Out8423914489900000U5411455565L208500213RTurning Movement Data Plot158 Kimley-Horn : Lisle (IL)1001 Warrenville Road, Suite 350Lisle, Illinois, United States 60532331.481.7332 jack.olsson@kimley-horn.comCount Name: West 35th Street & BeltlineBoulevardSite Code:Start Date: 04/01/2021Page No: 7Turning Movement Peak Hour Data (8:00 AM)Start TimeEastbound W 35th StreetNorthbound Beltline BoulevardSouthbound Beltline BoulevardEastboundNorthboundSouthboundLeftRightU-Turn App. TotalLeftThruU-Turn App. TotalThruRightU-Turn App. Total Int. Total8:00 AM85013418022479056918:15 AM920112280304310053948:30 AM81093340374960551018:45 AM50051460476310073125Total308038101260136202350237411Approach %78.921.10.0-7.492.60.0-85.214.80.0--Total %7.31.90.09.22.430.70.033.149.18.50.057.7-PHF0.8330.4000.0000.7310.6250.6850.0000.7230.8020.8750.0000.8120.822Lights298037101220132199340233402% Lights96.7100.0-97.4100.096.8-97.198.597.1-98.397.8Mediums1001030331048% Mediums3.30.0-2.60.02.4-2.21.52.9-1.71.9Articulated Trucks0000010100001% Articulated Trucks0.00.0-0.00.00.8-0.70.00.0-0.00.2Bicycles on Road0000000000000% Bicycles on Road0.00.0-0.00.00.0-0.00.00.0-0.00.0159 Kimley-Horn : Lisle (IL)1001 Warrenville Road, Suite 350Lisle, Illinois, United States 60532331.481.7332 jack.olsson@kimley-horn.comCount Name: West 35th Street & BeltlineBoulevardSite Code:Start Date: 04/01/2021Page No: 8Peak Hour Data04/01/2021 8:00 AMEnding At04/01/2021 9:00 AMLightsMediumsArticulated TrucksBicycles on RoadSouthbound BeltlineOut In Total151 233 3844 4 81 0 10 0 0156 237 39334 199 01 3 00 0 00 0 035 202 0R T U207 132 3393 3 60 1 10 0 0210 136 346Out In TotalNorthbound BeltlineU L T0 10 1220 0 30 0 10 0 00 10 126Eastbound W 35th Street [Total8120083In3710038Out441004500000U2910030L80008RTurning Movement Peak Hour Data Plot (8:00 AM)160 Kimley-Horn : Lisle (IL)1001 Warrenville Road, Suite 350Lisle, Illinois, United States 60532331.481.7332 jack.olsson@kimley-horn.comCount Name: West 35th Street & BeltlineBoulevardSite Code:Start Date: 04/01/2021Page No: 5Turning Movement Peak Hour Data (4:30 PM)Start TimeEastbound W 35th StreetNorthbound Beltline BoulevardSouthbound Beltline BoulevardEastboundNorthboundSouthboundLeftRightU-Turn App. TotalLeftThruU-Turn App. TotalThruRightU-Turn App. Total Int. Total4:30 PM2010030472076922901212274:45 PM186024350053852401091865:00 PM12802077007767150821795:15 PM12401636707084170101187Total6228090172590276328850413779Approach %68.931.10.0-6.293.80.0-79.420.60.0--Total %8.03.60.011.62.233.20.035.442.110.90.053.0-PHF0.7750.7000.0000.7500.6070.8990.0000.8960.8910.7330.0000.8530.858Lights6228090172570274326780404768% Lights100.0100.0-100.0100.099.2-99.399.491.8-97.898.6Mediums0000000025077% Mediums0.00.0-0.00.00.0-0.00.65.9-1.70.9Articulated Trucks0000020200002% Articulated Trucks0.00.0-0.00.00.8-0.70.00.0-0.00.3Bicycles on Road0000000002022% Bicycles on Road0.00.0-0.00.00.0-0.00.02.4-0.50.3161 Kimley-Horn : Lisle (IL)1001 Warrenville Road, Suite 350Lisle, Illinois, United States 60532331.481.7332 jack.olsson@kimley-horn.comCount Name: West 35th Street & BeltlineBoulevardSite Code:Start Date: 04/01/2021Page No: 6Peak Hour Data04/01/2021 4:30 PMEnding At04/01/2021 5:30 PMLightsMediumsArticulated TrucksBicycles on RoadSouthbound BeltlineOut In Total319 404 7230 7 72 0 20 2 2321 413 73478 326 05 2 00 0 02 0 085 328 0R T U354 274 6282 0 20 2 20 0 0356 276 632Out In TotalNorthbound BeltlineU L T0 17 2570 0 00 0 20 0 00 17 259Eastbound W 35th Street [Total185502192In9000090Out9550210200000U6200062L2800028RTurning Movement Peak Hour Data Plot (4:30 PM)162 Kimley-Horn : Lisle (IL)1001 Warrenville Road, Suite 350Lisle, Illinois, United States 60532331.481.7332 jack.olsson@kimley-horn.comCount Name: Raleigh Avenue & West 36thStreet*Site Code:Start Date: 04/01/2021Page No: 1Turning Movement DataStart TimeEastbound 36th StreetWestbound 36th StreetNorthbound ROC DrivewaySouthbound Raleigh AvenueEastboundWestboundNorthboundSouthboundLeft Thru Right U-Turn App. Total Left Thru Right U-Turn App. Total Left Thru Right U-Turn App. Total Left Thru Right U-Turn App. Total Int. Total7:00 AM15 31 00 46 2 44 60 52 0000000 11 0 11 1097:15 AM12 33 00 45 0 44 70 51 0100100505 1027:30 AM10 28 10 39 0 57 00 57 0010101304 1017:45 AM18 46 10 65 0 73 20 75 1000110607 148Hourly Total55 138 20 195 2 218 15 0 235 1110311 25 0 27 4608:00 AM14 40 01 55 1 54 40 59 0000050 20 0 25 1398:15 AM20 42 20 64 1 38 12 0 51 0000040 12 0 16 1318:30 AM14 48 10 63 0 53 80 61 0000040 13 0 17 1418:45 AM12 50 00 62 3 65 10 2 80 0010170 12 0 19 162Hourly Total60 180 31 244 5 210 34 2 251 00101 20 0 57 0 77 573*** BREAK ***---------------------4:00 PM27 88 00 115 0 97 11 0 108 0000070 25 0 32 2554:15 PM18 80 21 101 0 122 15 0 137 0000030 28 0 31 2694:30 PM16 103 10 120 0 147 70 154 1000160 41 0 47 3224:45 PM22 99 10 122 0 122 80 130 1000160 31 0 37 290Hourly Total83 370 41 458 0 488 41 0 529 20002 22 0 125 0 147 11365:00 PM18 119 01 138 0 126 60 132 0000050 24 0 29 2995:15 PM7 110 20 119 0 113 20 115 0000040 21 0 25 2595:30 PM10 115 10 126 0 109 50 114 0000040 29 0 33 2735:45 PM10 105 10 116 1 107 40 112 0010140 12 0 16 245Hourly Total45 449 41 499 1 455 17 0 473 00101 17 0 86 0 103 1076Grand Total 243 1137 13 3 1396 8 1371 107 2 1488 31307 60 1 293 0 354 3245Approach % 17.4 81.4 0.9 0.2 - 0.5 92.1 7.2 0.1 - 42.9 14.3 42.9 0.0 - 16.9 0.3 82.8 0.0 --Total %7.5 35.0 0.4 0.1 43.0 0.2 42.2 3.3 0.1 45.9 0.1 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.2 1.8 0.0 9.0 0.0 10.9 -Lights235 1120 11 3 1369 6 1352 107 2 1467 31105 60 0 277 0 337 3178% Lights96.7 98.5 84.6 100.0 98.1 75.0 98.6 100.0 100.0 98.6 100.0 100.0 33.3 - 71.4 100.0 0.0 94.5 - 95.2 97.9Mediums6 11 20 19 2 13 00 15 0020201 14 0 15 51% Mediums2.5 1.0 15.4 0.0 1.4 25.0 0.9 0.0 0.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 66.7 - 28.6 0.0 100.0 4.8 - 4.2 1.6Articulated Trucks 230050200200000002029% Articulated Trucks 0.8 0.3 0.0 0.0 0.4 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 - 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.7 - 0.6 0.3Bicycles on Road 030030400400000000007% Bicycles on Road 0.0 0.3 0.0 0.0 0.2 0.0 0.3 0.0 0.0 0.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 - 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - 0.0 0.2163 Kimley-Horn : Lisle (IL)1001 Warrenville Road, Suite 350Lisle, Illinois, United States 60532331.481.7332 jack.olsson@kimley-horn.comCount Name: Raleigh Avenue & West 36thStreet*Site Code:Start Date: 04/01/2021Page No: 204/01/2021 7:00 AMEnding At04/01/2021 6:00 PMLightsMediumsArticulated TrucksBicycles on RoadSouthbound RaleighOut In Total343 337 6806 15 212 2 40 0 0351 354 705277 0 60 014 1 0 02 0 0 00 0 0 0293 1 60 0R T L U 1202 3 3 13 1183 Out 1488 4 2 15 1467 In 2690 7 5 28 2650 Total Westbound 36th Street [E] R 107 0 0 0 107 T 1371 4 2 13 1352 L 8 0 0 2 6 U 2 0 0 0 2 17 5 225 2 70 0 00 0 022 7 29Out In TotalNorthbound ROCU L T R0 3 1 10 0 0 20 0 0 00 0 0 00 3 1 3Eastbound 36th Street [W]Total300446973066In136919531396Out16352744167030003U235620243L112011331137T1120013RTurning Movement Data Plot164 Kimley-Horn : Lisle (IL)1001 Warrenville Road, Suite 350Lisle, Illinois, United States 60532331.481.7332 jack.olsson@kimley-horn.comCount Name: Raleigh Avenue & West 36thStreet*Site Code:Start Date: 04/01/2021Page No: 3Turning Movement Peak Hour Data (8:00 AM)Start TimeEastbound 36th StreetWestbound 36th StreetNorthbound ROC DrivewaySouthbound Raleigh AvenueEastboundWestboundNorthboundSouthboundLeft Thru Right U-Turn App. Total Left Thru Right U-Turn App. Total Left Thru Right U-Turn App. Total Left Thru Right U-Turn App. Total Int. Total8:00 AM14 40 01 55 1 54 40 59 0000050 20 0 25 1398:15 AM20 42 20 64 1 38 12 0 51 0000040 12 0 16 1318:30 AM14 48 10 63 0 53 80 61 0000040 13 0 17 1418:45 AM12 50 00 62 3 65 10 2 80 0010170 12 0 19 162Total60 180 31 244 5 210 34 2 251 00101 20 0 57 0 77 573Approach % 24.6 73.8 1.2 0.4 - 2.0 83.7 13.5 0.8 - 0.0 0.0 100.0 0.0 - 26.0 0.0 74.0 0.0 --Total %10.5 31.4 0.5 0.2 42.6 0.9 36.6 5.9 0.3 43.8 0.0 0.0 0.2 0.0 0.2 3.5 0.0 9.9 0.0 13.4 -PHF0.750 0.900 0.375 0.250 0.953 0.417 0.808 0.708 0.250 0.784 0.000 0.000 0.250 0.000 0.250 0.714 0.000 0.713 0.000 0.770 0.884Lights56 175 11 233 3 206 34 2 245 00000 20 0 51 0 71 549% Lights93.3 97.2 33.3 100.0 95.5 60.0 98.1 100.0 100.0 97.6 -- 0.0 - 0.0 100.0 - 89.5 - 92.2 95.8Mediums24208240060010100505 20% Mediums3.3 2.2 66.7 0.0 3.3 40.0 1.9 0.0 0.0 2.4 -- 100.0 - 100.0 0.0 - 8.8 - 6.5 3.5Articulated Trucks 210030000000000001014% Articulated Trucks 3.3 0.6 0.0 0.0 1.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -- 0.0 - 0.0 0.0 - 1.8 - 1.3 0.7Bicycles on Road 000000000000000000000% Bicycles on Road 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -- 0.0 - 0.0 0.0 - 0.0 - 0.0 0.0165 Kimley-Horn : Lisle (IL)1001 Warrenville Road, Suite 350Lisle, Illinois, United States 60532331.481.7332 jack.olsson@kimley-horn.comCount Name: Raleigh Avenue & West 36thStreet*Site Code:Start Date: 04/01/2021Page No: 4Peak Hour Data04/01/2021 8:00 AMEnding At04/01/2021 9:00 AMLightsMediumsArticulated TrucksBicycles on RoadSouthbound RaleighOut In Total90 71 1612 5 72 1 30 0 094 77 17151 0 20 05 0 0 01 0 0 00 0 0 057 0 20 0R T L U 203 0 1 5 197 Out 251 0 0 6 245 In 454 0 1 11 442 Total Westbound 36th Street [E] R 34 0 0 0 34 T 210 0 0 4 206 L 5 0 0 2 3 U 2 0 0 0 2 4 0 44 1 50 0 00 0 08 1 9Out In TotalNorthbound ROCU L T R0 0 0 00 0 0 10 0 0 00 0 0 00 0 0 1Eastbound 36th Street [W]Total4911740512In233830244Out25891026810001U5622060L175410180T12003RTurning Movement Peak Hour Data Plot (8:00 AM)166 Kimley-Horn : Lisle (IL)1001 Warrenville Road, Suite 350Lisle, Illinois, United States 60532331.481.7332 jack.olsson@kimley-horn.comCount Name: Raleigh Avenue & West 36thStreet*Site Code:Start Date: 04/01/2021Page No: 5Turning Movement Peak Hour Data (4:15 PM)Start TimeEastbound 36th StreetWestbound 36th StreetNorthbound ROC DrivewaySouthbound Raleigh AvenueEastboundWestboundNorthboundSouthboundLeft Thru Right U-Turn App. Total Left Thru Right U-Turn App. Total Left Thru Right U-Turn App. Total Left Thru Right U-Turn App. Total Int. Total4:15 PM18 80 21 101 0 122 15 0 137 0000030 28 0 31 2694:30 PM16 103 10 120 0 147 70 154 1000160 41 0 47 3224:45 PM22 99 10 122 0 122 80 130 1000160 31 0 37 2905:00 PM18 119 01 138 0 126 60 132 0000050 24 0 29 299Total74 401 42 481 0 517 36 0 553 20002 20 0 124 0 144 1180Approach % 15.4 83.4 0.8 0.4 - 0.0 93.5 6.5 0.0 - 100.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - 13.9 0.0 86.1 0.0 --Total %6.3 34.0 0.3 0.2 40.8 0.0 43.8 3.1 0.0 46.9 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.2 1.7 0.0 10.5 0.0 12.2 -PHF0.841 0.842 0.500 0.500 0.871 0.000 0.879 0.600 0.000 0.898 0.500 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.500 0.833 0.000 0.756 0.000 0.766 0.916Lights71 396 42 473 0 511 36 0 547 20002 20 0 121 0 141 1163% Lights95.9 98.8 100.0 100.0 98.3 - 98.8 100.0 - 98.9 100.0 --- 100.0 100.0 - 97.6 - 97.9 98.6Mediums33006030030000000202 11% Mediums4.1 0.7 0.0 0.0 1.2 - 0.6 0.0 - 0.5 0.0 --- 0.0 0.0 - 1.6 - 1.4 0.9Articulated Trucks 010010000000000001012% Articulated Trucks 0.0 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.2 - 0.0 0.0 - 0.0 0.0 --- 0.0 0.0 - 0.8 - 0.7 0.2Bicycles on Road 010010300300000000004% Bicycles on Road 0.0 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.2 - 0.6 0.0 - 0.5 0.0 --- 0.0 0.0 - 0.0 - 0.0 0.3167 Kimley-Horn : Lisle (IL)1001 Warrenville Road, Suite 350Lisle, Illinois, United States 60532331.481.7332 jack.olsson@kimley-horn.comCount Name: Raleigh Avenue & West 36thStreet*Site Code:Start Date: 04/01/2021Page No: 6Peak Hour Data04/01/2021 4:15 PMEnding At04/01/2021 5:15 PMLightsMediumsArticulated TrucksBicycles on RoadSouthbound RaleighOut In Total107 141 2483 2 50 1 10 0 0110 144 254121 0 20 02 0 0 01 0 0 00 0 0 0124 0 20 0R T L U 421 1 1 3 416 Out 553 3 0 3 547 In 974 4 1 6 963 Total Westbound 36th Street [E] R 36 0 0 0 36 T 517 3 0 3 511 L 0 0 0 0 0 U 0 0 0 0 0 4 2 60 0 00 0 00 0 04 2 6Out In TotalNorthbound ROCU L T R0 2 0 00 0 0 00 0 0 00 0 0 00 2 0 0Eastbound 36th Street [W]Total110911241126In473611481Out63651364520002U7130074L396311401T40004RTurning Movement Peak Hour Data Plot (4:15 PM)168 SimTraffic Performance Report Beltline Apartments Opening Year No-Build Conditions - AM Peak Hour SimTraffic Report Kimley-Horn Page 1 1: Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road Performance by movement Movement EBL EBT EBR WBL WBT WBR NBL NBT NBR SBL SBT SBR Denied Del/Veh (s)0.1 0.1 0.1 0.4 0.2 3.2 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Total Del/Veh (s)19.2 18.1 4.9 19.4 28.8 5.9 4.5 1.4 0.8 4.1 0.6 0.5 1: Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road Performance by movement Movement All Denied Del/Veh (s)0.3 Total Del/Veh (s)2.7 2: Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street Performance by movement Movement EBL EBT EBR NBL NBT SBT SBR All Denied Del/Veh (s)0.0 0.0 0.0 3.1 0.4 0.0 0.0 0.3 Total Del/Veh (s)11.1 0.1 4.0 5.0 0.8 1.3 1.0 1.6 3: W 36th Street & Raleigh Avenue Performance by movement Movement EBL EBT WBT WBR SBT SBR All Denied Del/Veh (s)3.5 3.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.4 Total Del/Veh (s)5.5 0.6 0.2 0.0 0.2 6.4 0.9 6: ROC Access & W 36th Street Performance by movement Movement EBT EBR WBL WBT NBR All Denied Del/Veh (s)0.0 0.0 3.1 0.5 0.1 0.3 Total Del/Veh (s)0.1 0.0 2.9 0.8 3.5 0.6 Total Zone Performance Denied Del/Veh (s)1.5 Total Del/Veh (s)40.8 169 Queuing and Blocking Report Beltline Apartments Opening Year No-Build Conditions - AM Peak Hour SimTraffic Report Kimley-Horn Page 2 Intersection: 1: Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road Movement EB WB WB NB NB SB Directions Served LTR LT R L TR L Maximum Queue (ft)49 75 93 43 20 60 Average Queue (ft)16 32 45 14 0 25 95th Queue (ft)41 68 76 39 4 53 Link Distance (ft)693 795 786 Upstream Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Storage Bay Dist (ft)200 200 110 Storage Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Intersection: 2: Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street Movement EB EB NB SB Directions Served L R L TR Maximum Queue (ft)62 54 40 12 Average Queue (ft)28 21 12 0 95th Queue (ft)55 50 38 5 Link Distance (ft)312 312 786 Upstream Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Storage Bay Dist (ft)100 Storage Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Intersection: 3: W 36th Street & Raleigh Avenue Movement EB WB SB Directions Served L TR R Maximum Queue (ft)66 9 66 Average Queue (ft)27 0 27 95th Queue (ft)56 5 55 Link Distance (ft)8 668 Upstream Blk Time (%)0 Queuing Penalty (veh)0 Storage Bay Dist (ft)75 Storage Blk Time (%)0 Queuing Penalty (veh) 1 170 Queuing and Blocking Report Beltline Apartments Opening Year No-Build Conditions - AM Peak Hour SimTraffic Report Kimley-Horn Page 3 Intersection: 6: ROC Access & W 36th Street Movement WB NB Directions Served L R Maximum Queue (ft)25 26 Average Queue (ft)3 11 95th Queue (ft)17 29 Link Distance (ft)185 Upstream Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Storage Bay Dist (ft)50 Storage Blk Time (%)0 Queuing Penalty (veh) 0 Zone Summary Zone wide Queuing Penalty: 1 171 SimTraffic Performance Report Beltline Apartments Opening Year No-Build Conditions - PM Peak Hour SimTraffic Report Kimley-Horn Page 1 1: Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road Performance by movement Movement EBL EBT EBR WBL WBT WBR NBL NBT NBR SBL SBT SBR Denied Del/Veh (s)0.2 0.2 0.2 0.4 0.2 3.0 0.4 0.1 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 Total Del/Veh (s)114.7 96.3 89.4 106.7 144.2 13.4 6.9 2.2 1.6 7.4 0.9 0.7 1: Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road Performance by movement Movement All Denied Del/Veh (s)0.2 Total Del/Veh (s)11.9 2: Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street Performance by movement Movement EBL EBR NBL NBT SBT SBR All Denied Del/Veh (s)4.7 1.9 2.7 0.7 0.0 0.0 0.7 Total Del/Veh (s)71.5 8.3 8.0 1.3 2.1 1.3 6.3 3: W 36th Street & Raleigh Avenue Performance by movement Movement EBL EBT WBT WBR SBT SBR All Denied Del/Veh (s)3.4 3.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.8 Total Del/Veh (s)7.0 1.5 0.2 0.1 0.2 5.6 1.2 6: ROC Access & W 36th Street Performance by movement Movement EBT EBR WBL WBT NBR All Denied Del/Veh (s)0.0 0.0 2.8 0.7 0.1 0.3 Total Del/Veh (s)0.1 0.0 7.8 1.0 8.4 0.9 Total Zone Performance Denied Del/Veh (s)1.9 Total Del/Veh (s)191.3 172 Queuing and Blocking Report Beltline Apartments Opening Year No-Build Conditions - PM Peak Hour SimTraffic Report Kimley-Horn Page 2 Intersection: 1: Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road Movement EB WB WB NB NB SB SB Directions Served LTR LT R L TR L R Maximum Queue (ft) 271 215 145 46 4 63 4 Average Queue (ft) 105 75 49 10 0 27 0 95th Queue (ft)246 191 108 35 4 58 3 Link Distance (ft)693 795 786 Upstream Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Storage Bay Dist (ft)200 200 110 110 Storage Blk Time (%)2 0 Queuing Penalty (veh)2 0 Intersection: 2: Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street Movement EB EB NB SB Directions Served L R L TR Maximum Queue (ft) 222 109 58 21 Average Queue (ft) 80 36 22 1 95th Queue (ft)183 73 53 10 Link Distance (ft)312 312 786 Upstream Blk Time (%) 0 Queuing Penalty (veh) 0 Storage Bay Dist (ft)100 Storage Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Intersection: 3: W 36th Street & Raleigh Avenue Movement EB EB WB SB Directions Served L T TR R Maximum Queue (ft)66 22 29 40 Average Queue (ft)29 1 1 14 95th Queue (ft)57 16 12 40 Link Distance (ft)8 668 Upstream Blk Time (%)0 Queuing Penalty (veh)0 Storage Bay Dist (ft)75 75 Storage Blk Time (%)0 Queuing Penalty (veh) 1 173 Queuing and Blocking Report Beltline Apartments Opening Year No-Build Conditions - PM Peak Hour SimTraffic Report Kimley-Horn Page 3 Intersection: 6: ROC Access & W 36th Street Movement EB WB WB NB Directions Served T L T R Maximum Queue (ft)4 40 20 56 Average Queue (ft) 0 11 1 21 95th Queue (ft)4 36 11 43 Link Distance (ft) 8 185 Upstream Blk Time (%) 0 Queuing Penalty (veh) 0 Storage Bay Dist (ft)50 50 Storage Blk Time (%) 0 0 Queuing Penalty (veh)1 0 Zone Summary Zone wide Queuing Penalty: 5 174 SimTraffic Performance Report Beltline Apartments Opening Year Build Conditions - Scenario 1 - AM Peak Hour SimTraffic Report Kimley-Horn Page 1 1: Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road Performance by movement Movement EBL EBT EBR WBL WBT WBR NBL NBT NBR SBL SBT SBR Denied Del/Veh (s)0.1 0.1 0.1 0.3 0.3 3.3 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Total Del/Veh (s)14.3 24.6 11.2 22.3 22.6 5.6 4.6 1.3 1.1 4.1 0.6 0.5 1: Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road Performance by movement Movement All Denied Del/Veh (s)0.3 Total Del/Veh (s)2.7 2: Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street Performance by movement Movement EBL EBT EBR NBL NBT SBT SBR All Denied Del/Veh (s)0.0 0.0 0.0 3.3 0.4 0.0 0.0 0.3 Total Del/Veh (s)14.8 0.6 4.8 3.9 0.9 1.3 1.0 2.2 3: W 36th Street & Raleigh Avenue Performance by movement Movement EBL EBT WBT WBR SBT SBR All Denied Del/Veh (s)3.6 3.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.4 Total Del/Veh (s)5.9 0.7 0.2 0.1 0.3 6.2 1.1 4: 35th Street & Site Access Performance by movement Movement EBL EBT WBT WBR SBL SBR All Denied Del/Veh (s)0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.1 0.0 Total Del/Veh (s)1.5 0.2 0.5 0.2 4.5 3.2 1.3 6: ROC Access & W 36th Street Performance by movement Movement EBT EBR WBL WBT NBR All Denied Del/Veh (s)0.0 0.0 2.9 0.5 0.1 0.3 Total Del/Veh (s)0.1 0.0 3.2 0.8 3.9 0.6 Total Zone Performance Denied Del/Veh (s)1.5 Total Del/Veh (s)45.9 175 Queuing and Blocking Report Beltline Apartments Opening Year Build Conditions - Scenario 1 - AM Peak Hour SimTraffic Report Kimley-Horn Page 2 Intersection: 1: Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road Movement EB WB WB NB NB SB SB Directions Served LTR LT R L TR L R Maximum Queue (ft)50 78 86 42 10 61 7 Average Queue (ft)17 31 40 11 0 25 0 95th Queue (ft)44 66 65 35 4 53 4 Link Distance (ft)693 795 785 Upstream Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Storage Bay Dist (ft)200 200 110 110 Storage Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Intersection: 2: Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street Movement EB EB NB SB Directions Served L R L TR Maximum Queue (ft)86 56 39 8 Average Queue (ft)37 25 14 0 95th Queue (ft)69 51 40 3 Link Distance (ft)300 300 785 Upstream Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Storage Bay Dist (ft)100 Storage Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Intersection: 3: W 36th Street & Raleigh Avenue Movement EB WB SB Directions Served L TR R Maximum Queue (ft)69 13 62 Average Queue (ft)29 0 33 95th Queue (ft)60 6 57 Link Distance (ft)8 668 Upstream Blk Time (%)0 Queuing Penalty (veh)0 Storage Bay Dist (ft)75 Storage Blk Time (%)0 Queuing Penalty (veh) 1 176 Queuing and Blocking Report Beltline Apartments Opening Year Build Conditions - Scenario 1 - AM Peak Hour SimTraffic Report Kimley-Horn Page 3 Intersection: 4: 35th Street & Site Access Movement EB SB Directions Served LT LR Maximum Queue (ft)30 64 Average Queue (ft)2 32 95th Queue (ft)14 55 Link Distance (ft)123 485 Upstream Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Storage Bay Dist (ft) Storage Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Intersection: 6: ROC Access & W 36th Street Movement EB WB NB Directions Served T L R Maximum Queue (ft)4 31 35 Average Queue (ft) 0 4 10 95th Queue (ft)3 21 28 Link Distance (ft) 8 185 Upstream Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Storage Bay Dist (ft)50 Storage Blk Time (%) 0 Queuing Penalty (veh)0 Zone Summary Zone wide Queuing Penalty: 1 177 SimTraffic Performance Report Beltline Apartments Opening Year Build Conditions - Scenario 1 - PM Peak Hour SimTraffic Report Kimley-Horn Page 1 1: Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road Performance by movement Movement EBL EBT EBR WBL WBT WBR NBL NBT NBR SBL SBT SBR Denied Del/Veh (s)0.2 0.2 0.2 0.4 0.5 3.2 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Total Del/Veh (s)128.2 160.5 101.2 113.7 143.6 13.2 6.3 2.0 1.5 6.5 1.1 0.8 1: Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road Performance by movement Movement All Denied Del/Veh (s)0.2 Total Del/Veh (s)13.2 2: Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street Performance by movement Movement EBL EBT EBR NBL NBT SBT SBR All Denied Del/Veh (s) 10.5 0.0 5.8 2.9 0.7 0.0 0.0 1.4 Total Del/Veh (s)117.5 1.1 8.8 9.8 1.3 2.5 2.0 10.3 3: W 36th Street & Raleigh Avenue Performance by movement Movement EBL EBT WBT WBR SBT SBR All Denied Del/Veh (s)3.5 3.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.8 Total Del/Veh (s)8.3 1.7 0.3 0.0 0.3 6.8 1.5 4: 35th Street & Site Access Performance by movement Movement EBL EBT WBT WBR SBL SBR All Denied Del/Veh (s)0.7 0.6 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.1 0.2 Total Del/Veh (s)3.4 3.2 6.7 3.6 24.0 17.7 7.2 6: ROC Access & W 36th Street Performance by movement Movement EBT EBR WBL WBT NBR All Denied Del/Veh (s)0.0 0.0 2.9 0.6 0.1 0.3 Total Del/Veh (s)0.1 0.0 8.0 1.1 7.6 0.8 Total Zone Performance Denied Del/Veh (s)2.3 Total Del/Veh (s)249.5 178 Queuing and Blocking Report Beltline Apartments Opening Year Build Conditions - Scenario 1 - PM Peak Hour SimTraffic Report Kimley-Horn Page 2 Intersection: 1: Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road Movement EB WB WB NB NB SB SB Directions Served LTR LT R L TR L R Maximum Queue (ft) 285 202 144 33 20 61 3 Average Queue (ft) 121 78 49 10 1 27 0 95th Queue (ft)310 173 108 32 10 54 2 Link Distance (ft)693 795 785 Upstream Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Storage Bay Dist (ft)200 200 110 110 Storage Blk Time (%)3 0 Queuing Penalty (veh)3 0 Intersection: 2: Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street Movement EB EB NB SB Directions Served L R L TR Maximum Queue (ft) 299 107 77 33 Average Queue (ft) 124 43 28 2 95th Queue (ft)272 88 61 18 Link Distance (ft)300 300 785 Upstream Blk Time (%) 6 Queuing Penalty (veh) 6 Storage Bay Dist (ft)100 Storage Blk Time (%)0 Queuing Penalty (veh)0 Intersection: 3: W 36th Street & Raleigh Avenue Movement EB EB EB WB SB Directions Served L T T TR R Maximum Queue (ft)77 112 47 17 63 Average Queue (ft)36 5 2 1 26 95th Queue (ft)67 42 34 8 55 Link Distance (ft)790 8 668 Upstream Blk Time (%)0 Queuing Penalty (veh)0 Storage Bay Dist (ft)75 75 Storage Blk Time (%)1 0 Queuing Penalty (veh) 4 0 179 Queuing and Blocking Report Beltline Apartments Opening Year Build Conditions - Scenario 1 - PM Peak Hour SimTraffic Report Kimley-Horn Page 3 Intersection: 4: 35th Street & Site Access Movement EB WB SB Directions Served LT TR LR Maximum Queue (ft)74 83 124 Average Queue (ft)9 43 16 95th Queue (ft)56 68 109 Link Distance (ft)123 300 485 Upstream Blk Time (%) 1 Queuing Penalty (veh) 2 Storage Bay Dist (ft) Storage Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Intersection: 6: ROC Access & W 36th Street Movement WB WB NB Directions Served L T R Maximum Queue (ft)44 10 52 Average Queue (ft)13 0 19 95th Queue (ft)39 7 41 Link Distance (ft)185 Upstream Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Storage Bay Dist (ft)50 50 Storage Blk Time (%)0 0 Queuing Penalty (veh) 1 0 Zone Summary Zone wide Queuing Penalty: 16 180 SimTraffic Performance Report Beltline Apartments Opening Year Build Conditions - Scenario 2 - AM Peak Hour SimTraffic Report Kimley-Horn Page 1 1: Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road Performance by movement Movement EBL EBT EBR WBL WBT WBR NBL NBT NBR SBL SBT SBR Denied Del/Veh (s)0.0 0.0 0.0 0.3 0.5 3.2 0.2 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 Total Del/Veh (s)21.3 29.9 5.3 18.5 26.3 6.4 4.9 1.4 0.9 4.0 0.7 0.6 1: Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road Performance by movement Movement All Denied Del/Veh (s)0.3 Total Del/Veh (s)3.2 2: Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street Performance by movement Movement EBL EBT EBR NBL NBT SBT SBR All Denied Del/Veh (s)0.0 0.0 0.0 3.1 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.3 Total Del/Veh (s)13.8 0.2 4.4 4.5 0.8 1.3 0.9 1.8 3: W 36th Street & Raleigh Avenue Performance by movement Movement EBL EBT WBT WBR SBT SBR All Denied Del/Veh (s)3.4 3.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.4 Total Del/Veh (s)5.4 0.7 0.2 0.0 0.2 5.6 1.0 4: 35th Street & Site Access Performance by movement Movement EBL EBT WBT WBR SBL SBR All Denied Del/Veh (s)0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.1 0.0 Total Del/Veh (s)1.6 0.1 0.5 0.2 4.3 2.9 1.0 5: Site Access & Park Glen Road Performance by movement Movement EBT WBL WBT NBR All Denied Del/Veh (s)0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Total Del/Veh (s)0.0 1.2 0.3 2.5 0.7 6: ROC Access & W 36th Street Performance by movement Movement EBT EBR WBL WBT NBR All Denied Del/Veh (s)0.0 0.0 3.1 0.5 0.1 0.3 Total Del/Veh (s)0.1 0.0 3.0 0.8 3.9 0.6 Total Zone Performance Denied Del/Veh (s)1.5 Total Del/Veh (s)45.8 181 Queuing and Blocking Report Beltline Apartments Opening Year Build Conditions - Scenario 2 - AM Peak Hour SimTraffic Report Kimley-Horn Page 2 Intersection: 1: Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road Movement EB WB WB NB SB SB Directions Served LTR LT R L L R Maximum Queue (ft)74 86 87 37 60 3 Average Queue (ft)28 32 41 13 25 0 95th Queue (ft)57 65 69 36 52 3 Link Distance (ft)105 795 Upstream Blk Time (%) 0 Queuing Penalty (veh) 0 Storage Bay Dist (ft)200 200 110 110 Storage Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Intersection: 2: Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street Movement EB EB NB SB Directions Served L R L TR Maximum Queue (ft)70 63 47 10 Average Queue (ft)27 25 13 0 95th Queue (ft)59 51 40 3 Link Distance (ft)300 300 785 Upstream Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Storage Bay Dist (ft)100 Storage Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Intersection: 3: W 36th Street & Raleigh Avenue Movement EB WB SB Directions Served L TR R Maximum Queue (ft)66 4 61 Average Queue (ft)29 0 33 95th Queue (ft)57 3 57 Link Distance (ft)8 668 Upstream Blk Time (%)0 Queuing Penalty (veh)0 Storage Bay Dist (ft)75 Storage Blk Time (%)0 Queuing Penalty (veh) 0 182 Queuing and Blocking Report Beltline Apartments Opening Year Build Conditions - Scenario 2 - AM Peak Hour SimTraffic Report Kimley-Horn Page 3 Intersection: 4: 35th Street & Site Access Movement EB SB Directions Served LT LR Maximum Queue (ft)24 60 Average Queue (ft)2 26 95th Queue (ft)12 50 Link Distance (ft)123 577 Upstream Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Storage Bay Dist (ft) Storage Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Intersection: 5: Site Access & Park Glen Road Movement WB NB Directions Served LT LR Maximum Queue (ft)18 46 Average Queue (ft)1 18 95th Queue (ft)9 44 Link Distance (ft) 105 577 Upstream Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Storage Bay Dist (ft) Storage Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Intersection: 6: ROC Access & W 36th Street Movement WB NB Directions Served L R Maximum Queue (ft)30 27 Average Queue (ft)3 11 95th Queue (ft)18 29 Link Distance (ft)185 Upstream Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Storage Bay Dist (ft)50 Storage Blk Time (%)0 Queuing Penalty (veh) 0 Zone Summary Zone wide Queuing Penalty: 1 183 SimTraffic Performance Report Beltline Apartments Opening Year Build Conditions - Scenario 2 - PM Peak Hour SimTraffic Report Kimley-Horn Page 1 1: Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road Performance by movement Movement EBL EBT EBR WBL WBT WBR NBL NBT NBR SBL SBT SBR Denied Del/Veh (s)1.2 0.0 0.4 0.3 0.5 3.2 0.3 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Total Del/Veh (s)100.9 128.9 85.2 85.9 106.2 14.6 8.6 2.0 1.4 6.7 1.0 0.7 1: Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road Performance by movement Movement All Denied Del/Veh (s)0.3 Total Del/Veh (s)12.3 2: Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street Performance by movement Movement EBL EBT EBR NBL NBT SBT SBR All Denied Del/Veh (s)0.0 0.0 0.0 3.1 0.6 0.0 0.0 0.4 Total Del/Veh (s)48.0 0.3 7.9 8.0 1.2 2.1 1.5 4.4 3: W 36th Street & Raleigh Avenue Performance by movement Movement EBL EBT WBT WBR SBT SBR All Denied Del/Veh (s)3.4 3.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.8 Total Del/Veh (s)8.0 1.7 0.3 0.0 0.3 6.9 1.6 4: 35th Street & Site Access Performance by movement Movement EBL EBT WBT WBR SBL SBT SBR All Denied Del/Veh (s)0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Total Del/Veh (s)0.2 0.4 6.1 3.5 0.3 0.2 0.1 2.6 5: Site Access & Park Glen Road Performance by movement Movement EBT WBL WBT NBT NBR All Denied Del/Veh (s)0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Total Del/Veh (s)99.7 1.4 0.4 0.1 154.2 55.0 6: ROC Access & W 36th Street Performance by movement Movement EBT EBR WBL WBT NBR All Denied Del/Veh (s)0.0 0.0 3.0 0.7 0.1 0.3 Total Del/Veh (s)0.2 0.0 8.3 1.1 8.4 0.9 Total Zone Performance Denied Del/Veh (s)1.8 Total Del/Veh (s)224.8 184 Queuing and Blocking Report Beltline Apartments Opening Year Build Conditions - Scenario 2 - PM Peak Hour SimTraffic Report Kimley-Horn Page 2 Intersection: 1: Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road Movement EB WB WB NB NB SB SB SB Directions Served LTR LT R L TR L T R Maximum Queue (ft) 115 202 127 37 31 56 13 7 Average Queue (ft) 96 73 52 11 1 28 0 0 95th Queue (ft)135 172 115 34 15 55 8 3 Link Distance (ft)106 795 785 310 Upstream Blk Time (%) 50 Queuing Penalty (veh) 65 Storage Bay Dist (ft)200 200 110 110 Storage Blk Time (%)3 0 Queuing Penalty (veh)3 0 Intersection: 2: Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street Movement EB EB NB SB Directions Served L R L TR Maximum Queue (ft) 159 80 62 33 Average Queue (ft) 55 41 29 2 95th Queue (ft)112 69 55 17 Link Distance (ft)300 300 785 Upstream Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Storage Bay Dist (ft)100 Storage Blk Time (%)0 Queuing Penalty (veh)0 Intersection: 3: W 36th Street & Raleigh Avenue Movement EB EB WB SB Directions Served L T TR R Maximum Queue (ft)79 44 18 50 Average Queue (ft)36 2 1 25 95th Queue (ft)65 28 8 54 Link Distance (ft)8 668 Upstream Blk Time (%)0 Queuing Penalty (veh)0 Storage Bay Dist (ft)75 75 Storage Blk Time (%)1 0 Queuing Penalty (veh) 2 0 185 Queuing and Blocking Report Beltline Apartments Opening Year Build Conditions - Scenario 2 - PM Peak Hour SimTraffic Report Kimley-Horn Page 3 Intersection: 4: 35th Street & Site Access Movement EB WB SB Directions Served LT TR LR Maximum Queue (ft)11 68 4 Average Queue (ft)0 37 0 95th Queue (ft)4 54 3 Link Distance (ft) 123 300 568 Upstream Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Storage Bay Dist (ft) Storage Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Intersection: 5: Site Access & Park Glen Road Movement EB WB NB Directions Served TR LT LR Maximum Queue (ft) 230 44 144 Average Queue (ft) 86 5 49 95th Queue (ft)280 25 126 Link Distance (ft)535 106 568 Upstream Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Storage Bay Dist (ft) Storage Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Intersection: 6: ROC Access & W 36th Street Movement EB EB WB WB NB Directions Served T R L T R Maximum Queue (ft)8 13 45 21 60 Average Queue (ft) 0 0 10 1 19 95th Queue (ft)4 6 35 11 40 Link Distance (ft) 8 8 185 Upstream Blk Time (%) 0 0 Queuing Penalty (veh) 0 0 Storage Bay Dist (ft)50 50 Storage Blk Time (%)0 0 Queuing Penalty (veh)2 0 Zone Summary Zone wide Queuing Penalty: 73 186 SimTraffic Performance Report Beltline Apartments Opening Year Build Conditions - Scenario 1 with Signal - AM Peak Hour SimTraffic Report Kimley-Horn Page 1 1: Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road Performance by movement Movement EBL EBT EBR WBL WBT WBR NBL NBT NBR SBL SBT SBR Denied Del/Veh (s)0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Total Del/Veh (s)9.4 12.3 4.6 10.4 11.6 5.5 11.5 5.0 3.7 8.9 4.2 1.7 1: Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road Performance by movement Movement All Denied Del/Veh (s)0.0 Total Del/Veh (s)5.3 2: Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street Performance by movement Movement EBL EBT EBR NBL NBT SBT SBR All Denied Del/Veh (s)0.0 0.0 0.0 3.3 0.4 0.0 0.0 0.3 Total Del/Veh (s)15.6 0.6 5.1 4.1 0.9 2.1 1.6 2.6 3: W 36th Street & Raleigh Avenue Performance by movement Movement EBL EBT WBT WBR SBT SBR All Denied Del/Veh (s)3.6 3.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.4 Total Del/Veh (s)5.9 0.7 0.2 0.1 0.2 6.8 1.1 4: 35th Street & Site Access Performance by movement Movement EBL EBT WBT WBR SBL SBR All Denied Del/Veh (s)0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.1 0.0 Total Del/Veh (s)1.6 0.2 0.6 0.2 4.5 3.3 1.3 6: ROC Access & W 36th Street Performance by movement Movement EBT EBR WBL WBT NBR All Denied Del/Veh (s)0.0 0.0 2.9 0.5 0.1 0.3 Total Del/Veh (s)0.1 0.0 3.2 0.8 4.1 0.6 Total Zone Performance Denied Del/Veh (s)1.3 Total Del/Veh (s)66.6 187 Queuing and Blocking Report Beltline Apartments Opening Year Build Conditions - Scenario 1 with Signal - AM Peak Hour SimTraffic Report Kimley-Horn Page 2 Intersection: 1: Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road Movement EB WB NB NB SB SB SB Directions Served LTR LTR L TR L T R Maximum Queue (ft)50 112 56 192 66 164 71 Average Queue (ft)14 49 18 72 33 66 12 95th Queue (ft)37 89 47 143 62 124 46 Link Distance (ft)693 795 785 316 Upstream Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Storage Bay Dist (ft)200 110 110 Storage Blk Time (%)0 1 Queuing Penalty (veh)0 2 Intersection: 2: Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street Movement EB EB NB SB Directions Served L R L TR Maximum Queue (ft)97 56 42 8 Average Queue (ft)38 25 14 0 95th Queue (ft)73 50 40 4 Link Distance (ft)300 300 785 Upstream Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Storage Bay Dist (ft)100 Storage Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Intersection: 3: W 36th Street & Raleigh Avenue Movement EB WB SB Directions Served L TR R Maximum Queue (ft)69 13 64 Average Queue (ft)29 0 34 95th Queue (ft)60 6 58 Link Distance (ft)8 668 Upstream Blk Time (%)0 Queuing Penalty (veh)0 Storage Bay Dist (ft)75 Storage Blk Time (%)0 Queuing Penalty (veh) 1 188 Queuing and Blocking Report Beltline Apartments Opening Year Build Conditions - Scenario 1 with Signal - AM Peak Hour SimTraffic Report Kimley-Horn Page 3 Intersection: 4: 35th Street & Site Access Movement EB SB Directions Served LT LR Maximum Queue (ft)30 68 Average Queue (ft)2 32 95th Queue (ft)16 56 Link Distance (ft)123 485 Upstream Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Storage Bay Dist (ft) Storage Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Intersection: 6: ROC Access & W 36th Street Movement EB WB NB Directions Served T L R Maximum Queue (ft)4 31 35 Average Queue (ft) 0 4 10 95th Queue (ft)3 21 28 Link Distance (ft) 8 185 Upstream Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Storage Bay Dist (ft)50 Storage Blk Time (%) 0 Queuing Penalty (veh)0 Zone Summary Zone wide Queuing Penalty: 2 189 SimTraffic Performance Report Beltline Apartments Opening Year Build Conditions - Scenario 1 with Signal - PM Peak Hour SimTraffic Report Kimley-Horn Page 1 1: Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road Performance by movement Movement EBL EBT EBR WBL WBT WBR NBL NBT NBR SBL SBT SBR Denied Del/Veh (s)0.2 0.2 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Total Del/Veh (s)22.5 22.2 13.8 25.2 18.6 14.5 17.5 7.5 5.9 17.0 6.3 2.7 1: Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road Performance by movement Movement All Denied Del/Veh (s)0.0 Total Del/Veh (s)9.0 2: Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street Performance by movement Movement EBL EBT EBR NBL NBT SBT SBR All Denied Del/Veh (s)8.1 0.0 0.9 2.9 0.7 0.0 0.1 0.9 Total Del/Veh (s)108.8 12.5 9.5 11.9 1.3 3.5 2.9 10.3 3: W 36th Street & Raleigh Avenue Performance by movement Movement EBL EBT WBT WBR SBT SBR All Denied Del/Veh (s)3.4 3.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.8 Total Del/Veh (s)8.3 1.7 0.3 0.0 0.2 6.8 1.5 4: 35th Street & Site Access Performance by movement Movement EBL EBT WBT WBR SBL SBR All Denied Del/Veh (s)0.1 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.1 0.1 Total Del/Veh (s)1.8 1.8 6.6 3.8 4.9 0.6 3.8 6: ROC Access & W 36th Street Performance by movement Movement EBT EBR WBL WBT NBR All Denied Del/Veh (s)0.0 0.0 2.9 0.6 0.1 0.3 Total Del/Veh (s)0.1 0.0 8.0 1.1 7.7 0.8 Total Zone Performance Denied Del/Veh (s)1.9 Total Del/Veh (s)210.1 190 Queuing and Blocking Report Beltline Apartments Opening Year Build Conditions - Scenario 1 with Signal - PM Peak Hour SimTraffic Report Kimley-Horn Page 2 Intersection: 1: Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road Movement EB WB NB NB SB SB SB Directions Served LTR LTR L TR L T R Maximum Queue (ft) 124 162 45 284 167 282 114 Average Queue (ft) 51 73 12 133 43 128 11 95th Queue (ft)96 137 37 230 101 233 58 Link Distance (ft)693 795 785 316 Upstream Blk Time (%)0 Queuing Penalty (veh)0 Storage Bay Dist (ft)200 110 110 Storage Blk Time (%)1 0 6 Queuing Penalty (veh)0 0 7 Intersection: 2: Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street Movement EB EB NB NB SB Directions Served L R L T TR Maximum Queue (ft) 281 96 86 36 19 Average Queue (ft) 118 43 29 1 1 95th Queue (ft)256 79 65 26 11 Link Distance (ft)300 300 871 785 Upstream Blk Time (%) 4 Queuing Penalty (veh) 4 Storage Bay Dist (ft)100 Storage Blk Time (%)0 Queuing Penalty (veh)3 Intersection: 3: W 36th Street & Raleigh Avenue Movement EB EB EB WB SB Directions Served L T T TR R Maximum Queue (ft)77 112 47 17 59 Average Queue (ft)36 5 2 1 25 95th Queue (ft)67 42 34 8 55 Link Distance (ft)790 8 668 Upstream Blk Time (%)0 Queuing Penalty (veh)0 Storage Bay Dist (ft)75 75 Storage Blk Time (%)1 0 Queuing Penalty (veh) 3 0 191 Queuing and Blocking Report Beltline Apartments Opening Year Build Conditions - Scenario 1 with Signal - PM Peak Hour SimTraffic Report Kimley-Horn Page 3 Intersection: 4: 35th Street & Site Access Movement EB WB SB Directions Served LT TR LR Maximum Queue (ft)78 86 50 Average Queue (ft)6 44 5 95th Queue (ft)42 70 30 Link Distance (ft)123 300 485 Upstream Blk Time (%) 0 Queuing Penalty (veh) 0 Storage Bay Dist (ft) Storage Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Intersection: 6: ROC Access & W 36th Street Movement WB WB NB Directions Served L T R Maximum Queue (ft)44 10 52 Average Queue (ft)13 0 20 95th Queue (ft)39 7 41 Link Distance (ft)185 Upstream Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Storage Bay Dist (ft)50 50 Storage Blk Time (%)0 0 Queuing Penalty (veh) 1 0 Zone Summary Zone wide Queuing Penalty: 19 192 SimTraffic Performance Report Beltline Apartments Opening Year Build Conditions - Scenario 2 with Signal - AM Peak Hour SimTraffic Report Kimley-Horn Page 1 1: Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road Performance by movement Movement EBL EBT EBR WBL WBT WBR NBL NBT NBR SBL SBT SBR Denied Del/Veh (s)0.0 0.0 0.0 0.2 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 Total Del/Veh (s)11.9 14.2 3.8 11.0 9.8 6.1 11.6 5.6 3.8 10.1 4.8 2.0 1: Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road Performance by movement Movement All Denied Del/Veh (s)0.0 Total Del/Veh (s)6.0 2: Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street Performance by movement Movement EBL EBT EBR NBL NBT SBT SBR All Denied Del/Veh (s)0.0 0.0 0.0 3.1 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.3 Total Del/Veh (s)13.6 0.2 4.4 5.0 0.8 2.2 1.7 2.2 3: W 36th Street & Raleigh Avenue Performance by movement Movement EBL EBT WBT WBR SBT SBR All Denied Del/Veh (s)3.4 3.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.4 Total Del/Veh (s)5.3 0.7 0.2 0.0 0.3 5.9 1.1 4: 35th Street & Site Access Performance by movement Movement EBL EBT WBT WBR SBL SBR All Denied Del/Veh (s)0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.1 0.0 Total Del/Veh (s)1.7 0.2 0.5 0.2 4.3 2.8 1.0 5: Site Access & Park Glen Road Performance by movement Movement EBT WBL WBT NBR All Denied Del/Veh (s)0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Total Del/Veh (s)0.0 1.3 0.4 2.5 0.8 6: ROC Access & W 36th Street Performance by movement Movement EBT EBR WBL WBT NBR All Denied Del/Veh (s)0.0 0.0 3.1 0.5 0.1 0.3 Total Del/Veh (s)0.1 0.0 3.0 0.8 3.9 0.6 Total Zone Performance Denied Del/Veh (s)1.3 Total Del/Veh (s)68.1 193 Queuing and Blocking Report Beltline Apartments Opening Year Build Conditions - Scenario 2 with Signal - AM Peak Hour SimTraffic Report Kimley-Horn Page 2 Intersection: 1: Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road Movement EB WB NB NB SB SB SB Directions Served LTR LTR L TR L T R Maximum Queue (ft)66 108 62 175 126 183 70 Average Queue (ft)24 51 19 73 40 74 17 95th Queue (ft)53 89 49 135 88 139 51 Link Distance (ft)105 795 785 317 Upstream Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Storage Bay Dist (ft)200 110 110 Storage Blk Time (%)0 0 1 Queuing Penalty (veh)0 0 2 Intersection: 2: Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street Movement EB EB NB SB Directions Served L R L TR Maximum Queue (ft)65 63 43 4 Average Queue (ft)26 25 14 0 95th Queue (ft)56 50 42 3 Link Distance (ft)300 300 785 Upstream Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Storage Bay Dist (ft)100 Storage Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Intersection: 3: W 36th Street & Raleigh Avenue Movement EB WB SB Directions Served L TR R Maximum Queue (ft)66 9 74 Average Queue (ft)28 0 33 95th Queue (ft)57 5 58 Link Distance (ft)8 668 Upstream Blk Time (%)0 Queuing Penalty (veh)0 Storage Bay Dist (ft)75 Storage Blk Time (%)0 Queuing Penalty (veh) 0 194 Queuing and Blocking Report Beltline Apartments Opening Year Build Conditions - Scenario 2 with Signal - AM Peak Hour SimTraffic Report Kimley-Horn Page 3 Intersection: 4: 35th Street & Site Access Movement EB SB Directions Served LT LR Maximum Queue (ft)28 55 Average Queue (ft)2 26 95th Queue (ft)14 49 Link Distance (ft)123 577 Upstream Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Storage Bay Dist (ft) Storage Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Intersection: 5: Site Access & Park Glen Road Movement WB NB Directions Served LT LR Maximum Queue (ft)12 44 Average Queue (ft)1 18 95th Queue (ft)8 43 Link Distance (ft) 105 577 Upstream Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Storage Bay Dist (ft) Storage Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Intersection: 6: ROC Access & W 36th Street Movement WB NB Directions Served L R Maximum Queue (ft)30 27 Average Queue (ft)3 11 95th Queue (ft)18 29 Link Distance (ft)185 Upstream Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Storage Bay Dist (ft)50 Storage Blk Time (%)0 Queuing Penalty (veh) 0 Zone Summary Zone wide Queuing Penalty: 3 195 SimTraffic Performance Report Beltline Apartments Opening Year Build Conditions - Scenario 2 - PM Peak Hour SimTraffic Report Kimley-Horn Page 1 1: Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road Performance by movement Movement EBL EBT EBR WBL WBT WBR NBL NBT NBR SBL SBT SBR Denied Del/Veh (s)0.0 0.0 0.0 0.2 0.3 0.2 0.4 0.1 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 Total Del/Veh (s)23.1 22.7 15.7 21.5 27.1 12.9 19.4 7.7 5.3 19.2 6.4 2.9 1: Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road Performance by movement Movement All Denied Del/Veh (s)0.0 Total Del/Veh (s)9.3 2: Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street Performance by movement Movement EBL EBT EBR NBL NBT SBT SBR All Denied Del/Veh (s)0.0 0.0 0.0 3.1 0.6 0.0 0.0 0.4 Total Del/Veh (s)39.8 0.3 9.5 10.0 1.2 3.1 2.5 4.7 3: W 36th Street & Raleigh Avenue Performance by movement Movement EBL EBT WBT WBR SBT SBR All Denied Del/Veh (s)3.4 3.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.8 Total Del/Veh (s)8.0 1.7 0.3 0.0 0.2 6.7 1.5 4: 35th Street & Site Access Performance by movement Movement EBL EBT WBT WBR SBL SBT SBR All Denied Del/Veh (s)0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Total Del/Veh (s)0.2 0.4 6.2 3.6 0.4 0.1 0.1 2.6 5: Site Access & Park Glen Road Performance by movement Movement EBT WBL WBT NBT NBR All Denied Del/Veh (s)0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Total Del/Veh (s)0.5 1.6 0.4 0.1 2.9 0.9 6: ROC Access & W 36th Street Performance by movement Movement EBT EBR WBL WBT NBR All Denied Del/Veh (s)0.0 0.0 3.0 0.7 0.1 0.3 Total Del/Veh (s)0.2 0.0 8.4 1.1 8.0 0.9 Total Zone Performance Denied Del/Veh (s)1.7 Total Del/Veh (s)141.0 196 Queuing and Blocking Report Beltline Apartments Opening Year Build Conditions - Scenario 2 - PM Peak Hour SimTraffic Report Kimley-Horn Page 2 Intersection: 1: Beltline Boulevard & Park Glen Road Movement EB WB NB NB SB SB SB Directions Served LTR LTR L TR L T R Maximum Queue (ft) 107 179 80 269 136 293 142 Average Queue (ft) 53 74 15 120 41 124 27 95th Queue (ft)97 140 55 216 91 232 91 Link Distance (ft)106 795 785 317 Upstream Blk Time (%) 2 0 Queuing Penalty (veh) 3 1 Storage Bay Dist (ft)200 110 110 Storage Blk Time (%)1 0 6 Queuing Penalty (veh)0 0 9 Intersection: 2: Beltline Boulevard & 35th Street Movement EB EB NB SB Directions Served L R L TR Maximum Queue (ft) 140 96 69 23 Average Queue (ft) 52 42 30 2 95th Queue (ft)102 77 59 14 Link Distance (ft)300 300 785 Upstream Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Storage Bay Dist (ft)100 Storage Blk Time (%)0 Queuing Penalty (veh)0 Intersection: 3: W 36th Street & Raleigh Avenue Movement EB EB WB SB Directions Served L T TR R Maximum Queue (ft)79 44 18 50 Average Queue (ft)36 2 1 24 95th Queue (ft)65 28 8 52 Link Distance (ft)8 668 Upstream Blk Time (%)0 Queuing Penalty (veh)0 Storage Bay Dist (ft)75 75 Storage Blk Time (%)1 0 Queuing Penalty (veh) 2 0 197 Queuing and Blocking Report Beltline Apartments Opening Year Build Conditions - Scenario 2 - PM Peak Hour SimTraffic Report Kimley-Horn Page 3 Intersection: 4: 35th Street & Site Access Movement EB WB SB Directions Served LT TR LR Maximum Queue (ft)15 71 9 Average Queue (ft)0 38 0 95th Queue (ft)7 57 6 Link Distance (ft) 123 300 568 Upstream Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Storage Bay Dist (ft) Storage Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Intersection: 5: Site Access & Park Glen Road Movement EB WB NB Directions Served TR LT LR Maximum Queue (ft)31 39 37 Average Queue (ft)1 4 18 95th Queue (ft)15 22 39 Link Distance (ft)535 106 568 Upstream Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Storage Bay Dist (ft) Storage Blk Time (%) Queuing Penalty (veh) Intersection: 6: ROC Access & W 36th Street Movement EB EB WB WB NB Directions Served T R L T R Maximum Queue (ft)8 13 45 21 57 Average Queue (ft) 0 0 10 1 19 95th Queue (ft)4 6 35 11 39 Link Distance (ft) 8 8 185 Upstream Blk Time (%) 0 0 Queuing Penalty (veh) 0 0 Storage Bay Dist (ft)50 50 Storage Blk Time (%)0 0 Queuing Penalty (veh)2 0 Zone Summary Zone wide Queuing Penalty: 18 198 Planning commission: Regular meeting Meeting date: June 2, 2021 Agenda item: 3b 3b Parkway Residences planned unit development major amendment Location: 4105, 4117, and 4125 31st Street West Case Number: 21-22-PUD Applicant: Sela Investments, Ltd. Owner: Sela Investments, Ltd. Review Deadline: 60 days: July 3, 2021 120 days: September 1, 2021 Recommended motions: Chair to close the public hearing. Motion to recommend approval of major amendment to Section 36- 268-PUD 15 subject to the conditions recommended by staff. Summary of request: Sela Investments, Ltd. requests a major amendment to Section 36-268- PUD 15 which established the zoning requirements for Parkway Residences, located along 31st Street West between Inglewood Avenue South and Glenhurst Avenue South. The city council approved the Parkway Residences planned unit development (PUD) in February 2020 which allowed for a 37-unit multifamily building with 26 interior parking spaces on the southeast corner of Inglewood Avenue and 31st Street West. The applicant requests a change to the PUD to add ten additional interior parking spaces and relocate four ground floor residential units, three of which would be relocated to the east side of the building. Site information: 199 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 3b) Title: Parkway Residences planned unit development major amendment Current use: vacant single -family homes Surrounding land uses: being used for construction offices North: medium and high -density multi- family East: medium density condos South: medium density multi-family West: medium density multi-family Current 2040 land use guidance Current zoning RH - high density residential PUD planned unit development Background: In 2020, Sela Investments received approvals for Parkway Residences, which is a development that consists of four new multi-family buildings adding up to 211 new units. The project also includes the rehabilitation of three existing apartment buildings that contain 24 units for a project total of 235 residential units. Parkway Commons, located on the southeast corner of 31st Street West and Inglewood Avenue South is a 4-story, 37-unit multi-family building with 26 interior parking space. The building was approved with four units on the ground floor facing 31st Street West, with the parking located behind. The remainder of the 29 units were all studio and 1-bedrooms and were spread through floors 2 through 4. The building was approved with amenity space on the north side of the building and on the roof. It was also required to have a partial green roof and be solar ready. Present considerations: Sela Investments, Ltd. requests a major amendment to PUD 15 to add 10 additional interior parking spaces and relocate four ground floor residential units to the southeast side of the building. This change would require the relocation of four ground level units, three of which will be added to the building’s southeast side and would add 10 interior parking spaces to the building’s ground floor. The change also includes changing 2 studios to 2 2-bedroom units. Under the original approvals, the building was required to be constructed with a partial green roof and be “solar ready.” With the changes, they will still include the partial green roof, but propose installing solar panels at the time of construction. They also would like to relocate portions of DORA from the roof to the buildings east side . Zoning analysis: The proposed changes alter the exterior façade along the ground floor of 31st Street West and the building’s east elevation but have minimal impact to the overall site. The zoning compliance table outlines all changes between the approved plans and the proposed amendment. Most of the site details stay the same. Additional class I materials are added to all facades. The development will also improve the electric vehicle charging provided and solar panels will be added to the building at the time of construction. Due to the solar panels, the rooftop DORA has been removed, and a small area of DORA has been relocated to the building’s east side. A portion of the roof will also be constructed as a green roof. The addition of the 10 interior parking spaces means the development does not rely upon on-street parking adjacent to the site to meet city parking requirements. The developer proposes to plant four additional canopy trees on the east side of the site to reduce the impact s of the changes to the neighboring condo building. 200 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 3b) Title: Parkway Residences planned unit development major amendment Approved 1st floor plan Proposed 1st floor plan 201 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 3b) Title: Parkway Residences planned unit development major amendment Approved east building elevation Proposed east building elevation 202 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 3b) Title: Parkway Residences planned unit development major amendment Zoning Compliance Table: Factor Required Approved Proposed Met? Use Residential Residential No change Yes Lot Area 2.0 acres required for a PUD 0.496 No change Yes Gross Floor Area None required 41,000 SF 45,825 SF Yes Floor Area Ratio None required 1.9 2.1 Yes Height None with PUD 4 stories: 50 ft No change Yes Building Materials Minimum 60% Class I materials on all facades. North: 79% South: 88% East: 80% West: 60% North: 80% South: 93% East: 87% West: 66% Yes Dwelling Units No requirement. 37 No change Yes Density (units per acre High Density Max allowed: 75 per acre 75 units per acre No change Yes Floor Area Ratio None with PUD 1.9 2.1 Yes Off-Street Parking 1 space per bedroom Originally required: 37 Proposed required: 39 Total provided: 37 26 in garage 11 on street Total provided: 48 37 in garage 11 on street Yes EV charging Stations Originally required None PUD Amendment: 2 level 1 spaces Conduit for 4 level 2 Conduit at all interior spaces 2 level 1 spaces Conduit for all other spaces. Yes Bicycle Parking 1 per dwelling unit plus 1 per 10 automobile spaces. Total required: 41 45 47 Yes Open Area/ DORA No specific percentage with PUD 14% 12% Yes Setbacks No minimum required front, rear, or side setbacks. Front: 6’ Rear: 11’ Side: 12’ Side: 14’ No change Yes Landscaping Alternate landscape required as part of PUD Canopy Tree: 11 Ornamental: 8 Shrubs: 297 Canopy Tree: 15 Ornamental: 8 Shrubs: 227 Yes Neighborhood meeting: A virtual neighborhood meeting was held on May 26, 2021. Two residents attended the meeting. One person asked if the development relied on on-street 203 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 3b) Title: Parkway Residences planned unit development major amendment parking, and another question was about the opening date of Parkway Place, which is phase I of Parkway Residences. Councilmember Rog also attended the meeting and asked several questions about changes to the elevations, offsite views and why rooftop DORA was being relocated to the ground floor outside the building. Staff also received an email from the homeowners association (HOA) president of the condo building located at 3125 Inglewood Avenue South asking the city to limit the building height to three stories. This email is attached to this report . Staff reached out to the sender and explained that the 4-story building was approved in February 2020 and described in more detail the scope of the revisions that are being considered by the planning commission and city council. Next steps: City council is scheduled to consider the major PUD amendment request on June 21, 2021. Recommendations: Staff recommends amending Section 36-268 PUD 15 and the Official Exhibits for Parkway Residences. 1. The site shall be developed, used and maintained in accordance with the conditions of this ordinance, approved Official Exhibits, and City Code. Supporting documents: Draft PUD 15 ordinance amendment, official exhibits, email from 3125 Inglewood HOA president. Prepared by: Jennifer Monson, senior planner Reviewed by: Sean Walther, planning and zoning supervisor 204 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 3b) Title: Parkway Residences planned unit development major amendment Ordinance No. ___-21 Ordinance amending the St. Louis Park City Code relating to zoning by amending Section 36-268-PUD 15 the Planned Unit Development zoning district for the property located at 4105, 4117, and 4125 31st Street West The City of St. Louis Park does ordain: Section 1. The city council has considered the advice and recommendations of the planning commission (Case No: 21-22-PUD) for amending the zoning ordinance Section 36-268- PUD 15. Section 2. The Comprehensive Plan designations the following described lands as High Density Residential: Lot 1, Block 2, Manhattan Park Second Addition, Hennepin County, Minnesota Section 3. The St. Louis Park Ordinance Code, Section 36-268-PUD 9 is hereby amended by adding underscored text and deleting strikethrough text. Section breaks are represented by ***. Section 4. The St. Louis Park Ordinance Code, Section 36-268-PUD 15 is hereby amended to add the following changes: *** (3) Site 3 A. Site 3, legally described as Lot 1, Block 2, Manhattan Park Second Addition, Hennepin County, Minnesota, shall be developed, used, and maintained in conformance with the following Final PUD signed Official Exhibits: 1. C3.0.0 Title Sheet 2. V3.1.0 Alta/NSPS Land Title Survey 3. C3.1.0 Removals Plan 4. C3.2.0 Site Plan 5. C3.3.0 Grading Plan 6. C3.4.0 Utility Plan 7. C3.5.0 Civil Details 8. C3.5.1 Civil Details 9. C3.5.2 Civil Details 10. SW3.1.0 SWPPP Existing Conditions 11. SW3.1.1 SWPPP Proposed Conditions 12. SW3.1.2 SWPP – Details 13. SW3.1.3 SWPPP – Narrative 14. SW3.1.4 SWPPP – Attachments 15. SW3.1.5 SWPPP - Attachments 16. 12.0 Floor Plan Level 1 17. 13.0 Floor Plan Level 2 205 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 3b) Title: Parkway Residences planned unit development major amendment 18. 14.0 Floor Plan Level 3 19. 15.0 Floor Plan Level 4 20. 15.2 Floor Plan Roof Deck 21. 16.0 Elevation – North 22. 17.0 Elevation – South 23. 18.0 Elevation – East & West 24. 23.0 DORA Site Plan 25. AL103 Photometric Plan 26. LS103 Landscape Layout Plan LS100 Layout Plan 27. LS103 Layout Plan LS101 Layout Plan 28. LP103 Planting Plan LP100 Planting Plan B. Site 3 shall also conform to the following requirements: 1. Parking shall be provided off-street in structured parking and on-street. i. A total of 26 37 parking spaces will be provided in structured parking. 2. The property shall be developed with 37 residential units. 3. The maximum building height shall not exceed 50 feet and four (4) stories 4. The site shall include a minimum 12 percent designed outdoor recreation area. *** A. Accessory uses: Accessory uses are as follows: 1. Home occupations complying with all of the conditions in the R -C district. Home occupations are permitted with the condition that they comply with the following conditions: i. All material or equipment shall be stored within an enclosed structure. ii. Operation of the home occupation is not apparent from the public right -of- way. iii. The activity does not involve warehousing, distribution or retail sales of merchandise produced off the site. iv. No person is employed at the residence who does not legally reside in the home except that a licensed group family day care facility may have one outside employee. v. No light of vibration originating from the business operation is discernible at the property line. vi. Only equipment, machinery and materials which are normally found in the home are used in the conduct of the home occupation. vii. No more than one non-illuminated wall sign limited to two square feet in area is used to identify the home occupation. viii. Space within the dwelling devoted to the home occupation does not exceed one room or ten percent of the floor area, whichever is greater. ix. No portion of the home occupation is permitted within any attached or detached accessory building. x. The structure housing the home occupation conforms to the building code; and in the case where the home occupation is day care or if there are any customers or students, the home occupation has received a certificate of occupancy. 206 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 3b) Title: Parkway Residences planned unit development major amendment Section 5. This ordinance shall take effect fifteen days after its publication (July 30, 2021) Reviewed for administration: Adopted by the City Council (July 6, 2021) Thomas K. Harmening, city manager Jake Spano, mayor Attest: Approved as to form and execution: Melissa Kennedy, city clerk Soren Mattick, city attorney First re ading June 21, 2021 Second reading July 6, 2021 Date of publication July 15, 2021 Date ordinance takes effect July 30, 2021 207 208 Civil Engineering Surveying Landscape Architecture4931 W. 35th Street, Suite 200St. Louis Park, MN 55416civilsitegroup.com 612-615-0060COPYRIGHT CIVIL SITE GROUP INC.cPARKWAY COMMONS 4105-4125 31ST STREET WEST, ST. LOUIS PARK, MN 55416 4915 W. 35TH STREET, SUITE #102, ST. LOUIS PARK, MN 55416 SELA GROUP, LLC. PROJECT 48776David J. KnaebleLICENSE NO.DATEI HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN,SPECIFICATION, OR REPORT WASPREPARED BY ME OR UNDER MY DIRECTSUPERVISION AND THAT I AM A DULYLICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERUNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OFMINNESOTA.5/3/21P R E L I M I N A R Y : N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O NISSUE/SUBMITTAL SUMMARYDATEDESCRIPTION. .. .. .. .. .. .PROJECT NUMBER:18360.0311/1/19 CITY SUBMITTAL11/26/19 CITY RESUBMITTAL12/10/1910/6/20 PRICING SET01/07/21 PRICING SET5/3/21 AMENDED PUD SUBMITTAL10/07/19 CITY SUBMITTALDRAWN BY:REVIEWED BY:KBDK. .. .. .. .. .. .. .....................20185/3/2021 11:06 AMDJRARCHITECTURE, INC333 Washington Ave N, Suite 210Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401612.676.2700 www.djr-inc.comCITY RESUBMITTALREVISION SUMMARYDATEDESCRIPTIONC3.0.0TITLE SHEET. .. .. .. .. .. .PARKWAY COMMONSST. LOUIS PARK, MINNESOTASHEET INDEXSHEET NUMBER SHEET TITLEC3.0.0 TITLE SHEETSITE LOCATIONSITE LOCATION MAPNSITE SURVEYV3.1.0UTILITY PLANC3.4.0ISSUED FOR: AMENDED PUD SUBMITTALMASTER LEGEND:EX. 1' CONTOUR ELEVATION INTERVALCURB AND GUTTER (T.O = TIP OUT)SPOT GRADE ELEVATION (GUTTER/FLOW LINEUNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED)SPOT GRADE ELEVATION TOP OF CURB (GUTTER TOP)SPOT GRADE ELEVATION TOP OF WALLSOIL BORING LOCATIONSPOT GRADE ELEVATION BOTTOM OF WALLEMERGENCY OVERFLOWPROPOSED MANHOLE STORMPROPOSED GATE VALVEPROPOSED SANITARY SEWERPROPOSED STORM SEWERPROPOSED WATER MAINPROPOSED FIRE HYDRANTEXISTING LIGHTEXISTING GAS METEREXISTING MANHOLEEXISTING CATCH BASINEXISTING GATE VALVEEXISTING HYDRANTEXISTING GAS VALVEEXISTING ELECTRIC BOXEXISTING STOPBOXPROPOSED MANHOLE SANITARYPROPOSED CATCH BASIN OR CATCH BASIN MANHOLE STORMPROPOSED SIGNEXISTING SPOT GRADE ELEVATIONINLET PROTECTIONSTABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCEDRAINAGE ARROWDEVELOPER / PROPERTY OWNER:SELA GROUP LLC4915 W 35TH STREETSUITE 102ST. LOUIS PARK, MN 55416SWPPP - EXISTING CONDITIONSSW3.1.0GRADING PLANC3.3.0C3.5.0C3.5.1CIVIL DETAILSSWPPP - PROPOSED CONDITIONSSW3.1.1SWPPP - DETAILSSW3.1.2C3.2.0 SITE PLANSWPPP - NARRATIVESW3.1.3CIVIL DETAILSC3.1.0 REMOVALS PLANC3.5.2 CIVIL DETAILSKnow what'sbelow.before you dig.CallRSWPPP - ATTACHMENTSSW3.1.4SWPPP - ATTACHMENTSSW3.1.5DYH EOF=1135.52SB-1TOPROPOSED LIGHTEXISTING SANITARY SEWEREXISTING STORM SEWEREXISTING WATER MAINEXISTING GAS MAINEXISTING UNDERGROUND ELECTRICEXISTING UNDERGROUND CABLE1.0' CONTOUR ELEVATION INTERVALSILT FENCE / BIOROLL - GRADING LIMITARCHITECT:DJR ARCHITECTURE INC.333 WASHINGTON AVENUE NORTHSUITE 210 UNION PLAZAMINNEAPOLIS, MN 55401SITE LOCATIONENGINEER / LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT /SURVEYOR:CIVIL SITE GROUP4931 W 35TH STREETSUITE 200ST LOUIS PARK, MN 55416612-615-0060GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER:TERRACON13400 15TH AVE. NORTHPLYMOUTH, MN 55441763-489-3100209 210 Concrete Walk17.79.92.326.37.510.110.110.2 4.826.2 2.19.924.1 30.124.130.312.424.312.524.4 9.426.226.326.3 9.14.1 7.74.1 20.322.4 20.322.5 6.10.926.410.18.312.221.7 4.013.0 0.96.2 17.1Iron FenceIron FenceWire FenceWire FenceWire FenceWood FenceGravelDrivewayBituminous Bituminous Driveway Wood FenceConcrete Walk Concrete Walk Concrete Driveway Concrete WalkKeystone Wall 31st Street West(A Public R/W)Inglewood Ave S(A Public R/W)S89°48'26"E 179.99S00°44'44"W 120.10N89°48'26"W 179.91N00°42'19"E 120.09(Width Varies)East Line of theWest 55 feet Lots14, 15 and 16West Line of the East55 feet of the West 110feet Lots 14, 15 and 16East Line of the West 110feet Lots 14, 15 and 16East Line of the West38.7 feet Lots 1, 2and 31 1/2 Story Lap Sided BuildingAddress: 4125 W 31st StFoundation Area=867 Sq. Ft.1 Story LapSided BuildingAddress: 4117 W31st StFoundationArea=721 Sq. Ft.GarageCONSTRUCTION LIMITSCONSTRUCTION LIMITSREMOVE EXISTING TREEAND BALL ROOT, TYP.REMOVE EXISTING TREEAND BALL ROOT, TYP.REMOVE EXISTING TREEAND BALL ROOT, TYP.REMOVE EX BUILDING, STRUCTURES,FOUNDATIONS, FOOTINGS & BASE MATERIALS,PER LOCAL STATE & FEDERAL STANDARDS.REMOVE/DISCONNECT ALL SERVICES & UTILITIESPER UTILITY COMPANY AND/OR L.G.U. STANDARDSREMOVE EX BUILDING,STRUCTURES, FOUNDATIONS,FOOTINGS & BASE MATERIALS, PERLOCAL STATE & FEDERALSTANDARDS. REMOVE/DISCONNECTALL SERVICES & UTILITIES PERUTILITY COMPANY AND/OR L.G.U.STANDARDSREMOVE EXISTINGPAVEMENT AND BASEMATERIAL ANDPARKING SIGNS, TYP.REMOVE EXISTINGPAVEMENT AND BASEMATERIAL ANDPARKING SIGNS, TYP.REMOVE EXISTINGPAVEMENT AND BASEMATERIAL ANDPARKING SIGNS, TYP.REMOVE EXISTINGCURB ANDGUTTER, TYP.REMOVE EXISTINGCURB ANDGUTTER, TYP.REMOVE EXISTINGFENCE ANDFOOTINGS, TYP.REMOVE EXISTINGWIRE FENCE, TYP.REMOVE EXISTINGOVERHEAD WIRES,COORDINATE WITHUTILITY OWNERREMOVE EXISTINGCURB ANDGUTTER, TYP.ALL UNUSED EXISTING SANITARYAND WATER SERVICES TO BEREMOVED BACK TO THE MAIN.CONTRACTOR TO FIELD LOCATEAND REMOVE PER CITYREQUIREMENTS.REMOVALS LEGEND:TREE PROTECTIONREMOVAL OF PAVEMENT AND ALL BASE MATERIAL,INCLUDING BIT., CONC., AND GRAVEL PVMTS.REMOVAL OF STRUCTURE INCLUDING ALLFOOTINGS AND FOUNDATIONS.TREE REMOVAL - INCLUDING ROOTS AND STUMPSCivil Engineering Surveying Landscape Architecture4931 W. 35th Street, Suite 200St. Louis Park, MN 55416civilsitegroup.com 612-615-0060COPYRIGHT CIVIL SITE GROUP INC.cPARKWAY COMMONS 4105-4125 31ST STREET WEST, ST. LOUIS PARK, MN 55416 4915 W. 35TH STREET, SUITE #102, ST. LOUIS PARK, MN 55416 SELA GROUP, LLC. PROJECT 48776David J. KnaebleLICENSE NO.DATEI HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN,SPECIFICATION, OR REPORT WASPREPARED BY ME OR UNDER MY DIRECTSUPERVISION AND THAT I AM A DULYLICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERUNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OFMINNESOTA.5/3/21P R E L I M I N A R Y : N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O NISSUE/SUBMITTAL SUMMARYDATEDESCRIPTION. .. .. .. .. .. .PROJECT NUMBER:18360.0311/1/19 CITY SUBMITTAL11/26/19 CITY RESUBMITTAL12/10/1910/6/20 PRICING SET01/07/21 PRICING SET5/3/21 AMENDED PUD SUBMITTAL10/07/19 CITY SUBMITTALDRAWN BY:REVIEWED BY:KBDK. .. .. .. .. .. .. .....................20185/3/2021 11:06 AMDJRARCHITECTURE, INC333 Washington Ave N, Suite 210Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401612.676.2700 www.djr-inc.comCITY RESUBMITTAL01" = 10'-0"10'-0"5'-0"NREVISION SUMMARYDATEDESCRIPTIONC3.1.0REMOVALS PLAN. .. .. .. .. .. .Know what'sbelow.before you dig.CallREX. 1' CONTOUR ELEVATION INTERVALREMOVE CURB AND GUTTER. IF IN RIGHT-OF-WAY,COORDINATE WITH LOCAL GOVERNING UNIT.REMOVAL NOTES:1.SEE STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP) PLAN FOR CONSTRUCTIONSTORM WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN.2.REMOVAL OF MATERIALS NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITHMNDOT, STATE AND LOCAL REGULATIONS.3.REMOVAL OF PRIVATE UTILITIES SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH UTILITY OWNER PRIOR TOCONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES.4.EXISTING PAVEMENTS SHALL BE SAWCUT IN LOCATIONS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGSOR THE NEAREST JOINT FOR PROPOSED PAVEMENT CONNECTIONS.5.REMOVED MATERIALS SHALL BE DISPOSED OF TO A LEGAL OFF-SITE LOCATION AND INACCORDANCE WITH STATE AND LOCAL REGULATIONS.6.ABANDON, REMOVAL, CONNECTION, AND PROTECTION NOTES SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGSARE APPROXIMATE. COORDINATE WITH PROPOSED PLANS.7.EXISTING ON-SITE FEATURES NOT NOTED FOR REMOVAL SHALL BE PROTECTEDTHROUGHOUT THE DURATION OF THE CONTRACT.8.PROPERTY LINES SHALL BE CONSIDERED GENERAL CONSTRUCTION LIMITS UNLESSOTHERWISE NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS. WORK WITHIN THE GENERAL CONSTRUCTIONLIMITS SHALL INCLUDE STAGING, DEMOLITION AND CLEAN-UP OPERATIONS AS WELL ASCONSTRUCTION SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS.9.MINOR WORK OUTSIDE OF THE GENERAL CONSTRUCTION LIMITS SHALL BE ALLOWED ASSHOWN ON THE PLAN AND PER CITY REQUIREMENTS.10.DAMAGE BEYOND THE PROPERTY LIMITS CAUSED BY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY SHALL BEREPAIRED IN A MANNER APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER/LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT OR INACCORDANCE WITH THE CITY.11.PROPOSED WORK (BUILDING AND CIVIL) SHALL NOT DISTURB EXISTING UTILITIES UNLESSOTHERWISE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND APPROVED BY THE CITY PRIOR TOCONSTRUCTION.12.SITE SECURITY MAY BE NECESSARY AND PROVIDED IN A MANNER TO PROHIBITVANDALISM, AND THEFT, DURING AND AFTER NORMAL WORK HOURS, THROUGHOUT THEDURATION OF THE CONTRACT. SECURITY MATERIALS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THECITY.13.VEHICULAR ACCESS TO THE SITE SHALL BE MAINTAINED FOR DELIVERY AND INSPECTIONACCESS DURING NORMAL OPERATING HOURS. AT NO POINT THROUGHOUT THE DURATIONOF THE CONTRACT SHALL CIRCULATION OF ADJACENT STREETS BE BLOCKED WITHOUTAPPROVAL BY THE CITY PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES.14.ALL TRAFFIC CONTROLS SHALL BE PROVIDED AND ESTABLISHED PER THE REQUIREMENTSOF THE MINNESOTA MANUAL ON UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES (MMUTCD) ANDTHE CITY. THIS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, SIGNAGE, BARRICADES,FLASHERS, AND FLAGGERS AS NEEDED. ALL PUBLIC STREETS SHALL REMAIN OPEN TOTRAFFIC AT ALL TIMES. NO ROAD CLOSURES SHALL BE PERMITTED WITHOUT APPROVALBY THE CITY.15.SHORING FOR BUILDING EXCAVATION MAY BE USED AT THE DISCRETION OF THECONTRACTOR AND AS APPROVED BY THE OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE AND THE CITYPRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES.16.STAGING, DEMOLITION, AND CLEAN-UP AREAS SHALL BE WITHIN THE PROPERTY LIMITS ASSHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND MAINTAINED IN A MANNER AS REQUIRED BY THE CITY.SEE SWPPP ON SHEETS SW1.0-SW1.5EROSION CONTROL NOTES:CITY OF ST. LOUIS PARK REMOVAL NOTES:1.PRIOR TO THE ISSUANCE OF DEMO PERMIT, ALL SEWER AND WATER SERVICES WILLNEED TO BE DISCONNECTED AT THE MAIN.2.ALL ABANDONED SERVICES SHALL BE DISCONNECTED AT THE MAIN WITH APPROVEDCAP AND SHUT OFF. THIS MUST BE DONE IN THE PRESENCE OF A CITY INSPECTOR.211 Iron FenceIron FenceWood FenceWood FenceKeystone Wall 31st Street West(A Public R/W)Inglewood Ave S(A Public R/W)S89°48'26"E 179.99S00°44'44"W 120.10N89°48'26"W 179.91N00°42'19"E 120.09(Width Varies)East Line of theWest 55 feet Lots14, 15 and 16West Line of the East55 feet of the West 110feet Lots 14, 15 and 16East Line of the West 110feet Lots 14, 15 and 16East Line of the West38.7 feet Lots 1, 2and 3CONSTRUCTION LIMITSCONSTRUCTION LIMITSPED RAMP, SEEDETAILS, TYP.MATCH EX.PVMT., TYP.MATCH EX.C&G, TYP.MATCH EX.C&G, TYP.MATCH EX.CURB, TYP.MATCH EX.CURB, TYP.CONCRETE DRIVEWAYAPRON PER CITYSTANDARDS, TYP.MATCH, TYP.MATCH EX.,TYP.CONCRETESIDEWALK PER CITYSTANDARDS, TYP.CONCRETESIDEWALK PER CITYSTANDARDS, TYP.4.3'6.0'6.1'MATCH EX.CURB, TYP.MATCH EX.CURB, TYP.6.0'6.5' 1.8'6.0'6.5'24.6'DRAINAGE ANDUTILITYEASEMENT, SEEPRELIM. PLAT5.0'5.0'10.0'CONC. WALK,TYP4'X13' CONC. PAD4 BIKE HOOPS W/8STALLSCONNECT PROPOSED CURBTO EXISTING CONCRETEVALLEY GUTTER(6) STALLS @ 22.0' = 132.0'4'X13' CONC. PADSHARED VEHICLEUSE(3) STALLS @ 22.0' = 66.0'(1) STALLS @ 22.0' = 22.0'TRANSFORMERPAD, COORD. FINALSIZING AND LOCATIONWITH UTILITY OWNER12.5'11.1'13.9'18.0'22.3'R5.0'R5.0'UPUPADADADADADAD14151617C 18C19 C202137 PARKING STALLS (7 COMPACT)47 BIKE STALLSMAIL745 SFLOBBY100A362C1N105AL1L11227 C282930 C31 C3233343537STAIR A160STAIR B161199 SFTRASH10136PARKING10525 26C34567891011 1213222324A360A1A361A1100A100B101WATER102ELEC103102103WATER104105B160161ACCESSIBLE VAN ROUTEMAINTAIN 8'-6" CLEARANCE99'-6"99'-6"100'-0"100'-0"100'-0"100'-0"99'-8"98'-6"98'-8"99'-0"100'-0"100'-0"100'-0"100'-0"100'-0"A362A11716.0'14.7'6.4'14.5'10.9' 11.7'14.5'5.0'CONC. WALK,TYP5.0'CONC. WALK,TYP5.0'Civil Engineering Surveying Landscape Architecture4931 W. 35th Street, Suite 200St. Louis Park, MN 55416civilsitegroup.com 612-615-0060COPYRIGHT CIVIL SITE GROUP INC.cPARKWAY COMMONS 4105-4125 31ST STREET WEST, ST. LOUIS PARK, MN 55416 4915 W. 35TH STREET, SUITE #102, ST. LOUIS PARK, MN 55416 SELA GROUP, LLC. PROJECT 48776David J. KnaebleLICENSE NO.DATEI HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN,SPECIFICATION, OR REPORT WASPREPARED BY ME OR UNDER MY DIRECTSUPERVISION AND THAT I AM A DULYLICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERUNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OFMINNESOTA.5/3/21P R E L I M I N A R Y : N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O NISSUE/SUBMITTAL SUMMARYDATEDESCRIPTION. .. .. .. .. .. .PROJECT NUMBER:18360.0311/1/19 CITY SUBMITTAL11/26/19 CITY RESUBMITTAL12/10/1910/6/20 PRICING SET01/07/21 PRICING SET5/3/21 AMENDED PUD SUBMITTAL10/07/19 CITY SUBMITTALDRAWN BY:REVIEWED BY:KBDK. .. .. .. .. .. .. .....................20185/3/2021 11:06 AMDJRARCHITECTURE, INC333 Washington Ave N, Suite 210Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401612.676.2700 www.djr-inc.comCITY RESUBMITTALREVISION SUMMARYDATEDESCRIPTIONC3.2.0SITE PLAN. .. .. .. .. .. .SITE AREA TABLE:1.CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY LOCATIONS AND LAYOUT OF ALL SITE ELEMENTS PRIOR TO BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION, INCLUDINGBUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOCATIONS OF EXISTING AND PROPOSED PROPERTY LINES, EASEMENTS, SETBACKS, UTILITIES, BUILDINGSAND PAVEMENTS. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FINAL LOCATIONS OF ALL ELEMENTS FOR THE SITE. ANY REVISIONSREQUIRED AFTER COMMENCEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION, DUE TO LOCATIONAL ADJUSTMENTS SHALL BE CORRECTED AT NOADDITIONAL COST TO OWNER. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE LAYOUT SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER/LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTPRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF MATERIALS. STAKE LAYOUT FOR APPROVAL.2.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN ALL NECESSARY PERMITS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION, INCLUDING A RIGHT-OF-WAY ANDSTREET OPENING PERMIT.3.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY RECOMMENDATIONS NOTED IN THE GEO TECHNICAL REPORT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF SITEIMPROVEMENT MATERIALS.4.CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY COORDINATES AND LOCATION DIMENSIONS OF THE BUILDING AND STAKE FOR REVIEW ANDAPPROVAL BY THE OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF FOOTING MATERIALS.5.LOCATIONS OF STRUCTURES, ROADWAY PAVEMENTS, CURBS AND GUTTERS, BOLLARDS, AND WALKS ARE APPROXIMATE ANDSHALL BE STAKED IN THE FIELD, PRIOR TO INSTALLATION, FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY THE ENGINEER/LANDSCAPEARCHITECT.6.CURB DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE TO FACE OF CURB. BUILDING DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF CONCRETE FOUNDATION. LOCATIONOF BUILDING IS TO BUILDING FOUNDATION AND SHALL BE AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS.7.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS OR SAMPLES AS SPECIFIED FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY THEENGINEER/LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO FABRICATION FOR ALL PREFABRICATED SITE IMPROVEMENT MATERIALS SUCH AS,BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING, FURNISHINGS, PAVEMENTS, WALLS, RAILINGS, BENCHES, FLAGPOLES, LANDING PADS FORCURB RAMPS, AND LIGHT AND POLES. THE OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REJECT INSTALLED MATERIALS NOT PREVIOUSLYAPPROVED.8.PEDESTRIAN CURB RAMPS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED WITH TRUNCATED DOME LANDING AREAS IN ACCORDANCE WITH A.D.A.REQUIREMENTS-SEE DETAIL.9.CROSSWALK STRIPING SHALL BE 24" WIDE WHITE PAINTED LINE, SPACED 48" ON CENTER PERPENDICULAR TO THE FLOW OFTRAFFIC. WIDTH OF CROSSWALK SHALL BE 5' WIDE. ALL OTHER PAVEMENT MARKINGS SHALL BE WHITE IN COLOR UNLESSOTHERWISE NOTED OR REQUIRED BY ADA OR LOCAL GOVERNING BODIES.10.SEE SITE PLAN FOR CURB AND GUTTER TYPE. TAPER BETWEEN CURB TYPES-SEE DETAIL.11.ALL CURB RADII ARE MINIMUM 3' UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.12.CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO FINAL PLAT FOR LOT BOUNDARIES, NUMBERS, AREAS AND DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO SITEIMPROVEMENTS.13.FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS, DIMENSIONS.14.PARKING IS TO BE SET PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO EXISTING BUILDING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.15.ALL PARKING LOT PAINT STRIPPING TO BE WHITE, 4" WIDE TYP.16.BITUMINOUS PAVING TO BE "LIGHT DUTY" UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. SEE DETAIL SHEETS FOR PAVEMENT SECTIONS.17.ALL TREES THAT ARE TO REMAIN ARE TO BE PROTECTED FROM DAMAGE WITH A CONSTRUCTION FENCE AT THE DRIP LINE. SEELANDSCAPE DOCUMENTS.SITE LAYOUT NOTES:SITE PLAN LEGEND:TRAFFIC DIRECTIONAL ARROW PAVEMENT MARKINGSSIGN AND POST ASSEMBLY. SHOP DRAWINGS REQUIRED.HC = ACCESSIBLE SIGNNP = NO PARKING FIRE LANEST = STOPCP = COMPACT CAR PARKING ONLY01" = 10'-0"10'-0"5'-0"NKnow what'sbelow.before you dig.CallRCONCRETE PAVEMENT AS SPECIFIED (PAD OR WALK)SEE GEOTECHNICAL REPORT FOR AGGREGATE BASE& CONCRETE DEPTHS, SEE DETAIL.PROPERTY LINECURB AND GUTTER-SEE NOTES (T.O.) TIP OUTGUTTER WHERE APPLICABLE-SEE PLANLIGHT DUTY BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT. SEEGEOTECHNICAL REPORT FOR AGGREGATE BASE &WEAR COURSE DEPTH, SEE DEATIL.CONSTRUCTION LIMITSTOCITY OF ST. LOUIS PARK SITE SPECIFIC NOTES:1.A PERMIT IS REQUIRED FOR ALL UTILITY WORK IN THE RIGHT OF WAY. CONTACT KAREN WALLAT (952.924.2548) TO OBTAIN A RIGHT OF WAY PERMIT.212 71.28.138.8Iron FenceIron FenceWood FenceWood FenceKeystone Wall 31st Street West(A Public R/W)Inglewood Ave S(A Public R/W)S89°48'26"E 179.99S00°44'44"W 120.10N89°48'26"W 179.91N00°42'19"E 120.09(Width Varies)East Line of theWest 55 feet Lots14, 15 and 16West Line of the East55 feet of the West 110feet Lots 14, 15 and 16East Line of the West 110feet Lots 14, 15 and 16East Line of the West38.7 feet Lots 1, 2and 3CONSTRUCTION LIMITSCONSTRUCTION LIMITSUPUPADADADADADAD14151617C 18C19 C202137 PARKING STALLS (7 COMPACT)47 BIKE STALLSMAIL745 SFLOBBY100A362C1N105AL1L11227 C282930 C31 C3233343537STAIR A160STAIR B161199 SFTRASH10136PARKING10525 26C34567891011 1213222324A360A1A361A1100A100B101WATER102ELEC103102103WATER104105B160161ACCESSIBLE VAN ROUTEMAINTAIN 8'-6" CLEARANCE99'-6"99'-6"100'-0"100'-0"100'-0"100'-0"99'-8"98'-6"98'-8"99'-0"100'-0"100'-0"100'-0"100'-0"100'-0"A362A1171Civil Engineering Surveying Landscape Architecture4931 W. 35th Street, Suite 200St. Louis Park, MN 55416civilsitegroup.com 612-615-0060COPYRIGHT CIVIL SITE GROUP INC.cPARKWAY COMMONS 4105-4125 31ST STREET WEST, ST. LOUIS PARK, MN 55416 4915 W. 35TH STREET, SUITE #102, ST. LOUIS PARK, MN 55416 SELA GROUP, LLC. PROJECT 48776David J. KnaebleLICENSE NO.DATEI HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN,SPECIFICATION, OR REPORT WASPREPARED BY ME OR UNDER MY DIRECTSUPERVISION AND THAT I AM A DULYLICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERUNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OFMINNESOTA.5/3/21P R E L I M I N A R Y : N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O NISSUE/SUBMITTAL SUMMARYDATEDESCRIPTION. .. .. .. .. .. .PROJECT NUMBER:18360.0311/1/19 CITY SUBMITTAL11/26/19 CITY RESUBMITTAL12/10/1910/6/20 PRICING SET01/07/21 PRICING SET5/3/21 AMENDED PUD SUBMITTAL10/07/19 CITY SUBMITTALDRAWN BY:REVIEWED BY:KBDK. .. .. .. .. .. .. .....................20185/3/2021 11:07 AMDJRARCHITECTURE, INC333 Washington Ave N, Suite 210Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401612.676.2700 www.djr-inc.comCITY RESUBMITTALREVISION SUMMARYDATEDESCRIPTIONC3.3.0GRADING PLAN. .. .. .. .. .. .1.SEE SITE PLAN FOR HORIZONTAL LAYOUT & GENERAL GRADING NOTES.2.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLETE THE SITE GRADING CONSTRUCTION (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO SITE PREPARATION, SOILCORRECTION, EXCAVATION, EMBANKMENT, ETC.) IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE OWNER'S SOILS ENGINEER.ALL SOIL TESTING SHALL BE COMPLETED BY THE OWNER'S SOILS ENGINEER. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FORCOORDINATING ALL REQUIRED SOIL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS WITH THE SOILS ENGINEER.3.GRADING AND EXCAVATION ACTIVITIES SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NATIONAL POLLUTION DISCHARGEELIMINATION SYSTEM (NPDES) PERMIT REQUIREMENTS & PERMIT REQUIREMENTS OF THE CITY.4.PROPOSED SPOT GRADES ARE FLOW-LINE FINISHED GRADE ELEVATIONS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.5.GRADES OF WALKS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH 5% MAX. LONGITUDINAL SLOPE AND 1% MIN. AND 2% MAX. CROSS SLOPE, UNLESSOTHERWISE NOTED.6.PROPOSED SLOPES SHALL NOT EXCEED 3:1 UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. MAXIMUM SLOPES IN MAINTAINEDAREAS IS 4:17.PROPOSED RETAINING WALLS, FREESTANDING WALLS, OR COMBINATION OF WALL TYPES GREATER THAN 4' IN HEIGHT SHALL BEDESIGNED AND ENGINEERED BY A REGISTERED RETAINING WALL ENGINEER. DESIGN DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR REVIEWAND APPROVAL PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.8.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MAINTENANCE OF GRADE STAKES THROUGHOUT THE DURATION OFCONSTRUCTION TO ESTABLISH PROPER GRADES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR A FINAL FIELD CHECK OFFINISHED GRADES ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENGINEER/LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO TOPSOIL AND SODDING ACTIVITIES.9.IF EXCESS OR SHORTAGE OF SOIL MATERIAL EXISTS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TRANSPORT ALL EXCESS SOIL MATERIAL OFF THESITE TO AN AREA SELECTED BY THE CONTRACTOR, OR IMPORT SUITABLE MATERIAL TO THE SITE.10.EXCAVATE TOPSOIL FROM AREAS TO BE FURTHER EXCAVATED OR REGRADED AND STOCKPILE IN AREAS DESIGNATED ON THE SITE.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SALVAGE ENOUGH TOPSOIL FOR RESPREADING ON THE SITE AS SPECIFIED. EXCESS TOPSOIL SHALL BEPLACED IN EMBANKMENT AREAS, OUTSIDE OF BUILDING PADS, ROADWAYS AND PARKING AREAS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBCUTCUT AREAS, WHERE TURF IS TO BE ESTABLISHED, TO A DEPTH OF 6 INCHES. RESPREAD TOPSOIL IN AREAS WHERE TURF IS TO BEESTABLISHED TO A MINIMUM DEPTH OF 6 INCHES.11.FINISHED GRADING SHALL BE COMPLETED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL UNIFORMLY GRADE AREAS WITHIN LIMITS OF GRADING,INCLUDING ADJACENT TRANSITION AREAS. PROVIDE A SMOOTH FINISHED SURFACE WITHIN SPECIFIED TOLERANCES, WITH UNIFORMLEVELS OR SLOPES BETWEEN POINTS WHERE ELEVATIONS ARE SHOWN, OR BETWEEN SUCH POINTS AND EXISTING GRADES. AREASTHAT HAVE BEEN FINISH GRADED SHALL BE PROTECTED FROM SUBSEQUENT CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS, TRAFFIC AND EROSION.REPAIR ALL AREAS THAT HAVE BECOME RUTTED BY TRAFFIC OR ERODED BY WATER OR HAS SETTLED BELOW THE CORRECTGRADE. ALL AREAS DISTURBED BY THE CONTRACTOR'S OPERATIONS SHALL BE RESTORED TO EQUAL OR BETTER THAN ORIGINALCONDITION OR TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE NEW WORK.12.PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF THE AGGREGATE BASE, A TEST ROLL WILL BE REQUIRED ON THE STREET AND/OR PARKING AREASUBGRADE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A LOADED TANDEM AXLE TRUCK WITH A GROSS WEIGHT OF 25 TONS. THE TESTROLLING SHALL BE AT THE DIRECTION OF THE SOILS ENGINEER AND SHALL BE COMPLETED IN AREAS AS DIRECTED BY THE SOILSENGINEER. THE SOILS ENGINEER SHALL DETERMINE WHICH SECTIONS OF THE STREET OR PARKING AREA ARE UNSTABLE.CORRECTION OF THE SUBGRADE SOILS SHALL BE COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SOILS ENGINEER.NO TEST ROLL SHALL OCCUR WITHIN 10' OF ANY UNDERGROUND STORM RETENTION/DETENTION SYSTEMS.13. TOLERANCES13.1.THE BUILDING SUBGRADE FINISHED SURFACE ELEVATION SHALL NOT VARY BY MORE THAN 0.30 FOOT ABOVE, OR 0.30 FOOTBELOW, THE PRESCRIBED ELEVATION AT ANY POINT WHERE MEASUREMENT IS MADE.13.2.THE STREET OR PARKING AREA SUBGRADE FINISHED SURFACE ELEVATION SHALL NOT VARY BY MORE THAN 0.05 FOOT ABOVE,OR 0.10 FOOT BELOW, THE PRESCRIBED ELEVATION OF ANY POINT WHERE MEASUREMENT IS MADE.13.3.AREAS WHICH ARE TO RECEIVE TOPSOIL SHALL BE GRADED TO WITHIN 0.30 FOOT ABOVE OR BELOW THE REQUIREDELEVATION, UNLESS DIRECTED OTHERWISE BY THE ENGINEER.13.4.TOPSOIL SHALL BE GRADED TO PLUS OR MINUS 1/2 INCH OF THE SPECIFIED THICKNESS.14.MAINTENANCE14.1.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT NEWLY GRADED AREAS FROM TRAFFIC AND EROSION, AND KEEP AREA FREE OF TRASHAND DEBRIS.14.2.CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR AND REESTABLISH GRADES IN SETTLED, ERODED AND RUTTED AREAS TO SPECIFIEDTOLERANCES. DURING THE CONSTRUCTION, IF REQUIRED, AND DURING THE WARRANTY PERIOD, ERODED AREAS WHERE TURFIS TO BE ESTABLISHED SHALL BE RESEEDED AND MULCHED.14.3.WHERE COMPLETED COMPACTED AREAS ARE DISTURBED BY SUBSEQUENT CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS OR ADVERSEWEATHER, CONTRACTOR SHALL SCARIFY, SURFACE, RESHAPE, AND COMPACT TO REQUIRED DENSITY PRIOR TO FURTHERCONSTRUCTION.GENERAL GRADING NOTES:1.0' CONTOUR ELEVATION INTERVALGRADING PLAN LEGEND:SPOT GRADE ELEVATION GUTTERSPOT GRADE ELEVATION TOP OF CURBSPOT GRADE ELEVATION BOTTOM OF STAIRS/TOP OF STAIRSCITY OF ST. LOUIS PARK GRADING NOTES:1.RESERVED FOR CITY SPECIFIC GRADING NOTES.SEE SWPPP ON SHEETS SW1.0-SW1.5EROSION CONTROL NOTES:01" = 10'-0"10'-0"5'-0"NKnow what'sbelow.before you dig.CallREX. 1' CONTOUR ELEVATION INTERVALSPOT GRADE ELEVATION (GUTTER/FLOW LINEUNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED)CURB AND GUTTER (T.O = TIP OUT)EMERGENCY OVERFLOWEOF=1135.52TO213 Iron FenceIron FenceWood FenceWood FenceKeystone Wall 31st Street West(A Public R/W)Inglewood Ave S(A Public R/W)S89°48'26"E 179.99S00°44'44"W 120.10N89°48'26"W 179.91N00°42'19"E 120.09(Width Varies)East Line of theWest 55 feet Lots14, 15 and 16West Line of the East55 feet of the West 110feet Lots 14, 15 and 16East Line of the West 110feet Lots 14, 15 and 16East Line of the West38.7 feet Lots 1, 2and 3CONSTRUCTION LIMITSCONSTRUCTION LIMITSUPUPADADADADADAD14151617C 18C19 C202137 PARKING STALLS (7 COMPACT)47 BIKE STALLSMAIL745 SFLOBBY100A362C1105AL1L11227 C282930 C31 C3233343537STAIR A160STAIR B161199 SFTRASH10136PARKING10525 26C34567891011 1213222324A360A1A361A1100A100B101WATER102ELEC103102103WATER104105B160161ACCESSIBLE VAN ROUTEMAINTAIN 8'-6" CLEARANCE99'-6"99'-6"100'-0"100'-0"100'-0"100'-0"99'-8"98'-6"98'-8"99'-0"100'-0"100'-0"100'-0"100'-0"100'-0"A362A1171CONTRACTOR SHALL SAWCUT &REMOVE PUBLIC PVMTS., CURBS, ANDWALKS FOR INSTALLATION OF UTILITIES.UPON COMPLETION OF UTILITY WORK,REPLACE ALL MATERIAL, IN KIND, ANDTO CITY STANDARD AND APPROVALREMOVE ALL EXISTINGUTILITY SERVICES PERUTILITY COMPANY AND CITYSTANDARDSSTUB SANITARY TO 5'FROM BUILDINGIE @ STUB=890.56COORD. W/MECH'L38 LF 6" PVC SDR 26SANITARY SERVICE @ 1.00%SAN MH 3MAKE CONNECTION TO EXISTINGSANITARY SEWERRIM=900.15EX IE (E/W)=889.36 (FIELD VERIFY)PROP IE (S)=890.18COORDINATE WITH CITYPROPOSED GATEVALVE AND VALVE BOXMAKE WET TAPCONNECTION TOEXISTING WATER MAIN,COORD. WITH CITY(FIELD VERIFY LOCATION)CBMH 301RIM=900.95IE=895.5712" NYLOPLAST DRAINBASIN W/12"DOME GRATE35 LF 12" RCP@ 0.50%106 LF 12" SCH40 PVCSTORM @ 0.50%CBMH 302RIM=899.68IE=896.1012" NYLOPLAST DRAINBASIN W/12"DOME GRATESTUB BLDG. STORMDRAIN TO 5' FROM BLDG.COORD. W/ MECH'L.STUB IE=895.79BLDG IE=895.8920 LF 8" PVC SCH.40 STORM @ 2.00%CONNECT TO EX. CBMH 7(INSTALLED AS PART OFPARKWAY PLACE)RIM=900.00EX. IE (N)=895.39PR. IE (S/SE)=895.396" DIP FIRE WATERSERVICE AND VALVE,STUB TO WITHIN 5'FROM BUILDING,COORD. W/ MECH'L3" DIP DOMESTICWATER SERVICEAND VALVE, STUB TOWITHIN 5' FROMBUILDING, COORD.W/ MECH'LTHESE STALLS TO BEELECTRIC CHARGINGSTATIONSOWNER TO PROVIDE CONDUITTO ALL INTERNAL PARKINGSTALLS FOR FUTURE CHARGINGSTATIONSCivil Engineering Surveying Landscape Architecture4931 W. 35th Street, Suite 200St. Louis Park, MN 55416civilsitegroup.com 612-615-0060COPYRIGHT CIVIL SITE GROUP INC.cPARKWAY COMMONS 4105-4125 31ST STREET WEST, ST. LOUIS PARK, MN 55416 4915 W. 35TH STREET, SUITE #102, ST. LOUIS PARK, MN 55416 SELA GROUP, LLC. PROJECT 48776David J. KnaebleLICENSE NO.DATEI HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN,SPECIFICATION, OR REPORT WASPREPARED BY ME OR UNDER MY DIRECTSUPERVISION AND THAT I AM A DULYLICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERUNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OFMINNESOTA.5/12/21ISSUE/SUBMITTAL SUMMARYDATEDESCRIPTION5/12/21 AMDENDED PUD SUBMITTAL. .. .. .. .. .PROJECT NUMBER:18360.0311/1/19 CITY SUBMITTAL11/26/19 CITY RESUBMITTAL12/10/1910/6/20 PRICING SET01/07/21 PRICING SET5/3/21 AMENDED PUD SUBMITTAL10/07/19 CITY SUBMITTALDRAWN BY:REVIEWED BY:KBDK. .. .. .. .. .. .. .....................20185/24/2021 2:28 PMDJRARCHITECTURE, INC333 Washington Ave N, Suite 210Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401612.676.2700 www.djr-inc.comCITY RESUBMITTALREVISION SUMMARYDATEDESCRIPTIONC3.4.0UTILITY PLAN. .. .. .. .. .. .GENERAL UTILITY NOTES:UTILITY LEGEND:01" = 10'-0"10'-0"5'-0"NKnow what'sbelow.before you dig.CallRCATCH BASINGATE VALVE AND VALVE BOXSANITARY SEWERSTORM SEWERWATER MAINPROPOSED FIRE HYDRANTMANHOLEFES AND RIP RAP1. SEE SITE PLAN FOR HORIZONTAL DIMENSIONS AND LAYOUT.2. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY LOCATION AND ELEVATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES AND TOPOGRAPHIC FEATURES PRIOR TOCONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE ENGINEER OF DISCREPANCIES OR VARIATIONS FROM THEPLANS.3. ALL EXISTING UTILITY LOCATIONS SHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE. CONTACT "GOPHER STATE ONE CALL" (651-454-0002 OR800-252-1166) FOR UTILITY LOCATIONS, 48 HOURS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR OR REPLACE ANYUTILITIES THAT ARE DAMAGED DURING CONSTRUCTION AT NO COST TO THE OWNER.4. UTILITY INSTALLATION SHALL CONFORM TO THE CURRENT EDITION OF "STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR WATER MAIN ANDSERVICE LINE INSTALLATION" AND "SANITARY SEWER AND STORM SEWER INSTALLATION" AS PREPARED BY THE CITY ENGINEERSASSOCIATION OF MINNESOTA (CEAM), AND SHALL CONFORM WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CITY AND THE PROJECTSPECIFICATIONS.5. CASTINGS SHALL BE SALVAGED FROM STRUCTURE REMOVALS AND RE-USED OR PLACED AT THE DIRECTION OF THE OWNER.6. ALL WATER PIPE SHALL BE CLASS 52 DUCTILE IRON PIPE (DIP) AWWA C151, ASME B16.4, AWWA C110, AWWA C153 UNLESSOTHERWISE NOTED.7. ALL SANITARY SEWER SHALL BE SDR 26 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) ASTM D3034 & F679, OR SCH 40 ASTM D1785, 2665, ASTM F794,1866) UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.8. ALL STORM SEWER PIPE SHALL BE HDPE ASTM F714 & F2306 WITH ASTM D3212 SPEC FITTINGS UNLESS OTHERWISENOTED.9. PIPE LENGTHS SHOWN ARE FROM CENTER TO CENTER OF STRUCTURE OR TO END OF FLARED END SECTION.10. UTILITIES ON THE PLAN ARE SHOWN TO WITHIN 5' OF THE BUILDING FOOTPRINT. THE CONTRACTOR IS ULTIMATELY RESPONSIBLEFOR THE FINAL CONNECTION TO BUILDING LINES. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL AND MECHANICAL PLANS.11. CATCH BASINS AND MANHOLES IN PAVED AREAS SHALL BE SUMPED 0.04 FEET. ALL CATCH BASINS IN GUTTERS SHALL BESUMPED 0.15 FEET PER DETAILS. RIM ELEVATIONS SHOWN ON THIS PLAN DO NOT REFLECT SUMPED ELEVATIONS.12. ALL FIRE HYDRANTS SHALL BE LOCATED 5 FEET BEHIND BACK OF CURB UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.13. HYDRANT TYPE, VALVE, AND CONNECTION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH CITY REQUIREMENTS. HYDRANT EXTENSIONS AREINCIDENTAL.14. A MINIMUM OF 8 FEET OF COVER IS REQUIRED OVER ALL WATERMAIN, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. EXTRA DEPTH MAY BEREQUIRED TO MAINTAIN A MINIMUM OF 18" VERTICAL SEPARATION TO SANITARY OR STORM SEWER LINES. EXTRA DEPTHWATERMAIN IS INCIDENTAL.15. A MINIMUM OF 18 INCHES OF VERTICAL SEPARATION AND 10 FEET OF HORIZONTAL SEPARATION IS REQUIRED FOR ALL UTILITIES,UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.16. ALL CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING UTILITIES SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH CITY STANDARDS AND COORDINATED WITH THE CITYPRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.17.CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING STRUCTURES SHALL BE CORE-DRILLED.18. COORDINATE LOCATIONS AND SIZES OF SERVICE CONNECTIONS WITH THE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS.19. COORDINATE INSTALLATION AND SCHEDULING OF THE INSTALLATION OF UTILITIES WITH ADJACENT CONTRACTORS AND CITYSTAFF.20. ALL STREET REPAIRS AND PATCHING SHALL BE PERFORMED PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CITY. ALL PAVEMENTCONNECTIONS SHALL BE SAWCUT. ALL TRAFFIC CONTROLS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR AND SHALL BEESTABLISHED PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE MINNESOTA MANUAL ON UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES (MMUTCD) ANDTHE CITY. THIS SHALL INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO SIGNAGE, BARRICADES, FLASHERS, AND FLAGGERS AS NEEDED. ALLPUBLIC STREETS SHALL BE OPEN TO TRAFFIC AT ALL TIMES. NO ROAD CLOSURES SHALL BE PERMITTED WITHOUT APPROVAL BYTHE CITY.21. ALL STRUCTURES, PUBLIC AND PRIVATE, SHALL BE ADJUSTED TO PROPOSED GRADES WHERE REQUIRED. THE REQUIREMENTSOF ALL OWNERS MUST BE COMPLIED WITH. STRUCTURES BEING RESET TO PAVED AREAS MUST MEET OWNERS REQUIREMENTSFOR TRAFFIC LOADING.22. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH PRIVATE UTILITY COMPANIES.23. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE CONNECTION OF IRRIGATION SERVICE TO UTILITIES. COORDINATE THE INSTALLATION OFIRRIGATION SLEEVES NECESSARY AS TO NOT IMPACT INSTALLATION OF UTILITIES.24. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN AS-BUILT PLANS THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION AND SUBMIT THESE PLANS TO ENGINEER UPONCOMPLETION OF WORK.25.ALL JOINTS AND CONNECTIONS IN STORM SEWER SYSTEM SHALL BE GASTIGHT OR WATERTIGHT. APPROVED RESILIENT RUBBERJOINTS MUST BE USED TO MAKE WATERTIGHT CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES, CATCHBASINS, OR OTHER STRUCTURES.26.ALL PORTIONS OF THE STORM SEWER SYSTEM LOCATED WITHIN 10 FEET OF THE BUILDING OR WATER SERVICE LINE MUST BETESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MN RULES, CHAPTER 4714, SECTION 1109.0.27.FOR ALL SITES LOCATED IN CLAY SOIL AREAS, DRAIN TILE MUST BE INSTALLED AT ALL LOW POINT CATCH BASINS 25' IN EACHDIRECTION. SEE PLAN AND DETAIL. INSTALL LOW POINT DRAIN TILE PER PLANS AND GEOTECHNICAL REPORT RECOMMENDATIONSAND REQUIREMENTS.CITY OF ST. LOUIS PARK UTILITY NOTES:1.ALL PIPING MUST BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURERS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS.2.ALL TEES, PLUGS, CAPS, BENDS, AND HYDRANT BRANCHES SHALL BE RESTRAINEDAGAINST MOVEMENT.3.GATE VALVES FOR FIRE AND DOMESTIC SHUT OFFS MUST BE INSTALLED DIRECTLYAFTER TAPS.4.THE CITY OF ST. LOUIS PARK UTILITIES DIVISION (952-924-2558) SHALL BE CONTACTED48 HOURS PRIOR TO ANY WATER SHUT OFFS, WET TAP INSPECTIONS, SEWERCONNECTIONS, EXCAVATIONS, OR ANY OTHER WORK RELATED TO THE CITY'S UTILITYSYSTEM.5.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROTECTING THE EXISTING SANITARYSEWER AND STORM SEWER DURING CONSTRUCTION, INCLUDING THE COST OFREMOVING AND CLEANING OF ANY DEBRIS IN THE LINES BOTH DURING AND AFTERCOMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION.6.A PERMIT WILL BE REQUIRED FOR ALL UTILITY WORK IN THE RIGHT-OF-WAY. CONTACTKAREN WALL (952-924-2548) TO OBTAIN RIGHT-OF-WAY PERMIT.214 Civil Engineering Surveying Landscape Architecture4931 W. 35th Street, Suite 200St. Louis Park, MN 55416civilsitegroup.com 612-615-0060COPYRIGHT CIVIL SITE GROUP INC.cPARKWAY COMMONS 4105-4125 31ST STREET WEST, ST. LOUIS PARK, MN 55416 4915 W. 35TH STREET, SUITE #102, ST. LOUIS PARK, MN 55416 SELA GROUP, LLC. PROJECT 48776David J. KnaebleLICENSE NO.DATEI HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN,SPECIFICATION, OR REPORT WASPREPARED BY ME OR UNDER MY DIRECTSUPERVISION AND THAT I AM A DULYLICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERUNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OFMINNESOTA.5/3/21P R E L I M I N A R Y : N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O NISSUE/SUBMITTAL SUMMARYDATEDESCRIPTION. .. .. .. .. .. .PROJECT NUMBER:18360.0311/1/19 CITY SUBMITTAL11/26/19 CITY RESUBMITTAL12/10/1910/6/20 PRICING SET01/07/21 PRICING SET5/3/21 AMENDED PUD SUBMITTAL10/07/19 CITY SUBMITTALDRAWN BY:REVIEWED BY:KBDK. .. .. .. .. .. .. .....................20185/3/2021 11:07 AMDJRARCHITECTURE, INC333 Washington Ave N, Suite 210Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401612.676.2700 www.djr-inc.comCITY RESUBMITTALREVISION SUMMARYDATEDESCRIPTIONC3.5.0CIVIL DETAILS. .. .. .. .. .. .6"8"12"13 1/2" 6"1/2" RADIUSFINISHED GRADE3" RADIUS CORNERS1:3 BATTER SLOPE GUTTER3/4"/1'NOTES:1. INSTALL CONSTRUCTION JOINTS AT10'-0" O.C. +/-2. BASE DEPTH DEPENDANT UPONSOIL CONDITIONSCLASS V AGGREGATE SUBBASE-SEEBITUMINOUS PAVEMENT DETAIL (6" MIN.)FINISHED GRADE0.5% SLOPE-CONSTRUCT WITH REVERSE SLOPEGUTTER (T.O. GUTTER) WHERE THE PAVEMENT SLOPESAWAY FROM CURB. SEE PLANN T SB-612 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER7"2FINISHED GRADETOOLED CONTROL JOINTSEE DETAIL (TYP.)LIGHT BROOM FINISH PERPENDICULAR TOTRAFFIC WITH 3" WIDE SMOOTHTROWELLED EDGE5" CONCRETE AS SPECIFIED6" CLASS 5 AGGREGATE BASECOMPACTED SUBGRADENOTES:1. INSTALLATION AND REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE CERTIFIED AND INACCORDANCE TO AN ON-SITE A.C.I. TECHNICIAN AS SPECIFIED.2. SEE GEO-TECHNICAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR GROSS WEIGHTREQUIREMENTS.3. SEE LAYOUT DRAWINGS FOR LIMITS OF WALKS.4. SEE CONCRETE JOINT DETAIL FOR REQUIREMENTS.5. 1/2" WIDE EXPANSION JOINT AND SEALANT AT ALL CURBS.6. WIRE MESH AND CHAIRS REQUIRED FOR ALL WALKS OR IN LOCATIONS FORVEHICULAR TRAFFIC.W1.6 X W1.6 WIRE MESH AND CHAIRS ASSPECIFIEDLIGHT DUTY CONCRETE WALK/PAD3"2"THIS OCCURS ONLY WHEREMULCH MEETS EDGE OF WALKLEAVE TOP OFMULCH DOWN 1"FROM TOP OF WALKN T S36" PROVIDE INSULATION PER PLAN FIELD VERIFY DEPTH 6" 4" 6" (MIN.)NOTES:1. INSULATION BOARD TO BE CLOSED CELL. EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE FOAM MEETINGASTM 578, TYPE VI, 40PSI COMPRESSING STRENGTH (ASTM D1621) 0.1%MAX. WATERABSORPTION (ASTM C272).2. BACKFILL MATERIAL AROUND INSULATION MUST BE FINE SAND FREE FROM ROOT,ORGANIC MATERIAL, OR OTHER INJURIOUS MATERIALS.3. OVERLAP ALL INSULATION BOARD JOINTS.UTILITY PIPE INSULATION DETAILN T S1'-6" (MIN)PIPE BEDDINGMATERIALBACKFILL MATERIALFINE SAND (FA7)MIN. 2' WIDE BY 4" THICKINSULATION BOARD (USE 2-2"THICK BOARDS). MASTIC ALL JOINTSEXTEND INSULATION BOARD DOWNSIDES TO 7.5' DEPTH.FINISH GRADEDI A DIA + 3'UTILITY PIPE4LIGHT DUTY BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT6" CLASS 5 AGGREGATESUBBASE (MNDOT 3138)2" BASE COURSE (MNDOT 2360 - SPNWB330B)TACK COAT (MNDOT 2357)COMPACTED SUBGRADE (100% OF STANDARDPROCTOR MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY)N T SNOTE:SECTION IS FORBIDDING PURPOSESONLY. REFER TOGEOTECH FORFINAL PAVEMENTSECTION.1215 31st Street Masterplan 2 SITE 3 - BUILDING 3 AMENDED PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT (PUD) 05.04.21 216 31st Street Masterplan 3 FLOOR PLANS - LEVEL 1 Residential Circulation Lobby/Amenity Parking KEY N Scale: NTS 217 31st Street Masterplan 4 FLOOR PLANS - LEVEL 2 Residential Circulation Lobby/Amenity Parking KEY N Scale: NTS 218 31st Street Masterplan 5 FLOOR PLANS - LEVEL 3 Residential Circulation Lobby/Amenity Parking KEY N Scale: NTS 219 31st Street Masterplan 6 FLOOR PLANS - LEVEL 4 Residential Circulation Lobby/Amenity Parking KEY N Scale: NTS 220 31st Street Masterplan 7 FLOOR PLANS - ROOF Residential Circulation Lobby/Amenity Parking KEY N Scale: NTS 221 31st Street Masterplan 11 LEVEL 1 100' -0" LEVEL 2 112' -4" LEVEL 3 123' -11 7/8" LEVEL 4 135' -7 3/4" TO. ROOF SHEATHING 147' -2 1/2" ROOF TRUSS BEARING 145' -7 3/4" Copyright 2020 DJR Architecture, Inc. ELEVATION -NORTH ST. LOUIS PARK, MN PARKWAY -COMMONS (BUILDING 3) 17-115.03 05/03/21 1/16" = 1'-0" NNOORRTTHH EEXXTTEERRIIOORR EELLEEVVAATTIIOONN ELEVATIONS - NORTH Key Plan Class I Materials Square Footage Percentage BRICK GLASS STUCCO 1 COMPOSITE WOODEN RESIN PANEL 1,954 SF 2,595 SF 1,254 SF 297 SF 26 % 34 % 16 % 4 % Total: 6,100 SF 80 % MTL 2MTL 2 STU 1 BR 1 WD 1STU 1BR 1 Class II Materials Square Footage Percentage METAL PANEL 2 1,543 SF 20 % Total: 1,543 SF 20 % Overall Total: 7,643 SF 100% 222 31st Street Masterplan 12 ELEVATIONS - SOUTH LEVEL 1 100' -0" LEVEL 2 112' -4" LEVEL 3 123' -11 7/8" LEVEL 4 135' -7 3/4" TO. ROOF SHEATHING 147' -2 1/2" T.O. PARAPET 149' -8 1/2" ROOF TRUSS BEARING 145' -7 3/4" Copyright 2020 DJR Architecture, Inc. ELEVATION -SOUTH ST. LOUIS PARK, MN PARKWAY -COMMONS (BUILDING 3) 17-115.03 05/03/21 1/16" = 1'-0" SSOOUUTTHH EEXXTTEERRIIOORR EELLEEVVAATTIIOONN Class I Materials Square Footage Percentage BRICK GLASS STUCCO 1 1,739 SF 2,233 SF 3,003 SF 23 % 30 % 40 % Total: 6,975 SF 93 % Key Plan STU 1 BR 1STU 1 MTL 2 Class II Materials Square Footage Percentage METAL PANEL 2 471 SF 7 % Total: 471 SF 7 % Overall Total: 7,446 SF 100% 223 31st Street Masterplan 13 ELEVATIONS - WEST LEVEL 1 100' -0" LEVEL 2 112' -4" LEVEL 3 123' -11 7/8" LEVEL 4 135' -7 3/4" TO. ROOF SHEATHING 147' -2 1/2" ROOF TRUSS BEARING 145' -7 3/4" Copyright 2020 DJR Architecture, Inc. ELEVATION -EAST/WEST ST. LOUIS PARK, MN PARKWAY -COMMONS (BUILDING 3) 17-115.03 05/03/21 1/16" = 1'-0" EEAASSTT EEXXTTEERR IIOORR EELLEEVVAATTIIOONN 1/16" = 1'-0" WWEESSTT EEXXTTEERR IIOORR EELLEEVVAATTIIOONN Class I Materials Square Footage Percentage BRICK GLASS COMPOSITE WOODEN RESIN PANEL STUCCO 1 552 SF 872 SF 295 SF 1,514 SF 16 % 18 % 6 % 31 % Total: 3,233 SF 60 % Key Plan STU 1 BR 1STU 1 WD 1 BR 1 ELEVATIONS - EAST Class I Materials Square Footage Percentage BRICK GLASS STUCCO 1 126 SF 1,087 SF 2,909 SF 2 % 23 % 62 % Total: 4,122 SF 87 % MTL 2WD 1 MTL 2 Class II Materials Square Footage Percentage METAL PANEL 2 1,633 SF 40 % Total: 1,633 SF 40 % Overall Total: 4,866 SF 100% Class II Materials Square Footage Percentage METAL PANEL 2 596 SF 13 % Total: 596 SF 13% Overall Total: 4,718 SF 100% 224 31st Street Masterplan 14 MODEL IMAGES Corner View from 31st Street & Inglewood 225 31st Street Masterplan 15 MODEL IMAGES View from 31st Street 226 31st Street Masterplan 16 MODEL IMAGES View from the Northeast corner 227 31st Street Masterplan 17 MODEL IMAGES View from the Southwest corner 228 31st Street Masterplan 18 5,489 SF 6,960 SF 160 SF 1,166 sf 525 sf DORA CALCULATIONSBUILDING 1: Lot Size: 57,077 sfRequired: 6,849 sf; 12 %Provided: 8,066 sf; 14 %BUILDING 2:Lot Size: 10,375 sfRequired: 1,245 sf; 12 %Provided: 2,070 sf; 20 %BUILDING 3:Lot size: 21,610 sfRequired: 2,593 sf; 12 %Provided: 2,600 sf; 12 %BUILDING 4:Lot Size: 25,895 sfRequired: 3,107 sf; 12 %Provided: 5,489 sf; 21 % 553 SF + 553 SF 1,274 SF 300 sf 1,245 sf AMENITY ROOF DECK RECREATIONAL AREA AMENITY YARD GAMES DOG RUN SEATING AREA AMENITY ROOF DECKOUTDOOR SEATING YARD GAMES AND SEATING AREA DORA CALCULATIONS BUILDING 3: LOT SIZE: 21,610 SF REQUIRED: 2,593 SF; 12 % PROVIDED: 2,600 SF; 12 % SOLAR PANEL LOCATIONS SOLAR PANELS TO BE PROVIDED ON THE ROOF AT THE LOCATIONS SHOWN 229 31st Street Masterplan 19 230 X UP NOPARKINGCONSTRUCTION LIMITS CONSTRUCTION LIMITS X X X X XXX X X X XXXXXXXX X XX XX X X X X X 3 Story Brick Building Address: 4108 W 31st St Foundation Area=2,166 Sq. Ft.2 Story Stucco BuildingAddress: 4012 W 31st StFoundation Area=788 Sq. Ft.Deck 3 Story Stucco Building Address: 4008 W 31st St Foundation Area=3,791 Sq. Ft.3 Story Brick Building Address: 4020 W 31st St Foundation Area=2,554 Sq. Ft.2 Story Lap Sided BuildingAddress: 4100 W 31st StFoundation Area=726 Sq. Ft.1 Story Lap Sided Building Address: 4000 W 31st St Foundation Area=800 Sq. Ft. Shed Garage Brick Utility BuildingGarage Shed ALLEY 31st Street West (A Public R/W)Glenhurst Ave(A Public R/W)3 Story Brick Building Address: 3925 W 31st St Foundation Area=3,586 Sq. Ft.Garage1 Story Lap Sided BuildingAddress: 3921 W 31st StFoundation Area=811 Sq. Ft.Garage 1 Story Lap Sided BuildingAddress: 3917 W 31st StFoundation Area=808 Sq. Ft.3 Story Brick Building Address: 4001 W 31st St Foundation Area=2,241 Sq. Ft. GarageGarage Garage 2 Story Brick Building Address: 4009 W 31st St Foundation Area=3,381 Sq. Ft.3 Story Lap Sided Building Address: 4013 W 31st St Foundation Area=5,013 Sq. Ft. Deck Deck Deck 4108 W 31st St 4012 W 31st St 4008 W 31st St 4020 W 31st St 4100 W 31st St 4000 W 31st St 4051 Highway 7 3925 W 31st St 3921 W 31st St 3917 W 31st St 4001 W 31st St 4009 W 31st St 4013 W 31st St 31st Street West (A Public R/W)1 1/2 Story Lap Sided BuildingAddress: 4125 W 31st StFoundation Area=867 Sq. Ft.1 Story Lap Sided Building Address: 4117 W 31st St Foundation Area=721 Sq. Ft. Garage 8.6 7.18.6 7.122.2 22.222.3 22.353.0 40.853.1 40.910.0 18.93.9 14.46.0 11.414.4 38.36.46.360.2 42.460.3 42.430.226.0 30.226.2 72.4 52.372.3 52.412.04.314.225.8 30.318.6 3.610.9 9.1 8.59.2 8.120.1 19.920.0 20.022.0 17.322.0 17.372.4 46.872.1 46.848.3 46.548.2 46.570.6 10.98.1 37.570.7 14.74.3 3.84.129.540.0 20.140.0 20.120.020.420.020.4 20.1 22.120.5 22.536.418.9 7.92.7 28.324.3 18.3 7.91.2 24.30.3 7.07.9 2.311.7 33.51.08.110.2 18.210.2 18.311.5 9.911.6 10.020.06.660.0 6.720.0 57.4100.2 57.466.9 10.03.4 52.63.6 8.767.0 72.317.7 9.92.3 26.37.5 10.110.110.24.826.22.1 9.924.130.1 24.130.3 12.4 24.312.524.49.4 26.226.326.39.1 4.17.7 4.120.3 22.420.3 22.56.10.9 26.410.1 8.312.221.74.0 13.00.96.217.1 64.0 71.28.1 38.850.0 11.718.0 17.24.081.2X A-2 A-1 A-3 A-4 B-6 B-5 B-3B-4 B-1 B-2 B-16 B-15 B-14 B-13 B-12 B-11 B-10 B-9 B-8 B-7 C-1 C-2 C-3 C-4 C-5 C-6 C-7 C-8 C-9 D-1 D-2 D-3 D-4 XB-17 SCALE: 30'60'15'0' 1"=30'TREE PRESERVATION PLAN01 L001 LEGEND:SURVEY AND TREE MITIGATION NOTES: 1. BOUNDARY AND EXISTING TREE INFORMATION TAKEN FROM SURVEY ARE PREPARED BY OTHERS. 2. TREE SPECIES AT PARKWAY PLACE WERE NOT IDENTIFIED. FOR THE PURPOSES OF THIS STUDY THE TREES WERE ASSUMED TO BE CONSIDERED SIGNIFICANT BY ST. LOUIS PARK DEFINITION. FURTHER SPECIES EVALUATION WILL OCCUR TO CONFIRM AND REPLACEMENT VALUE MAY CHANGE. 3. ELM TREES WERE ASSUMED TO BE DESIRED SPECIES. FURTHER INVESTIGATION WILL EVALUATE WHETHER THEY ARE SIBERIAN ELMS. 4. ASH TREES NOT CONSIDERED SIGNIFICANT. 5. SEE LANDSCAPE PLAN FOR LOCATIONS OF REPLACEMENT TREES. 6.CITY OF ST. LOUIS PARK DEFINES *SIGNIFICANT TREE: ANY TREE, WITH THE EXCEPTION OF SALIX (WILLOW), BOXELDER, SIBERIAN ELM AND BLACK LOCUST IS CONSIDERED TO BE SIGNIFICANT UNDER THE LANDSCAPING SECTION OF THE ZONING ORDINANCE IF IT IS AT LEAST FIVE CALIPER INCHES FOR DECIDUOUS TREES AND SIX CALIPER INCHES FOR CONIFERS. ASPEN, COTTONWOOD OR SILVER MAPLE IS CONSIDERED SIGNIFICANT IF IT IS AT LEAST 12 INCHES IN DIAMETER AT BREAST HEIGHT-DBH. LEGEND: EXISTING TREE EXISTING DECIDUOUS TREE TO BE REMOVED EXISTING EVERGREEN TREE TO BE REMOVED TREE PRESERVATION PLAN X X TREE REPLACEMENT CALCULATIONS: ·A = Total Cal. inches of significant trees lost as a result of land alteration or removal. ·B = Total Cal. inches of significant trees situated on the land. ·C = Tree replacement constant (1.5). ·D = Replacement trees (number of caliper inches). ·((A/B)-0.20) x C x A = D ((345/ 413)-0.20) x 1.5 x 183.6 = 328.8 A = 153" B = 153" C = Tree replacement constant (1.5). D = 183.6 DIA. IN. ·REPLACEMENT REQUIRED = 183.6 CAL. IN. ·REPLACEMENT PROVIDED IN PRELIMINARY LANDSCAPE PLAN (SEE LP100) = 49 CAL. IN. ·CAL. INCHES BELOW REPLACEMENT REQUIREMENT = 134.6 CAL. IN. X X St. Louis Park, MN 17-115 DJR ARCHITECTURE, INC 333 Washington Ave N, Suite 210 Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401 612.676.2700 www.djr-inc.com 530 N.THIRD STREET MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55401 PH: 612.333.3702 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT CONFLUENCE 231 GravelDriveway01/LS10101/LP10002/LS10102/LP100AKEYNOTES:WALK - CONCRETESTEEL LANDSCAPE EDGERPLANT BEDNOT USEDBIKE RACK AREALANDSCAPETURF - SOD (IRRIGATED)PLANT BEDS (IRRIGATED)OVERSTORY TREEORNAMENTAL TREEEVERGREEN TREECDBEFile Location: N:\2019\19069_31st Street West\19069_WORKING\AUTOCAD\SHEETS\PARKWAY COMMONS- Building 3\PARKWAY COMMONS - LS100 LANDSDCAPE LAYOUT / DRawn by: XX / Checked by: XX 10'20'5'2.5'0'1"=10'SCALE:01OVERALL REFERENCE PLAN - PARKWAY COMMONSLS100LAYOUTPLANSt. Louis Park, MN17-115DJRARCHITECTURE, INC333 Washington Ave N, Suite 210Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401612.676.2700 www.djr-inc.com530 N.THIRD STREETMINNEAPOLIS, MN 55401PH: 612.333.3702LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTCONFLUENCE232 GravelDrivewayUPUPXref ..\..\ARCH\2021-05-03\17-115-03 - Bu ilding 3 - Parkway Commons_gnorr isLADTQ - Floor Plan - LEVEL 1.dwg9'-3"5'-0"22'-8"24'-7"37'-5"5'-0"13'-0"27'-5"8'-2"42'-5"4'-0" 13'-4" 8'-1" 22'-0"12'-3" 122'-4"24'-1"150'-11"9'-4"15'-8"AAAAAAAAABBCCCCCCCCCEB23'-2"5'-0"13'-0"4'-0" 30'-4" 6'-0"8'-0"20'-0"AAAA21'-8"18'-8"GravelDriveway10'-0"16'-2"10'-4"35'-4"3'-1"16'-0"2'-8"16'-0"3'-4"16'-0"AKEYNOTES:WALK - CONCRETESTEEL LANDSCAPE EDGERPLANT BEDNOT USEDBIKE RACK AREALANDSCAPETURF - SOD (IRRIGATED)PLANT BEDS (IRRIGATED)OVERSTORY TREEORNAMENTAL TREEEVERGREEN TREECDBEFile Location: N:\2019\19069_31st Street West\19069_WORKING\AUTOCAD\SHEETS\PARKWAY COMMONS- Building 3\PARKWAY COMMONS - LS100 LANDSDCAPE LAYOUT / DRawn by: XX / Checked by: XX 10'20'5'2.5'0'1"=10'SCALE:01LANDSCAPE PLANTING PLAN - PARKWAY COMMONS (BUILDING 3) FLOOR 1LS101LAYOUTPLAN10'20'5'2.5'0'1"=10'SCALE:02LANDSCAPE PLANTING PLAN - PARKWAY COMMONS (BUILDING 3) FLOOR 2St. Louis Park, MN17-115DJRARCHITECTURE, INC333 Washington Ave N, Suite 210Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401612.676.2700 www.djr-inc.com530 N.THIRD STREETMINNEAPOLIS, MN 55401PH: 612.333.3702LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTCONFLUENCE233 5SH25SH5SH5SHUPUPADADADADADADU6U6Xref N:\2019\19069_31st Street West\19069_WORKING\AUTOCAD\ARCH\2021-05-03\17-115-03 - Building 3 - Parkway Commons_gnorrisLADTQ - Floor Plan - LEVEL 1.dwg3BF37ck7TR2TA70ck22Ty46aa5RO15Hm18Hm37aa4Dl38ck117Dl18Ty37Ra1TRFile Location: N:\2019\19069_31st Street West\19069_WORKING\AUTOCAD\SHEETS\PARKWAY COMMONS- Building 3\PARKWAY COMMONS - LP100 PLANTING PLAN / DRawn by: XX / Checked by: XX LP100PLANTINGPLANPLANTING SCHEDULE - PARKWAY COMMONS (BUILDING 3)10'20'5'2.5'0'1"=10'SCALE:01LANDSCAPE PLANTING PLAN - PARKWAY COMMONS (BUILDING 3) FLOOR 110'20'5'2.5'0'1"=10'SCALE:02LANDSCAPE PLANTING PLAN - PARKWAY COMMONS (BUILDING 3) FLOOR 2St. Louis Park, MN17-115DJRARCHITECTURE, INC333 Washington Ave N, Suite 210Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401612.676.2700 www.djr-inc.com530 N.THIRD STREETMINNEAPOLIS, MN 55401PH: 612.333.3702LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTCONFLUENCE234 1 1 NOTE: CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MAINTAINING TREES IN A PLUMB POSITION THROUGHOUT THE WARRANTY PERIOD. STAKING AND GUYING IS MANDATORY FOR TREES 4" CAL OR GREATER, AND ALL BARE ROOT TREES. WRAP TREE TRUNKS ONLY UPON APPROVAL BY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT. SEE SPECIFICATION SECTION 32 93 00. 3 x AMIN. 30"RADIUS MIN.4"A EACH TREE SHALL BE PLANTED SUCH THAT THE ROOT FLARE IS VISIBLE AT THE TOP OF THE ROOT BALL. IF THE ROOT FLARE IS NOT VISIBLE, THE SOIL SHALL BE REMOVED IN A LEVEL MANNER FROM THE ROOT BALL TO WHERE THE FIRST MAIN ORDER ROOT (12" DIA. OR LARGER) EMERGES FROM THE TRUNK. SET MAIN ORDER ROOT 1" HIGHER THAN ADJACENT GRADE. DO NOT COVER TOP OF ROOT BALL WITH SOIL. SCARIFY SIDES OF TREE PIT WITH SPADE BY HAND TO BIND WITH PREPARED SOIL. PLANTING PIT TO BE TWO TO FIVE TIMES THE DIAMETER OF ROOT ALL, SLOPED TAMP SOIL AROUND ROOT BALL BASE FIRMLY WITH FOOT PRESSURE SO THAT ROOT BALL DOES NOT SHIFT. DRAINAGE TRENCH AS REQUIRED PER PERCOLATION TEST IN SPEC. AUGER A 4" DIA. HOLE & FILL W/ 34" GRAVEL. 5' DIAMETER MULCH RING, TYP. PLACE ROOT BALL ON UNDISTURBED OR COMPACTED SOIL. DIG PLANTING PIT 4-6" DEEPER THAN ROOTBALL. UNDISTURBED SUBGRADE. REMOVE BURLAP, WINE, ROPE AND WIRE FROM TOP HALF OF ROOT BALL. COMPACT PLANTING SOIL TO 85% OF MAXIMUM DRY UNIT WEIGHT PER ASTM D 698. EDGE CONDITION VARIES, SEE PLAN. 4" BUILT-UP EARTH SAUCER BEYOND EDGE OF ROOT BALL. 3" SHREDDED HARDWOOD MULCH. DO NOT PLACE MULCH IN CONTACT WITH ROOT FLARE. RODENT TRUNK PROTECTION: 12" HARDWIRE-CLOTH MESH CYLINDER. DIMENSIONS: 8" DIAMETER (OR GREATER) X 36" HEIGHT. STAKE IN PLACE, AVOIDING ROOTS. SEE SPEC. TREE PLANTING DETAIL, TYP.03 LP500 1/2" = 1'-0" SEE PLAN 12" MIN. PREPARE SOIL FOR THE ENTIRE BED 4"3" SHREDDED HARDWOOD MULCH. DO NOT PLACE MULCH IN CONTACT WITH SHRUB STEM. NOTE: SEE SPECIFICATION SECTION RELATED TO EXTERIOR PLANTING. CONTAINER GROWN MATERIAL SHALL HAVE ROOTS HAND LOOSENED. MIN.4" DEEPER THAN ROOT BALL. SCARIFY SIDES AND BOTTOM OF ENTIRE BED WITH SPADE BY HAND TO BIND WITH PLANTING SOIL. UNDISTURBED SUBGRADE. PLANTING DETAIL, TYP.04 LP500 1/2" = 1'-0" VARIES, SEE PLAN TOP OF SLAB SEE STRUCTURAL 175'-4" TOP OF PLANTER WALL ALONG PARAPET TBD PARAPET, SEE ARCHITECTURE 172'-0" FINISHED DECK ROOF TOP POOL DECK SEE ARCHITECTURE PARAPET EDGE CONDITION, SEE ARCH GUARD RAIL DETAIL AND MOUNTING, SEE ARCH STRUCTURAL SLAB, SEESTRUCTURAL. STRUCTURAL WATERPROOFING &MEMBRANE, BY OTHERS FILTER FABRIC AT OPENING CONCRETE BLOCK OUT TO ALLOW FORDRAINAGE PER HYDROTECH ASSEMBLY ANDIRRIGATION LINE, (FIELD VERIFY LOCATIONWITH M.E.P.) PLANTING MEDIUM & WATERPROOFING, AS SPECIFIED PAVING TYPE VARIES, SEE L1.05 FORSITE SURFACING LAYOUT, TYP. 6" WIDE CIP WALL 6" SECTION: ROOF DECK PLANTER @ PARAPET2 LS502 N.T.S 14" RADIUS CORNERS 3" SHREDDED HARDWOOD MULCH (SEE SPECIFICATIONS) FINISHED GRADE AND EDGE CONDITION VARIES - SEE PLAN FOR CONDITION. 3 16" METAL EDGER W/ STAKE, PER SPEC. STEEL LANDSCAPE EDGER02 LP500 1"=1'-0" VEGETATION - SEE LANDSCAPE PLAN 12" PLANTING SOIL UNDISTURBED SOIL 6" COMPACTED CLASS 5 AGGREGATE SUBBASE CONCRETE PAVEMENT HOLD LAWN/PLANTING CONDITION 1" BELOW FINISHED PAVERS 6"6"4"PROVIDE DRIPIRRIGATION IN PLANTERS.SEE IRRIGATION PLAN. CLEAN, WASHED GRAVEL.PLACE IN LIFTS AND COMPACTTO PROCTOR DENSITY. PREPARED SUBGRADE, SEE CIVILDRAWINGS FOR CONDITION. 6" SLOTTED PVC UNDERDRAIN WITHWASHED DRAINAGE ROCK. ELEVATEMIN. 6" FROM BOTTOM, SEE CIVIL. PLANTING SOIL CONCRETE WALK. SEECIVIL FOR DETAILS. CLEAN, WASHED 38"ANGULAR ROCK. COMPACTTO PROCTOR DENSITY PLANT BED @ THICKENED CONCRETE WALK EDGE#####N.T.S PLANT BED @ CONCRETE WALK02 LP500 N.T.S. LP500 PLANTING DETAILS PLANTING NOTES: 1. SOD ALL AREAS WITHIN CONTRACT LIMITS, NOT COVERED BY PAVING, BUILDINGS, OR PLANTING BEDS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 2. PLANT QUANTITIES ARE FOR INFORMATION ONLY; DRAWING SHALL PREVAIL IF CONFLICT OCCURS. 3. NOTIFY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT AFTER STAKING IS COMPLETED AND BEFORE PLANT PITS ARE EXCAVATED. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL PLACE SHREDDED BARK MULCH AROUND ALL TREES AND IN ALL PLANTING BEDS TO A DEPTH OF 3". 5. KIND, SIZE AND QUALITY OF PLANT MATERIAL SHALL CONFORM TO AMERICAN STANDARDS FOR NURSERY STOCK, ANSI 260-1992, OR MOST RECENT EDITION. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPORT SUBSURFACE SOIL OR DRAINAGE PROBLEMS TO THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT. 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SHOW PROOF OF PROCUREMENT, SOURCES, QUANTITIES AND VARIETIES FOR ALL SHRUBS, PERENNIALS, ORNAMENTAL GRASSES, AND ANNUALS WITHIN 21 DAYS FOLLOWING THE AWARD OF CONTRACT. TIMELY PROCUREMENT OF ALL PLANT MATERIAL IS ESSENTIAL TO THE SUCCESSFUL COMPLETION AND INITIAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE PROJECT. 8. SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL ONLY BE ALLOWED WHEN THE CONTRACTOR HAS EXHAUSTED ALL SOURCES FOR THE SPECIFIED MATERIAL, AND HAS PROVEN THAT THE SPECIFIED MATERIAL IS NOT AVAILABLE. THE CONTRACTOR MUST PROVIDE NAME AND VARIETY OF SUBSTITUTION TO THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO TAGGING OR PLANTING. SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL BE NEAREST EQUIVALENT SIZE OF VARIETY OF PLANT HAVING SAME ESSENTIAL CHARACTERISTICS. 9. ALL PLANT MATERIAL SHALL BE NURSERY GROWN, SOUND, HEALTHY, VIGOROUS AND FREE FROM INSECTS, DISEASE AND INJURIES, WITH HABIT OF GROWTH THAT IS NORMAL FOR THE SPECIES. SIZES SHALL BE EQUAL TO OR EXCEEDING SIZES INDICATED ON THE PLANT LIST. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPPLY PLANTS IN QUANTITY AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. 10. STAKE OR PLACE ALL PLANTS IN FIELD AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS OR AS DIRECTED BY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL BY THE OWNER PRIOR TO PLANTING. St. Louis Park, MN 17-115 DJR ARCHITECTURE, INC 333 Washington Ave N, Suite 210 Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401 612.676.2700 www.djr-inc.com 530 N.THIRD STREET MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55401 PH: 612.333.3702 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT CONFLUENCE 235 THRESHOLD AT ROOFTOP ACCESS DOOR 14" NOTES: 1. SEE MATERIALS SCHEDULE FOR SIZE, COLOR, FINISHES AND MANUFACTURER. 2. PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ALL METAL FABRICATIONS 3. ALL METAL FABRICATIONS SHALL BE CORROSION RESISTANT. ROOF TOP POOL DECK INTERIOR SPACE 1 1/2" = 1'-0"1 CURB AT ROOFTOP WALL 1 1/2" = 1'-0"7 14" NOTES: 1. SEE MATERIALS SCHEDULE FOR SIZE, COLOR, FINISHES AND MANUFACTURER. 2. PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ALL METAL FABRICATIONS 3. ALL METAL FABRICATIONS SHALL BE CORROSION RESISTANT. 163'-6" TOP OF SLAB SEE STRUCTURAL 163'-6" TOP OF SLAB SEE STRUCTURAL NOTES: 1. SEE MATERIALS SCHEDULE FOR SIZE, COLOR, FINISHES AND MANUFACTURER. 2. PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ALL METAL FABRICATIONS 3. ALL METAL FABRICATIONS SHALL BE CORROSION RESISTANT. 163'-6" TOP OF SLAB SEE STRUCTURAL 14" 14" NOTES: 1. SEE MATERIALS SCHEDULE FOR SIZE, COLOR, FINISHES AND MANUFACTURER. 2. PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ALL METAL FABRICATIONS 3. ALL METAL FABRICATIONS SHALL BE CORROSION RESISTANT. 163'-6" TOP OF SLAB SEE STRUCTURAL SEE ARCHITECTURE FOR INTERIORS MECHANICAL ENCLOSURE ROOF TOP POOL DECK 14" 163'-6" TOP OF SLAB SEE STRUCTURAL SEE ARCHITECTURE FOR INTERIORS SEE ARCHITECTURE SEE ARCHITECTURE 164'-6" TOP OF PAVERS 164'-6" TOP OF PAVERS 164'-6" TOP OF PAVERS 164'-6" TOP OF PAVERS 164'-6" TOP OF PAVERS NOTES: 1. DECKING PRODUCT: RESYSTA GOLD 1"x5.5"x12' DECKING IN RANDOM LAYOUT, ANTI SLIP FINISH, PRE-FINISHEDSEALER OVER EUROTECH PEDESTALS, INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.2. DECKING SYSTEM IS TO BE SECURED TO STRUCTURAL DECK WITH MANUFACTURER SUPPLIED TIE-DOWN SYSTEMTO THE SATISFACTION AND BY APPROVAL OF WIND ENGINEER TO REDUCE RISK OF WIND UPLIFT OF SYSTEM. WATERPROOFING / PROTECTION BOARD, BY OTHERS STRUCTURAL SLAB, RE: STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS WATERPROOFING / PROTECTION BOARD, BY OTHERS STRUCTURAL SLAB, RE: STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS GROUT JOINTS, TYP PRECAST UNIT PAVER, TYP. POLYMER MODIFIED MORTAR BED FIBER MESH REINFORCED CONCRETE BED,MIN 4" THICK, SEE STRUCTRUAL TAPERED INSULATION, BY OTHERS PRECAST UNIT PAVER, TYP PEDESTAL, TYP GROUT JOINTS, TYP PRECAST UNIT PAVER, TYP. POLYMER MODIFIED MORTAR BED FIBER MESH REINFORCED CONCRETE BED,MIN 4" THICK, SEE STRUCTRUAL TAPERED INSULATION, BY OTHERS WATERPROOFING / PROTECTION BOARD, BY OTHERS STRUCTURAL SLAB, RE: STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS TAPERED INSULATION, BY OTHERS PRECAST UNIT PAVER, TYP PEDESTAL, TYP WATERPROOFING / PROTECTION BOARD, BY OTHERS; WRAP UP CURB, TURN ONTO CONC. SLAB AND TERMINATE AT INT. FACE OF STEEL STUD STRUCTURAL SLAB, RE: STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS TAPERED INSULATION, BY OTHERS PRECAST UNIT PAVER, TYP PEDESTAL, TYP GAP AROUND PAVERS PER MFG PEDESTAL AND PAVER SYSTEM CONCRETE CURB AND FLOOR SLAB, RE: STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE AND DRAINAGE MAT, BY OTHERS; WRAP MEMBRANE UP WALL, TERMINATE UNDER DOOR THRESHOLD STRUCTURAL SLAB, RE: STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS DOOR WITH THRESHOLD, SEE ARCHITECTURE TAPERED INSULATION, BY OTHERS PRECAST UNIT PAVER, TYP PEDESTAL, TYP 14" NOTES: 1. SEE MATERIALS SCHEDULE FOR SIZE, COLOR, FINISHES, AND MANUFACTURER FOR ALL SURFACING TYPES. 163'-6" TOP OF SLAB SEE STRUCTURAL 164'-6" TOP OF PAVERS AND WOOD DECKING WATERPROOFING / PROTECTION BOARD, BY OTHERS STRUCTURAL SLAB, RE: STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS PRECAST UNIT PAVER, TYP PEDESTAL, TYP RESYSTA DECKING SECURE SLEEPER SYSTEM TO STRUCTURALDECK WITH L-BRACKETS, ENSUREWATERPROOFING AROUND BRACKETS 2X12 PRESSURE TREATED BOARD SLEEPERS,FASTEN W/ STAINLESS STEEL SCREWS, FASTENTO DECK WITH L-BRACKETS, SEE DETAIL NOTES X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 2'-0"2'-0"PRECAST UNIT PAVER OVER PEDESTAL, SEEMATERIALS SCHEDULE AND SPEC FORMANUFACTURER AND COLORSIZE: 24" X 24"PATTERN: STACKED BOND SECTION: PEDESTAL PAVERS @ MECHANICAL ENCLOSURE2 LS501 N.T.S SECTION: PEDESTAL PAVERS3 LS501 N.T.S SECTION: PRECAST PAVER @ PAVER PEDESTAL5 LS501 N.T.S SECTION: PEDESTAL PAVERS @ RESYSTA DECKING4 LS501 N.T.S SECTION: PEDESTAL PAVERS @ BUILDING1 LS501 N.T.S PLAN: PRECAST PAVERS7 LS501 N.T.S SECTION: PRECAST PAVERS6 LS501 N.T.S LS500 LANDSCAPE DETAILS St. Louis Park, MN 17-115 DJR ARCHITECTURE, INC 333 Washington Ave N, Suite 210 Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401 612.676.2700 www.djr-inc.com 530 N.THIRD STREET MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55401 PH: 612.333.3702 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT CONFLUENCE 236 From:Gary Shibrowski To:ebjorum@dir-inc.com; Jennifer Monson Cc:Rader John; Anne; Dave Hofstad; Norbert Schiller; Rizzo Kristin; Hemady schiller Zina; JOANN MELLEM; Valli Arunachalam; narayan arun; Brenner Andrew Subject:Parkway Development changes for 31 st/ Inglewood proposed building site Date:Tuesday, May 25, 2021 10:33:35 AM CAUTION: This email originated from outside of the organization. Do not click links or open attachments unless you recognize the sender and know the content is safe. Erik/ Jennifer, On behalf of the homeowners at 3125 Inglewood I am submitting our comments for both the May 26 and June 2 meetings on the Parkway Proposed Development change request and would like these shared on our behalf during the meeting. I will reference our building at 3125 Inglewood as IBC going forward for reference. IBC was built in 2008 and residents have owned for over 10 years. The building and zoning restrictions had a direct impact on building height and other design changes. Since then our adjoining neighbors on 31st have also built two similar buildings both of max height of 3 story, etc. The city has approved and zoned for buildings on the north side of 31st to Hwy 7 to be multi unit large scale rentals. The proposed changes requested by Parkway creates new concerns for us homeowners. The height of the building will dwarf IBC and surrounding buildings and impact direct light and significantly change the view from soft greenery to towering building hardscape. The proposed impacts all three adjoining buildings which are owned homes/units and not 100% rentals. The height restrictions for the existing buildings of 3 story must remain, you can not allow this building to be higher. Adding 37 units to this small footprint will impact parking, congestion, street traffic, etc. the approved plan fits within the surrounding existing area. The proposed changes do not. The drawings provided in the notice do not show or represent the actual building layout to the property lines and the “new” distance between existing homeowners and the proposed building at ground level or above. IBC owners not opposed to uniform building design but height is a concern. Adding units but limiting height to max 3 story (as mandated to existing building developers and owners) is necessary and fair. This is including the common garage space so two floors of living like the existing 3 buildings adjoining the proposed building site. We would like to understand any other special variances or changes requested and approved. In summary, the homeowners of IBC do not support and urge the city to also not approve the requested changes. IBC Homeowners Gary Shibrowski IBC HOA president 237 238 Planning commission: Regular meeting Meeting date: June 2, 2021 Agenda item: 3c 3c Zoning ordinance amendment pertaining to the animal handling land use category Case Number: 21-23-ZA Applicant: John Kohler, representing Paster Properties Review Deadline: Not applicable Recommended motions: Chair to close the public hearing. Motion to recommend approval of the ordinance pertaining to the animal handling land use category as recommended by staff. Summary of request: John Kohler, representing Paster Properties submitted an application requesting an amendment to the zoning ordinance to create a land use category called “Animal handling, limited” and to allow it as a permitted use in the MX-1 Mixed use district. The city currently has one land use category that addresses animals called “animal handling”. It covers any use involving animals such as pet stores, pet clinics, grooming facilities, boarding and animal daycares. Boarding and animal daycares has potential to create odor and noise nuisances. As a result, animal handling is limited to the C-1 neighborhood commercial, C-2 general commercial, MX-2 neighborhood mixed-use, and IG general industrial districts with the condition that uses that include boarding must be at least 100 feet from a residential property. The intent of this amendment is to create a second animal handling land use category called “animal handling, limited” that encompasses uses pertaining to animals that have minimal impact on adjacent businesses and properties such as pet stores, veterinary clinics and grooming facilities. Th e proposed animal handling, limited land use category will allow these limited uses in more areas of the city while making it clear that the animal uses with potential noise and odor nuisances such as boarding and animal daycares are not permitted. The existing definition of animal handling is as follows: Animal handling means the sale, boarding, treatment and care of privately-owned small animal pets which may include dogs, cats, other mammals, fish and reptiles but excludes large animals such as horses, farm animals or animals raised for slaughter. Characteristics may include special refuse, storage, nois e, odor and other nuisance characteristics. The proposed definition of animal handling limited is as follows : Animal Handling, Limited, means any animal handling use such as veterinary clinics, pet stores, and pet grooming that do not include boarding, day care or outdoor off leash recreation space for animals. The use may require an animal to be kept on-site for treatment but does not include boarding or animal daycares. The existing animal handling land use will continue to include the uses covered by the proposed animal handling limited land use, however, the proposed animal handling limited land use will not include the boarding and daycare uses. 239 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 3c ) Title: Zoning ordinance amendment pertaining to the animal handling The table below shows where animal handling is currently allowed, and where animal handling, limited is proposed. The term “permitted” means it is allowed administratively. The term “permitted with conditions” means it is allowed administratively if it meets the conditions specific to that use . For example, it is a condition of animal handling that boarding facilities be at least 100 feet from residential properties. Zoning district Animal handling Animal handling limited C-1 neighborhood commercial Permitted with conditions C-2 general commercial Permitted with conditions BP business park Permitted with conditions IG general industrial Permitted with conditions MX-1 vertical mixed use • Permitted if it is less than 8,000 sf. • Permitted with conditions if it’s over 8,000 sf. MX-2 neighborhood mixed use Permitted with conditions PUD planned unit development Permitted in PUDs where retail uses are currently permitted. In addition to creating the animal handling limited land use category, the ordinance proposes minor changes to the existing conditions for animal handling. The proposed changes are not substantiative , the intent is to make the conditions consistent in each district where the use is allowed. Next Steps: If the planning commission recommends approval, then the ordinance will be considered by the council on June 21, 2021. Attachments: Letter from applicant, Proposed ordinance Prepared by: Gary Morrison, assistant zoning administrator Reviewed by: Sean Walther, planning and zoning supervisor 240 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 3c ) Title: Zoning ordinance amendment pertaining to the animal handling Letter from applicant Section of Ordinance to be amended: Sec. 36-142. Definitions. Table 36-263(b) Mixed Use District Uses Zoning District affected by proposed amendment (if any): The MX -1 District would be affected by this text amendment change. Proposed text amendment: Sec. 36-142. Definitions. ADD: Animal Handling Limited, means any animal handling use such as Veterinary Clinics and Pet Grooming that do not include Boarding, Day Care or Outdoor off leash recreation space for animals. Table 36-263(b) Mixed Use District Uses Under Commercial Uses add: Animal Handling Limited – Primary Street Frontage (P); Secondary Street Frontage (P) What changed or changing conditions make the passage of this amendment necessary? Animal Handling Limited, as defined above, is a service that is common to many retail and mixed -use properties and certainly those similar to the Texa Tonka Center. Services such as Veterinary Clinics and Pet Grooming are becoming very common in the ever-changing world of retail and commercial uses. These are common local neighborhood uses that fit very well into a mixed use or neighborhood center. What is the expected effect of the proposed amendment? The proposed amendment would allow the specific limited services of a Veterinary Clinic and Pet Grooming Service to operate in the MX-1 District. These are each common neighborhood uses well suited for a neighborhood business area such as those found in the MX-1 District. Both of these uses are frequented by the residents of a typical MX-1 District as well as the surrounding residential neighborhoods. What error, if any, in the existing ordinance would be corrected by the proposed amendment? “Animal Handling” as defined in section 36-142 is not allowed in the MX -1 District. The definition of Animal Handling is an all-encompassing definition that combines any animal use into one definition. The existing ordinance would be corrected by adding an additional definition of “Animal Handling Limited” to differentiate those uses that are exclusively indoor quiet business hour uses from those that are all encompassing including 24-hour animal boarding and Dog Day Care businesses. What other circumstances justify this amendment? The Texa Tonka center was rezoned from a commercial zoning to the MX-1 zoning by the city. This rezoning eliminated the previously allowable uses of veterinary clinics and pet grooming 241 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 3c ) Title: Zoning ordinance amendment pertaining to the animal handling businesses. Texa Tonka is a unique property within the MX-1 district in that it is not a multi- story mixed use property but rather a newly renovated single -story retail commercial building serving the entire residential area around the intersection of Texas and Minnetonka Boulevard. This neighborhood center is filling up with new uses such as Revival, Angel Food Bakery and Frio Frio, Roots Chiropractic, Brito Burritos, and long-time tenants such as Erik’s Bikes. Veterinary Clinics and Pet Grooming are neighborhood services that fit in very well within a good mix of uses. Residents of the neighborhood could drop their dogs off at a Veterinary Clinic or groomer and walk a few doors down to Angel Food and enjoy a coffee and pastry on the patio while waiting for their appointment to be completed. A classic example of a good mixed use property. A good example of this is Bubbly Paws located on the first floor of Excelsior and Grand. This use fits in well with the retail, service, and restaurant uses at street level along with the multiple levels of residences located above the space, all in an MX-1 district. Bubbly Paws is an excellent example of a use that would be allowed under an “Animal Handling Limited” definition within the MX-1 Zoning District. 242 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 3c ) Title: Zoning ordinance amendment pertaining to the animal handling Draft ordinance Ordinance No. ___-21 Ordinance regarding animal handling The City of St. Louis Park does ordain: Whereas, the planning commission conducted a public hearing on June 2, 2021 on the ordinance, and Whereas, the City Council has considered the advice and recommendation of the planning commission (case no. 21-23-ZA), and Now, therefore be it resolved that the following amendments shall be made to the City Code: Section 1. Land Use Descriptions and Characteristics. Chapter 36, Section 36-142(d) of the St. Louis Park City Code is hereby amended to add the following underlined text (renumber accordingly): (2) Animal handling, limited means any animal handling use such as veterinary clinics, pet stores, and pet grooming that do not include boarding, day care or outdoor off leash recreation space for animals. The use may require an animal to be kept overnight on-site for treatment but does not include boarding or animal daycares. Section 2. C-1 neighborhood comme rcial district. Chapter 36, Section 36-193(c)(5) of the St. Louis Park City Code is hereby amended to add the following underlined text and to delete the following struck -out text: (5) Animal handling. The conditions are as follows: a. No animals or pe ns shall be kept outside the building or cause offensive odor or noise discernible at the property line of the lot on which the activity is conducted. b. Where animals are boardedBoarding animals during the day and/or night and shall not be permitted in a multi-story mixed -use building, and the facility shall be located a minimum of 100 feet from any parcel that is zoned residential and used or subdivided for residential, or has an occupied institutional building, including but not limited to schools, religious institutions, and community centers. Section 3. C-2 general commercial district. Chapter 36, Section 36-194(c)(7) of the St. Louis Park City Code is hereby amended to add the following underlined text and delete the following struck -out text: (7) Animal handling. The conditions are as follows: 243 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 3c ) Title: Zoning ordinance amendment pertaining to the animal handling a. No animals shall be kept outside the building, or be otherwise located, which cause offensive odor or noise discernible at the property line of the lot on which the activity is conducted. b. Where animals are boardedBoarding animals during the day and/or night and shall not be permitted in a multi-story mixed -use building, additionally the facility shall be located a minimum of 100 feet from any parcel that is zoned residential and used or subdivided for residential, or has an occupied institutional building, including but not limited to schools, religious institutions, and community centers. Section 4. BP business park district. Chapter 36, Section 36-233(c)(9) of the St. Louis Park City Code is hereby amended to add the following underlined text: (9) Restaurants, retail, limited animal handling or service. The conditions are as follows: a. The uses may not exceed 25% of the gross floor area of a single-story building or 50% of the ground floor area in a multi-story building. b. The uses must be so located as to be visible and easily accessible to pedestrians from the public right-of-way. Section 5. I-G general industrial district. Chapter 36, Section 36-244(c)(5) of the St. Louis Park City Code is hereby amended to add the following underlined text and delete the following struck -out text: (5) Animal handling. The conditions are as follows: a. No animals shall be kept outside the building or cause offensive odor or noise discernible at the property line of the lot on which the activity is conducted. (b) Where animals are boardedBoarding animals during the day and/or night and shall not be permitted in a multi-story mixed -use building, additionally the facility shall be located a minimum of 100 feet from any parcel that is zoned residential and used or subdivided for residential use, or has an occupied institutional building, including but not limited to schools, religious institutions, and community centers. Section 6. MX-1 vertical mixed use district. Chapter 36, Section 36-264 Table 36-263(b) of the St. Louis Park City Code is hereby amended to add the following underlined text: Table 36-263(b) Mixed Use District Uses Primary Street Frontage Secondary Street Frontage RESIDENTIAL AND LODGING USES Multifamily residential PC PC Live -work unit PC PC Roominghouse PL PL State-licensed residential facility PL PL Group home/non-statutory PL PL 244 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 3c ) Title: Zoning ordinance amendment pertaining to the animal handling Primary Street Frontage Secondary Street Frontage Nursing home PL PL Hotel/motel PC PC CIVIC AND INSTITUTIONAL USES Education/academic PL P Museum/library category P P Police/fire station PC PC COMMERCIAL USES Animal handling, limited, less than 8,000 square feet P P Animal handling, limited, 8,000 square feet or larger PC PC Brewery, Micro -distillery PC PC Business/trade school/college PL P Dental office , Medical office P P Food service P P Grocery store PC PC Liquor store CUP CUP Medical office P P Micro-distillery PC PC Offices PL P Private entertainment (indoor) CUP CUP Research and development PL P Retail, Service - less than 8,000 square feet P P Retail, Service - 8,000 square feet or larger PC PC Retail, large item PC PC Restaurants with or without intoxicating liquor license P P Service facilities, less than 8,000 square feet P P Service facilities, 8,000 square feet or larger PC PC Studios PC PC INDUSTRIAL USES Catering PC PC Printing process/supply PC PC Showrooms PC PC TRANSPORTATION AND INFRASTRUCTURE USES Communication antennas CUP CUP Transit stations P P Section 7. MX-1 vertical mixed use district. Chapter 36, Section 36-264(d) of the St. Louis Park City Code is hereby amended to add the following underlined text: (12) Animal handling, limited, 8,000 square feet or larger. a. The customer service space shall be located at a corner of the building or near a primary building entrance. 245 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 3c ) Title: Zoning ordinance amendment pertaining to the animal handling b. The animal handling limited space shall not occupy more than 25 percent of the gross floor area of the ground floor. Section 8. MX-2 neighborhood mixed use district. Chapter 36, Section 36-265(d) of the St. Louis Park City Code is hereby amended to add the following underlined text and delete the following struck -out text: (2) Animal handling. a. No animals or pens shall be kept outside the building or cause offensive odor or noise discernible at the property line of the lot on which the activity is conducted. b. Where animals are boardedBoarding animals during the day and/or night shall not be permitted in a multi-story mixed-use building, additionally the facility shall be located a minimum of 100 feet from any parcel that is zoned residential and used for residential. Section 9. Chapter 36, Section 36-268-PUD-1 of the St. Louis Park City Code is hereby amended to add the following underlined text: (b) Permitted uses. Zone A (2) Commercial uses. Commercial uses are only permitted on the first floor, and are limited to the following: office, medical or dental office, adult day care, group day care/nursery school, group home/nonstatutory, banks without drive-up facilities, food service, private entertainment (indoor), retail shops, service, animal handling limited, showrooms and studios. a. All parking requirements must be met for each use. b. Hours of operation for commercial uses shall be limited to 6 a.m. to 12 a.m. c. No drive up facilities are allowed. Section 10. Chapter 36, Section 36-268-PUD-2 of the St. Louis Park City Code is hereby amended to add the following underlined text: (c) Uses permitted with conditions. A structure of land in the PUD 2 district may be used for one or more of the following uses if it complies with the conditions specified for the use in this subsection: (1) Commercial uses. Commercial uses limited to the follow ing: bank, food service, grocery store, large item retail, liquor store, medical or dental office, office, private entertainment (indoor), retail, service, showroom, limited animal handling and studio. These commercial uses shall meet the following conditions: a. Commercial uses are limited to the first floor. b. Hours of operation, including loading/unloading of deliveries, for commercial uses shall be limited to 6 a.m. to 12 a.m. 246 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 3c ) Title: Zoning ordinance amendment pertaining to the animal handling c. In-vehicle sales or service is prohibited. d. Restaurants are prohibited. e. Outdoor storage is prohibited. Section 11. Chapter 36, Section 36-268-PUD-7 of the St. Louis Park City Code is hereby amended to add the following underlined text: (b) Permitted uses. (2) Commercial uses. Commercial uses are only permitted on the first floor, and are limited to the following: medical office, office, private entertainment (indoor), retail shops, service, showrooms, limited animal handling and studios. a. All parking requirements shall be met for each use. b. Hours of operation for commercial uses shall be limited to 6 a.m. to 12 a.m. including commercial deliveries. c. Each commercial tenant space on the first floor shall have a direct and primary access to the outside of the building on the north building elevation that is open during business hours. d. In vehicle sales is prohibited. e. Restaurants are prohibited. Section 12. Chapter 36, Section 36-268-PUD-8 of the St. Louis Park City Code is hereby ame nded to add the following underlined text: (b) Permitted with conditions. (2) Commercial uses. Commercial uses are only permitted on the first floor, and are limited to coffee shops, office, private entertainment (indoor), retail shops, service, showrooms, limited animal handling and studios. The conditions are as follows: a. All parking requirements must be met for each use. b. Hours of operation shall be limited to 6 a.m. to 12 a.m. c. Restaurants are prohibited. d. In vehicle sales is prohibited. Section 13. Chapter 36, Section 36-268-PUD-10 of the St. Louis Park City Code is hereby amended to add the following underlined text: (b) Permitted uses. The following uses are permitted uses in PUD 10: (1) Shopping Center. The shopping center shall be limited to the following uses: a. Office. b. Medical of dental office. c. Adult day care. d. Group day care/nursery school. e. Bank. 247 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 3c ) Title: Zoning ordinance amendment pertaining to the animal handling f. Food service. g. Private entertainment (indoor). h. Retail. i. Liquor store. j. Service. k. Showroom. l. Studios. m. Restaurants with or without intoxicating liquor. n. Museum. o. Police service substation. p. Post office. q. Animal handling, limited. Section 14. Chapter 36, Section 36-268-PUD-12 of the St. Louis Park City Code is hereby amended to add the following underlined text: (b) Permitted uses. The following uses are permitted uses: 1. Medical and dental office 2. Funeral homes 3. Libraries 4. Museums 5. Office 6. Parks and open spaces 7. Police and fire stations 8. Banks 9. Business/trade school/college 10. Retail shops up to 20,000 square feet 11. Service 12. Studios 13. Public service structures 14. Food service 15. Restaurants with or without intoxicating liquor 16. More than one principal building located on a single lot 17. Animal handling, limited. Section 15. This ordinance shall take effect June 11, 2021. Reviewed for administration: Adopted by the City Council July 6, 2021 First Reading June 21, 2021 Second Reading July 6, 2021 Date of Publication July 15, 2021 Date Ordinance takes effect July 30, 2021 248 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 3c ) Title: Zoning ordinance amendment pertaining to the animal handling Thomas K. Harmening, City Manager Jake Spano, Mayor Attest: Approved as to form and execution: Melissa Kennedy, City Clerk Soren Mattick, City Attorney 249 250 Planning commission: Regular meeting Meeting date: June 2, 2021 Agenda item: 4a 4a Rise on 7 – preliminary and final planned unit development Location: 8115 Highway 7 Case Number: 21-16-CP, 21-17-S, 21-18-PUD Applicant/Owner: CommonBond Communities Review Deadline: 60 days: June 18, 2021 120 days: August 17, 2021 Recommended motion: Motion to recommend approval of the preliminary and final planned unit development subject to the conditions recommended by staff. Summary of request: CommonBond Communities proposes a five -story mixed -use building on the site of the former Prince of Peace church, just north of the border with the city of Hopkins. The development includes a daycare and 120 dwelling units that will be affordable at a range of 30 to 80 percent of the area median income (AMI). Access to the site is off the Highway 7 frontage road. Parking is provided in a surface lot on the north side of the building and one level of structured parking on the ground floor of the building. The plan includes two outdoor play areas for the daycare and residents as well as outdoor recreation area. Other site improvements include new landscaping, a new underground stormwater management system and a 20kw rooftop solar array. CommonBond is a values-centered, non-profit developer. They own and operate their buildings and their financing guarantees affordability for at least 40 years. CommonBond also provides supportive services to the residents of their buildings based on site needs, including educational and after school programs, employment training, housing stability and social services support. On May 19, 2021, planning commission held a public hearing on the development and recommended approval of a comprehensive plan amendment and preliminary and final plat. The commission tabled action on the planned unit development (PUD) application pending additional information and revisions to the plan as recommended by staff. The applicant subsequently submitted revised plans and staff now recommend approval of the preliminary and final PUD. 251 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 4a) Title: Rise on 7 – preliminary and final planned unit development Site information: Site area (acres): 2.44 acres Current use: Surrounding land uses: Vacant (previously church and daycare) North: right of way, commercial East: commercial South: single family residential West: commercial Current 2040 land use guidance Current zoning CIV - civic R-C high -density multiple -family residence Proposed 2040 land use guidance Proposed zoning RH - high density residential PUD planned unit development Background: The existing building was constructed in 1955 and previously contained a church and daycare. CommonBond purchased the property in February 2020, and the existing building is currently vacant and would be demolished. The developer has completed phase 1 and phase 2 environmental reviews on the site. On May 19, 2021, planning commission held a public hearing on the development and took the following actions: 1. Opened the public hearing, took testimony and closed the public hearing. North Knollwood Shopping Center 8115 Highway 7 City of Hopkins 252 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 4a) Title: Rise on 7 – preliminary and final planned unit development 2. Recommended approval of a comprehensive plan amendment reguiding the project site from CIV civic to RH high-density residential land use. 3. Recommended approval of a preliminary and final plat to create a 2.44-acre lot from previously unplatted land subject to the conditions recommended by staff. 4. Tabled action on the preliminary and final planned unit development (PUD) pending additional information and revisions from the applicant as recommended by staff. Present considerations: The applicant requests that the city amend the zoning map and zoning ordinance to rezone the subject property from R-C high -density multiple -family residence to PUD planned unit development. Zoning analysis: Description: The developer requests approval of a preliminary and final Planned Unit Development (PUD). A PUD is a rezoning and zoning text amendment that established the regulat ions for a specific property. The site is currently zoned R-C high -density multiple -family residence. Below is an excerpt from the zoning map showing the boundaries of the existing zoning and the proposed PUD zoning district. Building and site design analysis: Staff find Rise on 7 meets the PUD ordinance goals for building and site design. The ordinance requires the city to find that the quality of building and site design proposed will substantially enhance aesthetics of the site and implement relevant goals and policies of the Comprehensive Plan. In addition, the following criteria shall be satisfied: 253 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 4a) Title: Rise on 7 – preliminary and final planned unit development (1) The design shall consider the project as a whole and shall create a unified environment within project boundaries by ensuring architectural compatibility of all structures, efficient vehicular and pedestrian circulation, aesthetically pleasing landscape and site features, and design and efficient use of utilities. Staff find the plan meets this requirement. (2) The design of a PUD shall achieve compatibility of the project with surrounding land uses, both existing and proposed, and shall minimize the potential adverse impacts of the PUD on surrounding land uses and the potential adverse effects of the surrounding land uses on the PUD. With the latest revisions to the plans, staff find the application meets this requirement. Please see the attached development plans. Note that not all of the civil plans reflect the latest changes to the site design. All plans shall be up to date before the project goes before city council. (3) A PUD shall comply with the City’s Green Building Policy. The project will comply with the green building policy. This criteria will be met. (4) The use of green roofs or white roofs and on-site renewable energy is encouraged. A solar array installation will be included as part of the development. This criteria will be met. (5) A PUD shall comply with the city’s Inclusionary Housing Policy. The applicant proposes a 100% affordable housing development with a range of affordability from 30% to 80% AMI. This proposal meets and exceeds the requirements of the inclusionary housing policy. This criteria will be met. Zoning analysis: The following table provides the development metrics. The property will be rezoned to a Planned Unit Development (PUD). The proposed performance and development standards, as indicated in the development plans, establish the development requirements for this property if approved. Zoning compliance table: Factor Required Proposed Met? Use Set by PUD ordinance Multi-family residential, group daycare/nursery Yes Lot Area 2.0 acres 2.44 acres Yes Height Set by PUD ordinance 5 stories, 53.67 feet Yes Building Materials Minimum 60% Class I materials on all facades. Requirement met. Yes Density (units per acre High Density Residential Max allowed: 75 per acre 49 units per acre Yes Ground Floor Area Ratio None with PUD 0.32 Yes Floor Area Ratio None with PUD 1.39 Yes 254 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 4a) Title: Rise on 7 – preliminary and final planned unit development Factor Required Proposed Met? Off-Street Parking Total required: 220 Residential: 1 space per bedroom Daycare: 1 per 10 children + 1 per 2 employees Total provided: 168 Surface : 96 Structured: 72 (parking reductions requested) See analysis below Electric vehicle supply equipment (EVSE) 10% level 1 EVSE (22 stalls) 1 level 2 EVSE Conduit for 10% future level 1 EVSE 22 level one EVSE 1 level two EVSE Conduit for 10% future level 1 EVSE Yes Bicycle Parking Total required: 144 1 per dwelling unit plus 1 per 10 automobile spaces . Total Provided: 144 Exterior: 18 Interior: 126 Yes Open Area/ DORA No specific percentage with PUD 12% Yes Landscaping Replacement diameter: 177 caliper inches New plantings required: Trees: 126 Shrubs: 1,003 Replacement provided: 212 caliper inches Plantings p rovided: Trees: 78 Shrubs: 243 + alternative landscaping features to satisfy this requirement. See analysis below Setbacks Set by PUD Front (north): 61.2 feet Rear (south): 30.0 feet Side (east): 20.9 feet Side (west): 48.4 feet Yes Mechanical Equipment Full screening required Yes Sidewalks Required along all street frontages Yes Refuse handling Full screening required. Project will comply with city’s solid waste ordinance, including providing recycling receptacles. Yes Stormwater Management Meet state and city requirements Yes Uses: Rise on 7 is a single -phase development with one mixed-use building. The ground floor includes 6,600 of daycare space, which will provide childcare at affordable rates. Approximately fifteen of the spaces will be reserved for families living on the property. The residential component of the building includes a mix of one -, two-, and three-bedroom units. All unit types will be available at range of affordability from 30-80 percent area median income (AMI). This level of affordability exceeds the minimum requirement of the city’s inclusionary housing policy. 255 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 4a) Title: Rise on 7 – preliminary and final planned unit development Unit Type Number of Units Number of Bedrooms One -bedroom 57 57 Two-bedroom 39 78 Three -bedroom 24 72 Total 120 207 Access : The site is accessed from two new driveways onto the Highway 7 frontage road. Delivery trucks will park by the main door off the parking lot to access the parcel room. Moving trucks will be able to use the south entry off Division Street or the main door from the parking lot. New sidewalk will be installed along the north and south property lines adjacent to the roads and throughout the site connecting the surface parking lot and outdoor recreation areas to building entrances. Shadow study: The zoning ordinance requires that all new multi-family and non-residential buildings be located such that no structure casts a shadow that covers more than 50 percent of another principal building wall for a period greater than two hours between 9:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m. for more than 60 days of the year. At the time of the public hearing the proposal did not meet the shadowing requirement as it relate s to the neighboring property to the east. The applicant has since revised the building design. The west setback increased by 25 feet to a total of 48 feet . The y also extended the east leg of the building 25 feet northward in order to maintain their unit count. The revised plan meets shadowing requirements on both the east and west sides of the property. Architectural design: The building will comply with the architectural material standards in the zoning ordinance by providing at least 60% class 1 materials on each building façade. Proposed class one mate rials include 2 colors of brick and glass. The building will also utilize 2 colors of cement board lap siding per Section 36-366(c)(1)a.10, which allows residential buildings containing five or more dwelling units to include up to 10% of required class 1 materials to be clapboard. Other class 2 material includes integrally colored rockface CMU. The portion of the ground floor elevation containing the daycare will comply with the ground floor window transparency requirements in the zoning ordinance. Since the public hearing, the applicant revised the design to meet this requirement. Previously the south side of the building did not meet building wall deviation requirements in the zoning ordinance. Since the public hearing, the applicant has revised the design of the south elevation, and it now meets wall deviation requirements in the ordinance. Vehicular parking: The proposed plan includes 96 parking spaces in a surface lot north of the building and 72 spaces in one level of structured parking on the ground floor of the building, for a total of 168 off -street parking spaces. The zoning ordinance requires one parking space per bedroom. The development proposes 207 bedrooms and a childcare facility serving approximately 60 children with 14 employees, therefore 220 parking stalls are required by the zoning ordinance. The ordinance allows for parking quantity requirements to be revised upward or downward by city council as part of a planned unit development based on verifiable information pertaining to parking. In addition, the ordinance allows for parking reductions based on shared parking and available on-street parking adjacent to the property. The city has 256 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 4a) Title: Rise on 7 – preliminary and final planned unit development been conservative in our approach to reducing parking for residential uses. Staff’s analysis is described below. Three -bedroom units, particularly in an affordable housing development such as this, typically rent to families, rather than adult roommates who may potentially each own a vehicle . Staff find it appropriate to reduce the parking requirements for three -bedroom units in this development from three spaces to two. The zoning ordinance also allows a reduction in the off - street parking requirement when on-street parking adjacent to the parcel is available. Division Street contains approximately 20 on -street parking spaces on the north side of the street adjacent to the project parcel. Additionally, the on -site daycare presents an opportunity for further parking requirement reductions. The project site is within ¼ mile of Metro Transit Route 17 and about ½ mile from the future Blake Road LRT station. The daycare is therefore eligible for a 10% reduction in required parking based on the proximity transit service and the current bus frequency. The daycare will operate during the day, so the peak time for daycare parking will be concentrated during the morning and early evening rush hours. The peak time for residential parking will be overnight. Staff find these uses lend themselves to sharing parking spaces. Furthermore, 15 of the spots in the daycare will be reserved for families living in the development, which again reduces the demand for on-site parking. Based on this analysis, staff recommend a parking reduction of 25% from 220 spaces to 168 spaces for this development. Below is a table outlining the recommended parking reduction. Reduction Percent reduction Number of stalls Three -bedroom units 12% o f residential parking 24 Available on -street parking 9% of total parking 20 Transit proximity (daycare only ) 10% of daycare parking 1 Shared parking + on-site daycare users 7% of total parking 7 Total 25% of total parking 52 Bicycle parking: Bicycle parking is provided in 18 exterior bike loops at the north, south and daycare building entrances, and three bike storage rooms with 42 spaces each for a total of 144 bicycle parking spaces. The project meets the bicycle parking requirement in the zoning ordinance. Electric vehicle supply equipment (EVSE): The proposed EVSE meets the zoning requirements. One level 2 charging station is lo cated at the main entry, 22 level 1 charging stations are in the structured parking garage, and capacity and conduit for 22 additional level 2 charging stations will be provided in the electrical plans. Building readiness: the plan provides fiber infrastructure per city policy. Staff recommendations regarding parking garage security features and adequate public safety radio coverage will also be incorporated into the construction documents. 257 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 4a) Title: Rise on 7 – preliminary and final planned unit development Screening of mechanical equipment: Other than the solar panels, the only rooftop mechanical equipment are air conditioner compressors. Any equipment that is visible from the ground within 400 feet of the property will be provided with screening fences that extend 1 foot above the equipment. Landscaping: The zoning ordinance requires 126 trees and 1,003 shrubs on the site. The plans propose 83 trees and 243 shrubs. The zoning ordinance allows special landscaping design features to allow a degree of flexibility in meeting the landscaping goals of the ordinance. To make up the planting shortfall, the applicant shall include alternative landscaping features that are an equivalent cost to the planting shortfall and meet the intent of the landscaping requirements of the zoning ordinance. The applicant is also exploring revisio ns to the landscaping on the northwest side of the property to minimize blocking visibility to the adjacent commercial property. Designed outdoor recreation area (DORA): There is no minimum DORA requirement for planned unit developments. The project provides 12% of the total site area as DORA in two outdoor child play areas, seating areas near the building entrances, a patio area south of the building, and two outdoor green play spaces south of the building. Stormwater: The project includes a new underground stormwater treatment system to manage stormwater on the site. The project will be required to receive a Minnehaha Creek Watershed District permit before the city issues building permits. Signs: A sign plan was not submitted for review. The site will be required to adhere to the sign requirements for the R-C High Density Multiple Family Residence Zoning District. However, pylon signs will be prohibited. Public outreach: The applicant held a virtual neighborhood meeting on April 8, 2021. About 35 people attended the meeting, including the project team, city staff, and Councilmembers Lynette Dumalag and Rachel Harris. Please see the attached meeting minutes. All propertie s within 500 feet of the proposed development were notified by mail of the neighborhood meeting and the public hearing. A legal notice was published in the official newspaper regarding the public hearing. Project and meeting information was shared through city social media accounts and the city website. A “proposed development” sign with contact information was posted on the property. At the time of this report staff have received four emails regarding the project. Two emails are opposed to the project design at the time of the public hearing, and two emails are supportive of the project. Please see the attached emails. Public hearing: Planning commission held a public hearing on May 19, 2021. Five people testified. One caller was in favor of the development. One caller supported affordable housing on the site but has concerns about the current design and three other callers also raised concerns . The concerns were primarily about traffic, visibility, parking and pedestrian safety. With regard to traffic, the primary concern was the potential delays drivers may experience that are travelling eastbound on the frontage road and turning left onto northbound Texas Avenue South. Please see the attached meeting minutes. 258 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 4a) Title: Rise on 7 – preliminary and final planned unit development Parks and recreation advisory commission (PRAC): On May 19, 2021, PRAC recommended approval of park and trail dedication fees in lieu of park land dedication. Next steps: City council are tentatively scheduled to consider the requested comprehensive plan amendment, preliminary and final plat, and preliminary and final planned unit development on June 19, 2021. Recommendations: Staff recommends approval of the preliminary and final planned unit development subject to the following conditions: 1. City council approval of the comprehensive plan amendment to high density residential and Metropolitan Council authorization of the comprehensive plan amendment associated with the development applications. 2. City staff and applicant will develop a parking management plan for the project. 3. The site shall be developed, used and maintained in accordance with the conditions of this ordinance, approved Official Exhibits, and City Code. 4. All utility service structures shall be buried. If any utility service structure cannot be buried (i.e. electric transformer), it shall be integrated into the building design and 100% screened from off-site with materials consistent with the primary façade materials. 5. The on-site underground storm water management systems shall be privately-owned and privately maintained. Access to the system shall be provided to the city for clean- out and inspection purposes when warranted. 6. Prior to starting any land disturbing activities, the following conditions shall be met: a. Assent Form and Official Exhibits shall be signed by the applicant and property owner. b. A preconstruction meeting shall be held with the appropriate development, construction, private utility, and City representatives. c. All necessary permits shall be obtained. 7. Prior to issuance of building permits, the following conditions shall be met: a. The developer shall sign the City's Assent Form and the Official Exhibits. b. A Planning Development Contract shall be executed between the Developer and City that addresses, at a minimum: i. The conditions of PUD approval as applicable or appropriate. ii. Alternative landscaping requirements. iii. The installation of all public improvements including, but not limited to: sidewalks, boulevards, and the execution of necessary easements related to such improvements. iv. Easements related to electronic communication and fiber infrastructure. v. A performance guarantee in the form of cash escrow or irrevocable letter of credit shall be provided to the City of St. Louis Park in the amount of 259 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 4a) Title: Rise on 7 – preliminary and final planned unit development 1.25 times of the costs of all public improve ments (sidewalks and boulevards), and the private site stormwater management system and landscaping. vi. The developer shall reimburse City attorney’s fees in drafting/reviewing such documents as required in the final PUD approval. vii. The Mayor and City Manager are authorized to execute said Planning Development Contract. c. Final construction plans for all public improvements and private stormwater system shall be signed by a registered engineer and submitted to the City Engineer for review and approval. d. Building material samples and colors shall be submitted to the City for review and approval. e. A performance guarantee in the form of cash escrow or irrevocable letter of credit shall be provided to the City of St. Louis Park for all public improvements (sidewalks, bo ulevards, etc.) and landscaping. f. The developer shall pay to the city the park dedication fee of $180,000 for residential uses, park dedication fee of $4,950 for the daycare use, and trail dedication fee of $27,000 for residential uses. 8. The developer shall comply with the following conditions during construction: a. All City noise ordinances shall be complied with, including that there be no construction activity between the hours of 10 p.m. and 7 a.m. Monday through Friday, and between 10 p.m. and 9 a.m. on weekends and holidays. b. The site shall be kept free of dust and debris that could blow onto neighboring properties. c. Public streets shall be maintained free of dirt and shall be cleaned as necessary. d. The City shall be contacted a minimum of 72 hours prior to any work in a public street. e. Work in a public street shall take place only upon the determination by the City Engineer (or designee) that appropriate safety measures have been taken to ensure motorist and pedestrian safety. f. The developer shall install and maintain chain link security fencing that is at least six feet tall along the perimeter of the site. All gates and access points shall be locked during non-working hours. g. Temporary electric power connections shall not adversely impact surrounding neighborhood service. 9. Prior to the issuance of any permanent certificate of occupancy permit the following shall be completed: a. Public improvements, private utilities, site landscaping and irrigation, and storm water management system shall be installed in accordance with the Official Exhibits. 10. The materials used in, and placement of, all signs shall be integrated with the building design and architecture. 260 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 4a) Title: Rise on 7 – preliminary and final planned unit development 11. In addition to any other remedies, the developer or owner shall pay an administrative fee of $750 per violation of any condition of this approval. Supporting documents: Draft PUD ordinance, neighborhood meeting minutes, resident emails, development plans Prepared by: Jacquelyn Kramer, associate planner Reviewed by: Sean Walther, planning and zoning supervisor 261 262 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 4a) Title: Rise on 7 – preliminary and final planned unit development Draft PUD ordinance Ordinance No. ___-21 Ordinance amending the St. Louis Park City Code relating to zoning by creating Section 36-28 PUD 19 as a Planned Unit Development Zoning District for the property located at 8115 Highway 7. The City of St. Louis Park does ordain: Section 1. The city council has considered the advice and recommendation of the planning commission (Case No. 21-18-PUD) for amending the Zoning Ordinance Section 36-268-PUD 19. Section 2. The city council voted on June 21, 2021 to approve Resolution No. ____ amending the 2040 Comprehensive Plan and the future land use designation for the subject property located at 8115 Highway 7 from Civic to High Density Residential. Said comprehensive plan amendment is associated with this ordinance and requires Metropolitan Council review and authorization to put it into effect. Section 3. The Zoning Map shall be amended by reclassifying the following described lands from R-C High-Density Multiple -Family Residence to PUD 19: Lot 1, Block 1, Rise on 7, Hennepin County, Minnesota Section 4. The St. Louis Park Ordinance Code Section 26-268 is hereby amended to add the following Planned Unit Development Zoning District: Section 36-268-PUD 19 a) Development Plans The site located on property legally described at Lot 1, Block 1, Rise on 7, Hennepin County, Minnesota, shall be developed, used, and maintained in conformance with the following Final PUD signed Official Exhibits: 1. Survey 2. Preliminary Plat 3. Final Plat 4. C1-1 Demolition Plan 5. C2-1 S ite Plan 6. C3-1 Grading Plan 7. C3-2 SWPPP 8. C3-3 SWPPP Notes 9. C4-1 Sanitary & Watermain 10. C4-2 Storm Sewer 11. L1-1 Landscape Plan 12. Landscape Details 13. Lighting Plan 263 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 4a) Title: Rise on 7 – preliminary and final planned unit development 14. A000 Cover Sheet 15. A300 Level 0 Plan 16. A310 Level 1 Plan 17. A320 Level 2 Plan 18. A330 Level 3 Plan 19. A340 Level 4 Plan 20. A500 Exterior Elevations 21. A501 Exterior Elevations 22. A502 Exterior Elevations 23. A121 Shadow Study The site shall also conform to the following requirements: 1. The property shall be developed with 120 dwelling units and 6,600 square feet of commercial space. 2. The property shall include 167 off-street parking spaces. 3. The maximum height shall not exceed 55 feet and five (5) stories. 4. The site shall contain a minimum of 12 percent of the lot area as designed outdoor recreation area b) Uses 1. Permitted uses. The following uses are permitted in PUD 19: a. Multiple-family dwellings. Uses associated with the multiple -family dwellings, including but not limited to, the residential leasing and property management office, fitness facility, mail room, assembly room or general amenity space. b. Group daycare/nursery schools complying with the following conditions: i. At least 40 square feet of outside play space per pupil is provided. ii. The outside play areas are enclosed with a fence. iii. Dropoff and loading points are established which do not interfere with traffic and pedestrian movements. 2. Accessory uses. Accessory uses are as follows: a. Home occupations complying with the conditions: i. The city has approve a Registration of Land Use for any home occupation established after July 12, 2019, that has customers or students coming to the site. ii. The home occupation and structure housing the home occupation meets all applicable fire and building codes, as well as any other city, county, state, or federal regulations. iii. The home occupation is clearly incidental and subordinate to the residential use of the property and does not change the character of the property. iv. Space within the dwelling devoted to the home occupation does not exceed one room or ten percent of the floor area, whichever is greater. v. No portion of the home occupation is conducted within any attached or detached accessory building. vi. Operation of the home occupation is not apparent from the public right- of-way. 264 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 4a) Title: Rise on 7 – preliminary and final planned unit development vii. Only equipment, machinery, and materials which are normally found in the home are used in the conduct of the home occupation. viii. All material or equipment is stored within an enclosed structure. ix. The home occupation does not produce nuisance noise, odors, smoke, heat, glare, vibration, or electrical interference beyond the residential lot occupied by the home occupation. x. No person is employed at the residence who does not legally reside in the home. xi. Persons do not come to the location of the home occupation to be dispatched to other locations. xii. Sale of products related to the home occupation is allowed with the following conditions: 1. Products are shipped to and from the premises; or 2. Product sales occur off -site at a permissible location; or 3. Customers visit the premises by appointment only; or 4. Products are sold on the premises at garage sales as regulated by this chapter. xiii. No more than one non-illuminated wall sign up to two square feet in area is used to identify the home occupation. b. The home occupation does not include any of the following uses: auto body/painting, motor vehicle sales, motor vehicle service and repair, small engine repair, massage, medical/dental office, animal handling, beauty shop and barbershop, firearm sales, currency exchange, payday loan agency, sexually[1]oriented business or high-impact sexually oriented business.Gardens. c. Parking lots. d. Public transit stops/shelters. e. Outdoor seating, public address (PA) systems are prohibited. f. Outdoor uses and outdoor storage are prohibited. g. Accessory utility structures including: i. Small wind energy conversion system as defined in 36-4 Definitions. ii. Solar energy systems. A solar energy system with a supporting framework that is either place on, or anchored in, the ground and that is independent of any building or other structure; or that is affixed to or an integral part of a principal or accessory building, including but not limited to photovoltaic or hot water solar energy systems which are contained within roofing materials, windows, skylights, and awnings. iii. Cisterns and rainwater collection systems. c) Special Performance Standards 1. All general zoning requirements not specifically addressed in this ordinance shall be met, including but not limited to: outdoor lighting, architectural design, landscaping, parking, and screening requirements. 2. All trash, garbage, waste materials, trash containers, and recycling containers shall be kept in the manner required by this Code. All trash handling and loading areas shall be screened from view within a waste enclosure. 265 Regular meeting meeting of June 2, 2021 (Item No. 4a) Title: Rise on 7 – preliminary and final planned unit development 3. Sign s shall be allowed in conformance with the sign regulations fo r the R-C High Density Multiple -Family Residence Zoning District and shall comply with the following: i. Pylon signs shall be prohibited. Section 5. The contents of Planning Case File 21-16-CP, 21-17-S, 21-18-PUD are hereby entered into and made part of the public hearing record and the record of decision for this case. Section 6. This ordinance shall take effect upon Metropolitan Council authorization of the associated comprehensive plan amendment approved by City Council resolution ___ and not sooner than 15 days after publication. Reviewed for administration: Adopted by the City Council July 5, 2021 Thomas K. Harmening, city manager Jake Spano, mayor Attest: Approved as to form and execution: Melissa Kennedy, city clerk Soren Mattick, city attorney First reading June 21, 2021 Second reading July 6, 2021 Date of publication July 15, 2021 Date ordinance takes effect Upon Metropolitan Council authorization of the associated comprehensive plan amendment and no sooner than July 30, 2021. 266 St. Louis Park Community Development Department • 5005 Minnetonka Blvd., St. Louis Park, MN 55416 www.stlouispark.org • Phone: 952.924.2575 • Fax: 952.928.2662 • TTY: 952.924.2518 Rise on 7 neighborhood meeting – April 8, 2021, 6:30 pm About 35 people attended the Zoom meeting. This number includes the development team, representatives from the city (Jacquelyn Kramer and Sean Walther), local housing advocates with ISAIAH and St. Louis Park Community Housing Team, and Councilmembers Lynette Dumalag and Rachel Harris. Asher Michels-Allen with CommonBond and Ryan Dupris with Kaas Wilson Architects gave an overview of the development team and their proposal for the site. • CommonBond is a values-center, non-profit developer. They own and operate their buildings and their financing guarantees affordability for at least 40 years. CommonBond also provide supportive services to the residents of their buildings based on site needs, including educational and after school programs, employment training, housing stability, and social services support. • Rise on 7 is a 120-unit, 4 story mixed-use building on the site of the former Prince of Peace church. The project is 100% affordable with an income range of 30-80% area median income (AMI). The development team also proposes a 6,000 square foot daycare for the site, to be operated in partnership with Westwood Lutheran Church. The daycare will provide childcare at affordable rates and some of the spaces will be reserved for families living at Rise on 7. • Staff anticipate applications on April 19. Planning commission is tentatively scheduled to hold a public hearing May 19, and council is tentatively scheduled to take action on the applications in June. • If the project is approved, construction would start fall 2021, and the building would open Feb- March 2023. Discussion • Questions regarding the affordability of the units and how long they would remain affordable. CommonBond owns and operates their properties long-term, so while the terms of their financial commitments guarantee forty years, they plan to keep Rise on 7 affordable in perpetuity. • A question regarding stormwater. The project includes underground stormwater treatment and storage. • Councilmember Harris asked if the development would give priority to St. Louis Park residents. CommonBond typically does not give priority based on location. Their properties typically rent to people already in the neighborhood, so they expect Rise on 7 will rent to people in St. Louis Park and Hopkins. • Questions regarding parking on the site and on-street parking along Division. Ryan Dupris explained the surface and structured parking proposed for the site. Jacquelyn Kramer explained that on-street parking is allowed on Division Street adjacent to the property. One resident was concerned about guest/visitors parking on the street; another resident stated they were not concerned given the proximity of transit and the off-street parking on the site. • CommonBond staff explained the various support services they offer their residents. • Meeting attendees discussed ways people and nonprofits in the community could partner with the project and support the residents. 267